Digha-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Vol. II; Mahavagga, Suttantas 14-23.
Based on the edition by T.W. Rhys Davids and J.E. Carpenter, London : Pali Text Society 1903.



Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 2.10.2014]


NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.



ANNOTATED VERSION




THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:multibyte sequence:
long a ā
long A Ā
long i ī
long I Ī
long u ū
long U Ū
vocalic r ṛ
vocalic R Ṛ
long vocalic r ṝ
vocalic l ḷ
vocalic L Ḷ
long vocalic l ḹ
velar n ṅ
velar N Ṅ
palatal n ñ
palatal N Ñ
retroflex t ṭ
retroflex T Ṭ
retroflex d ḍ
retroflex D Ḍ
retroflex n ṇ
retroflex N Ṇ
palatal s ś
palatal S Ś
retroflex s ṣ
retroflex S Ṣ
anusvara ṃ
visarga ḥ
long e ē
long o ō
l underbar ḻ
r underbar ṟ
n underbar ṉ
k underbar ḵ
t underbar ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm









Dīgha-Nikāya Vol. II

[page 001]
1
NAMO TASSA BHAGAVATO ARAHATA SAMMĀ SAMBUDDHASSA
[Dīgha Nikāya.
xiv. Mahāpadāna-Suttanta.]
1.1. Evam me sutaṃ. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme1
Kareri-kuṭikāyaṃ.2 Atha kho sambahulānaṃ bhik-
khūnaṃ pacchā-bhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkantānaṃ
Kareri-maṇḍala-māḷe3 sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ
pubbe-nivāsa-paṭisaṃyuttā dhammī4 kathā udapādi: ‘Iti
pubbe-nivāso iti {pubbe-}nivāso ti.'
2. Assosi kho Bhagavā dibbāya sota-dhātuyā visuddhāya
atikkanta-mānusikāya tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imaṃ kathā-
sallāpaṃ. Atha kho Bhagavā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā yena Kareri-
maṇḍala-māḷo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte5
āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Kāya nu 'ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathāya sannisinnā,
kā ca pana vo antarā kathā vippakatā ti?'
Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Idha bhante amhākaṃ pacchā-bhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K Anāthapīṇḍikassārāme (spells -pīṇḍ-, and below pīṇḍapāta, &c.)
2 Bm Karerī, and so always. Scd Karerū here, Kareri in 2;
K Kareri throughout. Sum Kareru- thrice, kareri once.
3 K always, Bm mostly, SS frequently māḷe (SS here Kareri-).
4 Bm dhammi, and onwards.
5 K paññattāsane.

[page 002]
2 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 2.
paṭikkantānaṃ Kareri-maṇḍala-māḷe1 sannisinnānaṃ
sannipatitānaṃ pubbe-nivāsa-paṭisaṃyuttā dhammī kathā
udapādi: "Iti pubbe-nivāso iti {pubbe-}nivāso ti." Ayaṃ
kho no bhante antarā kathā vippakatā atha Bhagavā
anuppatto ti.'
3. ‘Iccheyyātha no tumhe bhikkhave pubbe-nivāsa-
paṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ sotun ti?'
‘Etassa Bhagavā kālo, etasa Sugata kālo, yaṃ bhagavā
pubbe-nivāsa-paṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ kareyya,
Bhagavato2 sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti.'
‘Tena hi bhikkhave suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha,
bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ. Bhagavā etad avoca:
4. ‘Ito so bhikkhave eka-navuto kappo3 yaṃ Vipassī
bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Ito so
bhikkhave eka-tiṃso kappo4 yaṃ Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Tasmiṃ yeva kho
bhikkhave eka-tiṃse kappe Vessabhū bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiṃ yeva5 kho
bhikkhave bhadda-kappe Kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiṃ yeva kho
bhikkhave bhadda-kappe Konāgamano6 bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiṃ yeva kho
bhikkhave bhadda-kappe Kassapo bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiṃ yeva kho
bhikkhave bhadda-kappe ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho loke uppanno.
5. ‘Vipassī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sam-
buddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiya-kule udapādi.
Sikhī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So all MSS.
2 K adds vacanaṃ.
3 So SS and K; Bm eka-navuti-kappe. Comp. Jāt. i. 41, and below 3.29
and 31.
4 Sc eka-tiṃsa-kappe, Bm tiṃse kappe.
5 SS omit.
6 So Scd K; Fausboll prints Koṇā-, So S Bm. Sc Bm add nāma.

[page 003]
D. xiv. 1. 7] THE SEVEN BUDDHAS. 3
khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiya-kule udapādi. Vessabhū
bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho khattiyo
jātiyā ahosi, khattiya-kule udapādi. Kakusandho bhik-
khave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho brāhmaṇo
jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇa-kule udapādi. Konāgamano bhik-
khave bhagavā arahaṃ {sammā-}sambuddho brāhmaṇo
jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇa-kule udapādi. Kassapo bhikkhave
bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho brāhmaṇo jātiyā
ahosi, brāhmaṇa-kule udapādi. Ahaṃ bhikkhave etarahi
arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosiṃ,1 khat-
tiya-kule uppanno.
6. ‘Vipassī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sam-
buddho Koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Sikhī bhikkhave
bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Koṇḍañño gottena
ahosi. Vessabhū bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho Koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Kakusandho bhik-
khave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Kassapo
gottena ahosi. Konāgamano bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho Kassapo gottena ahosi. Kassapo
bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Kassapo
gottena ahosi. Ahaṃ bhikkhave etarahi arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho Gotamo gottena2.
7. ‘Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa asītiṃ3 vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ
ahosi. Sikhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa sattati4 vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ
ahosi. Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa saṭṭhi5 vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi.
Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa cattārīsaṃ6 vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ
ahosi. Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa tiṃsa vassa-sahassāni āyuppamā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm ahosi.
2 K adds ahosiṃ; Sc Bm add ahosi.
3 Bm K asiti.
4 So all four MSS. and K. Jāt. i. 42 satta-tiṃsa.
5 St saṭṭhiṃ.
6 Bm cattālīsa; K -ḷīsa.

[page 004]
4 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 7.
ṇaṃ ahosi. Kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa vīsatiṃ1 vassa-sahassāni āyuppamā-
ṇaṃ ahosi. Mayhaṃ bhikkhave etarahi appakaṃ
āyuppamāṇaṃ parittaṃ lahusaṃ,2 yo ciraṃ jīvati so vassa-
sataṃ appaṃ vā bhiyyo.
8. ‘Vipassī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sam-
buddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho. Sikhī bhikkhave
bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho puṇḍarīkassa3 mūle
abhisambuddho. Vessabhū bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho sālassa mūle abhisambuddho. Kaku-
sandho bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho
sirīsassa4 mūle abhisambuddho. Konāgamano bhikkhave
bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho udumbarassa mūle
abhisambuddho. Kassapo bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho nigrodhassa mūle abhisambuddho
Ahaṃ bhikkhave etarahi arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho
assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho.
9. ‘Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa Khaṇḍa-Tissaṃ nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi
aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Sakhissa bhikkhave bhagavato
arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Abhibhū-Sambhavaṃ
nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ.
Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa Soṇ-Uttaraṃ5 nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi
aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bha-
gavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Vidhūra-Sañjīvaṃ6
nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Konā-
gamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa Bhiyyos-Uttaraṃ7 nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K vīsati.
2 So Sum. and Scdt here and in 3. 30; Bm K lahukaṃ.
3 Bm puṇḍarik-.
4 Bm sīrisassa.
5 K Sc Sonuttaraṃ.
6 SS Bm Vidhura, and so Trenckner at M. i. 333; K Vidhūra. So also
S ii. 191, Bp at M. i. 333, Jāt. i. 42, and Sum.
7 Scd Bhīyosuttaraṃ.

[page 005]
D. xiv. 1. 10.] THE SEVEN BUDDHAS. 5
aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato
arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Tissa-Bhāradvājaṃ nāma
sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Mayhaṃ
bhikkhave etarahi Sāriputta-Moggallānaṃ nāma sāvaka-
yugaṃ ahosi1 aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ.
10. ‘Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko
sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭha-saṭṭhi-{bhikkhu-sata}-
sahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi {bhikkhu-sata}-
sahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asīti-bhikkhu-
sahassāni. Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā
ahesuṃ sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Sikhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko
sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhu-sata-{sahassaṃ}.2 Eko
sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asītiṃ3 bhikkhu-sahassāni.
Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sattati bhikkhu-
sahassāni. Sikhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ
sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko
sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asītiṃ4 bhikkhu-sahassāni.
Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi {sattati}bhikkhu-sahassāni.
Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi saṭṭhi bhikkhu-sahassāni.
Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ
sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi cattārīsaṃ5
bhikkhu-sahassāni. Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato
arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ
sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So all MSS. and K.
2 Sc sahassāni.
3 Bm Kasīti.
4 Bm K asīti.
5 Bm cattālīsa; K -ḷīsa.

[page 006]
6 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 10.
sambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi tiṃsa
bhikkhu-sahassāni. Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato
arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ
sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Kassapassa bhikkhave Bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi vīsatiṃ1
bhikkhu-sahassāni. Kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato
arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ
sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Mayhaṃ bhikkhave etarahi eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto
ahosi aḍḍha-teḷasāni2 bhikkhu-satāni. Mayhaṃ bhik-
khave ayaṃ eko {sāvakānaṃ} sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃ
yeva {khīṇāsavānaṃ}.
11. ‘Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa Asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi
aggupaṭṭhāko. Sikhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa Khemaṃkaro3 nāma bhikkhu
upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Vessabhussa bhikkhave
bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Upasannako4
nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Kaku-
sandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa Buddhijo5 nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi
aggupaṭṭhāko. Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato
arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Sotthijo nāma bhikkhu
upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Kassapassa bhikkhave
bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Sabbamitto
nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Mayhaṃ
bhikkhave etarahi Ānando bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko6 aggu-
paṭṭhāko.
12. ‘Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa Bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Ban-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K vīsati.
2 Scdt telasāni here, but ḷ in 30. Sum. has l.
3 K Khemaṅk-.
4 K Bm and Jāt. i. 42 Upasanto: but K gives Upasannako also as
the Sinhalese reading.
5 K Vuḍḍhijo.
6 All MSS. and K add ahosi: but see Sum.

[page 007]
D. xiv. 1. 12.] THE SEVEN BUDDHAS. 7
dhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janettī. Bandhumassa
rañño Bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ rāja-dhānī ahosi.
‘Sikhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa Aruṇo nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Pabhāvatī nāma
devī mātā ahosi janettī. Aruṇāssa rañño Aruṇavatī nāma
nagaraṃ rāja-dhānī ahosi.
‘Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa Suppatīto1 nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Yasavatī
nāma devī mātā ahosi janettī. Suppatītassa rañño Ano-
pamaṃ2 nāma nagaraṃ rāja-dhānī ahosi.
‘Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa Aggidatto nāma Brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi,
Visākhā nāma Brāhmaṇī mātā ahosi janettī. Tena kho
pana bhikkhave samayena Khemo nāma rāja ahosi.
Khemassa rañño Khemavavatī3 nāma nagaraṃ rājā-dhānī
ahosi.
‘Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa Yaññadatto4 nāma Brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi,
Uttarā nāma Brāhmaṇī mātā ahosi janettī. Tena kho
pana bhikkhave samayena Sobho nāma rājā ahosi. Sob-
hassa rañño Sobhavatī nāma nagaraṃ rājā-dhānī ahosi.
‘Kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa Brahmadatto nāma Brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi,
Dhanavatī nāma Brāhmaṇī mātā ahosi janettī. Tena
kho pana bhikkhave samayena Kikī5 nāma rājā ahosi.
Kikissa rañño Bārāṇasī nāma nagaraṃ rājā-dhānī ahosi.
‘Mayhaṃ bhikkhave etarahi Suddhodano nāma rājā pitā
ahosi, Māyā devī mātā6 janettī, Kapilavatthu7 nagaraṃ
rāja-dhānī8 ti.'
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvā9 Sugato uṭṭhāy'
āsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.10

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm -tito.
2 St Ahonāpamaṃ, Bm K Anomaṃ.
3 Jāt. i. 42 Khemaṃ.
4 Sdt Saññadattho.
5 K Kiṃkī, and Kiṃkissa below.
6 K mātā ahosi.
7 Bm adds nāma: K vatthuṃ nāma.
8 K ahosīti.
9 Bm K vatvāna.
10 Bm pāvīsi.

[page 008]
8 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 13.
13. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ acira-pakkantassa
Bhagavato ayam antarā kathā udapādi:
‘Acchariyaṃ āvuso abbhutaṃ1 āvuso Tathāgatassa
mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma Tathāgato
atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume
pariyādinna2-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anus-
sarissati,3 nāmato pi anussarissati, gottato pi anussarissati,
āyuppamāṇato pi anussarissati, sāvaka-yugato pi anus-
sarissati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarissati -- "Evaṃ-
jaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā evaṃ-gottā
evaṃ-sīlā evaṃ-dhammā evaṃ-pañña evaṃ-vihārī evaṃ-
vimuttā te Bhagavato ahesuṃ iti pīti." Kin4 nu kho
āvuso? Tathāgatass'; eva nu kho esā dhamma-dhātu
suppaṭividdhā 5yassā dhamma-dhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā5
Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce
chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna6-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte7
jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi
anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi
anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati "Evaṃ-
jaccā te Bhagavanto8 ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā, evaṃ-
gottā, evaṃ-sīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā, evaṃ-vihārī,
{evaṃ-vimuttā} te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti"? Udāhu
devatā9 Tathāgatassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ10 yena
Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chin-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K abbhūtaṃ, and so always.
2 Bm pariyādiṇṇa. See M. ii. 172, iii. 118.
3 So Sum. Sc anussarissarissati, Sd anussarati. Comp. 14,
and the future at M. iii. 118.
4 K Kiṃ.
5-5 Sc tassā dhammā dhatu supaṭividhattā; Sd omits. Text as in
14. Bm agrees with text. St omits suppaṭividdhā yassā
dhamma-dhātuyā.
6 St -diṇṇa, so Bm (and Bm below).
7 Bm viti-.
8 Scd Bhagavato.
9 Scdt here add hi, but omit in 14.
10 Sc āroceyyuṃ; but in 16 ārocesuṃ.

[page 009]
D. xiv. 1. 14.] THE BUDDHAS'; MEMORY. 9
na-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte jātito
pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi anussarati,
āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi anussarati,
sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: "Evaṃ-jaccā te
Bhagavanto1 ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā {evaṃ-gottā} evaṃ-
sītā evaṃ-dhammā evaṃ-paññā evaṃ-vihārī evaṃ-
vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti"?'
Ayañ ca h'; idaṃ2 tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antarā kathā
vippakatā3 hoti.
14. Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇhā-samayaṃ {paṭisallānā}
vuṭṭhito yena Kareri4-maṇḍala-māḷo ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho
Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Kāya nu 'ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathāya sannisinnā,
kā ca pana vo antarā kathā vippakatā ti?'
Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Idha bhante amhākaṃ acira-pakkantassa Bhagavato
ayaṃ antarā kathā udapādi: "Acchariyaṃ āvuso abbhu-
taṃ āvuso Tathāgatassa mahiddhikata mahānubhāvātā,
yatra hi nāma Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute
chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-
dukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati,
gottato pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-
yugato pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati:
‘Evaṃ-jaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā,
evaṃ-gottā, evaṃ-sīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā, evaṃ-
vihāri, evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti."
Kin nu kho āvuso? Tathāgatass'; eva nu kho esā dhamma-
dhātu suppaṭividdhā yassā dhamma-dhātuyā suppaṭivid-
dhattā Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-
papañce chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-
vītivatte jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato
pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato
pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: Evaṃ-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd Bhagavante.
2 K hi, om. idaṃ.
3 Sdt -kathā.
4 St kāreri (for the first time), Bm karerī.

[page 010]
10 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 14.
jaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā, evaṃ-
{gottā}, evaṃ-sīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā, evaṃ-
vihāri, evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti"?
Udāhu devatā {Tathāgatassa} etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ
yena Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce
chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte
jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi
anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi
anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: Evaṃ-
jaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, {evaṃ-nāmā}
evaṃ-gottā evaṃ-sīlā evaṃ-dhammā evaṃ-paññā evaṃ-
vihārī evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti
pīti"?'
‘Ayaṃ kho no bhante antarā kathā vippakatā1 atha
bhagavā anuppatto ti.'
15. ‘Tathāgatass'; ev'; esā bhikkhave dhamma-dhāti
suppaṭividdhā yassā dhamma-dhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā
Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce
chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte
jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi
anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi
anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: "Evaṃ-
jaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā, evaṃ-
gottā, evaṃ-sīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā, evaṃ-vihārī,
evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti." Devatā
pi Tathāgatassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ2 yena Tathāgato
atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume
pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anus-
sarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi anussarati, āyu-
ppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi anussarati,
sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: "Evaṃ-jāccā te Bha-
gavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā, evaṃ-gottā, evaṃ-
sīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā,evaṃ-vihārī, evaṃ-
vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti."
‘Iccheyyātha no tumhe bhikkhave bhiyyoso mattāya

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm adds hoti.
2 Sc āroceyyuṃ.

[page 011]
D. xiv. 1. 16.] THE BUDDHA VIPASSĪ. 11
pubbe-nivāsa-paṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhamimiṃ1 kathaṃ sotun
ti?'
‘Etassa Bhagavā kālo, etassa Sugata kālo. Yaṃ
Bhagavā bhiyyoso mattāya pubbe-nivāsa-paṭisaṃyuttaṃ
dhammiṃ kathaṃ kareyya, Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū
dhāressantīti.'
‘Tena hi bhikkhave suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha,
bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ. Bhagavā etad avoca:
16. ‘Ito so bhikkhave eka-2navuto kappo2 yaṃ Vipassī
bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Vi-
passī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho
khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiya-kule udapādi. Vipassī
bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Koṇḍañño
gottena ahosi. Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa asīti-vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ
ahosi. Vipassī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho. Vipassissa
bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa
Khaṇḍa-Tissaṃ3 nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ
bhadda-yugaṃ. Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ.
Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭha-saṭṭhi4-bhikkhu-
sata-sahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhu-
sata-sahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asīti-5
{bhikkhu-sahassāni}. Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato
arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ san-
nipātā {ahesuṃ} sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ. Vipassissa
bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa
Asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.
Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-saṃbud-
dhassa Bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Bandhumatī

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd Bm and below dhammi-; St dhammī-.
2-2 St Bm navute kappe.
3 Sc Khaṇḍa-Tissa, Sd Khaṇaccan-Tissaṃ.
4 Scd attha-satthiṃ.
5 Scdt asītiṃ.

[page 012]
12 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 16.
nāma devī mātā ahosi janettī. Bandhumassa rañño
Bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ rāja-dhānī ahosi.
17. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī Bodhisatto Tusitā1
kāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātu-kucchiṃ okkami.
Ayam ettha dhammatā.
‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto Tusitā
kāyā cavitvā mātu kucchiṃ okkamati atha sadevake loke
samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya
sadeva-manussāya appamāṇo uḷāro2 obbāso3 pātubhavati
atikkamma4 devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Yā pi5 tā lokan-
tarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāra-timisā, yāttha
pi 'me candima-suriyā6 evaṃ mahiddhikā evaṃ mahānu-
bhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti, tattha pi appamāṇo uḷāro
obhāso pātubhavati atikkamm'7 eva devānaṃ devānu-
bhāvaṃ. Ye pi tattha sattā upapannā, te pi ten'
obhāsena aññaṃ aññaṃ sañjānanti: "Aññe pi kira bho
santi sattā idhūpapannā ti." Ayañ ca dasa-sahassī loka-
dhātu saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.8 Ap-
pamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkamm'; eva9
devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
17. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu
kucchiṃ okkanto hoti, cattāro naṃ10 deva-puttā catud-
disaṃ11 rakkhāya upagacchanti: "Mātaṃ12 Bodhisattaṃ
vā Bodhisatta-mātaraṃ vā manusso vā amanusso vā koci
vā viheṭhesīti."13 Ayam ettha dhammatā.
18. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu
kucchiṃ okkanto hoti, pakatiyā sīlavatī Bodhisatta-mātā
hoti, viratā pāṇātipātā, viratā adinnādānā, viratā kāmesu

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm Tussitā, and below. Cp. Acchariyabbhuta-Suttaṃ, M. iii. 119.
2 K oḷ- throughout and in 30.
3 K adds loke.
4 So SS and M. iii. 120. Bm K atikamm'; eva; and so below.
5 Bm omits here, but not in 30.
6 Bm sūr- here and in 30.
7 Sd atikamm'.
8 K here and in 30 -vedheti.
9 Sd atikamma ca.
10 K omits.
11 K cātud-.
12 Bm K naṃ.
13 Sct vihethessasīti.

[page 013]
D. xiv. 1. 21.] THE BIRTH OF A BUDDHA. 13
micchācārā, viratā musā-vādā, viratā surā-meraya-majja-
pamādaṭṭhānā. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
19. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu
kucchiṃ okkanto hoti, na Bodhisatta1-mātu purisesu
mānasaṃ uppajjati kāma-guṇūpasaṃhitaṃ, anatikka-
maniyā ca Bodhisatta2-mātā hoti kenaci purisena ratta-
cittena. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
20. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu
kucchiṃ okkanto3 hoti, lābhinī Bodhisatta-mātā hoti
pañcannaṃ kāma-guṇānaṃ, sā pañcahi kāma-guṇehi
samappitā samaṅgibhūtā parivāreti. Ayam ettha dham-
matā.
21. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu
kucchiṃ okkanto hoti, na Bodhisatta-mātu kocid eva
ābādho uppajjati, sukhinī Bodhisatta-mātā hoti akilanta-
kāyā, Bodhisattañ ca Bodhisatta-mātā tiro-kucchi-gataṃ
passati sabbaṅga-paccaṅgiṃ abhinindriyaṃ.4
‘Seyyathā pi bhikkhave maṇi {veḷuriyo} subho jātimā
aṭṭhaṃso suparikamma-kato accho vippasanno sabbākāra-
sampanno. Tatra 'ssa5 suttaṃ āvutaṃ nīlaṃ vā pītaṃ
vā lohitaṃ6 vā odātaṃ vā paṇḍu-suttaṃ vā. Tam
enaṃ cakkhumā puriso hatthe7 karitvā {paccavekkheyya}:
"Ayaṃ kho maṇi {veḷuriyo} subho jātimā {aṭṭhaṃso} supari-
kamma-kato accho vippasanno sabbākāra-sampanno
Tatr'; idaṃ8 suttaṃ āvutaṃ nīlaṃ vā pītaṃ vā lohitaṃ
vā odātaṃ vā paṇḍu-suttaṃ vā ti."9 Evam eva kho
bhikkhave yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchiṃ okkanto
hoti, na Bodhisatta-mātu kocid eva ābādho uppajjati,
sukhinī Bodhisatta-mātā hoti akilanta-kāyā, Bodhisattañ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS Bodhisattassa.
2 Scd Bodhisattassa.
3 Sc okkamanto.
4 K ahīnindriyaṃ Bm ahin-. See ii. 85; Sum, on the passage, i. 222;
M. iii. 121.
5 Bm yaṃ. See ii. 84; M. iii. 121.
6 Bm lohitakaṃ, and below.
7 Bm K hatthesu.
8 K tatr'; assa.
9 K omits ti.

[page 014]
14 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 21.
ca Bodhisatta-mātā tiro-kucchi-gataṃ passati sabbaṅga-
paccaṅgiṃ abhinindriyaṃ. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
22. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, sattāha-jāte Bodhisatte
Bodhisatta-mātā kālaṃ karoti, Tusitaṃ1 kāyaṃ uppajjati.
Ayam ettha dhammatā.
23. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yathā aññā itthikā nava
vā dasa vā māse gabbhaṃ kucchinā pariharitvā vijāyanti,
na h'; evaṃ Bodhisattaṃ Bodhisatta-mātā vijāyati, das
eva māsāni2 Bodhisattaṃ Bodhisatta-mātā kucchinā
pariharitvā vijāyati. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
24. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yathā aññā itthikā
nisinnā vā nipannā vā vijāyanti, na h'; evaṃ Bodhisattaṃ
Bodhisatta-mātā vijāyati, ṭhitā va Bodhisattaṃ Bodhisatta-
mātā vijāyati. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
25. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu
kucchismā3 nikkhamati, devā paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhanti,
pacchā manussā. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
26. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu
kucchismā nikkhamati appatto va4 Bodhisatto paṭhaviṃ
hoti, cattāro naṃ deva-puttā {paṭiggahetvā} mātu purato
ṭhapenti: "Attamanā devī hohi, Mahesakkho te putto
uppanno ti." Ayam ettha dhammatā.
27. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu
kucchismā nikkhamati, visado va nikkhamati, amakkhito
uddena amakkhito semhena amakkhito ruhirena5 amak-
khito kenaci asucinā, suddho visado.6
‘Seyyathā pi bhikkhave maṇi-ratanaṃ Kāsike vatthe
nikkhittaṃ, n'; eva maṇi-ratanaṃ Kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ mak-
kheti, na pi Kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ maṇi-ratanaṃ makkheti --
tam kissa hetu? ubhinnaṃ suddhattā -- evam eva kho
bhikkhave yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchismā nikkhamati,
visado va nikkhamati, amakkhito uddena amakkhito

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm Tussitaṃ.
2 Bm māse.
3 Bm kucchimhā, and so throughout.
4 Sdt K ca; Sc omits; Bm and M. iii. 122 va.
5 SS here, but only Sd in the repetition, rudhirena.
6 K visuddho; Jāt. i. 53 visado.

[page 015]
D. xiv. 1. 30.] THE BIRTH OF A BUDHA 15
semhena amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā,
suddho visado.1 Ayam ettha dhammatā.
28. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave. Yadā Bodhisatto mātu
kucchismā nikkhamati, dve udakassa dhārā2 antalikkhā
pātubhavanti, ekā sītassa ekā uṇhassa, yena Bodhisattassa
udaka-kiccaṃ karonti mātucca.3 Ayam ettha dhammatā.
29. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave. Sampati-jāto Bodhi-
satto samehi pādehi patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho4 satva-
pada-vītihārena gacchati, setamhi chatte anuhīramāne5
sabbā ca disā viloketi6 āsabhiñ ca vācaṃ bhāsati: "Aggo
'ham asmi lokassa, jeṭṭho 'ham asmi lokkassa, seṭṭho 'ham
asmi lokassa, ayam anitimā7 jāti, n'; atthi {dāni} punabbhavo
ti." Ayam ettha dhammatā.
30. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave. Yadā Bodhisatto
mātu kucchismā8 nikkhamati, atha sadevake loke sammā-
rake sabrahmake sassamaṇa9-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadeva-
manussāya appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati, atik-
kamm'; eva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Yā pi tā lokan-
tarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakārā-timisā, yattha
pi 'me {candima-suriyā} evaṃ mahiddhikā evaṃ mahānu-
bhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti, tattha pi appamāṇo uḷāro
obhāso pātubhavati atikkamm'; eva devānaṃ devānu-
bhāvaṃ. Ye pi tattha sattā upapannā, te pi ten'
obhāsena aññam aññaṃ sañjānanti: "Aññe pi kira bho
santi sattā idhūpapannā ti." Ayañ ca dasa-sahassī loka-
dhātu saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ap-
pamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkamm, eva
devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Ayam ettha dhammatā.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K visuddho (as above).
2 K and Sum. udakassa. SS and Jāt. i. 53 udaka.
3 Sd mātucchā; Bm K mātu ca, and so M. iii. 123.
4 MSS. and K uttarenābhimukho, but see M. iii. 123 quoted Sum. i. 60.
5 Scd Sum. anuhīramāne; St anubhiramāne; Bm anudhārayamāne;
K anudhāriyamāne. See Trencker's Pāli Misc. 79.
6 Bm K and Sum. i. 60 anuvil-.
7 K adds me.
8 Bm -imhā.
9 Bm sasam-.

[page 016]
16 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 30.
31. ‘Jāte kho pana bhikkhave Vipassimhi kumāre,
Bandhumato rañño paṭivedesuṃ: "Putto1 te deva1 jāto,
taṃ devo passatūti." Addasā kho bhikkhave Bandhumā
rājā Vipassī2-kumāraṃ, disvā nemitte brāhmaṇe āmantā-
petvā etad avoca: Passantu bhonto nemittā brāhmaṇā
kumāran ti." Addasāsuṃ3 kho bhikkhave4 nemittā
brāhmaṇā Vipassī5-kumāraṃ, disvā Bandhumaṃ6 rājā-
naṃ etad avocuṃ: "Attamano deva hohi, {mahesakkho}
te deva7 putto uppanno. Lābhā te Mahārāja, suladdhaṃ
te Mahārāja, yassa te kule evarūpo putto uppanno. Ayaṃ
hi deva kumāro dvattiṃsa Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇehi sa-
mannāgato, yehi samannāgatassa Mahāpurisassa dve8
gatiyo bhavanti anaññā. Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā
hoti cakka-vatti dhammiko dhamma-rājā cāturanto vijitāvī
janapadatthāvariyappatto9 satta-ratana-samannāgato.
Tass'; imāni satta ratanāni bhavanti, seyyathīdaṃ cakka-
ratanaṃ hatthi-ratanaṃ assa-ratanaṃ maṇi-ratanaṃ itthi-
ratanaṃ gahapati-ratanaṃ pariṇāyaka-ratanam eva satta-
maṃ. {Paro-}sahassaṃ kho pan'; assa puttā bhavanti sūrā
vīraṅga-rūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ paṭhaviṃ
sāgara-pariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena
abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti {sammā-sambuddho}
loke vivattacchaddo10.
32. "‘Katamehi cāyaṃ deva kumāro dvattiṃsa Mahā-
purisa-lakkhaṇehi samannāgato yehi {samannāgatassa}
Mahāpurisassa dve gatiyo bhavanti anaññā? Sace
agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakka-vatti dhammiko
dhamma-rājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto11
satta-ratana-samannāgato. Tass'; imāni satta ratanāni

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1-1 Bm deva te.
2 So SS, Bm K -siṃ, and below
3 So Sdt, Sc addasāsu, Bm K addasaṃsu.
4 K adds naṃ.
5 Bm K -siṃ.
6 Bm K -mantaṃ.
7 Bm K te only, SS deva only.
8 Bm K add va; SS and Sum. omit.
9 K -ṭṭhāv-.
10 K vivaṭṭhachado.
11 K -ṭṭhāv-.

[page 017]
D. xiv. 1. 32.] THE THIRTY-TWO MARKS. 17
bhavanti, seyyathīdaṃ cakka-ratanaṃ hatthi-ratanaṃ
assa-ratanaṃ maṇi-ratanaṃ itthi-ratanaṃ gahapati-
ratanaṃ pariṇāyaka-ratanam eva sattamaṃ. {Paro-}sahas-
saṃ kho pan'; assa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅga-rūpā
parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ paṭhaviṃ sāgara-
pariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya
ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pab-
bajati, arahaṃ hoti {sammā-}sambuddho loke vivatta-
cchaddo.
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro suppatiṭṭhita-pādo. Yam
pāyaṃ deva kumāro suppatiṭṭhita-pādo, idam pi 'ssa1
Mahāpurisassa Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.
"‘Imassa deva kumārassa {heṭṭhā}-pāda-talesu cakkāni
jātāni sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāra-
paripūrāni. Yam pi deva imassa kumārassa {heṭṭhā}-pāda-
talesu cakkāni jātāni sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni
sabbākāra-paripūrāni, idam pi 'ssa Mahāpurisassa Mahā-
purisa-lakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro āyata-paṇhī . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro dīghaṅgulī . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro mudu-taluṇa-hattha-pādo
. . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro jāla-hattha-pādo . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro ussaṅkha-pādo . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro eṇi-jaṅgho . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro ṭhitako va anonamanto ubho-
hi pāṇi-talehi jannukāni2 parimasati3 parimajjati . . .
pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro kosohita-vatthaguyho . . .
pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro suvaṇṇa-vaṇṇo kañcana-
{sannibha-ttaco}4 . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro sukhumacchavī5 sukhu-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm p'imassa, and below.
2 St Bm jaṇṇuk-.
3 Sc param-; Bm parām-.
4 Bm K sannibhataco.
5 Scd Bm sukhumachavi.

[page 018]
18 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 32.
mattā chaviyā rajojallaṃ kāye na upalimpati1 . . . pe
. . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro ekeka-lomo ekekāni lomāni
loma-kūpesu jātāni . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro uddhagga-lomo uddhaggāni
lomāni jātāni nīlāni añjana-vaṇṇāni kuṇḍala2-vattāni dak-
khiṇāvattaka-jātāni . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro brahmujju-gatto3 . . . pe
. . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro sattussado . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro sīha-pubbaddhakāyo . . . pe
. . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro citantaraṃso4 . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro nigrodha-parimaṇḍalo, {yāva-
takv assa} kāyo tāvatakvassa vyāmo, {yāvatakv assa} vyāmo
tāvatakvassa kāyo . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro {samavatta-kkhandho}5 . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro {rasaggas-aggī} . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro sīha-hanu . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro cattālīsa-danto . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro sama-danto . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro avivara6-danto . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro susukka-dāṭho . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro pahūta-jivho . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro Brahmassaro karavīka7-bhāṇī
. . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro abhinīla-netto . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro go-pakhumo . . . pe . . .
"‘Imassa deva kumārassa uṇṇā bhamukantare jātā
odātā mudu-tūla-sannibhā. Yam pi deva imassa kumā-
rassa uṇṇā bhamukantare jātā odātā mudu-tūla-sannibhā,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd uparimpati; St upalippati.
2 Bm K -lā.
3 K -ūju-
4 Sc citaṃtaraṃso; K pittantaraṃso.
5 Sd samavata-; St samavata- corrected to -vatta; Bm K samavaṭṭa.
6 Bm K aviraḷa.
7 St karavīkara; Bm K karavika.

[page 019]
D. xiv. 1. 34.] THE THIRTY-TWO MARKS. 19
idam pi 'ssa Mahāpurisassa Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇaṃ
bhavati.
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro uṇhīsa1-sīso. Yam pāyaṃ
deva kumāro uṇhīsa-sīso, idam pi 'ssa Mahāpurisassa
Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.
33. "‘Imehi kho ayaṃ deva kumāro dvattiṃsa Mahā-
purisa-lakkhaṇehi samannāgato, yehi samannāgatassa
Mahāpurisassa dve gatiyo bhavanti anaññā. Sace agāraṃ
ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavatti dhammiko dhamma-rājā
cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto satta-ratana-
samannāgato. Tass'; imāni satta-ratanāni bhavanti: sey-
yathīdaṃ cakka-ratanaṃ hatthi-ratanaṃ assa-ratanaṃ
maṇi-ratanaṃ itthi-ratanaṃ gahapati-ratanaṃ pariṇāyaka-
ratanam eva sattamaṃ. Paro-sahassaṃ kho pan'; assa
puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅga-rūpā {parasenappamaddanā}.
So imaṃ paṭhaviṃ sāgara-pariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asat-
thena dhammena2 abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti {sammā-}
sambuddho loke vivattacchaddo ti."3
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā nemitte brāh-
maṇe ahatehi4 vatthehi acchādāpetvā5 sabba-kāmehi
santappesi.
34. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassissa
kumārassa dhātiyo upaṭṭhāpesi. Aññā sudaṃ6 pāyenti,
aññā nahāpenti,7 aññā dhārenti, aññā aṅkena pariharanti.
Jātassa kho pana bhikkhave Vipassissa kumārassa seta-
cchattaṃ dhārayittha divā c'; eva rattiñ ca: "mā naṃ
sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā tiṇaṃ vā rajo vā ussāvo vā {bādhā} ti."8
Jāto kho pana bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bahuno janassa
piyo ahosi manāpo. Seyyathā pi bhikkhave uppalaṃ vā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm uṅhissa twice.
2 K adds samena here, but not in 31.
3 Bm -cchado; K vivaṭacchado hoti.
4 Bm āhatehi.
5 K acchādetvā.
6 Bm K khīraṃ.
7 Bm nhāp-. So K in text, but nahāpenti in note.
8 Bm bādhayitthāti; K ti only (without verb). A. i. 145 has phussi
after mā naṃ, and omits bādha.

[page 020]
20 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 34.
padumaṃ vā puṇḍarīkaṃ vā bahuno janassa piyaṃ
manāpaṃ, evam eva kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro
bahuno janassa piyo ahosi manāpo. Svāssudaṃ1 aṅken'
eva aṅkaṃ2 pariharīyati.
35. ‘Jāto kho pana bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro mañju-
ssaro ca3 ahosi vaggu-ssaro ca madhura-ssaro ca pema-
nīya-ssaro ca. Seyyathā pi bhikkhave Himavante pabbate
karavīkā nāma sakuṇa-jāti mañjussarā ca vaggu4-{madhu-
ra-ssarā} ca pemanīyassarā ca, evam eva kho bhikkhave
Vipassī kumāro mañjussaro ca ahosi {vaggu-ssaro} ca
madhurassaro ca pemanīyassaro ca.
36. ‘Jātassa kho pana bhikkhave Vipassissa kumārassa
kamma-vipākajaṃ dibbaṃ cakkhuṃ5 pātur ahosi, yena
sudaṃ6 samantā yojanaṃ passati divā c'; eva rattiñ ca.
37. ‘Jāto kho pana bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro animi-
santo7 pekkhati, seyyathā pi8 devā9 Tāvatiṃsā. "Animi-
santo10 kumāro11 pekkhatīti"12 kho13 bhikkhave Vipas-
sissa kumārassa "Vipassī Vipassī"14 tveva samaññā uda-
pādi. Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā attha-karaṇe15
nisinno, Vipassi16-kumāraṃ aṅke17 nisīdāpetvā atthe18

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm svassudaṃ; SS here So sudam; Sum svāsudaṃ.
2 Bm aṅgen'; eva aṅgaṃ.
3 Sd brahmassaro mañjussaro ca; Bm brahmassaro ca mañjuro ca;
Sct K Sum omit.
4 K vaggussarā ca madhurassarā ca.
5 SS dibbaṃ cakkhuṃ; Bm dibba-cakkhu; K dibbacakkhuṃ.
6 K dūraṃ.
7 Bm animmisanto, and below; K animmissanto, and below.
8 K adds bhikkhave.
9 K devatā.
10 K animmissantā.
11 Bm K omit.
12 Bm pekkhati; K pekkhanti.
13 Bm jātassa kho pana; K evam eva kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro
animmissanto pekkhati. Jātassa kho pana.
14 Sd K omit.
15 Sd -karaṇo; Bm aṭṭha-kar-; K aṭṭakaraṇe.
16 Bm K Vipassiṃ.
17 Bm aṅge, and below.
18 K aṭṭe.

[page 021]
D. xiv. 2. 2.] YOUTH OF VIPASSĪ. 21
anusāsati. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro pitu
aṅke nisinno viceyya viceyya atthe panāyati ñāyena.1
"Viceyya viceyya kumāro atthe2 panāyati ñāyenāti"3
4 kho bhikkhave Vipassissa5 kumārassa bhiyyoso
mattāya "Vipassī6 Vipassī" tveva samaññā udapādi.
38. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassissa
kumārassa tayo pāsāde kārāpesi, ekaṃ vassikaṃ ekaṃ
hemantikaṃ ekaṃ gimhikaṃ, pañca kāma-guṇāni upa-
ṭṭhāpesi. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro vassike
pāsāde vassike7 cattāro māse nippurisehi8 turiyehi
parivārayamāno9 na heṭṭhā pāsādaṃ orohati.10
11 Jāti-khaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.11
2.1. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bahunnaṃ
vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassa-satānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassa-
sahassānaṃ accayena sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Yojehi samma sārathi bhaddāni bhaddāni12 yānāni,
uyyāna-bhumiṃ gacchāma {bhūmiṃ}13 dassanāyāti.
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho bhikkhave sārathi Vipassissa
kumārassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojā-
petvā Vipassissa14 kumārassa paṭivedesi: "Yuttāni kho te
deva bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni, yassa {dāni} kālaṃ
maññasīti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bhaddaṃ15
yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi uyyāna-
bhumiṃ niyyāsi.16
2. ‘Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro uyyāna-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K ñāṇena.
2 K aṭṭe.
3 K ñāṇenāti.
4 K adds atha.
5 Sc Vipassī-.
6 K omits second Vipassī.
7 K omits vassike, but see A i. 145.
8 Bm nipur-.
9 Bm paricāriya-.
10 K orohatīti.
11-11 Bm K Paṭhama-bhāṇavāraṃ.
12 Sct omit first and third, but not second time.
13 Sc K subhūmiṃ; Bm subhūmi.
14 K Vipassi-.
15 Bm bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ; K bhadraṃ, See pp. 28, 41.
16 Sd Bm niyyāti. See p. 41.

[page 022]
22 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 2.
bhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ jiṇṇaṃ gopānasi-vaṅkaṃ
bhoggaṃ1 daṇḍa-parāyanaṃ pavedhamānaṃ gacchantaṃ
āturaṃ gata-yobbanaṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Ayam pana samma sārathi puriso kiṃ kato, kesā pi
'ssa na yathā aññesaṃ, kāyo pi 'ssa na yathā aññesan
ti?"
"‘Eso kho deva jiṇṇo nāmāti.
"‘Kim pan'; eso samma sārathi jiṇṇo nāmāti?"
"‘Eso kho deva jiṇṇo nāma: Na dāni tena ciraṃ
jīvitabbaṃ bhavissatīti."
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi jarā-dhammo
jaraṃ anatītā ti.?"
"‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā2 sabbe jarā-dhammā
jaraṃ anatītā ti."
"‘Tena hi samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyāna-bhū-
miyā, ito va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhīti."3
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho bhikkhave sārāthi Vipassissa
kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi.
Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro antepura4-gato
dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: "{Dhi-r-5 atthu} kira bho
jāti nāma,6 yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissatīti."
3. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā sārathiṃ
āmantāpetvā etad avoca:
"‘Kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhi-
ramittha, kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā
attamano ahosīti?"
"‘Na kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhiramittha,
na kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā attamano ahosīti.
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi addasa kumāro uyyāna-
bhūmiṃ niyyanto ti?"

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K bhaggaṃ. See A. i. 138; M. i. 88; Dhp. A. 315; and Jāt. i. 59.
2 SS often amha.
3 SS Bm always pacca-; K at first pacca-, towards the end paccā.
St -nūy-; Scd -nūyy-.
4 Bm K -raṃ.
5 Bm dhī.
6 So SS Bm K and below; Jāt. i. 59 jātiyā.

[page 023]
D. xiv. 2. 5.] THE FOUR OMENS. 23
"‘Addasā1 kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiṃ niyyanto
purisaṃ jiṇṇaṃ gopānasi-vaṃkaṃ bhoggaṃ daṇḍa-parāya-
naṃ pavedhamānaṃ gacchantaṃ āturaṃ-gata-yobbanaṃ.
Disvā maṃ etad avoca: ‘Ayam pana samma sārathi
puriso kiṃ kato, kesā pi 'ssa na yathā aññesaṃ, kāyo pi
'ssa na yathā aññesan ti?'; ‘Eso kho deva jiṇṇo nāmāti.'
‘Kim pana so samma sārathi jiṇṇo nāmāti?'; ‘Eso kho
deva jiṇṇo nāma: na dāni tena ciraṃ jīvitabbaṃ bhavis-
satīti.'; ‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi jarā-dhammo
jaraṃ anatīto ti?'; ‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā sabbe
jarā-dhammā jaraṃ anatītā ti.'; ‘Tena hi samma sārathi
alan dān'; ajja uyyāna-bhūmiyā, ito va antepuram pacca-
niyyāhīti.'; ‘Evaṃ devāti'; kho ahaṃ deva Vipassissa
kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsiṃ.
So kho deva kumāro antepura-gato dukkhī dummano
pajjhāyati: ‘Dhi-r-atthu kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi
nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissatīti.'; "
4. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumassa rañño etad
ahosi: "Mā h'; eva kho Vipassī kumāro na rajjaṃ kāresi,
mā h'; eva Vipassī kumāro agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji,
mā h'; eva nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ assa vacanan
ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassissa
kumārassa bhiyyoso mattāya pañca kāma-guṇāni upa-
ṭṭhāpesi yathā Vipassī kumāro rajjaṃ kāreyya,2 yathā
Vipassī kumāro na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya,
yathā nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ micchā assa vacanaṃ.3
Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro pañcahi kāma-
guṇehi samappito samaṅgi-bhūto4 parivāreti.5
5. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bahunnaṃ
vassānaṃ . . . pe (1) . . .

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 All MSS. addasa in the question, addasā in the answer.
2 Bm kareyya. (So Sc here, but not afterwards.)
3 SS Bm vacanan ti.
4 Sc Bm samaṅgī-
5 So SS; Bm paricāreti.

[page 024]
24 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 6.
6. ‘Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro uyyāna-
bhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ ābādhikaṃ dukkhitaṃ1
bāḷha-gilānaṃ sake mutta-karīse palipannaṃ semānaṃ2
aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ aññehi saṃvesiyamānaṃ. Disvā
sārathiṃ āmantesi: "Ayam pana samma sārathi puriso
kiṃ kato, akkhīni pi 'ssa na yathā aññesaṃ, saro3 pi 'ssa
na yathā aññesan ti?"
"‘Eso kho deva vyādhito4 nāmāti.
"‘Kim pana eso samma sārathi vyādhito nāmāti?"
"‘Eso kho deva vyādhito nāma: app eva nāma tamhā
ābādhā vuṭṭhaheyyāti.
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi vyādhi-dhammo
vyādhiṃ anatīto ti?"
"‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā sabbe vyādhi-dhammā
vyādhiṃ anatītā ti.
"‘Tena hi samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyāna-
ahūmiyā, ito va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhīti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho bhikkhave sārathi Vipassissa
kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi.
Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro antepura-gato
dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: "Dhi-r-atthu kira bho jāti
nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati vyādhi
paññāyissatīti."
7. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā sārathiṃ
āmantāpetvā etad avoca:
"‘Kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhi-
ramittha, kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā
attamano ahosīti?"
"‘Na kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhiramittha,
na kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā attamano ahosīti.
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi addasa kumāro uyyāna-
bhūmiṃ niyyanto ti?"
"‘Addasā kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiṃ niyyanto
purisaṃ ābādhikaṃ dukkhitaṃ bāḷha-gilānaṃ sake mutta-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St dukkhaṃ; Sd dukkhiṃ (see M. i. 88, A. i. 139).
2 St sopānaṃ; Bm K sayamānaṃ.
3 K siro.
4 Bm K byādhito, and throughout.

[page 025]
D. xiv. 2. 10.] THE FOUR OMENS. 25
karīse palipannaṃ semānaṃ aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ
aññehi saṃvesiyamānaṃ. Disvā maṃ etad avoca:
‘Ayam pana samma sārathi puriso kiṃ kato, akkhīni pi
'ssa na yathā aññesaṃ, saro pi 'ssa na yathā aññesan ti?'
‘Eso kho deva vyādhito nāmāti.'; ‘Kim pan'; eso samma
sārathi vyādhito nāmāti?'; ‘Eso kho deva vyādhito
nāma: app eva nāma tamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhaheyyāti.'
‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi vyādhi-dhammo
vyādhiṃ anatīto ti?'; ‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā
sabbe vyādhi-dhammā vyādhiṃ anatītā ti.'; ‘Tena hi
samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyāna-bhūmiyā, ito va
antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhīti.'; ‘Evaṃ devāti'; kho ahaṃ
deva Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ
paccaniyyāsiṃ. So kho1 deva kumāro antepura-gato
dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: Dhi-r-atthu kira bho jāti
nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati vyādhi
paññāyissatīti.'; "
8. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumassa rañño etad
ahosi: "Mā h'; eva kho Vipassī kumāro na rajjaṃ'; kāresi,
mā h'; eva Vipassī kumāro agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji,
mā h'; eva nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ assa vacanan
ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassissa kumā-
rassa bhiyyoso mattāya pañca kāma-guṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi,
yathā Vipassī kumāro rajjaṃ kāreyya, yathā Vipassī
kumāro na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya, yathā
nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ micchā assa vacanaṃ. Tatra
sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro pañcahi kāma-guṇehi
samappito samaṅgi-bhūto parivāreti.
9. . . . pe [1] . . .
10. ‘Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro uyyāna-
bhūmiṃ niyyanto mahājana-kāyaṃ sannipatitaṃ nānā-
rattānañ ca dussānaṃ milātaṃ2 kayiramānaṃ. Disvā
sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Kin nu kho so samma sārathi mahājana-kāyo sanni-
patito nānārattānañ ca dussānaṃ milātaṃ kayiratīti?"3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K eso.
2 Bm K vilātam, and below.
3 K kariyatīti.

[page 026]
26 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 10.
"‘Eso kho deva kālakato1 nāmāti.
"‘Tena hi samma sārathi yena so kālakato tena
rathaṃ pesehīti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho bhikkhave sārathi vipassissa
kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so kālakato tena rathaṃ pe-
sesi. Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro2 petaṃ
kālakataṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Kim panāyaṃ3 samma sārathi kālakato nāmāti?"
"‘Eso kho deva kālakato nāma: na dāni taṃ dak-
khinti4 mātā vā pitā vā aññe vā {ñāti}-sālohitā, so pi na
dakkhissati mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite
ti."
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi maraṇa-dhammo
maraṇaṃ anatīto ti? Mam pi na dakkhinti devo vā devī
vā {aññe} vā ñāti-sālohitā, aham pi na dakkhissāmi devaṃ
vā deviṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite ti?"
"‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā sabbe maraṇa-dhammā
maraṇaṃ anatītā. Tam pi na dakkhinti devo vā devī vā
aññe vā ñāti-sālohitā. Tvam pi na dakkhissasi devaṃ vā
deviṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite ti.
"‘Tena hi samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyāna-
bhūmiyā, ito va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhīti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti kho bhikkhave sārathi Vipassissa
kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi.
Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro antepura-gato
dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: "Dhi-r-atthu kira bho jāti
nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati, vyādhi
paññāyissati, maraṇaṃ paññāyissatīti."
11. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā sārathiṃ
āmantāpetvā etad avoca:
"‘Kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā
abhiramittha, kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-
bhūmiyā attamano ahosīti?"

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm kālaṃ, and so always.
2 In the repetition Bm K insert purisaṃ, but not here.
3 SS pana.
4 Sc dakkhissanti; K Bm dakkhanti. See i. 46; ii. 41.

[page 027]
D. xiv. 2. 12.] THE FOUR OMENS. 27
"‘Na kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhira-
mittha, no kho deva kumāro uyyāna-{bhūmiyā} attamano
ahosīti."
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi addasa kumāro uyyāna-
bhūmiṃ niyyanto ti?"
"‘Addasā kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiṃ niyyanto
mahājana-kāyaṃ sannipatitaṃ nānārattānañ ca dussānaṃ
milātaṃ kayiramānaṃ. Disvā maṃ etad avoca: ‘Kin
nu kho so samma sārathi mahājana-kāyo sannipatito
nānārattānañ ca dussānaṃ milātaṃ kayiratīti?'; ‘Eso
kho deva kālakato nāmāti.'; ‘Tena hi samma sārathi
yena so kālakato tena rathaṃ pesehīti.'; ‘Evaṃ devāti'
kho ahaṃ deva Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so
kālakato tena rathaṃ pesesiṃ. Addasā kho deva kumāro
petaṃ kālakataṃ. Disvā maṃ etad avoca: ‘Kim pan-
āyaṃ samma sārathi kālakato nāmāti?'; ‘Eso kho deva
kālakato nāma: na dāni taṃ dakkhinti mātā vā pitā vā
aññe vā ñāti-sālohitā. So pi na dakkhissati mātaraṃ vā
pitaraṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite ti.'; ‘Kim pana samma
sārathi aham pi maraṇa-dhammo maraṇaṃ anatīto?
Mam pi na dakkhinti1 devo vā devī vā aññe vā ñati-sālo-
hitā, aham pi na dakkhissāmi devaṃ vā deviṃ vā aññe vā
ñāti-sālohite ti?'; ‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā sabbe
maraṇa-dhammā maraṇaṃ anatītā. Tam pi na dakkhinti
devo vā devī vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohitā. Tvam pi na
dakkhissasi devaṃ vā deviṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite ti.'
‘Tena hi samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyāna-bhūmiyā,
ito va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhīti.'; ‘Evaṃ devāti'; kho
ahaṃ deva Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va ante-
puraṃ paccaniyyāsiṃ. So kho deva kumāro antepura-
gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: ‘Dhi-r-atthu kira bho
jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati, vyādhi
paññāyissati, maraṇaṃ paññāyissatīti.'
12 ‘Atha dho bhikkhave bandhumassa rañño etad
ahosi: "Mā h'; eva kho Vipassī kumāro na rajjaṃ kāresi,
mā h'; eva Vipassī kumāro agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K Bm dakkhaṇti, and below.

[page 028]
28 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 12.
mā h'; eva nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ assa vacanan
ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassissa kumā-
rassa bhiyyoso mattāya pañca kāma-guṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi,
yathā Vipassī kumāro rajjaṃ kāreyya, yathā Vipassī
kumāro na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya, yathā
nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ micchā assa vacanaṃ.
Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro pañcahi kāma-
guṇehi samappito samaṅgi-bhūto parivāreti.
13. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bahunnaṃ
vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassa-satānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassa-
sahassānaṃ accayena sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Yojehi samma sārathi bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni,
uyyāna-bhūmiṃ gacchāma bhūmiṃ dassanāyāti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho bhikkhave sārathi Vipassissa
kumārassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā
Vipassissa kumārassa paṭivedesi:
"‘Yuttāni kho te deva bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni,
yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasīti."
‘Athā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bhaddaṃ1 yānaṃ
abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi uyyāna-bhūmiṃ
niyyāsi.
14. ‘Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro uyyāna-
bhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ bhaṇḍuṃ pabbajitaṃ kāsāya-
vasanaṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Ayam pana samma sārathi puriso kiṃ kato, sīsam
pi 'ssa na yathā aññesaṃ, vatthāni pi 'ssa na yathā
aññesan ti?"
"‘Eso kho deva pabbajito nāmāti."
"‘Kim pan'; eso samma sārathi pabbajito nāmāti?"
"‘Eso kho deva pabbajito nāma: sādhu dhamma-
cariyā sādhu sama-cariyā2 sādhu kusala-kiriyā3 sādhu
puñña-kiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā ti."
"‘Sādhu kho so samma sārathi pabbajito nāma, sādhu

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ; K bhadraṃ. See pp. 21, 41.
2 Bm samma- and below.
3 K cariyā, with kiriyā as the Ceylon reading in note.

[page 029]
D. xiv. 2. 16.] THE FOUR OMENS. 29
hi1 samma sārathi dhamma-cariyā sādhu sama-cariyā
sādhu kusala-kiriyā sādhu puññā-kiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā
sādhu bhūtānukampā.2 Tena hi samma sārathi yena so
pabbajito tena ratham pesehiti.
‘Evaṃ devāti kho bhikkhave sārathi Vipassissa
kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so pabbajito tena rathaṃ
pesesi. Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro taṃ pabba-
jitaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Tvaṃ pana samma kiṃ kato, sīsam pi te na yathā
aññesaṃ, vatthāni pi te na yathā aññesan ti?"
"‘Ahaṃ kho deva pabbajito nāmāti.
"‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ samma pabbajito nāmāti?"
"‘Ahaṃ kho deva pabbajito nāma: sādhu dhamma-
cariyā sādhu sama-cariyā sādhu kusala-kiriyā sādhu
puñña-kiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā ti."
"‘Sādhu kho tvaṃ samma pabbajito nāma, sādhu hi
samma dhamma-cariyā sādhu sama-cariyā sādhu kusala-
kiriyā sādhu puñña-kiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānu-
kampā ti."
15. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro sārathiṃ
āmantesi:
"‘Tena hi samma sārathi rathaṃ ādāya ito va3 ante-
puraṃ paccaniyyāhi. Ahaṃ pana idh'; eva kesa-massuṃ
ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāri-
yaṃ4 pabbajissāmīti."
"‘Evam devāti" kho sārathi Vipassissa kumārassa
paṭissutvā, rathaṃ ādāya tato va5 antepuraṃ pacca-
niyyāsi. Vipassī pana kumāro tatth'; eva kesa-massuṃ
ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāri-
yaṃ pabbaji.
16. ‘Assosi kho bhikkhave Bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā
mahā-jana-kāyo caturāsīti-pāṇa-sahassāni: "Vipassī
kira kumāro kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K omit.
2 Bm adds ti.
3 Sct ca; Bm K va; Sd omits.
4 Bm anāg-, and below.
5 So SS; Bm va; K ca.

[page 030]
30 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 16.
acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito ti." Sut-
vāna tesaṃ etad ahosi: "Na hi1 nūna so orako dhamma-
vinayo, na sā orikā2 pabbajjā, yattha Vipassī kumāro
kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. Vipassī pi nāma kumāro
kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, kim aṅga pana na3
mayan ti?" Atha kho so4 bhikkhave mahā-jana-
kāyo5 caturāsīti-pāṇa-sahassāni9 kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā
kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā Vipassiṃ Bodhisattaṃ
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitaṃ anupabbajiṃsu. Tāya
sudaṃ bhikkhave parisāya parivuto Vipassī Bodhisatto
gāma-nigama6-rājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carati.
17. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisatassa raho-
gatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:
"‘Na kho me taṃ7 {paṭirūpaṃ} yo 'haṃ ākiṇṇo viha-
rāmi. Yan nūnāhaṃ eko gaṇasmā8 vūpakaṭṭho viha-
reyyan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī Bodhisatto aparena sama-
yena eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihāsi. Aññen'; eva tāni
caturāsīti-{pabbajita}-sahassāni9 agamaṃsu, aññena10 Vi-
passī Bodhisatto.
18. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa
vāsupagatassa11 rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso
parivitakko udapādi:
"‘Kicchaṃ vatāyam loko āpanno, jāyati ca jīyati ca
mīyati ca cavati ca uppajjati ca. Atha ca pan'; imassa duk-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sct ha; Sd hā; Bm K hi. See p. 42 and Vin. i. 19.
2 K orikā. SS here oraka; 3.14 orikā.
3 Sct kim pana; Sd kimaṅgaṃ pana; St kimaṅga pana na; Bm kim aṅgaṃ
pana; K kimaṅga pana na. So also in 3. 14.
4 K omits.
5 K -kāyā.
6 Bm K insert janapada.
7 Bm K kho pan etaṃ.
8 Bm K gaṇamhā, twice.
9 SS -āsītiṃ; Bm K -ti.
10 Bm adds maggena.
11 K vāsūp-.

[page 031]
D. xiv. 2. 18.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 31
khassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti jarā-maraṇassa, kudāssu1
nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarā-
maraṇassāti?"
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati jarā-maraṇaṃ hoti, kim-pac-
cayā jarā-maraṇan ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipas-
sissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu2 paññāya
abhisamayo: "Jātiyā kho sati jarā-maraṇaṃ hoti, jāti-
paccayā jarā-maraṇan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti, kim-paccayā jātīti?"
Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-
manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Bhave kho sati
jāti hoti bhava-paccayā jātīti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati bhavo hoti, kim-paccayā
bhavo ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisat-
tassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo:
"Upādāne kho sati bhavo hoti, upādāna-paccayā bhavo
ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati upādānaṃ {hoti}, kim-paccayā
upādānan ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhi-
sattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo:
"Taṇhāya kho sati upādānaṃ hoti, taṇhā-paccayā
upādānan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati taṇhā hoti, kim-paccayā
taṇhā ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisat-
tassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo:
"Vedanāya kho sati taṇhā hoti, vedanā-paccayā taṇhā
ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati vedanā hoti, kim-paccayā
vedanā ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisat-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So St; Sc kadussu; Sd kudussu; Bm K kudassu.
2 SS vary between ahu and āhu.

[page 032]
32 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 18.
tassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo:
"Phasse kho sati vedanā hoti, phassa-paccayā vedanā
ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati phasso hoti, kim-paccatā
phasso ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisat-
tassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo:
"Saḷāyatane kho sati phasso hoti, saḷāyatana-paccayā
phasso ti?"
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti, kim-pac-
cayā saḷāyatanan ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa
Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññaya abhisa-
mayo: "Nāme-rūpe kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti, nāmarūpa
paccayā saḷāyatanan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati nāma-rūpaṃ hoti, kim-pac-
cayā nāma-rūpan ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa
Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisa-
mayo: "Viññāṇe kho sati nāma-rūpaṃ hoti, viññāṇa-
paccayā nāma-rūpan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, kim-paccayā
viññāṇan ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisat-
tassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo:
"Nāma-rūpe kho1 sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, nāmarūpa-paccayā
viññāṇan ti."
19. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Paccudāvattati kho idaṃ viññāṇaṃ nāma-
rūpamhā, nāparaṃ gacchati. Ettāvatā jāyetha vā jīyetha2
vā mīyetha3 vā cavetha4 vā uppajjetha5 vā, yadidaṃ6
nāmarūpa-paccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇa-paccayā nāma-
rūpaṃ, nāmarūpa-paccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatana-pac-
cayā phasso, phassa-paccayā vedanā, vedanā-paccayā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS omit.
2 Bm jiyyetha.
3 Bm miyyetha.
4 K cayetha.
5 Bm K upapaj-.
6 SS yadisaṃ, but yadidaṃ in 21.

[page 033]
D. xiv. 2. 20.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 33
taṇhā, taṇhā-paccayā upādānaṃ, upādāna-paccayā
bhavo, bhava-paccayā jāti, jāti-paccayā jarā-maraṇaṃ
soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-upāyāsā sambhavanti,
evam etassa kevalassa dukkha-kkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
"‘Samudayo samudayo" ti kho bhikkhave Vipassissa
Bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ
udapādi, nāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi,
āloko udapādi.
20. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati jarā-maraṇaṃ na hoti, kissa
nirodhā jarā-maraṇa-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave
Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya
abhisamayo: "Jāriyā kho asati jarā-maraṇaṃ na hoti,
jāti-nirodhā jarā-maraṇa-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi1 nu kho asati jāti na hoti, kissa nirodhā
jāti-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhi-
sattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo:
"Bhave kho asati jāti na hoti, bhave-nirodhā jāti-nirodho
ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati bhavo na hoti, kissa nirodhā
bhava-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa
Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisa-
mayo: "Upādāne kho asati bhavo na hoti, upādāna-
nirodhā bhava-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati upādānaṃ na hoti, kissa
nirodhā upādāna-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipas-
sissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhi-
samayo: "Taṇhāya kho asati upādānaṃ na hoti, taṇhā-
nirodhā upādāna-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati taṇhā na hoti, kissa nirodhā
taṇhā-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa
Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS here only kismiṃ.

[page 034]
34 MAHAPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 20.
samayo: "Vedanāya kho asati taṇhā na hoti, {vedanā-}
nirodhā taṇhā-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati vedanā na hoti, kissa nirodhā
vedanā-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa
Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisa-
mayo: "Phasse kho asati vedanā na hoti, phassa-nirodhā
vedanā-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati phasso na hoti, kissa nirodhā
phassa-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa
Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisa-
mayo: "Saḷāyatane kho asati phasso na hoti, saḷāyatana-
nirodhā phassa-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, kissa
nirodhā saḷāyatana-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave
Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya
abhisamayo: "Nāma-rūpe kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti,
nāma-rūpa-nirodhā saḷāyatana-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati nāma-rūpaṃ na hoti, kissa
nirodhā nāma-rūpa-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave
Vipassissa {Bodhisattissa} yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya
abhisamayo: "Viññāṇe kho asati nāma-rūpaṃ na hoti,
viññāṇa-nirodhā nāma-rūpa-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti, kissa
nirodhā viññāṇa-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipas-
sissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhi-
samayo: "Nāmarūpe kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti, nāma-
rūpa-nirodhā viññāṇa-nirodho {ti}"
21. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad
ahosi: "Adhigato kho myāyaṃ1 vipassanā2-maggo bo-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So Sum, and K here. SS me ayaṃ, and so K, SS at p. 36.
2 From Sum. MSS. and K omit.

[page 035]
D. xiv. 3. 1.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 35
dhāya,1 yadidaṃ nāmarūpa-nirodhā viññāṇa-nirodho, viñ-
ñāṇa-nirodhā nāmarūpa-nirodho, nāmarūpa-nirodhā saḷ-
āyatana-nirodho, saḷāyatana-nirodhā phassa-nirodho,
phassa-nirodhā vedanā-nirodho, vedanā-nirodhā taṇhā-
nirodho, taṇhā-nirodhā upādāna-nirodho, upādāna-nirodhā
bhava-nirodho, bhava-nirodhā jāti-nirodho, jāti-nirodhā
jarā-maraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-upāyāsā
nirujjhanti, evam etassa kevalassa dukkha-kkhandhassa
nirodho hoti.
"‘Nirodho nirodho ti" kho bhikkhave Vipassissa
Bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ
udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi,
āloko udapādi.
22. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī Bodhisatto aparena
samayena pañcas'2 upādāna-kkhandhesu udaya-vyay-
ānupassī3 vihāsi: "Iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti
rūpassa atthagamo4; Iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo,
iti vedanāya atthagamo; iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo
iti saññāya atthagamo; iti saṃkhārā, iti saṃkhārānaṃ
samudayo, iti saṃkhārānaṃ atthagamo; iti viññāṇaṃ,
iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthagamo ti."
‘Tassa pañcas'; upādāna-{kkhandhesu} udaya-vyayānupas-
sino viharato na cirass'; eva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ
vimucci.5
Dutiyaka-Bhāṇavāraṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ.6
3.1. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato ara-
hato sammā-sambuddhassa etad ahosi: "Yannūnāhaṃ
dhammaṃ deseyyan ti."7
8 "Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato arahato

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc bodhā; Sd Bm sambodhāya; St K badhāya.
2 K pañcasu and below.
3 Bm K udayabbayānup-.
4 Bm K atthaṅgamo throughout.
5 Bm K vimuccīti.
6 Sd omits niṭṭhitaṃ. Bm K Dutiya-Bhāṇavāraṃ (omit niṭṭh-).
7 Sc repeats this whole sentence.
8 Comp. Vin. i. p. 4, Mahāvagga, i. 5. 2.

[page 036]
36 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 1.
sammā-sambuddhassa etad ahosi: "Adhigato kho1 me
ayaṃ1 dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo
paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍita-vedanīyo. Ālaya-
rāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālaya-ratā ālaya-sammuditā.2
Ālaya-rāmāya kho pana pajāya ālaya-ratāya ālaya-sam-
muditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ {ṭhānaṃ} yadidaṃ ida-paccayatā
paṭiccasamuppādo. Idam pi kho ṭhānaṃ duddasaṃ,3
yadidaṃ sabba-saṃkhāra-samatho sabbūpadhi-paṭinis-
saggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañ c'; eva
kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ pare ca me na ājāney-
yuṃ, so mam'; assa kilamatho, sā mam'; assa vihesā ti."
2. ‘Api 'ssu4 bhikkhave Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ ara-
hantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ imā anacchariyā gāthā5
paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assuta-pubbā:
"Kicchena me adhigataṃ halan dāni pakāsituṃ,
Rāga-dosa-paretehi nāyaṃ dhammo susambuddho.
Paṭisota-gāmiṃ6 nipuṇaṃ gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ
Rāga-rattā na dakkhinti7 tamokkhandhena āvaṭā8 ti."
‘Iti ha bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa paṭisañcikkhato9 {appossukkatāya}10 cittaṃ
nami11 no dhamma-desanāya. Atha kho bhikkhave añña-
tarassa Mahā-brahmuno Vipassissa bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya12

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1-1 Bm myāyaṃ.
2 SS samuditā.
3 Old. sududdasaṃ.
4 Bm apissudaṃ here and in 4; so K in text, but apissu in note.
5 So SS K and Sum. Old. gāthāyo, so Bm (here and in 4).
6 So SS Bm K and Sum. Old. -gāmi.
7 Bm K dakkhanti.
8 So SS and Sum. Old. āvuṭā; so Bm; K āvutā, and so in 4.
9 Sc paṭissaṃ-.
10 Bm apposukko, and onwards.
11 So Bm K Sum. and Mil. 232. SS and Old. namati.
12 SS Bm K here and in 7 parivitakkamaññāya.

[page 037]
D. xiv. 3. 4.] VIPASSĪ AND MAHĀ-BRAHMĀ. 37
etad ahosi: "Nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho
loko, yatra hi nāma Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati,1 no
dhamma-desanāyāti."
3. ‘Atha kho so bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā, seyyathā pi
nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya,
pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Brahma-
loke antarahito Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa purato pātur ahosi. Atha kho so2
bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā
dakkhiṇaṃ jānu-maṇḍalaṃ paṭhaviyaṃ nihantvā3, yena
Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ten'
añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ
sammāsambuddhaṃ etad avoca:
"Desetu bhante bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato
dhammaṃ, santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātikā, assavanatā
dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññā-
tāro ti."
4. ‘Evaṃ vutte4 bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho5 Mahā-brahmānaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Mayham pi kho Brahme etad ahosi: ‘Yannūnāhaṃ
dhammaṃ deseyyan ti.'; Tassa mayhaṃ Brahme etad
ahosi: ‘Adhigato kho me ayaṃ dhammo gambhīro
duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo
paṇḍita-vedanīyo. Ālaya-rāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālaya-
ratā ālaya-sammuditā. Ālaya-rāmāya kho {pana} pajāya
ālaya-ratāya {ālaya-}sammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ
yadidaṃ idappaccayatā {paṭiccasamuppādo}. Idam pi
kho ṭhānam duddasaṃ, yadidam sabba-saṃkhāra-
samatho sabbūpadhi-paṭinissaggo tahakkhayo virāgo
nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañ c'; eva kho pana dhammaṃ
deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mam'; assa
kilamatho, sā mam'; assa vihesā ti.'; Api 'ssu maṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K nami.
2 So St Bm; Scd K omit.
3 K nidahanto.
4 Bm atha kho for evaṃ vutte (see 7).
5 Bm adds taṃ (so SS, 7, p. 39).

[page 038]
38 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 4.
Brahme imā anacchariyā gāthā paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assuta-
pubbā:
‘Kicchena me adhigataṃ halan dāni pakāsituṃ
Rāga-dosa-paretehi nāyaṃ dhammo susambuddho.
Paṭisota-gāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ
Rāga-rattā na dakkhinti {tamokkhandhena} āvaṭā ti.'
"‘Iti ha me Brahme paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya
cittaṃ nami no dhamma-desanāyāti."
5. ‘Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave so Mahā-brahmā . . .
pe . . .
6. ‘Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave so Mahā-brahmā Vipas-
siṃ Bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ etad
avoca:
"‘Desetu bhante bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato
dhammaṃ, santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātikā assavanatā
dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro
ti.'
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho Brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā sattesu
ca kāruññatam {paṭicca} buddha-cakkhunā lokaṃ volokesi.
Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho buddha-cakkhunā lokaṃ volokento, satte
appa-rajakkhe mahā-rajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye
svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye1 {app ekacce}
paraloka-vajja-bhaya-dassāvino viharante. {Seyyatha pi}
nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ
vā {app ekaccāni} uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni
vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni2
anto-nimugga-posīni, {app ekaccāni} uppalāni vā padumāni
vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni3
samodakaṃ4 ṭhitāni, {app ekaccāni} uppalāni vā padumāni
vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake {saṃvaḍḍhāni}5
udakā6 accuggamma ṭhanti7 anupalittāni udakena, --

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm omits; K adds bhabbe abhabbe, and below.
2 K -ānugatāni.
3 Sct saṃvaṭṭāni.
4 K -ka.
5 Sct saṃvaṭṭāni.
6 Bm udakaṃ, SS K -ka.
7 So Sct and Sum; Sct ṭhitāni; Bm K tiṭṭhanti, and so Feer at S. i. 138.

[page 039]
D. xiv. 3. 7.] VIPASSĪ AND MAHĀ-BRAHMĀ. 39
evam eva kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho buddha-cakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa
satte appa-rajakkhe mahā-rajakkhe tikkhindriye mud-
indriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye
{app ekacce} paraloka-vajja-bhaya-dassāvino viharante.
7. ‘Atha kho so bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā Vipassissa
bhagavato arahato {sammā}-sambuddhassa cetasā ceto-
parivitakkam aññāya Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ
sammā-sambuddhaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
"‘Sele yathā pabbata-muddhaniṭṭhito1 yathā pi passe
janataṃ samantato,
Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ Sumedha pāsādam
āruyha samanta-cakkhu,
Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janataṃ apeta-soko avekkhassu jāti-
jarābhibhūtaṃ,
Uṭṭhehi vīra vijita-saṃgāma sattha-vāha anaṇa2
vicara3 loke.
Desetu bhagavā dhammaṃ, aññātāro bhavissantīti."
‘Atha kho4 bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho taṃ Mahā-brahmānaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi.5
"‘Apārutā tesaṃ6 amatassa dvārā7
Ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṃ8
Vihiṃsa-saññī paguṇam n'; abhāsiṃ9
Dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu Brahme ti."
‘Atha kho so10 bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā "Katāvakāso
kho 'mhi Vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammā-sambud-
dhena dhamma-desanāyāti" Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So SS Bm K and Sum. Also at Itiv. 33, and at S. i. 137, 234.
Old. muddhini ṭhito.
2 Scd anana; St aṇaṇa.
3 K vivara.
4 K evaṃ vutte for atha kho.
5 Sd ajjhabhāsi; so K Old.
6 K te.
7 SS add Brahme.
8 Sc saccaṃ; Sd sabbaṃ.
9 So Scd B K; St Old. bhāsi.
10 K omits.

[page 040]
40 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 7.
arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā padak-
khiṇaṃ katvā tatth'; ev'1 antaradhāyi.
8. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa etad ahosi: "Kassa nu kho ahaṃ
paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, ko imaṃ dhammaṃ
khippam eva ājānissatīti?"
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa etad ahosi: "Ayaṃ kho Khaṇḍo
ca rāja-putto Tisso ca purohita-putto Bandhumatiyā
rāja-dhāniyā paṭivasanti paṇḍitā vyattā2 medhāvino
dīgha-rattaṃ apparajakkha-jātikā. Yannūnāhaṃ Khaṇḍ-
assa ca rāja-puttassa Tissassa ca purohita-puttassa paṭha-
maṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, te imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam
eva ajānissantīti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho, seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sam-
miñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ
sammiñjeyya, evam eva kho bodhi-rukkha-mūle antara-
hito Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā Kheme miga-dāye
{pātur ahosi}.
9. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho dāya-pālaṃ3 āmantesi:
"‘Ehi tvaṃ samma dāya-pāla, Bandhumatiṃ rāja-
dhāniṃ pavisitvā Khaṇḍañ ca rāja-puttaṃ Tissaṃ ca
purohita-puttaṃ evaṃ vadehi: ‘Vipassī bhante bhagavā
arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ
anuppatto Kheme miga-dāye viharati. So tumhākaṃ
dassana-kāmo ti.'; "
"‘Evaṃ bhante" ti kho bhikkhave dāya-pālo Vipassissa
bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa paṭissutvā
Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ pavisitvā Khaṇḍañ ca rāja-
puttaṃ. Tissañ ca purohita-puttaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Vipassī bhante bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho
Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ anuppatto Kheme miga-dāye
viharati. So tumhākaṃ dassana-kāmo ti."
10. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Khaṇḍo ca rāja-putto Tisso

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K eva.
2 K viy-.
3 K migadāya- throughout.

[page 041]
D. xiv. 3. 12.] VIPASSĪ PREACHES THE DHAMMA. 41
ca purohita-putto bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā
bhaddaṃ1 yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi
Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā nīyiṃsu,2 yena Khemo miga-
dāyo tena pāyaṃsu,3 yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena
gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikā va yena Vipassī bhagavā
arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu.
Upasaṃkamitvā Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ
sammā-sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
11. ‘Tesaṃ Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho
ānupubbi-kathaṃ4 kathesi, seyyathīdaṃ dāna-kathaṃ
sīla-kathaṃ sagga-kathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ
saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te
bhagavā aññāsi kalla-citte mudu-citte vinīvaraṇa-citte
udagga-citte pasanna-citte, atha yā Buddhānaṃ {sāmukkaṃ-
sikā} dhamma-desanā tam pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ
nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Seyyathā pi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ
apagata-kāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya,5
evam eva Khaṇḍassa ca rāja-puttassa Tissassa ca purohita-
puttassa tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhamma-
cakkhuṃ udapādi: "Yaṃ kiñci samudaya -- dhammaṃ,
sabban taṃ nirodha-dhamman ti."
12. ‘Te diṭṭha-dhammā patta-dhammā vidita-dhammā
pariyogāḷha-dhammā tiṇṇa-vicikicchā vigata-kathaṃ-
kathā vesārajja-ppattā apara-ppaccayā satthu sāsane
Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ
etad avocuṃ:
"‘Abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante! Sey-
yathā pi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ
vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andha-
kāre vā tela-pajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni
dakkhintīti,'6 evam eva Bhagavatā anekka-pariyāyena
dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ.
2 Sc rājadhāniyiṃsu; Sd nīyaṃsu; St nisīdiṃsu; Bm niyyiṃsu; K nīy-.
3 So SS; Bm K pāyiṃsu.
4 So SS Sum i. 277, 308; D. i. 110; M. i. 379; Jāt. i. 8, 30. Old. at
Vin. i. 15, 18; ii. 156, anu-. K anupubbī-.
5 K paṭigg-.
6 Bm K dakkhanti.

[page 042]
42 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 12.
saraṇaṃ gacchāma, dhammañ ca. Labheyyāma mayaṃ
bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma
upasampadan ti."
13. ‘Alatthuṃ kho bhikkhave Khaṇḍo ca rāja-putto
Tisso ca purohita-putto Vipassissa bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ, {alatthuṃ}
upasampadaṃ. Te Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi
samuttejesi sampahaṅsesi, saṃkhārānaṃ ādīnavaṃ
okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nibbāne1 ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.
Tesaṃ Vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammā-sambudd-
hena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṃ samā-
dapiyamānānaṃ samuttejiyamānānaṃ sampahaṅsiya-
mānānaṃ na cirass'; eva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimuc-
ciṃsu.
14. ‘Assosi kho bhikkhave Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā
mahā-jana-kāyo caturāsīti-pāṇa-sahassāni: "Vipassī kira
bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Bandhumatiṃ rāja-
dhāniṃ anuppatto Kheme miga-dāye viharati. Khaṇḍo
ca kira rāja-putto Tisso ca purohita-putto Vipassissa
bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa santike kesa-
massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā ti." Sutvāna tesaṃ2 etad ahosi:
"Na hi3 nūna so orako dhamma-vinayo, na sā orikā
pabbajjā, yattha Khaṇḍo ca rāja-putto Tisso ca purohita-
putto kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā. Khaṇḍo ca hi nāma rāja-
putto, Tisso ca purohita-putto Vipassissa bhagavato
arahato sammā-sambuddhassa santike kesa-massuṃ
{ohāretvā} kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāri-
yaṃ pabbajissanti, kim aṅga pana na mayan ti?"
‘Atha kho so bhikkhave mahā-jana-kāyo {caturāsīti}-
pāṇa-sahassāni Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā nikkhamitvā
yena Khemo miga-dāyo yena Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K nekkhamme, as in 11. See 17.
2 Bm K nesaṃ.
3 SS ha. See p. 3o, 2. 16. Bm hi.

[page 043]
D. xiv. 3. 17.] VIPASSĪ PREACHES THE DHAMMA. 43
sammā-sambuddho ten'; upakamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā
Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
15. ‘Tesaṃ Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho
ānupubbi-kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathīdaṃ dāna-kathaṃ sīla-
kathaṃ sagga-kathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ
saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṅsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te
bhagavā aññāsi kalla-citte mudu-citte vinīvaraṇa-citte
udagga-citte pasanna-citte, atha yā Buddhānaṃ sāmuk-
{kaṃsikā} dhamma-desanā taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ
samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Seyyathā pi nāma
suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagata-kāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ
paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva tesaṃ caturāsīti-pāṇa-
sahassānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ
dhamma-cakkhuṃ udapādi: "Yaṃ kiñci samudaya-
dhammaṃ sabban taṃ nirodha-dhamman ti."
16. ‘Te diṭṭha-dhammā patta-dhammā vidita-dhammā
pariyogāḷha-dhammā tiṇṇa-vicikicchā vigata-kathaṃ-
kathā vesārajja-ppattā apara-ppaccayā satthu sāsane
Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ
etad avocuṃ:
"‘Abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante! Sey-
yathā pi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā {ukkujjeyya}, paṭicchannaṃ
vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andha-
kāre vā tela-pajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni
dakkhintīti,'; evam eva Bhagavatā aneka-pariyāyena
dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ
saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca.1 Labheyyāma mayaṃ
bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma
upasampadan ti."
17. ‘Alatthuṃ kho bhikkhave tāni caturāsīti-pāṇa-
sahassāni Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambud-
dhassa santike {pabbajjaṃ}, alatthuṃ upasampadaṃ. Te
Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho dhammiyā
kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi saṃpahaṃsesi,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd adds bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca. See 2o. So K Bm here, and in 20,
but not in 12. Comp. Vin. i. 15.

[page 044]
44 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 17.
saṃkhārānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nibbāne1
ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Tesaṃ Vipassinā bhagavatā
arahatā sammā-sambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya
sandassiyamānānaṃ samādapiyamānānaṃ samuttejiya-
mānānaṃ sampahaṅsiyamānānaṃ na cirass'; eva anupādāya
āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu.
18. ‘Assosuṃ kho bhikkhave tāni purimāni caturāsī-
tiṃ2 pabbajita-sahassāni: "Vipassī kira bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ anuppatto
Kheme miga-dāye viharati, dhammañ ca kira desetīti."
Atha kho bhikkhave tāni caturāsīti pabbajita-sahassāni
yena Bandhumati rāja-dhānī yena Khemo miga-dāyo
yena Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ten'
upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Vipassiṃ bhagavan-
taṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
19. ‘Tesaṃ Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sam-
buddho ānupubbi-kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathīdaṃ dāna-
kathaṃ sīla-kathaṃ sagga-kathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ
okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.
Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kalla-citte mudu-citte vinīvaraṇa-
citte udagga-citte pasanna-citte, atha yā Buddhānaṃ
sāmukkaṃsikā dhamma-desanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ
samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Seyyathā pi nāma
suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagata-kāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ
paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva3 tesaṃ caturāsītiṃ4 pabbajita-
sahassānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ
dhamma-cakkhuṃ udapādi: "Yaṃ kiñci samudaya-
dhammaṃ sabban taṃ nirodha-dhamman ti."
20. ‘Te diṭṭha-dhammā patta-dhammā vidita-dhammā
pariyogāḷha-dhammā tiṇṇa-vicikicchā vigata-kathaṃ-
kathā vesārajja-ppattā apara-ppaccayā satthu sāsane
Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ
etad avocuṃ:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K in note nekkhamme ti pi pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ.
2 So SS. Bm K -sīti.
3 So SS. See 15.
4 Bm K -sīti.

[page 045]
D. xiv. 3. 22.] THE FIRST MISSION. 45
"‘Abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante! Sey-
yathā pi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā {ukkujjeyya}, paṭicchannaṃ
vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andha-
kāre vā tela-pajjotaṃ dhāreyya "cakkhumanto rūpāni
dakkhintīti," evam eva Bhagavatā aneka-pariyāyena
dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ
saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca.1
Labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ,
labheyyāma upasampadan ti."
21. ‘Alatthuṃ kho bhikkhave tāni caturāsītiṃ pabba-
jita-sahassāni Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ, alatthuṃ upasampadaṃ.
Te Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho dhammiyā
kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṅ-
sesi, saṃkhārānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nibbāne2
ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Tesaṃ Vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā
sammā-sambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamā-
nānaṃ samādapiyamānānaṃ samuttejiyamānānaṃ sam-
pahaṅsiyamānānaṃ na cirass'; eva anupādāya āsavehi
cittāni {vimucciṃsu}.
22. ‘Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena Bandhuma-
tiyā rāja-dhāniyā mahā-bhikkhu-saṃgho paṭivasati aṭṭha-
saṭṭhiṃ3 bhikkhu-sata-sahassaṃ.4 Atha kho bhikkhave
Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa
{rahogatassa} paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi:
"‘Mahā kho etarahi bhikkhu-saṃgho Bandhumatiyā
rāja-dhāniyā paṭivasati aṭṭha-saṭṭhiṃ bhikkhu-sata-sahas-
sam. Yannūnāhaṃ bhikkhū anujāneyyaṃ:5 ‘Caratha
bhikkhave cārikaṃ bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya
lokānukampāya6 atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanus-
sānaṃ. Mā ekena dve agamittha,7 desetha bhik-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc omits.
2 K nekkhamme.
3 Bm K saṭṭhi-
4 So SS, Bm K. See below.
5 See S. i. 105=Vin. i. 21.
6 SS -pakāya.
7 SS all five times agamattha.

[page 046]
46 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 22.
khave dhammaṃ ādi-kalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyo-
sāna-kalyāṇaṃ sāttham savyañjanaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ
parisuddham brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi1 sattā
appa-rajakkha-jātikā assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti,
bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. Api ca channaṃ
channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatī rāja-dhānī
upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti.'; "
23. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave aññataro Mahā-brahmā
Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa
cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya, seyyathā pi nāma
balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ2 vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasā-
ritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Brahma-loke
antarahito Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa purato pātur ahosi. Atha kho bhikkhave Mahā-
brahmā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Vipassī
bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ten'; añjalim paṇā-
metvā Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sam-
buddhaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Evam etaṃ Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata! Mahā
kho bhante etarahi bhikkhu-saṃgho Bandhumatiyā rāja-
dhāniyā paṭivasati aṭṭha-saṭṭhiṃ3 bhikkhu-saka-sahassaṃ,
anujānātu bhante Bhagavā bhikkhū: ‘Caratha bhikkhave
cārikaṃ bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukam-
pāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Mā
ekena dve agamittha, desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādi-
kalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāna-kalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ
savyañjanaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātikā,
assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dham-
massa {aññātāro}. Api ca bhante mayaṃ tathā karissāma
yathā bhikkhū channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena
Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ upasaṃkamissanti pātimok-
khuddesāyāti."
‘Idam avoca bhikkhave so Mahā-brahmā. Idaṃ vatvā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K santīdha throughout.
2 Bm throughout samiñj.
3 Bm K saṭṭhi.

[page 047]
D. xiv. 3. 25.] THE FIRST MISSION. 47
Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ
abhivādetvā {padakkhiṇaṃ} katvā tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyi.
24. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho sāyaṇha-samaye {paṭisallānā} vuṭṭhito
bhikkhū āmantesi:
"‘Idha mayhaṃ bhikkhave {rahogatassa} {paṭisallīnassa}
evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ‘Mahā kho etarahi
bhikkhu-saṃgho Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā paṭivasati
aṭṭha-saṭṭhiṃ bhikkhu-sata-sahassaṃ. Yannūnāhaṃ
bhikkhu anujāneyyaṃ: "Caratha bhikkhave cārikaṃ
bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthā-
ya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve
agamittha, desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādi-kalyāṇaṃ
majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāna-kalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañ-
janaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
pakāsetha. Santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātikā, assavanatā
dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro.
Api ca channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhu-
matī rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesā-
yāti."'
25. "‘Atha kho bhikkhave aññataro Mahā-brahmā
mama cetaso ceto-parivitakkam aññāya, seyyathā pi nāma
balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasā-
ritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Brahma-loke
antarahito mama purato pātur ahosi. Atha kho so
bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā
yenāhaṃ ten'; añjalim paṇāmetvā maṃ etad avoca: ‘Evam
etaṃ Bhagavā, evam etaṃ Sugata! Mahā kho bhante
etarahi bhikkhu-saṃgho Bandhumatiyā {rāja}-dhāniyā paṭi-
vasati {aṭṭha-}saṭṭhiṃ bhikkhu-sata-sahassaṃ, anujānātu
bhante Bhagavā bhikkhū: "Caratha bhikkhave cārikaṃ
bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya
atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Mā ekena
dve agamittha, desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādi-kalyāṇaṃ
majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāna-kalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañ-
janaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
pakāsetha. Santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātika, assavanatā
dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 048]
48 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 25.
Api ca bhante mayaṃ tathā karissāma, yathā bhikkhū
channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatiṃ
rāja-dhāniṃ upasaṃkamissanti pātimokkhuddesāyāti.'
Idam avoca so bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā. Idaṃ vatvā
maṃ abhivādetvā {padakkhiṇaṃ} katvā tatth'; ev'; antara-
dhāyi.
26. "‘Anujānāmi bhikkhave! Caratha cārikaṃ bahu-
jana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya
hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve aga-
mittha, desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādi-kalyāṇaṃ
majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāna-kalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañ-
janaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
pakāsetha. Santi sattā apparajakkha-jātikā, assavanatā
dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro.
Api ca1 bhikkhave channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena
Bandhumatī rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkh-
uddesāyāti."
‘Atha kho te2 bhikkhave bhikkhū yebhuyyena ekāhen'
eva janapada-cārikaṃ pakkamiṃsu.
27. ‘Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena Jambudīpe
caturāsītiṃ āvāsa-sahassāni honti. Ekamhi vasse nik-
khante devatā saddam anussāvesuṃ: "Nikkhantaṃ kho
mārisā ekaṃ vassaṃ, pañca dāni vassāni sesāni. Pañcan-
naṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatī rāja-dhānī upasaṃ-
kamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
3Dvīsu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddam anussā-
vesuṃ: "Nikkhantāni kho mārisā dve vassāni, cattāri
dāni vassāni sesāni. Catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena
Bandhumatī rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkh-
uddesāyāti.
Tīsu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddam anussāvesuṃ:
"Nikkhantani kho mārisā tīṇi vassāni, tīṇi dāni vassāni

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K mayaṃ tathā karissāma yathā channaṃ &c.
2 Sc Bm K omit.
3 Bm dvīsu vassesu nikkhantesu, tīsu vassesu nikkhantesu,
catūsu vassesu nikkhantesu, pañcasu vassesu nikkhantesu
devatā, &c., as below.

[page 049]
D. xiv. 3. 28.] VIPASSĪ'S TEACHING. 49
sesāni. Tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatī rāja-
dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
‘Catusu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddam anussāve-
suṃ: "Nikkhantāni kho mārisā cattāri vassāni, dve dāni
vassāni sesāni. Dvinnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhu-
matī rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
‘Pañcasu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddam anussāve-
suṃ: "Nikkhantāni kho mārisā pañca vassāni, ekaṃ
dāni vassaṃ sesaṃ. Ekassa vassassa accayena Bandhu-
mati rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
‘Chasu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddam anussāvesuṃ:
"Nikkhantāni kho mārisā cha vassāni,1 samayo dāni
Bandhumatiṃ2 rāja-dhāniṃ3 {upasaṃkamituṃ}4 pātimok-
khuddesāyāti."
‘Atha kho te bhikkhave bhikkhū, app ekacce saken'
eva5 iddhānubhāvena app ekacce devānaṃ6 iddhānubhā-
vena, ekāhen'; eva Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ upasaṃka-
miṃsu pātimokkhuddesāyāti7.
28. ‘Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho bhikkhu-saṃghe evaṃ pātimokkhaṃ
uddisati8:
9 "‘Khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā10
Nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti Buddhā.
Na hi pabbajito parūpaghāti,
11 Samaṇo hoti paraṃ viheṭhayanto.
"‘Sabba-pāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā,
Sacitta-pariyodapanaṃ, etaṃ Buddhāna sāsanaṃ.
"‘Anupavādo12 anupaghāto13 pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K chabbassāni.
2 Sdt K -matī.
3 Sdt K -dhānī
4 K -tabbā.
5 Bm K sakena.
6 Bm K devatānaṃ.
7 So SS, Bm.
8 Bm K uddissati.
9 Dhp. 184, 183, 185.
10 K tīt-.
11 Bm insert na: so also Sum (perhaps). SS and K omit.
12 Sc K anūp-; St anūvādo.
13 Sc K anūp-.

[page 050]
50 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 28.
Mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ pantañ ca sayanāsanaṃ,
Adhicitte ca āyogo, etaṃ Buddhāna sāsanan" ti.
29. ‘Ekam idāhaṃ bhikkhave samayaṃ Ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ
viharāmi Subhaga1-vane sāla-rāja-mūle. Tassa mayhaṃ
bhikkhave rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa2 evaṃ cetaso parivi-
takko udapādi: "Na kho so3 sattāvāso4 sulabha-rūpo yo5
mayā anāvuttha6-pubbo iminā dīghena addhunā aññatra
suddhāvāsehi devehi. Yan nūnāhaṃ yena Suddhāvāsā
devā ten'; {upasaṃkameyyan} ti."
‘Atha kho ahaṃ7 {bhikkhave} seyyathā pi nāma balavā
puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā
bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ Subhaga-
vane sāla-rāja-mūle antarahito Avihesu8 devesu pātur
{ahosiṃ}.9 Tasmiṃ10 bhikkhave deva-nikāye 'nekāni11 deva-
tā-sahassāni yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃka-
mitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekaman-
taṃ ṭhitā kho bhikkhave tā devatā maṃ etad avocuṃ:
"‘Ito so mārisa eka-navute12 kappe yaṃ Vipassī
bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Vipassī
mārisa bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Khattiyo
jātiyā ahosi, Khattiya-kule udapādi. Vipassī mārisa
bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-{sambuddho} Koṇḍañño gottena
ahosi. Vipassissa mārisa bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa asīti-vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi.
Vipassī mārisa bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho pāṭa-
liyā mūle abhisambuddho. Vipassissa bhagavato arahato
sammā-sambuddhassa Khaṇḍa-Tissaṃ nāma sāvaka-
yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Vipassissa mārisa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K Subha, and so below, but see M. i. 326, ii. 200, Kathā-Vatthu 559.
2 Bm paṭisallinassa.
3 Bm na so kho.
4 SS sattavāso.
5 Scd so.
6 Bm anacchāvuṭṭha.
7 K 'haṃ.
8 M. i. 289.
9 SS Bm ahosi.
10 K adds yeva kho.
11 Bm K anek-. K inserts devatāsatāni anekāni.
12 So SS. See 1, 4. Bm navuti.

[page 051]
D. xiv. 3. 30.] VIPASSĪ AND GOTAMA. 51
bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ
sannipātā ahesuṃ, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭha-
saṭṭhi-bhikkhu-sata-sahassaṃ, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto
ahosi bhikkhu-sata-sahassaṃ, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto
ahosi asīti-bhikkhu-sata-sahassāni. Vipassissa mārisa
bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ime tayo sāva-
kānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
Vipassissa mārisa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambud-
dhassa Asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhā-
ko. Vipassissa mārisa bhagavato arahato sammā-sam-
buddhassa Bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Bandhumatī
nāma devī mātā ahosi janettī, Bandhumassa rañño
Bandhumatī nāma rāja1-nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi.
Vipassissa mārisa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambud-
dhassa evaṃ abhinikkhamanaṃ ahosi, evaṃ pabbajjā,
evaṃ padhānaṃ, evaṃ abhisambodhi, evaṃ dhamma-
cakka-pavattanaṃ. Te mayaṃ mārisa Vipassimhi bha-
gavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṃ
virājetvā idh'; uppannā2 ti."
30. ‘Tasmiṃ yeva kho bhikkhave deva-nikāye 'nekāni3
devatā-sahassāni . . . pe4 . . .'; nekāni devatā-satāni5
yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā
kho bhikkhave tā devatā maṃ etad avocuṃ6:
"‘Imasmiṃ yeva kho mārisa bhadda-kappe bhagavā
etarahi7 arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke uppanno. Bha-
gavā mārisa Khattiyo jātiyā8 Khattiya-kule uppanno.
Bhagavā mārisa Gotamo gottena. Bhagavato mārisa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K omit.
2 Bm K ūpapannā, and so in 30.
3 Bm anekāni, and below. K anekāni devatā-satāni anekāni, &c.
4 Bm K omit.
5 Sc devatāni, Bm devatā-sata-sahassāni.
6 K inserts Ito so mārisa ekatiṃso kappo yaṃ Sikhī bhagavā . . . pe . . .
te mayaṃ mārisa Sikhimhi Bhagavati . . . pe . . . Tasmiṃ &c.,
as in Bm 32 pe; and at imasmiṃ yeva &c = 30.
7 Sc omits.
8 Sd inserts ahosi, but omits it in the repetition.

[page 052]
52 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 30.
appakaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ parittaṃ lahusaṃ,1 yo ciraṃ
jīvati so vassa-sataṃ appaṃ vā bhiyyo. Bhagavā mārisa
assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho. Bhagavato mārisa
Sāriputta-Moggallānā2 sāvaka-yugaṃ3 aggaṃ bhadda-
yugaṃ. Bhagavato mārisa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto
ahosi aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhu-satāni. Bhagavato mārisa
ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃ yeva
khīṇāsavānaṃ. Bhagavato mārisa Ānando4 bhikkhu
upaṭṭhāko ahosi5 aggupaṭṭhāko. Bhagavato mārisa
Suddhodano rājā pitā, Māyā6 devī mātā janettī, Kapila-
vatthu-nagaraṃ rājadhānī. Bhagavato mārisa evaṃ
abhinikkhamanaṃ ahosi, evaṃ pabbajjā, evaṃ padhānaṃ,
evaṃ abhisambodhi, evaṃ dhammacakka-pavattanaṃ.
Te mayaṃ mārisa Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā
kāmesu kāmacchandaṃ virājetvā idh'; uppannā ti."
31. ‘Atha kho 'haṃ bhikkhave Avihehi devehi saddhiṃ
yena Atappā devā ten'; {upasaṃkamiṃ}.7 Atha khvāhaṃ8
bhikkhave Avihehi9 ca devehi Atappehi ca devehi saddhiṃ
yena Sudassā devā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃ. Atha khvāhaṃ
bhikkhave Avihehi ca devehi Atappehi ca devehi10 Sudas-
sehi ca devehi saddhiṃ yena Sudassī devā ten'{upasaṃ-
kamiṃ.} Atha khvāhaṃ bhikkhave Avihehi ca devehi
Atappehi ca devehi Sudassehi ca devehi Sudassīhi ca devehi
saddhiṃ yena Akaniṭṭhā devā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃ.
Tasmiṃ11 bhikkhave deva-nikāye nekāni12 devatā-
sahassāni13 yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃ-
kamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So SS, Bm lahukaṃ.
2 Sd -na; so SS in the repetition; Bm K Moggallānaṃ; K adds nāma.
3 K adds ahosi.
4 K adds nāma.
5 So Bm; SS K omit.
6 K adds nāma.
7 Bm inserts pa.
8 K as before kho 'haṃ.
9 Sc avī-.
10 Sct insert saddhiṃ.
11 K inserts yeva kho.
12 Bm anekāni.
13 Bm adds anekāni devatā sata-sahassāni; K anekāni devatā-satāni
anekāni &c.

[page 053]
D. xiv. 3. 33.] THE CONDITIONS OF A BUDDHA. 53
Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho bhikkhave tā devatā maṃ etad
avocuṃ:
"‘Ito so mārisa1 eka-navute kappe1 yaṃ Vipassī
bhagavā arahaṃ {sammā-}sambuddho loke udapādi . . .
pe2
32. ‘Tasmiṃ yeva kho bhikkhave deva-nikāye3 nekāni
devatā-sahassāni . . . pe4 . . . nekāni devatā satāni5
yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā
kho bhikkhave tā devatā maṃ etad {avocuṃ}6:
"‘Imasmiṃ yeva kho mārisa bhadda-kappe bhagavā
etarahi arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke uppanno.
pe.7
33. ‘Iti kho bhikkhave Tathāgatass'; ev'; esā8 dhammad-
hātu suppaṭividdhā yassā dhamma-{dhātuyā} suppaṭivid-
dhattā Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce
chinna-vaṭume {pariyādinna}-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vīti-
vatte jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1-1 So SS. See ante, 29. Bm eka-navuti kappe; K ekanavuto kappo.
2 Not in SS; here repeat as in 29, down to idh'; uppannā ti.
3 K inserts anekāni devatā satāni.
4 Bm K omit.
5 Bm sata-sahassāni. K omits this clause.
6 Bm Ito kho mārisa ekatiṃse (K -so) kappe (K -po) yaṃ Sikhī
bhagavā . . . pa . . . Te mayaṃ mārisa Sikhimhi
bhagavati . . . pa . . . Tasmiṃ yeva kho mārisa ekatiṃse
kappe Vessabhū bhagavā . . . pa . . . Te mayaṃ mārisa
Vessabhumhi bhagavati . . . pa . . . Imasmiṃ yeva kho
mārisa bhadda-kappe Kakusandho, Koṇāgamano, Kassapo
bhagavā . . . pa . . . Te mayaṃ mārisa Kakusandhamhi,
Koṇāgamanamhi, Kassapamhi bhagavati brāhmacariyaṃ
caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṃ virājetvā idhūpapannā ti.
Tasmiṃ yeva kho bhikkhave (as at beginning of 32).
7 Not in SS; repeat as in 30.
8 Bm Sum eva sā.

[page 054]
54 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 33.
pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato
pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: "{Evaṃ-
jaccā} te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā evaṃ-
gottā evaṃ-sīlā evaṃ-dhammā evaṃ-paññā evaṃ-vihārī
evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti."'1
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato
bhāsitaṃ abhinandun ti.
MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTAṂ SAMATTAṂ.2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K add: Devatā pi Tathāgatassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ,
yena Tathāgato atīte pubbe3 parinibbute chinnapapañce
chinna-vaṭume pariyādiṇṇa-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkhavītivatte
jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato
pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato
pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: "Evaṃ
jaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā, evaṃgottā,
evaṃ-sīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā evaṃ-vihārī, evaṃ-vimuttā
te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti.
2 So St; Scd Mahā-Padhāna; Sd (by accident) Mahā - Nidāna;
Bm Mahā-Padhāna-suttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. K Mahāpadāna-Suttaṃ
niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. Old. Buddha, p. 418, Mahāpadhāna,
referring to Jāt. i. 59 which has Mahāpadāna.
3 K Buddhe.

[page 055]
55
[xv. Mahā-Nidāna Suttanta.]
1. Evam me sutaṃ.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kurūsu viharati, Kammāssa-
dhammaṃ1 nāma Kurūnaṃ nigamo. Atha kho āyasmā
Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekam-
antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante yāva gambhīro
cāyaṃ bhante paṭicca-samuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca.
Atha ca pana me uttānakuttānako viya khāyatīti.'
‘Mā h'; evaṃ Ānanda avaca, mā h'; evaṃ Ānanda avaca.
Gambhīro cāyaṃ Ānanda2 paṭicca-samuppādo gambhīr-
āvabhāso ca. Etassa Ānanda dhammassa ananubodhā
appaṭivedhā evam ayaṃ pajā tantākulaka-jātā gulā-
guṇṭhika-jātā3 muñja-babbaja4-bhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati.
2. "‘Atthi idappaccayā jarā-maraṇan ti?" iti puṭṭhena
satā Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ.5 "Kim paccayā
jarā-maraṇan ti"? iti ce vadeyya, "Jāti-paccayā jarā-
maraṇan ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā jātīti?" iti puṭṭhena satā Ānanda,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS and Sum Kammāssa-; Bm K Kammāsa-. St Sum Bm and K in note -dham-;
Scd K -dam-. See M. i. 532; S. ii. 92, 107; A. v. 29;
Thig. A. 87, 89; Divy. 515.
2 K omits.
3 Bm kulā-; K guṇa-gaṇṭhika-jātā.
4 Sd Bm pabbaja; K (text) pabbaja; note, bab-.
5 Bm vacaniyaṃ always; Sd often vacaniyyaṃ.

[page 056]
56 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 2.
"Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā jātīti?" iti
ce vadeyya, "Bhava-ppaccayā jātīti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi {idappaccayā} bhavo ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā
Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā
bhavo ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Upādāna-paccayā bhavo ti"
icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā upādānan ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā
Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā upā-
dānan ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Taṇhā-paccayā upādānan ti"
icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā upādānan ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā
Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā
taṇhā ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Vedanā-paccayā taṇhā ti"
icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā vedanā ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā
Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā
vedanā ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Phassa-paccayā vedanā ti"
icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā phasso ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā
Ānanda Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. Kim paccayā
phasso ti?" iti ce vadeyya, Nāmarūpa-paccayā1 phasso
ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā nāma-rūpan ti?" iti puṭṭhena
satā Ānanda "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā
nāma-rūpan ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Viññāṇa-paccayā nāma-
rūpan ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā viññāṇan ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā
Ānanda "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā
viññāṇan ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Nāmarūpa-paccayā viññā-
ṇan ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
3. ‘Iti kho Ānanda nāmarūpa-paccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññā-
ṇa-paccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpa-paccayā phasso, phassa-
paccayā vedanā, vedanā-paccayā taṇhā, taṇhā-paccayā
upādānaṃ, upādāna-paccayā bhavo, bhava-paccayā jāti,
jāti-paccayā jarā-maraṇaṃ, jarā-maraṇa-paccayā2 soka-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So SS Bm K Ds and Sum omitting saḷayatana.
2 Bm K Gr omit.

[page 057]
D. xv. 6.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 57
parideva-dukkha-domanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
4. "‘Jāti-paccayā jarā-maraṇan ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ
vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ
yathā jāti-paccayā jarā-maraṇaṃ. Jāti va hi1 Ānanda
nābhavissa2 sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci
kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ devānaṃ vā devattāya, gandhabbā-
naṃ vā gandhabbattāya, yakkhānaṃ vā yakkhattāya,
bhūtānaṃ vā bhūtattāya, manussānaṃ vā manussattāya,
catuppadānam vā catuppadattāya, pakkhīnaṃ vā pakkhat-
tāya, siriṃsapānaṃ vā siriṃsapattāya,3 tesaṃ tesaṃ va4
hi Ānanda sattānaṃ tathattāya jāti nābhavissa, sabbaso
jātiyā asati jāti-nirodhā api nu kho jarā-maraṇaṃ
paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo jarā-maraṇassa, yadidaṃ jāti.
5. "‘Bhava-paccayā {jātīti}" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ,
tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā
bhava-paccayā jāti. Bhavo va hi Ānanda nābhavissa
sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyya-
thīdaṃ kāma-bhavo rūpa-bhavo arūpa-bhavo vā,5
sabbasso bhave asati bhava-nirodhā api nu kho jāti
paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo jātiyā, yadidaṃ bhavo.
6. "‘Upādāna-paccayā bhavo ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ
vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ
yathā upādāna-paccayā bhavo. Upādānaṃ va hi Ānanda
nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K Gr jāti ca hi throughout, and so Sd sometimes.
2 Sd frequently na bhavissa.
3 Bm sarisapānaṃ vā sarisapattāya; Gr sīrisapānaṃ vā sīrisap-.
4 Bm K ca throughout.
5 Bm K have vā after each bhavo.

[page 058]
58 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 6.
kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ kāmūpādanaṃ1 vā diṭṭhūpādānaṃ
vā sīlabbatūpādānaṃ vā attavādūpādānaṃ vā, sabbaso
upādāne asati upādāna-nirodhā api nu kho bhavo
paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo bhavassa, yadidaṃ upādānaṃ.
7. "‘Taṇhā-paccayā upādānan ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ
vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ
yathā taṇhā-paccayā upādānaṃ. Taṇhā va hi Ānanda
nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci
kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ rūpa-taṇhā sadda-taṇhā gandha-
taṇhā rasa-taṇhā phoṭṭhabba-taṇhā dhamma-taṇhā, sab-
baso taṇhāya asati taṇhā-nirodhā api nu kho upādānaṃ
paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo upādānassa, yadidaṃ taṇhā.
8. "‘Vedanā-paccayā taṇhā ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ
vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ
yathā vedanā-paccayā taṇhā. Vedanā va hi Ānanda
nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ {sabbathā} sabbaṃ kassaci
kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ cakkhu-samphassajā vedanā, sota-
samphassajā vedanā ghāna-samphassajā vedanā jivhā-
samphassajā vedanā kāya-samphassajā vedanā mano-
samphassajā vedanā, sabbaso vedanāya asati vedanā-
nirodhā api nu kho taṇhā paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo taṇhāya, yadidaṃ vedanā.
9. ‘Iti kho2 Ānanda vedanaṃ paṭicca taṇhā, taṇhaṃ
paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho, lābhaṃ
paṭicca vinicchayo, vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chanda-rāgo,
chanda-rāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosānaṃ, ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca
pariggaho, pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariyaṃ, macchariyaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sdt Bm Gr kāmup-, diṭṭhup-, &c.
2 Bm Gr K add pan'; etaṃ.

[page 059]
D. xv. 12.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 59
paṭicca ārakkho,1 ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ daṇḍādāna-satthā-
dāna-kalaha-viggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuva-pesuñña-musā-
vādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti.
10. "‘{Ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ} daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-kala-
ha-viggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuva-pesuñña-musā-vādā aneke
pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavantīti" iti kho pan'
etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena vedi-
tabbaṃ, yathā ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-
kalaha-viggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuva-pesuñña-musā-vādā
aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti. Ārakkho
va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ
kassaci kimhici, sabbaso ārakkhe asati ārakkha-nirodhā
api nu kho daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-kalaha-viggaha-vivāda-
tuvaṃtuva-pesuñña-musāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā
dhammā sambhaveyyun ti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-kalaha-
viggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuva-pesuñña-musāvādānaṃ aneke-
saṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ sambhavāya,
yadidaṃ ārakkho.
11. "‘Macchariyaṃ paṭicca ārakkho ti" iti kho pan'
etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena
veditabbaṃ, yathā macchariyaṃ paṭicca ārakkho. Mac-
chariyaṃ va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ
sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso macchariye
asati macchariya-nirodhā api nu kho ārakkho paññā-
yethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo ārakkhassa, yadidaṃ maccha-
riyaṃ.
12. "‘Pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariyan ti" iti kho
pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena
veditabbaṃ, yathā pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariyaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K adds ārakkhaṃ paticca, and runs on as at 10,
omitting all the first passage.
2 Sd tvaṃtva.

[page 060]
60 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 12.
Pariggaho va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ
sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso pariggahe
asati pariggaha-nirodhā api nu kho macchariyaṃ paññā-
yethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo macchariyassa, yadidaṃ parig-
gaho.
13. "‘Ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca pariggaho ti" iti kho pan'
etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena vedi-
tabbaṃ, yathā ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca pariggaho. Ajjhosā-
naṃ va1 hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā
sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso ajjhosāne asati ajjho-
sāna-nirodhā api nu kho pariggaho paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ
esa samudayo esa paccayo pariggahassa, yadidaṃ
ajjhosānaṃ.
14. "‘Chanda-rāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosānan ti" iti kho
pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena
veditabbaṃ, yathā chanda-rāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosānaṃ.
Chanda-rāgo va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ
sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso chanda-rāge
asati chanda-rāga-nirodhā api nu kho ajjhosānaṃ paññā-
yethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo ajjhosānassa, yadidaṃ chanda-
rāgo.
15. "‘Vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chanda-rāgo ti" iti kho
pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena
veditabbaṃ, yathā vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chanda-rāgo.
Vinicchayo va2 hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ
sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso vinicchaye
asati vinicchaya-nirodhā api nu kho chanda-rāgo paññā-
yethāti?'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scd Gr omit va; Bm ca; K -nañ ca.
2 Bm Gr K ca.

[page 061]
D. xv. i8.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 61
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo chanda-rāgassa, yadidaṃ vinic-
chayo.
16. "‘Lābhaṃ paṭicca vinicchayo ti" iti kho pan'
etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena
veditabbaṃ, yathā lābhaṃ paṭicca vinicchayo. Lābho va
hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ
kassaci kimhici, sabbaso lābhe asati lābha-nirodhā api nu
kho vinicchayo paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo vinicchayassa, yadidaṃ lābho.
17. "‘Pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ
vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ,
yathā pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho. Pariyesanā va hi
Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ
kassaci kimhici, sabbaso pariyesanāya asati pariyesanā-
nirodhā api nu kho lābho paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo lābhassa, yadidaṃ pariyesanā.
18. "‘Taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ
vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditab-
baṃ, yathā taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā. Taṇhā va hi
Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ
kassaci kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ kāma-taṇhā bhava-taṇhā
vibhava-taṇhā, sabbaso taṇhāya asati taṇhā-nirodhā api
nu kho pariyesanā paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu esaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo pariyesanāya, yadidaṃ taṇhā.
‘Iti kho Ānanda ime dve1 dhammā dvayena2 vedanāya
eka-samosaraṇā3 bhavanti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm omits.
2 Sc corrected from dveyena; Sdt dveyena.
3 Sc -ṇaṃ.

[page 062]
62 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 19.
19. "‘Phassa-paccayā vedanā ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ
vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditab-
baṃ, yathā phassa-paccayā vedanā. Phasso va hi Ānanda
nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci
kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ cakkhu-samphasso sota-samphasso
ghāna-samphasso jivhā-samphasso kāya-samphasso mano-
samphasso, sabbaso phasse asati phassa-nirodhā api nu
kho vedanā paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo vedanāya yadidaṃ phasso.
20. "‘Nāmarūpa-paccayā phasso ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ
vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ,
yathā nāmarūpa-paccayā phasso. Yehi Ānanda ākārehi
yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi uddesehi nāma-kāyassa
paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu tesu liṅgesu tesu nimittesu
tesu uddesesu asati, api nu kho rūpa-kāye adhivacana-
samphasso paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Yehi Ānanda ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi
uddesehi rūpa-kāyassa paññatti hoti, {tesu} ākāresu tesu
liṅgesu tesu nimittesu tesu uddesesu asati, api nu kho
nāma-kāye paṭigha-samphasso paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Yehi Ānanda ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi
uddesehi nāma-kāyassa ca rūpa-kāyassa ca paññatti hoti,
tesu ākāresu tesu liṅgesu tesu nimittesu tesu uddesesu
asati, api nu kho adhivacana-samphasso vā paṭigha-
samphasso vā paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Yehi Ānandā ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi
uddesehi nāma-rūpassa paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu tesu
liṅgesu tesu nimittesu tesu uddesesu asati, api nu kho
phasso paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo phassassa, yadidaṃ nāma-rūpaṃ.
21. "‘Viññāṇa-paccayā nāma-rūpan ti" iti kho pan'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 063]
D. xv. 22.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 63
etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena
veditabbaṃ yathā viññāṇa-paccayā nāma-rūpaṃ. Viññā-
ṇaṃ va hi Ānanda mātu kucchiṃ1 na okkamissatha, api
nu kho nāma-rūpaṃ mātu kucchismiṃ samucchissa-
thāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Viññāṇaṃ va hi Ānanda mātu kucchiṃ2 okkamitvā
vokkamissatha, api nu kho nāma-rūpaṃ itthattāya abhi-
nibbattissathāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Viññāṇaṃ va hi Ānanda daharass'; eva sato vocchij-
jissatha kumārassa3 vā kumārikāya vā, api nu kho
nāma-rūpam vuddhiṃ4 virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissa-
thāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo nāma-rūpassa, yadidaṃ viññāṇaṃ.
22. "‘Nāmarūpa-paccayā viññāṇan ti" iti kho pan'
etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena
veditabbaṃ, yathā nāmarūpa-paccayā viññāṇaṃ. Viññā-
ṇaṃ va hi Ānanda nāma-rūpe patiṭṭhaṃ nālabhissatha,5
api nu kho āyati6 jāti-jarā-maraṇa7-dukkha-samudaya8-
sambhavo paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa
samudayo esa paccayo viññāṇassa, yadidaṃ nāmarūpaṃ.
‘Ettāvatā kho Ānanda jāyetha9 vā jīyetha10 vā mī-
yetha11 vā cavetha vā uppajjetha12 vā, ettāvatā13 adhiva-
cana-patho, ettāvatā nirutti-patho, ettāvatā paññatti-
patho, ettāvatā paññāvacaraṃ, ettāvatā vaṭṭaṃ vaṭṭati

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So SS. Bm Gr K kucchismiṃ.
2 Bm Gr K kucchismiṃ.
3 K kumārakassa.
4 K vuḍḍhiṃ.
5 Bm na labh-.
6 Bm K āyatiṃ
7 Bm Gr maraṇaṃ.
8 Sc Gr samudayo.
9 Sc jāyatha jāyatha.
10 Sd jīye; Bm jiyetha.
11 Bm miyetha.
12 Bm upapajjetha.
13 K adds kho.

[page 064]
64 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 22.
itthattaṃ paññāpanāya, yadidaṃ nāma-rūpaṃ saha viññā-
ṇena1.
23. ‘Kittāvatā ca Ānanda attānaṃ paññāpento2 paññā-
peti? {Rūpiṃ} vā hi Ānanda parittaṃ attānaṃ paññā-
pento, paññāpeti "Rūpī me paritto attā ti." Rūpiṃ vā hi
Ānanda anantaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento, paññāpeti "Rūpī
me ananto attā ti." Arūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda parittaṃ attā-
naṃ paññāpento, paññāpeti "Arūpī me paritto attā ti";
arūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda anantaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento,
paññāpeti "Arūpī me ananto attā ti."
24. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ
paññāpento paññāpeti, etarahi vā so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attā-
naṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, tattha3-bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ
parittaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, "Atathaṃ va
pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti iti vā pan'; assa
hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda rūpiṃ4 parittattānudiṭ-
ṭhi anusetīti icc alaṃ5 vacanāya.
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññā-
pento paññāpeti, etarahi vā so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ
paññāpento {paññāpeti}, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ anan-
taṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, "Atathaṃ vā pana
santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti" iti vā pan'; assa hoti.
Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda rūpiṃ anantattānudiṭṭhi anu-
setīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññā-
pento paññāpeti, etarahi vā so arūpim parittaṃ attānaṃ
paññāpento paññāpeti, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so arūpiṃ parit-
taṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti
. . . pe . . . tattha-bhāviṃ vā
so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, "Ata-
thaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti" iti vā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc adds aññamaññaṃ paccayatāya vattati;
Bm adds aññamañña paccayatā pavattati.
2 K pannap- throughout.
3 K tathā throughout.
4 Bm rūpī (arūpī) throughout.
5 Bm K iccālaṃ throughout.

[page 065]
D. xv. 26.] SOUL THEORIES 65
pan'; assa hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda arūpiṃ anan-
tattānudiṭṭhi anusetīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Ettāvatā kho Ānanda attānaṃ paññāpento paññā-
peti.
25. ‘Kittāvatā ca Ānanda attānaṃ na paññāpento na
paññāpeti? Rūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda parittaṃ attānaṃ na
paññāpento na paññāpeti "Rūpī me paritto attā ti";
rūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na
paññāpeti "Rūpī me ananto attā ti"; arūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda
parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti "Arūpī me
paritto attā ti"; arūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda anantaṃ attānaṃ
na paññāpento na paññāpeti "Arūpī me ananto attā ti."
26. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na
paññāpento na paññāpeti, etarahi vā so rūpiṃ parittaṃ
attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so
rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti,
"Atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti"
iti vā pan'; assa na hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda rūpiṃ
parittattānudiṭṭhi nānusetīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññā-
pento na paññāpeti, etarahi vā so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ
na paññāpento na paññāpeti, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ
anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, "Atathaṃ
vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti" iti vā pan'
assa na hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda rūpiṃ anantattā-
nudiṭṭhi nānusetīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attanaṃ na paññā-
pento na paññāpeti, etarahi vā so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ
na paññāpento na paññāpeti, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so arūpiṃ
anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, "Atathaṃ
vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti" iti vā pan'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 066]
66 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 26.
assa na hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda arūpiṃ anantat-
tānudiṭṭhi nānusetīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Ettāvatā kho Ānanda attānaṃ na paññāpento na
paññāpeti.
27. ‘Kittāvatā ca Ānanda attānaṃ samanupassamāno
samanupassati? Vedanaṃ vā hi Ānanda attānaṃ samanu-
passamāno samanupassati. "Vedanā me attā" ti. "Na
h'; eva kho me vedanā attā, appaṭisaṃvedano me attā" ti,
iti vā hi Ānanda attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanu-
passati. "Na h'; eva kho me vedanā attā, no pi appaṭi-
saṃvedano me1 attā, attā me vediyati2 vedanā-dhammo
hi me attā" ti iti vā hi Ānanda attānaṃ samanupassamāno
samanupassati.
28. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so evam āha "Vedanā me attā"
ti, so evam assa vacanīyo "Tisso kho imā āvuso vedanā,
sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhā-m-asukhā vedanā.
Imāsaṃ tvaṃ3 tissannaṃ vedanānaṃ katamaṃ attano
samanupassasīti4?"
‘Yasmiṃ Ānanda samaye sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti,
n'; eva tasmiṃ samaye dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, na aduk-
kha-m-asukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, sukhaṃ yeva tasmiṃ
samaye vedanaṃ vedeti, n'; eva tasmiṃ samaye duk-
khaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, n'; eva tasmiṃ samaye sukhaṃ
vedanaṃ vedeti, na adukkha-m-asukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti,
dukkhaṃ yeva tasmiṃ samaye vedanaṃ vedeti. Yasmiṃ
Ānanda samaye adukkha-m-asukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti,
n'; eva tasmiṃ samaye sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, na duk-
khaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, adukkha-m-asukhaṃ yeva tasmiṃ
samaye vedanaṃ vedeti.
29. ‘Sukhā pi kho Ānanda vedanā aniccā saṃkhatā
{paṭiccasamuppannā} khāya-dhammā vaya-dhammā virāga-
dhammā nirodha-dhammā. Dukkhā pi kho Ānanda
vedanā aniccā saṃkhatā {paṭiccasamuppannā} khaya-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sct omit. So do SS in the repetition, 31.
2 K vedayati throughout.
3 Bm Gr K imāsaṃ kho tvaṃ; Scd omit tvam.
4 Scdt -passatīti.

[page 067]
D. xv. 31.] FELLINGS. 67
dhammā vaya-dhammā virāga-dhammā nirodha-dhammā.
Adukkha-m-asukhā pi kho Ānanda vedanā aniccā saṃ-
khatā {paṭiccasamupannā} khaya-dhammā vaya-dhammā
virāga-dhammā nirodha-dhammā. Tassa sukhaṃ veda-
naṃ vediyamānassa1 "Eso me attā" ti hoti, tassā yeva
sukhāya vedanāya nirodhā "Vyāgā2 me attā" ti hoti.
Dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamānassa "Eso me attā ti"
hoti, tassā yeva dukkhāya vedanāya nirodhā "Vyāgā me
attā" ti hoti. Adukkha-m-asukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediya-
mānassa "Eso me attā" ti hoti, tassā yeva adukkha-m-
asukhāya vedanāya nirodhā "Vyāgā me attā" ti hoti.
‘Iti so diṭṭhe va dhamme aniccaṃ sukha-dukkha-
vokiṇṇaṃ uppāda-vaya-dhammaṃ attānaṃ samanupassa-
māno samanupassati yo so evam āha "Vedanā me attā"
ti. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda etena p'; etaṃ nakkhamati "Ve-
danā me attā" ti samanupassituṃ.
30. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so evam āha "Na h'; eva kho me
vedanā attā, appaṭisaṃvedano me attā" ti, so evam assa
vacanīyo "Yattha pan'; āvuso sabbaso vedayitaṃ n'; atthi,3
api nu kho tattha ‘Asmīti'; siyāti?"
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'4
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda etena p'; etaṃ nakkhamati "Na
h'; eva kho me5 vedanā attā, appaṭisaṃvedano me attā" ti
samanupassituṃ.
31. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so evam āha "Na h'; eva kho me
vedanā attā, no pi appaṭisaṃvedano me6 attā, attā me
vediyati, vedanā-dhammo hi me attā" ti, so evam assa
vacanīyo "Vedanā va hi āvuso sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā
sabbaṃ aparisesā nirujjheyyuṃ, sabbaso vedanāya asati
vedanā-nirodhā, api nu kho tattha ‘Ayam7 aham
asmīti'; siyāti?"
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda etena p'; etaṃ nakkhamati "Na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K vedaya-.
2 Bm K byāgā.
3 K atthi
4 So all MSS. K Sum.
5 Scd omit.
6 SS omit (see 27).
7 K omits ayam.

[page 068]
68 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 31.
h'; eva kho me vedanā attā, no pi appaṭisaṃvedano1 attā,
attā me vediyati, vedanā-dhammo hi me attā" ti samanu-
passituṃ.
32. ‘Yato kho Ānanda bhikkhu n'; eva vedanaṃ attānaṃ
samanupassati, no pi appaṭisaṃvedanaṃ attānaṃ samanu-
passati, no pi "Attā me2 vediyati, vedanā-dhammo hi
me attā" ti samanupassati, so evaṃ asamanupassanto3
na4 kiñci loke upādiyati,5 anupādiyaṃ6 na paritassati,
aparitassaṃ paccattaṃ yeva parinibbāyati,7 "Khīṇā jāti,
vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ
itthattāyāti" pajānāti. Evaṃ-vimutta-cittaṃ8 kho
Ānanda bhikkhuṃ yo evaṃ vadeyya "Hoti Tathāgato
param maraṇā" ti,9 iti 'ssa10 diṭṭhīti tad akallaṃ. "Na
hoti Tathāgato param maraṇā ti9 iti 'ssa diṭṭhīti tad akal-
laṃ. "Hoti ca na ca hoti Tathāgato param maraṇā" ti,9
iti 'ssa diṭṭhīti tad akallaṃ. "N'; eva hoti na na hoti
Tathāgato param maraṇā" ti,9 iti 'ssa {diṭṭhīti} tad akalaṃ.
11 Taṃ kissa hetu? Yāvat'; Ānanda adhivacanaṃ yāvatā
adhivacana-patho,12yāvatā nirutti12 yāvatā nirutti-patho,
yāvatā paññatti yāvatā paññatti-patho, yāvatā paññā13
yāvatā paññāvacaraṃ, yāvatā vaṭṭaṃ14 yāvatā vaṭṭaṃ15
vaṭṭati,16 tad abhiññā vimutto bhikkhu, tad abhiññā
vimutto bhikkhu17 na jānāti na passati iti 'ssa diṭṭhīti
tad akallaṃ.
33. 18 ‘Satta kho imā Ānanda viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, dve ca
āyatanāni. Katamā satta? Sant'; Ānanda sattā nānatta-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm inserts me.
2 MSS K. omit me.
3 Bm na sam-.
4 St Bm add ca.
5 K upādīy-.
6 K -yañ ca.
7 Bm -yissati.
8 SS vimuttaṃ; K omits cittaṃ.
9 Bm K omit ti.
10 K omits sā, and onwards.
11 Sd Bm Gr K taṃ kissa.
12-12 K omits.
13 K paññāpanaṃ.
14 Sd vaddhaṃ, K omits yāv-ṭaṃ.
15 Sc. Bm omit; Sd vaddhaṃ.
16 Sd vaddhati; K adds tāvatā vaṭṭaṃ vaṭṭati.
17 MSS. -ttaṃ bhikkhuṃ.
18 See A. iv. 39.

[page 069]
D. xv. 34.] SEVEN SORTS OF BEINGS. 69
kāyā nānatta-saññino, seyyathā pi manussā ekacce ca devā
ekacce ca vinipātikā. Ayaṃ paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda sattā nānatta-kāyā ekatta-saññino, sey-
yathā pi devā Brahma-kāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā.1
Ayaṃ dutiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda sattā ekatta-kāyā nānatta-saññino, sey-
yathā pi devā Ābhassarā. Ayaṃ tatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda sattā ekatta-kāyā nānatta-saññino, sey-
yathā pi devā Subhakiṇṇā.2 Ayaṃ catutthā3 viññāṇa-
ṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda {sattā} sabbaso {rūpa-saññānaṃ} samatik-
kamā4 paṭigha-saññānaṃ atthagamā5 nānatta-saññānaṃ
amanasikārā "Ananto ākāso" ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā.
Ayaṃ pañcamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ sam-
atikkamma6 "Anantaṃ viññāṇan" ti viññāṇañcāyatanū-
pagā. Ayaṃ chaṭṭhā7 viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ sam-
atikkhamma "N'; atthi kiñcīti" ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā.
Ayaṃ sattamī8 viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Asaññasattāyatanaṃ9 {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanam eva
dutiyaṃ.
34. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yāyaṃ paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti
nānatta-kāyā nānatta-saññino, seyyathā pi manussā ekacce
ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā, yo nu kho Ānanda tañ ca
pajānāti, tassā ca samudayaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca atthaga-
maṃ pajānāti, tassā ca assādaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca ādīna-
vaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca nissaraṇaṃ pajānāti, kallaṃ nu
kho10 tena tad abhinanditun ti?'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K adds catu-apāyikā sattā ca.
2 K -kiṇhā. So A. ii. 233; iv. 40; -kiṇṇā at M. i. 2, 289, 329.
3 Bm -tthī.
4 So SS Bm Gr K; A. iv. 40 -kamma.
5 Bm K A. iv. 40 atthañg- (and below).
6 So SS Bm Gr K.
7 Bm chaṭhī.
8 K -mā.
9 Sdt Gr asaññā-; Kasaññi-, with asañña- in note.
10 Sct K omit.

[page 070]
70 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 34.
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
. . . pe1 . . .
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yāyaṃ sattamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti sabbaso
viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma2 "N'; atthi kiñcīti"
ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā, yo nu kho Ānanda tañ ca pajānāti,
tassā ca samudayaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca atthagamaṃ pajā-
nāti, tassā ca assādaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca ādīnavaṃ pajā-
nāti, tassā ca nissaraṇaṃ pajānāti, kallaṃ nu kho3 tena
tad abhinanditun ti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yam idaṃ asaññasattāyatanaṃ,4 yo nu
kho Ānanda tañ ca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṃ pajānāti,
tassa ca atthagamaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṃ pajānāti,
tassa ca ādīnavaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṃ pajānāti,
kallaṃ nu kho5 tena tad abhinanditun ti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yam idaṃ {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanaṃ,
yo nu kho Ānanda tañ ca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṃ
pajānāti, tassa ca atthagamaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṃ
pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṃ
pajānāti, kallaṃ nu kho6 tena tad abhinanditun ti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Yato kho Ānanda bhikkhu imāsañ ca sattannaṃ viñ-
ñāṇaṭṭhitīnaṃ imesañ ca dvinnaṃ āyatanānaṃ samu-
dayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissara-
ṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti, ayaṃ
vuccati Ānanda7 bhikkhu paññā-vimutto.
35. ‘Aṭṭha kho ime Ānanda, vimokhā.8 Katame aṭṭha?
Rūpī rūpāni passati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokho.
‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati. Ayaṃ
dutiyo vimokho.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm pa down to tatr'; Ānanda yam idaṃ (next par.).
2 Sct Gr -kamā.
3 SS Gr omit.
4 Sd asaññi-; St Gr asaññā-.
5 SS omit.
6 SS K omit.
7 Bm K vuccatānanda throughout.
8 Bm Gr K vimokkhā, and throughout; SS only kh. Cp. xvi. 3, 33.

[page 071]
D. xv. 36.] THE EIGHT VIMOKHAS. 71
‘Subhan'; t'; eva adhimutto hoti. Ayaṃ tatiyo vimokho.
‘Sabbaso rūpa-saññānaṃ samatikkamā1 paṭigha-saññā-
naṃ atthagamā nānatta-saññānaṃ amanasikārā "Ananto
ākāso" ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Ayaṃ catuttho vimokho.
‘Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma "Anan-
taṃ viññāṇan" ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viha-
rati. Ayaṃ pañcamo vimokho.
‘Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma "N'; atthi
kiñcīti" ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ
chaṭṭho vimokho.
‘Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma {n'eva-saññā}-
nāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo
vimokho.
‘Sabbaso {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma
saññā2-vedayita3-nirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ
aṭṭhamo vimokho. Ime kho Ānanda aṭṭha vimokhā.
36. ‘Yato kho Ānanda bhikkhu ime aṭṭha vimokhe
anulomam pi samāpajjati, paṭilomam pi samāpajjati, anu-
loma-paṭilomam pi samāpajjati, yatth'; icchakaṃ yad
icchakaṃ yāvad4 icchakaṃ samāpajjati pi vuṭṭhāti pi,5
āsavānañ ca khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññā-vimut-
tiṃ diṭṭhe va dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upa-
sampajja viharati, ayaṃ vuccati Ānanda bhikkhu ubhato-
bhāga-vimutto, imāya ca Ānanda ubhato-bhāga-vimuttiyā
aññā ubhato-bhāga-vimutti uttaritarā vā paṇītatarā vā n'
atthīti.'
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Attamano āyasmā Ānando
Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
MAHA-NIDĀNA-SUTTANTAṂ.6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc K -kamma; Sdt Childers, M. P. S. p. 30, Bm Gr -kamā
(Gr in note -kamma).
2 SS saññaṃ; Child. Bm K saññā.
3 St K vedayitaṃ.
4 Bm K yāvat.
5 Sd samāpajjatīpi uṭṭhātīpi; Bm vuṭhāya tiṭhati pi.
6 Bm adds niṭhitam dutiyaṃ; K -suttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

[page 072]
72
[xvi. Mahā-Parinibbāna-Suttanta.1]
1.1. 2 Evam me sutaṃ.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe
pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā Māgadho Ajāta-
sattu Vedehiputto Vajjī3 abhiyātu-kāmo hoti. So evam
āha: ‘Āhañhi'; me4 Vajjī evaṃ-mahiddhike evaṃ-mahānu-
bhāve, ucchejjāmi5 Vajjī3 vināsessāmi Vajjī3 anaya-
vyasanaṃ āpādessāmi Vajjī6 ti.'
2. Atha kho rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehiputto
Vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ Magadha-mahāmattaṃ āmantesi:
‘Ehi tvaṃ brāhmaṇa yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkama,
upasaṃkamitvā mama vacanena Bhagavato pāde sirasā
vandāhi, appābādham appātaṅkaṃ {lahu-ṭṭhānaṃ} balaṃ
phāsu-vihāraṃ puccha: "Rājā bhante Māgadho Ajāta-
sattu Vedehiputto Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, ap-
pābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ {lahu-ṭṭhānaṃ} balaṃ phāsu-vihāraṃ
pucchatīti," evañ ca vadehi: "Rājā bhante Māgadho
Ajātasattu Vedehiputto Vajjī abhiyātu-kāmo. So evam
āha: ‘Āhañhi 'me Vajjī evaṃ-mahiddhike evaṃ-mahānu-
bhāve, ucchejjāmi Vajjī vināsessāmi Vajjī anaya-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The full apparatus criticus, omitted by Childers in his separate
edition of this Suttanta, can still be consulted in the
J. R. A. S. for 1874.
2 1-5= A. iv. 17 foll.
3 K Vajjiṃ.
4 Bm K ahaṃ hi me; SS Childers and Hardy ahaṃ ime. Comp. A. iv.;
17 note 16; M. i. 545; Vin. i. 363; J. iv. 395.
5 Sdt ucchecchāmi; Bm uccijjāmi (Sc K and Sum ucchejjami),
here and below.
6 K Vajjin.

[page 073]
D. xvi. 1. 4.] AJĀTASATTU CONSULTS THE BUDDHA. 73
vyasanaṃ āpādessāmi Vajjī ti'; "; yathā ca te Bhagavā
vyākaroti taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mamaṃ āroceyyāsi,
na hi Tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantīti.
3. ‘Evaṃ bho ti'; kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadha-
mahāmatto rañño Māgadhassa Ajātasattussa Vedehi-
puttassa paṭissutvā, bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā,1
bhaddaṃ2 yānaṃ abhirūhitvā, bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi
Rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena Gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi,
yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccoro-
hitvā pattiko va yena3 Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammo-
danīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadha-
mahāmatto Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Rājā bho Gotama Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehi-putto
bhoto Gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādham ap-
pātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsu-vihāraṃ pucchati.4
Rājā bho Gotama Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehiputto
Vajjī abhiyātu-kāmo. So evam āha: "Āhañhi 'me Vajjī
evaṃ-mahiddhike evaṃ-mahānubhāve, ucchejjāmi Vajjī
vināsessāmi Vajjī anaya-vyasanaṃ āpādessāmi Vajjī ti."
4. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti Bhagavantaṃ vījamāno.5 Atha kho
Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ, Vajjī {abhiṇhaṃ-}6 sannipātā
sannipāta-bahulā ti?'
‘7Sutaṃ me taṃ7 bhante Vajjī {abhiṇhaṃ-} sannipātā
sannipāta-bahulā ti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ8 ca Ānanda Vajjī {abhiṇhaṃ-} sannipātā
sannipāta-bahulā bhavissanti, vuddhi yeva Ānanda
Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni. Kin ti te Ānanda

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So SS; Bm K yojetvā.
2 Bm K bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ.
3 Hardy omits from the first bhaddāni down to yena.
4 SS add evañ ca vadeti.
5 Bm vījayamāno; K vījiyamāno.
6 K abhiṇhā.
7-7 Bm sutam etaṃ, and below.
8 Bm -kiv-, and below.

[page 074]
74 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 4.
sutaṃ, Vajjī samaggā sannipatanti samaggā vuṭṭhahanti
samaggā Vajjī-karaṇīyāni karontīti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī samaggā sannipatanti
samaggā vuṭṭhahanti samaggā Vajjī-karaṇīyāni karontīti.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti
samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti samaggā Vajji-karaṇīyāni karis-
santi, vuddhi yeva Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no
parihāni. Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ Vajjī appaññattam na
paññāpenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, {yathā-}pañ-
ñatte porāṇe Vajji-dhamme samādāya vattantīti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī appaññattaṃ na paññā-
penti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, {yathā-}paññatte
porāṇe Vajji-dhamme samādāya vattantīti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī appaññattaṃ na pañ-
ñāpessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, {yathā-}
paññatte porāṇe Vajji-dhamme samādāya vattissanti,
vuddhi yeva Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ Vajjī ye te Vajjīnaṃ Vajji-
mahallakā te sakkaronti garukaronti mānenti pūjenti
tesañ ca sotabbaṃ maññantīti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī ye te Vajjīnaṃ Vajji-
mahallakā te sakkaronti garukaronti mānenti pūjenti
tesañ ca sotabbaṃ maññantīti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī ye te Vajjīnaṃ Vajjī-
mahallakā te sakkarissanti garukarissanti mānessanti
pūjessanti tesañ ca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhi yeva
Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni. Kin ti te
Ānanda sutaṃ Vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kula-kumāriyo tā
na okkassa pasayha vāsentīti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kula-
kumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentīti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kula-
kumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhi yeva
Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni. Kin ti te
Ānanda sutaṃ Vajjī yāni tāni Vajjīnaṃ Vajji-cetiyāni
abbhantarāni c'; eva bāhirāni ca tāni sakkaronti garu-
karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañ ca dinna-pubbaṃ kata-
pubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentīti?'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 075]
D. xvi. 1. 5.] CONDITIONS OF SOCIAL WELFARE. 75
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī yāni tāni Vajjīnaṃ Vajji-
cetiyāni, abbhantarāni c'; eva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti
garukaronti mānenti pūjenti, tesañ ca dinna-pubbaṃ
kata-pubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentīti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī yāni tāni Vajjīnaṃ Vajji-
cetiyāni, abbhantarāni c'; eva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaris-
santi garukarissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañ ca
dinna-pubbaṃ kata-pubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no pari-
hāpessanti, vuddhi yeva Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no
parihāni. Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ Vajjīnaṃ arahantesu
dhammikārakkhāvaraṇa-gutti susaṃvihitā, kin ti anāgatā
ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca arahanto vijite
phāsuṃ1 vihareyyun ti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dham-
mikārakkhāvaraṇa-gutti susaṃvihitā, kin ti anāgatā ca
arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca arahanto vijite
phāsuṃ vihareyyun ti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dham-
mikārakkhāvaraṇa-gutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati,2 kin ti
anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca
arahanto vijite phāsuṃ vihareyyun ti, vuddhi yeva
Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihānīti.'
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ Maga-
dha-mahāmattaṃ āmantesi:
‘Ekam idāhaṃ brāhmaṇa samayaṃ Vesāliyaṃ vi-
harāmi Sārandade cetiye, tatrāhaṃ Vajjīnaṃ ime satta
aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ, yāvakīvañ ca brāhmaṇa
ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā Vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu
ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu Vajjī sandissanti,
vuddhi yeva brāhmaṇa Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no pari-
hānīti.'
Evaṃ vutte Vassakāro Brāhmaṇo Magadha-mahāmatto
Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Ekamekena pi bho Gotama aparihāniyena dhammena
samannāgatānaṃ Vajjīnaṃ vuddhi yeva pāṭikaṅkhā no

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd Bm -su, and below.
2 Scd Bm -santi.

[page 076]
76 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 5.
parihāni, ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi?
Akaraṇīyā va1 bho Gotama Vajjī raññā Māgadhena
Ajātasattunā Vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa aññatra
upalāpanāya aññatra mithu-bhedā.2 Handa ca dāni
mayaṃ bho Gotama gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṃ bahu-
karaṇīyā ti.'
‘Yassa dāni tvaṃ brāhmaṇa kālaṃ maññasīti.'
Atha kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadha-mahāmatto
Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāy'
āsanā pakkāmi.
6. Atha kho Bhagavā acira-pakkante Vassakāre
brāhmaṇe Magadha-mahāmatte āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
āmantesi: ‘Gaccha tvaṃ Ānanda yāvatikā bhikkhū
Rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhāna-
sālāyaṃ sannipātehīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū Rājagahaṃ upanissāya vi-
haranti te sabbe upaṭṭhāna-sālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena
Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho
āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ‘Sannipatito
bhante bhikkhu-saṃgho, yassa dāni bhante Bhagavā
kālaṃ maññasīti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā yena upaṭṭhāna-sālā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi,
nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
3 ‘Satta vo bhikkhave aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi,4
taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi-karotha bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato pac-
cassosuṃ. Bhagavā etad avoca:
‘Yāvakīvañ ca5 bhikkhave bhikkhū {abhiṇhaṃ-} sanni-
pātā sannipāta-bahulā bhavissanti, vuddhi yeva bhik-
khūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū samaggā sannipatis-
santi samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti samaggā saṅgha-karaṇīyāni

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K ca.
2 Bm K -dāya.
3 = A. iv. 21.
4 Scd Bm sometimes desissāmi.
5 Scd add kho.

[page 077]
D. xvi. 1. 7.] THE WELFARE OF THE BRETHREN. 77
karissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā
no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū appaññattaṃ na
paññāpessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathā-
paññattesu sikkhā-padesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhi
yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā
{rattaññū} cira1-pabbajitā saṅgha-pitaro2 saṅgha-{pariṇāyakā}
te sakkarissanti garukarissanti3 mānessanti pūjessanti
tesañ ca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave
bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya
ponobhavikāya4 na vasaṃ gacchanti,5 vuddhi yeva bhik-
khave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū āraññakesu6 senā-
sanesu sāpekhā bhavissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave
bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū paccattaṃ yeva satiṃ
upaṭṭhāpessanti,7 kin ti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī
āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsuṃ8
vihareyyun ti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭi-
kaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā
bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu
dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave
bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
7. ‘Apare pi kho9 bhikkhave satta aparihāniye dhamme
desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi-karotha,
bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; {ti} kho te bhikkhu Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ, Bhagavā etad avoca:
10 ‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na kammārāmā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc ciraṃ.
2 Bm omits.
3 Bm garuṃ kar-.
4 Bm K ponobbhavikāya.
5 K gacchissanti.
6 Scd ar-.
7 Bm upaṭhap-; K upaṭṭhap-.
8 Bm phāsu.
9 K vo; A. iv.22 satta vo bh- ap- (so throughout).
10 A. iv. 22; comp. iii. 309, 310, 329.

[page 078]
78 MAHĀ-PARINIBBANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 7.
bhavissanti na kamma-ratā na kammārāmataṃ anuyuttā,
vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no
parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na bhassārāmā
bhavissanti na bhassa-ratā na bhassārāmataṃ anuyuttā,
vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no
parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na niddārāmā bha-
vissanti na niddā-ratā na niddārāmataṃ anuyuttā, vuddhi
yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu na saṅgaṇikārāmā
bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikā-ratā na saṅgaṇikārāmataṃ
anuyuttā, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā
no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavis-
santi na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhi yeva
bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na pāpa-mittā bhavis-
santi na pāpa-sahāyā na pāpa-sampavaṅkā,1 vuddhi yeva
bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na oramattakena
visesādhigamena antarā vosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhi
yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakivañ ca bhikkhave ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā
bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu
dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave
bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
8. ‘Apare pi kho bhikkhave satta aparihāniye dhamme
desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhā-
sissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ, Bhagavā etad avoca:
2 ‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti,3
hirimanā4 bhavissanti, ottāpī5 bhavissanti, bahussutā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm -vaṅkatā; K -vaṅkarā.
2 = A. iv. 23.
3 Bm adds pa.
4 Sd hirīmanā; K . . . pe . . . hirimatā.
5 Bm K ottappī.

[page 079]
D. xvi. 1. 10.] THE WELFARE OF THE BRETHREN. 79
bhavissanti, āraddha-viriyā bhavissanti, upaṭṭhita-satī1
bhavissanti, paññāvanto2 bhavissanti, vuddhi yeva bhik-
khave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā
bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu
dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave
bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
9 ‘Apare pi kho bhikkhave satta aparihāniye dhamme
desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, {sādhukaṃ} manasikarotha,
bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ, Bhagavā etad avoca:
3 ‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū sati-sambojjhaṅgaṃ
bhāvessanti,4 dhammavicaya-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti,
viriya-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, pīti-sambojjhaṅgaṃ
bhāvessanti, passaddhi-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, sa-
mādhi-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, upekhā-samboj-
jhaṅgaṃ5 bhāvessanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ
pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā
bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu
dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave
bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
10. ‘Apare pi kho bhikkhave satta aparihāniye dhamme
desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsis-
sāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ, Bhagavā etad avoca:
6 ‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū anicca-saññaṃ
bhāvessanti,7 anatta-saññaṃ bhāvessanti, asubha-saññaṃ
bhāvessanti, ādīnava-saññaṃ bhāvessanti, pahāna-saññaṃ
bhāvessanti, virāga-saññaṃ bhāvessanti, nirodha-saññaṃ
bhāvessanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭi-
kaṅkhā no parihāni.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 A. satimanto.
2 Bm K A. paññav-.
3 A. iv. 23.
4 Bm inserts pa. K pe.
5 Bm K upekkhā-
6 A. iv. 24.
7 Bm adds pa; K pe.

[page 080]
80 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi.1.10.
Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā
bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu
dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave
bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
11. ‘Cha bhikkhave1 aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi,
taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmīti,'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ, Bhagavā etad avoca:
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū mettaṃ kāya-
kammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvī2 c'; eva
raho ca, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā
no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū mettaṃ vacī-kammaṃ
paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu . . . pe . . . mettaṃ
mano-kammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvī
c'; eva raho ca, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭi-
kaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū ye te lābhā dhammikā
dhamma-laddhā antamaso patta-pariyāpanna-mattam pi
tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhatta-bhogī3 bhavissanti
sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇa-bhogī,4 vuddhi yeva
bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇ-
ḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññū-
pasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhi-saṃvattanikāni tathā-
rūpesu sīlesu sīla-sāmañña-gatā viharissanti sabrahma-
cārīhi āvī c'; eva raho ca, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhū-
naṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū yā 'yaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā
niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā-dukkhakkhayāya5
tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhi-sāmañña-gatā viharissanti
sabrahmacārīhi āvī c'; eva raho ca, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave
bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K apare pi vo bh- cha.
2 Scd K āvi; St Bm āvī.
3 Sc bhogī; Sd appaṭivittabhogi; Bm apaṭi--bhogi; St -bhoji;
K na appaṭi-.
4 Bm -gi.
5 Sd Sammādukkakkhayā.

[page 081]
D. xvi. 1. 16.] THE WELFARE OF THE BRETHREN. 81
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā
bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dham-
mesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhik-
khūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihānīti.'
12. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharanto Gijjha-
kūṭe pabbate etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ
kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīla-
paribhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso,
samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahāni-
saṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi
vimuccati, seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā1
avijjāsavā ti.
13. Atha kho Bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ
viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Āyām'
Ānanda yena Ambalaṭṭhikā ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato pac-
cassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena
saddhiṃ yena Ambalaṭṭhikā tad avasari.
14. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati
Rājāgārake. Tatra pi2 sudaṃ Bhagavā Ambalaṭṭhi-
kāyaṃ viharanto Rājāgārake etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhū-
naṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti
paññā, sīla-paribhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahāni-
saṃso, samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti
mahānisaṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva
āsavehi vimuccati seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā
diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti.
15. Atha kho Bhagavā Ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathā-
bhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Nāḷandā ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena
saddhiṃ yena Nāḷandā tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā
Nāḷandāyaṃ viharati Pāvārikambavane.
16. Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena Bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K omits, but gives in a note.
2 Sd K omit. See 18 and p. 91.

[page 082]
82 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 16.
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Sāriputto Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Evaṃ-pasanno ahaṃ bhante Bhagavati na cāhu na ca
bhavissati na c'; etarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo
vā Bhagavatā bhiyyo 'bhiññataro1 yadidaṃ sambodhiyan'
ti.
‘Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ Sāriputta āsabhī2 vācā bhāsitā,
ekaṃso gahito sīha-nādo nadito: "Evaṃ-pasanno ahaṃ
bhante Bhagavati na cāhu na ca bhavissati na c'; etarahi
vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā Bhagavatā bhiyyo
'bhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiyan" ti. Kin nu Sāriputta
ye te ahesuṃ atītam addhānaṃ arahanto sammā-
sambuddhā, sabbe te Bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca
viditā Evaṃ-sīlā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-
dhammā evaṃ-paññā evaṃ-vihārī evaṃ-vimuttā te
Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti?"'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
Kiṃ pana Sāriputta ye te bhavissanti anāgatam
addhānaṃ arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, sabbe te Bhaga-
vanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā "Evaṃ-sīlā te Bhaga-
vanto bhavissanti iti pi, evaṃ-dhammā evaṃ-paññā
evaṃ-vihārī evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto bhavissanti iti
pīti?"'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Kiṃ pana Sāriputta ahaṃ te3 etarahi arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito "Evaṃ-sīlo Bhagavā
iti pi, evaṃ-dhammo evaṃ-pañño evaṃ-vihārī evaṃ-
vimutto Bhagavā iti pīti?"'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Etth'; eva hi4 te Sāriputta atītānāgata-paccuppannesu
arahantesu sammā-sambuddhesu ceto-pariya5-ñāṇaṃ
n'; atthi. Atha kiñ carahi6 te ayaṃ Sāriputta uḷārā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K bhiyyobhiññātaro.
2 Bm asambhī, and below; K āsabhi-.
3 Bm omits; K te ahaṃ.
4 Bm ettha carahi; K ettha ca hi.
5 Bm pariyāya, and below; K -pariññāya.
6 K kiñcetarahi.

[page 083]
D. xvi. 1. 18.] THE LINEAGE OF THE FAITH. 83
āsabhī vācā bhāsitā ekaṃso gahito sīha-nādo nadito,
"Evaṃ-pasanno ahaṃ bhante Bhagavati na cāhu na ca
bhavissati na c'; etarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo
vā Bhagavatā bhiyyo 'bhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiyan"
ti?'
17. ‘Na kho me bhante atītānāgata-paccuppannesu
arahantesu sammā-sambuddhesu ceto-pariya-ñāṇaṃ atthi.
Api ca dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathā pi bhante rañño
paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddāpaṃ1 {daḷha}-pākāra-
toraṇaṃ eka-dvāraṃ, tatr'; assa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto
medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa
nagarassa samantā anupariyāya pathaṃ anukkamamāno
na passeyya pākāra-sandhiṃ vā pākāra-vivaraṃ vā anta-
maso biḷāra-nissakkana-mattam2 pi. Tassa evam assa,
ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā
nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te iminā va3 dvārena pavisanti
vā nikkhamanti vā ti. Evam eva kho me bhante dhamm-
anvayo vidito. Ye te bhante ahesuṃ atītam addhānaṃ
arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, sabbe te4 Bhagavanto pañca
nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe5
catusu6 satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhita-cittā satta bojjhaṅge
yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammā-sambodhiṃ
abhisambujjhiṃsu. Ye pi te bhante bhavissanti anāgataṃ
addhānaṃ arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, sabbe te Bhaga-
vanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya
dubbalīkaraṇe catusu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhita-cittā
satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammā-
sambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavā pi bhante
etarahi arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya
cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catusu sati-
paṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhita-citto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ
bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammā-sambodhiṃ abhisambuddho'; ti.
18. Tatra pi7 sudaṃ Bhagavā Nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K daḷhadvāraṃ.
2 Bm K nikkhamana.
3 Scd ca; K omits.
4 Bm vata.
5 Sc Bm dubbalik-.
6 Bm K catūsu.
7 SS omit, but Bm K have the pi here. See 14.

[page 084]
84 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 18.
Pāvārikambavane etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dham-
miṃ kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīla-
paribhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso,
samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahāni-
saṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi
vimuccati seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā
avijjāsavā ti.
19. Atha kho Bhagavā Nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ
viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Āyām'
Ānanda yena Pāṭaligāmo ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato pac-
cassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena
saddhiṃ yena Pāṭaligāmo tad avasari.
20. 1Assosuṃ kho {Pāṭaligāmiyā} upāsakā ‘Bhagavā kira
Pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto'; ti. Atha kho Pāṭaligāmiyā
upāsakā yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃ-
kamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho Pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā Bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avocuṃ: ‘Adhivāsetu no2 bhante Bhagavā
āvasathāgāran'; ti. Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhī-bhāvena.
21. Atha kho Pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā Bhagavato adhivā-
sanaṃ viditvā, uṭṭhāy'; āsanā, Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā,
{padakkhiṇaṃ} katvā, yena āvasathāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃ-
kamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā sabba-santhariṃ āvasathā-
gāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udaka-maṇiṃ3
patiṭṭhāpetvā telappadīpaṃ āropetvā yena Bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantam aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho
Pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Sabba-santhariṃ santhataṃ bhante āvasathāgāraṃ,
āsanāni paññattāni, udaka-maṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, tela-
ppadīpo āropito, yassa dāni bhante Bhagavā kālaṃ
maññatīti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 From here to the end of the chapter = Udāna viii. 6 = Vin. i. 226.
Comp. also M i. 354; S iv. 183.
2 Scd omit.
3 Bm K Ud. maṇikaṃ; cp. below.

[page 085]
D. xvi. 1. 23.] THE BUDDHA AT PĀṬALIGĀMA. 85
22. Atha kho Bhagavā1 nivāsetvā patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya
saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasa-
thāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya
puratthābhimukho2 nisīdi. Bhikkhu-saṃgho pi kho pāde
pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ
nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi Bhagavantaṃ yeva
purakkhatvā.3 Pāṭaligāmiyā pi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhā-
letvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ
nissāya pacchābhimukhā4 nisīdiṃsu Bhagavantaṃ yeva
purakkhatvā.
23. Atha kho Bhagavā Pāṭaligāmiye upāsake āmantesi:
‘Pañc'; ime gahapatayo ādīnavā dussīlassa sīla-vipattiyā.
Katame pañca?
‘Idha gahapatayo dussīlo sīla-vipanno pamādādhika-
raṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhoga-jāniṃ nigacchati.5 Ayaṃ paṭhamo
ādīnavo dussīlassa sīla-vipattiyā.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlassa sīla-vipannassa
pāpako kitti-saddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo
dussīlassa sīla-vipattiyā.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīla-vipanno yaṃ
yad eva parisaṃ upasaṃkamati, yadi khattiya-parisaṃ
yadi brāhmaṇa-parisaṃ yadi gahapati-parisaṃ yadi
samaṇa-{parisaṃ}, avisārado upasaṃkamati maṅku-bhūto.
Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīla-vipattiyā.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīla-vipanno sam-
mūḷho kālaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa
sūla-vipattiyā.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīla-vipanno kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nira-
yaṃ uppajjati.6 Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīla-
vipattiyā. Ime kho gahapatayo pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa
sīla-vipattiyā.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm adds sāyaṇha-samaye; K and Ud. add pubbaṇhasamayaṃ.
2 Bm puratthimābhi-, and below.
3 Bm -khitvā, and below.
4 Bm pacchimābhi-.
5 Bm gacchati.
6 Bm K Ud. upap-, and below.

[page 086]
86 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 24.
24. ‘Pañc'; ime gahapatayo ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīla-
sampadāya. Katame pañca?
‘Idha gahapatayo sīlavā sīla-sampanno appamādā-
dhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati.
Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīla-sampadāya.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavato sīla-sampannassa
kalyāṇo kitti-saddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ {dutiyo} āni-
saṃso sīlavato sīla-sampadāya.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīla-sampanno yaṃ
yad eva parisaṃ upasaṃkamati, yadi khattiya-parisaṃ
yadi brāhmaṇa-parisaṃ yadi gahapati-parisaṃ yadi
samaṇa-parisaṃ, visārado upasaṃkamati amaṅku-bhūto.
Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīla-sampadāya.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīla-sampanno asam-
mūḷho kālaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato
sīla-sampadāya.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīla-sampanno
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
uppajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīla-sampa-
dāya. Ime kho gahapatayo pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīla-
sampadāyāti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā Pāṭaligāmiye upāsake bahud eva
rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā
samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi, ‘Abhikkantā kho
gahapatayo ratti, yassa dāni1 kālaṃ maññathāti.'; ‘Evam
bhante'; ti kho Pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā Bhagavato paṭis-
sutvā2 uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padak-
khiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho Bhagavā acira-
pakkantesu Pāṭaligāmiyesu3 upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ
pāvisi.
26. Tena kho pana samayena Sunīdha4-Vassakārā
Magadha-mahāmattā Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti Vajjī-
naṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena kho pana5 samayena sambahulā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K add tumhe.
2 Vin. paṭisuṇitvā.
3 Bm -kesu.
4 K Vin. Sunidha.
5 Bm omits kho pana. Vin. omits From tena to parigaṇhanti, and puts
the following sentences into 27. Ud. has them in both .

[page 087]
D. xvi. 1. 28.] THE BUDDHA AT PĀṬALIGĀMA. 87
devatāyo sahassass'; eva Pāṭaligāme vatthūni parigaṇ-
hanti.1 Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni
parigaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ2 rāja-mahā-
mattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yas-
miṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti,
majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rāja-mahāmattānaṃ cittāni
namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā
devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ
rāja-mahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni mā-
petuṃ.
27. Addasā kho Bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena
atikkanta-mānusakena3 tā devatāyo sahassass'; eva
Pāṭaligāme vatthūni parigaṇhantiyo. Atha kho Bhagavā
rattiyā {paccūsa-}samayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ
Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Ko4 nu kho Ānanda Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpetīti?'
‘Sunīdha-Vassakārā bhante Magadha-mahāmattā
Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti Vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyāti.'
28. ‘Seyyathā pi Ānanda devehi Tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ
mantetvā, evam eva kho Ānanda Sunīdha-Vassakārā
Magadha-mahāmattā Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti Vaj-
jīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ5 Ānanda addasaṃ dibbena
cakkhunā visuddhena atikkanta-mānusakena sambahulā
devatāyo sahassass'; eva Pāṭaligāme vatthūni parigaṇhan-
tiyo. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pari-
gaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rāja-mahāmat-
tānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ
padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, majjhimā-
naṃ tattha raññaṃ rāja-mahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti
nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā
vatthūni parigaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rāja-
mahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ.
Yāvatā Ānanda ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho6
idaṃ agga-nagaraṃ bhavissati Pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭa-bheda-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K parigg- and below.
2 Vin. rajūnaṃ thrice.
3 Bm mānuss-.
4 Vin. ke . . . māpentīti.
5 Scdt Childers imāhaṃ.
6 Sd vanipphato.

[page 088]
88 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 28.
naṃ. Pāṭaliputtassa kho Ānanda tayo antarāyā bhavis-
santi, aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā1 vā'; ti.
29. Atha kho Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahāmattā
yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā
Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ
sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekaman-
taṃ ṭhitā kho Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahāmattā
Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: ‘Adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ
Gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghenāti.'
Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhī-bhāvena.
30. Atha kho Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahāmattā
Bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā2 yena sako āvasatho ten'
upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā sake āvasathe2 paṇītaṃ
khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ {paṭiyādāpetvā} Bhagavato kālaṃ
ārocāpesuṃ ‘Kālo bho Gotama niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti.'
27. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā
patta-cīvaram ādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghena yena
Sunīdha-Vassakārānaṃ Magadha-mahāmattānaṃ āva-
satho3 ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane
nisīdi.4 Atha kho Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahā-
mattā Buddha-pamukhaṃ bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ paṇītena
khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sam-
pavāresuṃ. Atha kho Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-
mahāmattā Bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ oṇīta-patta-pāṇiṃ
aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
31. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho Sunīdha-Vassakāre
Magadha-mahāmatte Bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
Yasmiṃ padese kappeti vāsaṃ paṇḍita-jātiko5
Sīlavant'; ettha bhojetvā saññate brahmacārayo,6
Yā tattha devatā assu7 tāsaṃ dakkhiṇam ādise,
Tā pūjitā pūjayanti mānitā mānayanti naṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc bhedato; Sd bhedo; Vin. abbhantarato mithubhedā.
2-2 Vin. omits.
3 Vin. parivesanā.
4 Vin. adds saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena.
5 Bm K Vin. Ud. -yo.
6 Sd K -riyo; Bm Vin. -riye.
7 Bm K Vin. Ud. āsum.

[page 089]
D. xvi. 1. 34.] THE BUDDHA CROSSES THE GANGES. 89
Tato naṃ anukampanti1 mātā puttaṃ va orasaṃ
Devatānukampito poso sadā bhadrāni passatīti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā Sunīdha-Vassakāre Magadha-mahā-
matte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā pakkāmi.
32. Tena kho pana samayena Sunīdha-Vassakārā
Magadha-mahāmattā Bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anu-
baddhā honti, ‘Yen'; ajja samaṇo Gotamo dvārena
nikkhamissati taṃ Gotama-dvāraṃ nāma bhavissati,
yena titthena Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati taṃ Gotama-
titthaṃ bhavissatīti.'; Atha kho Bhagavā yena dvārena
nikkhami taṃ Gotama-dvāraṃ nāma ahosi.
33. Atha kho Bhagavā yena Gaṅgā nadī ten'; {upasaṃ-
kami}. Tena kho pana samayena Gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti
samatittikā2 kākapeyyā. App ekacce manussā3 nāvaṃ
pariyesanti app ekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti app ekacce
kullaṃ bandhanti aparāparaṃ4 gantu-kāmā. Atha kho
Bhagavā seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ
vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya,
evam evaṃ Gaṅgāya nadiyā orima-tīre antarahito pārima-
tīre5 paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ {bhikkhu-saṃghena}.
34. Addasā kho Bhagavā te manusse app ekacce nāvaṃ
pariyesante app ekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante app ekacce
kullaṃ bandhante aparāparaṃ gantu-kāme.6 Atha kho
Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā, tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ
udānaṃ udānesi:
‘Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ7 saraṃ setuṃ katvāna8 visajja
pallalāni,
Kullaṃ hi jano pabandhati,9 tiṇṇā10 medhāvino janā11'; ti.
PAṬHAMAKA-BHĀṆAVĀRAṂ.12

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm -penti.
2 Scd tiyā; Bm Vin. -titthikā.
3 Vin. Manussā aññe n. p. aññe u. p. aññe k. b. orā pāraṃ.
4 K pārā pāraṃ, with aparāparaṃ in a note.
5 K orime t. a. pārime tīre.
6 Vin. omits this sentence.
7 Sc annāvaṃ.
8 Bm katvā.
9 Sc sambandhati; K kullaṃ jano ca bandhati; Vin. k. hi j. bandhati.
10 Bm nittiṇṇā.
11 Sc jātā.
12 Bm K paṭhama-.

[page 090]
90 CHAPTER II.
2.1. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āman-
tesi: ‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Koṭigāmo ten'; upasaṃkamissā-
māti.'; ‘Evaṃ bhante ti'; kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃ-
ghena saddhiṃ yena Koṭigāmo tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ
Bhagavā {Koṭigāme} viharati.
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Catunnaṃ bhikkhave ariya-saccānaṃ ananubodhā ap-
paṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ
saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. Katamesaṃ
catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa bhikkhave ariya-saccassa an-
anubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ
sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca.
‘Dukkha-samudayassa bhikkhave ariya-saccassa ananu-
bodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhā-
vitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca.
‘Dukkha-nirodhassa bhikkhave ariya-saccassa . . .
pe . . . Dukkha-nirodha-gāminiyā paṭipadāya bhikkhave
ariya-saccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham
addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tum-
hākañ ca. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave dukkhaṃ ariya-saccaṃ
anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkha-samudayaṃ ariya-
saccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkha-nirodhaṃ
ariya-saccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkha-nirodha-
gāminī paṭipadā ariya-saccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ,
ucchinnā bhava-taṇhā, khīṇā bhava-netti, n'; atthi dāni
punabbhavo'; ti.
3. {Idam avoca} Bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā1 Sugato athāparaṃ
etad avoca Satthā:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K vatvāna.
90 No footnote.

[page 091]
D. xvi. 2. 6.] FROM KOṬIGĀMA TO NĀDIKĀ. 91
‘Catunnaṃ ariya-saccānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ adassanā
Saṃsitaṃ1 dīgham addhānaṃ tāsu tās'; eva2 jātisu.
Tāni3 etāni diṭṭhāni bhava-netti4 samūhatā
Ucchinnaṃ5 mūlaṃ dukkhassa n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo'
ti.6
4. Tatra pi sudaṃ Bhagavā Koṭigāme viharanto etad
eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti:7 Iti
sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīla-paribhāvito samādhi
mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhi-paribhāvitā
paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññā-paribhā-
vitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi vimuccati seyyathīdaṃ
kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā8 avijjāsavā ti.
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ
viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Nādikā9 ten'; upasaṃkamis-
sāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paccassosi.
Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ
yena Nādikā tad avasari. Tatra10 sudaṃ Bhagavā Nādike
viharati Giñjakāvasathe.
6. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Sāḷho nāma bhante bhikkhu Nādike kālakato,11 tassa
kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? 12 Nandā nāma bhante bhik-
khunī Nādike kālakatā, tassā kā gati ko abhisamparāyo?

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K saṃsaritaṃ.
2 Bm K Feer Old. tāsveva.
3 Sd bhagavanteti; St bhavanteti.
4 Feer, yāni.
5 SS ucchinna-.
6 = S v. 431 = Vin. i. 231.
7 SS here only katheti. See 1. 12; 2. 10, 20.
8 St K omit.
9 So all MSS K and Sum. See 6, 7.
10 Bm adds pi.
11 Bm kālaṃ kato, and onwards.
12 Comp. Vin. i. 293.

[page 092]
92 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 2. 6.
Sudatto nāma bhante upāsako Nādike kālakato, tassa kā
gati ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma bhante upāsikā
Nādike kālakatā, tassā kā gati ko abhisamparāyo?
Kakudho1 nāma bhante upāsako Nādike kālakato, tassa
kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? {Kāliṅgo}2 nāma bhante
upāsako . . . pe . . . Nikaṭo nāma bhante upāsako . . .
Kaṭissabho nāma bhante upāsako . . . Tuṭṭho nāma
bhante upāsako . . . Santuṭṭho nāma bhante upāsako
. . . Bhaddo3 nāma bhante upāsako . . . Subhaddo4
nāma bhante upāsako Nādike kālakato, tassa kā gati
ko abhisamparāyo'; ti?
7. ‘Sāḷho Ānanda bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ
ceto-vimuttiṃ paññā-vimuttiṃ diṭṭhe 'va dhamme sayaṃ
abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā Ānanda
bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ
parikkhayā opapātikā tattha-parinibbāyinī anāvatti-
dhammā tasmā lokā.5 Sudatto {Ānanda} upāsako tiṇṇaṃ
saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā
sakadāgāmī sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'
antaṃ karissati. Sujātā Ānanda upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyo-
janānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipāta-dhannā niyatā
sambodhi-parāyanā. Kakudho Ānanda upāsako pañcan-
naṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapā-
tiko tattha-parinibbāyī anāvatti-dhammo tasmā lokā.
Kāliṅgo Ānanda upāsako . . . pe . . . Nikaṭo Ānanda
upāsako . . . Kaṭissabho Ānanda upāsako . . . Tuṭṭho
Ānanda upāsako . . . Santuṭṭho Ānanda upāsako . . .
Bhaddo Ānanda upāsako . . . Subhaddo Ānanda upāsako
pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā
opapātiko tattha-parinibbāyī anāvatti-dhammo tasmā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sct K Kakudho; Sd Kakudo here, but Kakudho in 7;
Bm Kukkuṭo (and so below).
2 Bm Kālimbo; K Kāraḷimbo (Kāliṅgo as a various reading).
So also in 7.
3 K Bhaṭo (Bhaddo as var. read.).
4 K Subhaṭo (Subhaddo as var. read.).
5 Scdt insert pe.

[page 093]
D. xvi. 2. 9.] THE MIRROR OF TRUTH. 93
lokā. Paro-paññāsa1 Ānanda Nādike upāsakā kālakatā
pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā
opapātikā tattha-parinibbāyino anāvatti-dhammā tasmā
lokā. Sādhikā navuti Ānanda Nādike upāsakā kālakatā
tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ
tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā
dukkhass'; antaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni2 Ānanda pañca-
satāni Nādike upāsakā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ
parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātā-dhammā niyatā sambodhi-
parāyanā.
8. ‘Anacchariyaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ Ānanda yaṃ manussa-
bhūto kālaṃ kareyya, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce3 kālakate Tathā-
gatam upasaṃkamitvā etam atthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā
v'; esā Ānanda Tathāgatassa. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda Dham-
mādāsaṃ nāma dhamma-pariyāyaṃ desessāmi yena
samannāgato ariya-sāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanā va
attānaṃ vyākareyya: "Khīṇa-nirayo 'mhi khīṇa-
tiracchāna-yoniyo4 khīṇa-petti-visayo khīṇāpāya-duggati-
vinipāto, sotāpanno 'ham asmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyano" ti.
9. ‘Katamo ca so Ānando Dhammādāso dhamma-
pariyāyo yena samannāgato ariya-sāvako ākaṅkhamāno
attanā va attānaṃ vyākareyya "Khīṇa-mirayo 'mhi khīṇa-
tiracchāna-yoniyo khīṇa-petti-visayo khīṇāpāya-duggati-
vinipāto, sotāpanno 'ham asmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato
sambodhi-parāyano" ti? Idh'; Ānanda ariya-sāvako
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: "Iti pi so
Bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho vijjā-caraṇa-sam-
panno sugato loka-vidū anuttaro purisa-damma-sārathi
satthā deva-manussānaṃ Buddho Bhagavā" ti. Dhamme
aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: "Svākkhāto Bhaga-
vatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehi-passiko opanayiko
paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti." Saṃghe aveccappasā-
dena samannāgato hoti: "Supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-
saṃgho, uju-paṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-saṃgho, ñāya-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm -saṃ.
2 K dasātir-.
3 Bm yeva; K kho.
4 Bm K yoni, and below.

[page 094]
94 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 2. 9.
paṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-saṃgho, {sāmīci}-paṭipanno1
Bhagavato sāvaka-saṃgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisa-yugāni
aṭṭha purisa-puggalā, esa Bhagavato sāvaka-saṃgho
āhuneyyo pāhuṇeyyo2 dakkhiṇeyyo añjali-karaṇīyo anut-
taraṃ {puñña-kkhettaṃ} lokassāti." Ariya-kantehi sīlehi
samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi3 acchiddehi asabalehi akam-
māsehi bhujissehi4 viññuppasatthehi5 aparāmaṭṭhehi
samādhi-saṃvattanikehi.
‘Ayaṃ kho so Ānanda dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo
yena samannāgato ariya-sāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanā va
attānaṃ vyākareyya "Khīṇa-nirayo 'mhi, khīṇa-tiracchāna-
yoniyo,6 khīṇa-petti-visayo, khīṇāpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno 'haṃ asmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-
parāyano"'; ti.
10. Tatra7 sudaṃ Bhagavā Nādike8 viharanto Giñja-
kāvasathe9 etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ
kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā . . .
pe . . . seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā10
avijjāsavā ti.
11. Atha kho Bhagavā Nādike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā
āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena
Vesāli ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato pac-
cassosi.
Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ
yena Vesāli tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ
viharati Ambapāli-vane.
12. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Sato bhikkhave bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ
vo11 amhākaṃ anusāsanī.
‘Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha bhik-
khave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm sāmici-.
2 St K pāhun-.
3 K akkh-.
4 Bm bhūj-.
5 Bm pasaṭhehi; K viññūpasatthehi.
6 Bm K yoni.
7 Bm K insert pi.
8 Bm Nātike.
9 Sd Gijjhak-; St Gijjhañjak-.
10 St K om.
11 Scdt kho; K te.

[page 095]
D. xvi. 2. 15.] AMBAPĀLI. 95
satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ vedanāsu . . .
pe . . . citte . . . pe . . . dhammesu dhammānupassī
viharati, ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā-
domanassaṃ, evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti.
13. ‘Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajāna-
kārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajāna-kārī hoti, sammiñjite
pasārite sampajāna-kārī hoti, saṃghāṭi-patta-cīvara-
dhāraṇe sampajāna-kārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite
sampajāna-kārī hoti, uccāra-passāva-kamme sampajāna-
kārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhī-
bhāve sampajāna-kārī hoti. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
sampajāno hoti. Sato bhikkhave bhikkhu vihareyya
sampajāno, ayaṃ vo1 amhākaṃ anusāsanī'; ti.
14. Assosi kho Ambapālī gaṇikā ‘Bhagavā kira Vesā-
liyaṃ2 anuppatto Vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ {ambavane}'
ti. Atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni
yojāpetvā, bhaddaṃ3 yānaṃ abhirūhitvā bhaddehi bhad-
dehi yānehi Vesāliyā niyyāsi, yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi.
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā
pattikā va yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekaman-
taṃ nisinnaṃ kho Ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ Bhagavā dham-
miyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampa-
haṃsesi.
Atha kho {Ambabāli}-gaṇikā Bhagavatā dhammiyā ka-
thāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā
Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Adhivāsetu me bhante Bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ
saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghenāti.'
Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhī-bhāvena. Atha kho Amba-
{pāligaṇikā} Bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā {uṭṭhāy'} āsanā
Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
15. Assosuṃ kho Vesālikā Licchavī ‘Bhagavā kira

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sctd kho; K te.
2 Bm K Vesāliṃ, against Scdt and Ch.
3 Bm K add bhaddaṃ.

[page 096]
96 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 2. 15.
Vesāliṃ1 anuppatto Vesāliyaṃ viharati Ambapāli-vane'
ti. Atha kho te Licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni
yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ2 yānaṃ abhirūhitvā bhaddehi bhad-
dehi yānehi Vesāliyā niyyiṃsu.3 Tatr'; ekacce Licchavī
nīlā honti nīla-vaṇṇā nīla-vatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce Lic-
chavī pītā honti pīta-vaṇṇā pīta-vatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce
Licchavī lohitakā4 honti lohita-vaṇṇā lohita-vatthā lohitā-
laṅkārā, ekacce Licchavī odātā honti odāta-vaṇṇā odāta-
vatthā odātālaṅkārā.
16. Atha kho {Ambapāli}gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ
Licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena
yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi.5 Atha kho Licchavī Ambapāliṃ
gaṇikaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Kiñ je Ambapāli daharānaṃ daharānaṃ Licchavīnaṃ
akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭi-
vaṭṭesīti?'
‘Tathā hi pana me ayyaputtā Bhagavā nimantito svāta-
nāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghenāti.'
‘Dehi je Ambapāli etaṃ bhattaṃ sata-sahassenāti.'
‘Sace pi me ayyaputta Vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha evaṃ-
mahantaṃ bhattaṃ na dassāmīti.'
Atha kho te Licchavī aṅgulī6 poṭhesuṃ,7 ‘Jit'; amhā
vata bho ambakāya, vañcit'8 amhā vata bho ambakāyāti.'
Atha kho te Licchavī yena Ambapāli-vanaṃ tena pāy-
iṃsu.
17. Addasā kho Bhagavā te Licchavī dūrato va āgac-
chante, disvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Yesaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ devā Tāvatiṃsā adiṭ-
ṭhā,9 oloketha bhikkhave Licchavi10-parisaṃ, avaloketha

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS Vesāliyaṃ. Comp. vol. i. 87, 111, 127.
2 Bm K add bhaddaṃ.
3 Sd niyyaṃsu; St niyyumsu; Bm niyiṃsu. Vin. i. 231 niyyāsuṃ
bhagavantaṃ dassanāya.
4 Bm -tā.
5 Vin. i. 231,
3 differs in this and the following clauses.
6 Sc -ṭhosuṃ.
7 Bm aṅguliṃ, and so below 18.
8 Bm jit'.
9 K and Vin. i. 232, adiṭṭha-pubbā. Comp. Mahāvastu i. 262; Sum. i.
310; Rockhill 63.
10 Bm -vī and onwards.

[page 097]
D. xvi. 2. 19.] AMBAPĀLI AND THE LICCHAVIS. 97
bhikkhave Licchavi-parisaṃ, upasaṃharatha bhikkhave
Licchavi-parisaṃ Tāvatiṃsa-parisan'; ti.
18. Atha kho te Licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi
yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā, pattikā va yena Bha-
gavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne
kho te Licchavī Bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi
samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi.
Atha kho te Licchavī Bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya
sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā Bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Adhivāsetu no bhante Bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ
saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghenāti.'
1 ‘Adhivutthaṃ kho me Licchavī svātanāya Ambapāli-
gaṇikāya2 bhattan'; ti.
Atha kho te Licchavī aṅgulī poṭhesuṃ: ‘Jit'; amhā
vata bho ambakāya, vañcit'; amhā vata bho ambakāyāti.'
Atha kho te Licchavī Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā
anumoditvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.
19. Atha kho {Ambapāli}gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena
sake ārāme {paṇītaṃ} khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādā-
petvā Bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: ‘Kālo bhante niṭṭhi-
taṃ bhattan'; ti. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ
nivāsetvā patta-{cīvaraṃ} ādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghena
yena Ambapāli-gaṇikāya parivesanā3 ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho {Ambapāli}
gaṇikā Buddha-pamukhaṃ bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ paṇītena
khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavā-
resi.
Atha kho {Ambapāli}gaṇikā Bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ
oṇīta-patta-pāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B inserts atha kho Bhagavā te Licchavī etad avoca. K for adhivutthaṃ
reads adhivāsitaṃ. Vin. has adhivuttho 'mhi.
2 Bm -liyā- throughout.
3 Bm nivesanaṃ; K parivesanaṃ.

[page 098]
98 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 2. 19.
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho Ambapāli-
gaṇikā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Imāhaṃ bhante ārāmaṃ1 Buddha-pamukhassa bhik-
khu-saṃghassa dammīti.'
Paṭiggahesi Bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho Bhagavā
Ambapāli-gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samā-
dapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā
pakkāmi.
20. Tatra pi2 sudaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharanto
Ambapāli-vane etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ
kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīla-
paribhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso,
samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahāni-
saṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi
vimuccati seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā3
avijjāsavā ti.
21. Atha kho Bhagavā Ambapāli-vane yathābhirantaṃ
viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Beluva-gāmako4 ten'; upasaṃ-
kamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato pac-
cassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena
saddhiṃ yena Beluva-gāmako tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ
Bhagavā Beluva-gāmake viharati.
22. 5Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Etha tumhe bhikkhave, samantā Vesāliṃ6 yathā-
mittaṃ7 yathā-sandiṭṭhaṃ yathā-sambhattaṃ vassaṃ
upetha, ahaṃ pana idh'; eva Beluva-gāmake vassaṃ
upagacchāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū {Bhagavato} paṭissutvā
samantā Vesāliṃ8 yathā-mittaṃ yathā-sandiṭṭhaṃ yathā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Vin. i. 233 Ambapālivanaṃ(!).
2 Sd K om.
3 K omits.
4 Bm K Veḷuva-(and below).
5 Saṃyutta v. 152-4.
6 Scd -liyaṃ; Feer -liyā.
7 Sc mattaṃ, and below, Sdt khittaṃ and below. K yathāmittam in text,
yathākhittam in note.
8 Sc -liyaṃ as above.

[page 099]
D. xvi. 2. 24.] THE BUDDHA AT BELUVA. 99
sambhattaṃ vassaṃ {upagañchuṃ,}1 Bhagavā pana tatth'
eva Beluva-gāmake vassaṃ upagañchi.2
23. Atha kho Bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho
uppajji, bāḷhā3 vedanā vattanti4 māraṇantikā. Tā5
sudaṃ Bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāseti6 avihañña-
māno.
Atha kho Bhagavato etad ahosi: ‘Na kho me taṃ
{paṭirūpaṃ} yo 'haṃ7 anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā
bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yan {nūnāhaṃ}
imaṃ ābādhaṃ viriyena paṭippaṇāmetvā jīvita-saṃkhāraṃ
adhiṭṭhāya vihareyyan'; ti.
Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ viriyena paṭippaṇā-
metvā jīvita-saṃkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho
Bhagavato so ābādho paṭippassambhi8.
24. Atha kho Bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito acira-vuṭṭhito
gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihāra-pacchāyāyaṃ9 paññatte
āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Diṭṭhā10 me bhante Bhagavato phāsu, diṭṭhaṃ me
bhante Bhagavato khamanīyaṃ.11 Api hi12 me bhante
madhuraka-jāto viya kāyo, disā pi me na pakkhāyanti,
dhammā pi maṃ na paṭibhanti Bhagavato gelaññena, api
ca me bhante ahosi kācid eva assāsamattā, "na tāva
Bhagavā parinibbāyissati na yāva Bhagavā bhikkhu-
saṃghaṃ ārabbha kiñcid eva udāharatīti."'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm upagacchiṃsu; K upagacchuṃ.
2 Bm K upagacchi.
3 SS pabāḷhā as at 4. 20.
4 Bm vattati.
5 St Bm K tatra.
6 Bm K -sesi.
7 Bm yvāhaṃ.
8 The Saṃyutta omits this sentence.
9 K vihārapp-; Feer, nikkhamitvā vihārapacchā chāyāyaṃ.
10 Bm diṭho. Both Bm and K omit me both times.
11 Feer has Diṭṭhā bhante khamanīyaṃ, diṭṭhā bhante Bhagavato yāpanīyaṃ.
12 Bm K ca; Feer omits.

[page 100]
100 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 2. 25.
25. ‘Kim pan'; Ānanda bhikkhu-saṃgho mayi paccā-
siṃsati? 1 Desito Ānanda mayā dhammo anantaraṃ
abāhiram karitvā, na tatth'2 Ānanda Tathāgatassa dham-
mesu ācariya-muṭṭhi. Yassa nūna Ānanda evam assa
"Ahaṃ bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ pariharissāmīti" vā "Mam'
uddesiko bhikkhu-saṃgho" ti vā, so nūna Ānanda
bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ ārabbha kiñcid eva udāhareyya.
Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda na evaṃ hoti "Ahaṃ bhikkhu-
saṃghaṃ pariharissāmīti" vā "Mam'; uddesiko bhikkhu-
saṃgho" ti vā. Kiṃ3 Ānanda Tathāgato bhikkhu-
saṃghaṃ ārabbha kiñcid eva udāharissati? Ahaṃ kho
pan'; Ānanda etarahi4 jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addha-gato
vayo anuppatto, asītiko me vayo5 vattati. Seyyathā pi
Ānanda jara6-sakaṭaṃ vegha7-missakena yāpeti, evam
eva kho Ānanda vegha-missakena maññe8 Tathāgatassa
kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ Ānanda samaye Tathāgato sabba-
nimittānaṃ {amanasikārā} ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā
animittaṃ ceto-samādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsu-
kato9 Ānanda tasmiṃ samaye Tathāgatassa kāyo hoti.
26. ‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda atta-dīpā viharatha atta-saraṇā
anañña-saraṇā, dhamma-dīpā dhamma-saraṇā anañña-
saraṇā. Kathañ c'; Ānanda bhikkhu atta-dīpo viharati
atta-saraṇo anañña-saraṇo, dhamma-dīpo dhamma-saraṇo
anañña-saraṇo?
‘Idh'; Ānanda bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī
sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ,
vedanāsu . . . pe . . . citte . . . pe . . ., dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya
loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ, evaṃ kho Ānanda bhikkhu
atta-dīpo viharati atta-saraṇo anañña-saraṇo, dhamma-
dīpo dhamma-saraṇo anañña-saraṇo.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm -sīsati.
2 Bm K Feer, n'; atth'; for na tatth'.
3 K sakiṃ.
4 Feer, Etarahi kho panāham Ānanda.
5 Bm Feer vasso; SS K vayo.
6 Sc jarā; Bm jajjara.
7 Bm vekha; K veḷu; Feer vedha.
8 St inserts na.
9 Bm K -karo. Feer phāsutaraṃ and omits kāyo.

[page 101]
D. xvi. 2. 26.] COUNSELS TO THE DISCIPLES. 101
‘Ye hi keci Ānanda etarahi vā mamaṃ vā accayena1
atta-dīpā viharissanti atta-saraṇā anañña-saraṇā, dhamma-
dīpā dhamma-saraṇā anañña-saraṇā, tamatagge me te2
Ānanda bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhā-kāmā'; ti.
Dutiyaka-Bhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K mama vā accayena; Feer, mamaccayena vā.
2 Bm p'; ete, for me te.
3 Bm Dutiya-bhāṇavāro; K Mahā-Parinibbāne Gāma. Kaṇḍaṃ samattaṃ
dutiya-bhāṇavāraṃ.

[page 102]
102 CHAPTER III.
3.1. 1Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā
patta-cīvaram ādāya Vesāliṃ2 piṇḍāya pāvisi, Vesāliyaṃ2
piṇḍāya caritvā3 pacchābhattaṃ {piṇḍapāta}-paṭikkanto
āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Gaṇhāhi Ānanda nisīdanaṃ. Yena Cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ
ten'; upasaṃkamissāmi4 divā-vihārāyāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya Bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito
anubandhi.
2. Atha kho Bhagavā yena Cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmā
pi kho Ānando Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
Bhagavā etad avoca:
‘Ramaṇīyā5 Ānanda Vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ Udenaṃ6
cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ
Sattambakaṃ7 cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ,
ramaṇīyaṃ Sārandadaṃ8 cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Cāpālaṃ
cetiyaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In the Saṃyutta v. 259 foll.; in the Aṅguttara iv. 308 foll.,
and in the Udāna vi. Comp. Divy. 200-208, and Windisch,
‘Māra and Buddha,'; 35 foll.
2 Sct Ud. -liṃ both times; Sd Feer Vesāliyaṃ both times.
3 All MSS. add pannatte āsane nisīdi. But K and all the other texts
omit.
4 Bm K Hardy -ssāma.
5 Bm rammaṇiyā, and in 5 (with mm, and 1).
6 Bm Udena-, Gotamaka-, etc. , and so in 5.
7 Bm Feer Sattamba-, K -baṃ and so in 5.
8 Bm Sānandara, and so in 5.

[page 103]
D. xvi. 3. 5.] AT THE CĀPĀLA CETIYA. 103
3. ‘Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā
bahulī-katā yāni-katā1 vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā
susamāraddhā, so {ākaṅkhamāno} kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya
kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda cattāro
iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā
anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So2 ākaṅkhamāno
Ānanda Tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ
vā'; ti.
4. Evam pi kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavatā oḷārike
nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi
paṭivijjhituṃ, na Bhagavantaṃ yāci: ‘Tiṭṭhatu bhante
Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ bahujana-
hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya
sukhāya deva-manussānan'; ti, yathā taṃ Mārena pari-
yuṭṭhita3-citto.
5. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā . . . pe . . . Tatiyam pi
kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Ramaṇīyā Ānanda Vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ Udenaṃ cetiyaṃ
ramaṇīyaṃ Gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Sattamba-
kaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ra-
maṇīyaṃ Sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Cāpālaṃ
cetiyaṃ.
‘Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā
bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susa-
māraddhā, so {ākaṅkhamāno} kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappā-
vasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā
bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā pari-
citā {susamāraddhā,} so {ākaṅkhamāno} Ānanda Tathāgato
kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā'; ti.
Evam pi kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte
kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm yanī-katā. S. i. 116, Jāt. ii. 61, Mil. 198 all -ni.
2 Childers, p. 34, says this word should be struck out,
having crept in from previous sentence; and so Windisch,
p. 44. Scd Bm K all have it. Steinthal, Feer, and Hardy
omit it. Comp. 2. 25, and below 3. 41.
3 Sd here and Scd below parivuṭṭhitaṃ.

[page 104]
104 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 5.
vijjhituṃ, na Bhagavantaṃ yāci: ‘Tiṭṭhatu bhante Bha-
gavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ bahujana-hitāya
bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya
deva-manussānan'; ti, yathā taṃ Mārena pariyuṭṭhita-
citto.
6. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Gaccha tvaṃ Ānanda, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paṭissutvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkha-mūle
nisīdi.
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā acira-pakkante āyasmante
Ānande yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Māro pāpimā
Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato,
parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato. {Bhāsitā} kho
pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: "Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima1
parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti
viyattā vinītā visāradā2 bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammā-
nudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cā-
rino,3 sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessan-
{ti}4 paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti
uttāni5-karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dham-
mena suniggahītaṃ6 niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dham-
maṃ desessantīti."
8. ‘Etarahi kho pana bhante7 bhikkhū Bhagavato sāvakā
viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dham-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc always; Sd twice pāpimā.
2 Windisch, Hardy, and Feer (who says BB omit it) add throughout
pattayogakkhemā. Steinthal has visāradappattā yogakkhemā.
Divy. omits.
3 Windisch p. 47 adds ye
4 Hardy, Feer, and Steinthal, desissanti throughout (but desenti).
5 Bm -iṃ, and below; K -nī.
6 Bm K -hitam.
7 Hardy, Etarahi bhante. Feer, Steinthal, Santi kho pana bhante etarahi
(throughout).

[page 105]
D. xvi. 3. 8.] THE BUDDHA AND {MĀRA}. 105
mānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-
cārino sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti
paññāpenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttāni-karonti,
uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ
niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinib-
bātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, pari-
nibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato.
‘Bhāsitā kho pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: "Na
tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhuniyo
na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā . . . pe . . . yāva me
upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā
bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā
sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ
uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭha-
pessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, up-
pannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena niggahītaṃ nigga-
hetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantīti." Etarahi
kho pana bhante upāsakā Bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā
visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-
paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino sakaṃ
ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññāpenti
paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttāni-karonti, uppannaṃ
parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā
sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni
bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo
dāni bhante Bhagavato.
‘Bhāsitā kho pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: "Na
tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me upāsikā na
sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā vinītā visāradā bahussutā
dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭi-
pannā anudhamma-cāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā
{ācikkhissanti} desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti
vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, uppannaṃ
parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā
sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantīti." Etarahi kho
pana bhante upāsikā Bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā
visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-
paṭipannā {sāmīci}-paṭipannā anudhamma-cāriniyo, sakaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 106]
106 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 8.
ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññāpenti
paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttāni-karonti, uppannaṃ
parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā
sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni
bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo
dāni bhante Bhagavato.
‘Bhāsitā kho pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: "Na
tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me idaṃ1 brahma-
cariyaṃ na iddhañ c'; eva bhavissati phītañ2 ca vitthārikaṃ
bāhu-jaññaṃ puthu-bhūtaṃ, yāvad eva manussehi3 suppa-
kāsitan" ti. Etarahi kho pana bhante Bhagavato4
brahmacariyaṃ iddhañ c'; eva phītañ ca vitthārikaṃ bāhu-
jaññaṃ puthu-bhūtaṃ yāvad eva manussehi suppakāsitaṃ.
Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato,
parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato'; ti.
9. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etad
avoca:
‘Appossukko tvaṃ pāpima hohi, na ciraṃ Tathāgatassa
parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena
Tathāgato parinibbāyissatīti.'
10. Atha kho Bhagavā Cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno
āyu-saṃkhāraṃ ossaji,5 ossaṭṭhe ca6 Bhagavato7 āyu-
saṃkhāre mahā-{bhūmi-cālo} ahosi bhiṃsanako lomahaṃ-
sano,8 deva-dundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu.9 Atha kho Bha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm Hardy, Feer, and Steinthal and SS below 36, etc. idaṃ;
SS here imaṃ.
2 Scd pītañ; Bm phitañ, and below.
3 So all MSS. and K, and Feer and Steinthal. Hardy, deva-manussehi.
Divy. deva-manusyebhyah.
4 K inserts imaṃ. Hardy, Etarahi bhante Bh. br. Feer, Tayidaṃ
bhante Bh. br. Steinthal = Dīgha.
5 K Ud. and Wind. ossajji.
6 Hardy omits. Feer, pana.
7 Bm K Hardy and Feer, -tā.
8 Bm Hardy and SS twice below salomahaṃso; K, Feer, Steinthal,
lomahaṃso, SS here lomahaṃsano.
9 Feer, caliṃsu, and so Sc the second time only.

[page 107]
D. xvi. 3. 13.] THE BUDDHA RENOUNCES HIS LIFE. 107
gavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imam udānaṃ
udānesi:
‘Tulam atulañ1 ca sambhavaṃ bhava-saṃkhāram
avassajī2 munī,3
Ajjhattarato samāhito abhida4 kavacam iv'; atta-sam-
bhavan'; ti.
11. Atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: ‘Accha-
riyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmi-
cālo sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmi-cālo bhiṃsanako saloma-
haṃso,5 deva-dundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu
ko paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāyāti?'6
12. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃ-
kami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando
Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante mahā vatāyaṃ
bhante bhūmi-cālo sumahā vatāyaṃ bhante bhūmi-cālo
bhiṃsanako saloma-haṃso,7 deva-dundubhiyo ca pha-
liṃsu. Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmi-
cālassa pātubhāvāyāti?'
13. ‘Aṭṭha kho8 ime Ānanda hetū aṭṭha paccayā mahato
bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ
Ānanda mahā-paṭhavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte
patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho hoti. So kho8 {Ānanda} samayo
yaṃ mahā-vātā vāyanti, mahā-vātā vāyantā udakaṃ
kampenti, udakaṃ kampitaṃ paṭhaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So all MSS. and K, A S and Udāna. but Bm in the
Udāna has ū . . . ū. Wind. 5O.
2 St oss-; Scd -khāra ossaji; K. Steinthal, avassajji;
Bm Sum. Hardy and Feer, avassaji.
3 Bm K Hardy and Feer, muni.
4 Bm abhinda. K Hardy and Feer, abhindi.
5 St lomahaṃsano; K lomahaṃso.
6 Scd pātubhāvāya deva-dundhubhīnañ ca phālitun ti;
St pātubhāvā deva-dundhubhīnañ ca phālitun.
7 K lomahaṃso.
8 Aṅg. iv. 312 omits.

[page 108]
108 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 13.
paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa
pātubhāvāya.
14. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo
vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devatā1 vā mahiddhikā2 ma-
hānubhāvā,2 yassa3 parittā paṭhavi4-saññā bhāvitā hoti
appamāṇā āpo-saññā, so imaṃ paṭhaviṃ kampeti saṃ-
kampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu
dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya.
15. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Bodhisatto Tusitā
kāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātu-kucchiṃ okkamati,
tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī kampati saṃkampati sampavedhati.
Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa
pātubhāvāya.
16. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Bodhisatto sato
sampajāno mātu-kucchismā nikkhamati, tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī
kampati saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ
catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa
pātubhāvāya.
17. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Tathāgato anuttaraṃ
sammā-sambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī
kampati saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ
pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa
pātubhāvāya.
18. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Tathāgato anuttaraṃ
dhamma-cakkaṃ pavatteti, tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī kampati
saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho
hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya.
19. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Tathāgato sato
sampajāno āyu-saṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī
kampati saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ
sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa
pātubhāvāya.
20. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Tathāgato anupā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K devo.
2 Bm K -o.
3 Bm Hardy, tassa; so K, with yassa in note.
4 St Bm -vī.

[page 109]
D. xvi. 3. 23.] EIGHT CAUSES OF EARTHQUAKES. 109
disesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī
kampati saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ
aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa
pātubhāvāya.1 Ime kho Ānanda aṭṭha hetū aṭṭha
paccayā mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāyāti.
21. 2 ‘Aṭṭha kho imā Ānanda parisā. Katamā aṭṭha?
Khattiya-parisā brāhmaṇa-parisā gahapati-parisā samaṇa-
parisā Cātummahārājika-parisā Tāvatiṃsa-parisā Māra-
parisā Brahma-parisā.
22. ‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ Ānanda aneka-sataṃ
khattiya-parisaṃ upasaṃkamitvā,3 tatra pi mayā sanni-
sinna-pubbañ c'; eva sallapita-pubbañ ca sākacchā ca samā-
pajjita-pubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti tādisako
mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti tādisako
mayhaṃ saro hoti, dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassemi
samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañ
ca maṃ na jānanti "Ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā
manusso vā" ti? Dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassetvā sa-
mādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi,
antarahitañ ca maṃ na jānanti "Ko nu kho ayaṃ antara-
hito devo vā manusso vā" ti?
23. ‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ Ānanda aneka-sataṃ
brāhmaṇa-parisaṃ . . . pe . . . gahapati-parisaṃ samaṇa-
parisaṃ . . . Cātummahārājika-parisaṃ . . . Tāvatiṃsa-
parisaṃ . . . Māra-parisaṃ . . . Brahma-parisaṃ upa-
saṃkamitvā, tatra pi mayā sannisinna-pubbañ c'; eva
sallapita-pubbañ ca sākacchā ca samāpajjita-pubbā, tattha
yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti,
yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti,
dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samutte-
jemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañ ca maṃ na jānanti
"Ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā" ti?

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS have -āyāti.
2 Also in Aṅguttara iv. 307-8, and partly in Majjhima i. 72.
3 K (note) upasaṃkamitātipi pāṭho. So the Majjhima and Bp in A.

[page 110]
110 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 23.
Dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samutte-
jetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi, antarahitañ ca maṃ
na jānanti "Ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso
vā" ti? Imā kho Ānanda aṭṭha parisā.
24. 1 ‘Aṭṭha kho2 imāni Ānanda abhibhāyatanāni.
Katamāni aṭṭha?
25. ‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-{rūpāni} passati
parittāni suvaṇṇa-dubbaṇṇāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi
passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāya-
tanaṃ.
26. ‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpa-saññī eko {bahiddhā-rūpāni} passati
appamāṇāni suvaṇṇa-dubbaṇṇāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jā-
nāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhā-
yatanaṃ.
27. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati
parittāni suvaṇṇa-dubbaṇṇāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi
passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāya-
tanaṃ.
28. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati
appamāṇāni suvaṇṇa-dubbaṇṇāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya
jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ catutthaṃ
abhibhāyatanaṃ.
29. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati
nīlāni3 nīla-vaṇṇāni nīla-nidassanāni nīla-nibhāsāni --
seyyathā pi nāma ummā-pupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīla-vaṇṇaṃ
nīla-nidassanaṃ nīla-nibhāsaṃ -- seyyathā4 vā pana taṃ
vatthaṃ Bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhato-bhāga-vimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ
nīla-vaṇṇaṃ nīla-nidassanaṃ nīla-nibhāsaṃ -- evam eva
ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati nīlāni
nīla-vaṇṇāni nīla-nidassanāni nīla-nibhāsāni, "Tāni abhi-
bhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ pañca-
maṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Recurs Aṅguttara iv. 305, 348; Majjhima ii. 13. Comp.
Saṃyutta iv. 77.
2 Sct me; Sd omits.
3 Scd often spell nil-; and so Bm throughout. St K nīl throughout.
4 Sc adds pi (erased here, but still left in below).

[page 111]
D. xvi. 3. 33.] THE EIGHT ABHIBHĀYATANAS. 111
30. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati
pītāni1 pīta-vaṇṇāni pīta-nidassanāni pīta-nibhāsāni --
seyyathā pi nāma kaṇikāra2-pupphaṃ pītaṃ pīta-vaṇṇaṃ
pīta-nidassanaṃ pīta-nibhāsaṃ -- seyyathā vā pana taṃ
vatthaṃ Bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhato-bhāga-vimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ
pīta-vaṇṇaṃ pīta-nidassanaṃ pīta-nibhāsaṃ -- evam eva
ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati pītāni
pīta-vaṇṇāni pīta-nidassanāni pīta-nibhāsāni, "Tāni abhi-
bhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ
abhibhāyatanaṃ.
31. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati
lohitakāni lohitaka-vaṇṇāni lohitaka-nidassanāni lohitaka-
nibhāsāni -- seyyathā pi nāma {bandhu-jīvaka}-pupphaṃ lohi-
takaṃ lohitaka-vaṇṇaṃ lohitaka-nidassanaṃ lohitaka-nib-
hāsaṃ -- seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ Bārāṇaseyyakaṃ
ubhato-bhāga-vimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitaka-vaṇṇaṃ
lohitaka-nidassanaṃ lohitaka-nibhāsaṃ -- evam eva ajjhat-
taṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati lohitakāni
lohitaka-vaṇṇāni lohitaka-nidassanāni lohitaka-nibhāsāni,
"Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti,
idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
32. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati
odātāni odāta-vaṇṇāni odāta-nidassanāni odāta-nibhāsāni
-- seyyathā pi nāma osadhi-tārakā odātā odāta-vaṇṇā
odāta-nidassanā odāta-nibhāsā -- seyyathā vā pana taṃ
vatthaṃ Bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhato-bhāga-vimaṭṭhaṃ odā-
taṃ odāta-vaṇṇaṃ odāta-nidassanaṃ odāta-nibhāsaṃ --
evam eva ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni
passati odātāni odāta-vaṇṇāni odāta-nidassanāni odāta-
nibhāsāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-
saññī hoti, idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ. Imāni kho
Ānanda aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.
33. 3 ‘Aṭṭha kho ime Ānanda vimokhā. Katame
aṭṭha?
‘Rūpī {rūpāni} passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokho.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm pitāni, and so throughout.
2 K kaṇṇ-.
3 See ante xv. 35, Aṅguttara iv. 306, 349.

[page 112]
112 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 33.
‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī bahiddhā-rūpāni passati, ayaṃ
dutiyo vimokho.
"‘Subhan" t'; eva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokho.
‘Sabbaso rūpa-saññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭigha-saññā-
naṃ atthagamā,1 nānatta-saññānaṃ amanasikārā, "Ananto
ākāso" ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ
catuttho vimokho.
‘Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma "Anantaṃ
viññānan" ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati,
ayaṃ pañcamo vimokho.
‘Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma "N'; atthi
kiñcīti" ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ
chaṭṭho vimokho.
‘Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma {n'eva-saññā}-
{nāsaññāyatanaṃ} upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ sattamo
vimokho.
‘Sabbaso {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma
saññā-vedayita-nirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ
aṭṭhamo vimokho.
‘Ime kho Ānanda aṭṭha vimokhā.
34. ‘Ekaṃ idāhaṃ Ānanda samayaṃ Uruvelāyaṃ2 vihar-
āmi najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodhe3 paṭhamābhi-
sambuddho. Atha kho Ānanda Māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekam-
antaṃ ṭhito kho Ānanda Māro pāpimā maṃ etad avoca:
"Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato,
parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato" ti.
35. ‘Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ Ānanda Māraṃ pāpimaṃ etad
avocaṃ:
"‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me
bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā
bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā
sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ
uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessantī4 paññāpessanti paṭ-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc -āya; Bm K Hardy, -aṅgamā.
2 Sc Ūr-.
3 Sc nigrodha-mūle. But see Kathā Vatthu 559.
4 Sct desiss-; Sd desess- corrected to desiss-.

[page 113]
D. xvi. 3. 36.] THE BUDDHA AND MĀRA. 113
ṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti,
uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ
niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
"‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhik-
khuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā
bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā
sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ
uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññāpessanti paṭ-
ṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti,
uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ
niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
"‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me upā-
sakā na {sāvakā} bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahus-
sutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-
paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ ugga-
hetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭhapes-
santi vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, uppan-
naṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ
niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
"‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me
upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā
bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā
sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ
uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭha-
pessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti,
uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ
niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
"‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me idaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañ c'; eva bhavissati phītañ ca
vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthu-bhūtaṃ, yāvad eva manus-
sehi suppakāsitan" ti.
36. ‘Idāni c'; eva kho Ānanda ajja Cāpāle cetiye Māro
pāpimā yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Ānanda Māro
pāpimā maṃ etad avoca:
"‘Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu
Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato. Bhāsitā
kho pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: ‘Na tāvāhaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 114]
114 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 36.
pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā
bhavissanti1 viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-
dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā
anudhamma-cārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācik-
khissanti desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivaris-
santi vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, uppannaṃ para-
ppavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā
sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantīti.'; Etarahi kho
pana bhante bhikkhū Bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā
visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-
paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino, sakaṃ
ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññāpenti
paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttāni-karonti, uppannaṃ
parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā
sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni
bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo
dāni bhante Bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho pan'; esā bhante
Bhagavatā vācā: ‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi
yāva me bhikkhuniyo . . . pe . . . yāva me upāsakā
. . . yāva me upāsikā . . . yāva me idaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ na iddhañ c'; eva bhavissati phītañ ca vitthārikaṃ
bāhujaññaṃ puthu-bhūtaṃ, yāvad eva manussehi suppa-
kāsitan'; ti. Etarahi kho pana bhante Bhagavato brahma-
cariyaṃ iddhañ c'; eva phītañ ca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ
puthu-bhūtaṃ, yāvad eva manussehi suppakāsitaṃ.
Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato,
parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato" ti.
37. ‘Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ Ānanda Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ
etad avocaṃ: "Appossukko tvaṃ pāpima hohi, na
ciraṃ Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, ito tiṇṇaṃ
māsānaṃ accayena Tathāgato parinibbāyissatīti."
‘Idān'; eva kho Ānanda ajja Cāpāle cetiye Tathāgatena
satena sampajānena āyu-saṅkhāro ossaṭṭho'; ti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K abbreviates without pe, goes on yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā
bhavissanti. Yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti. Yāva me
upasikā na sāvikā bhavissanti. Yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, &c.

[page 115]
D. xvi. 3. 41.] THE FAULT OF ĀNANDA. 115
38. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: ‘Tiṭṭhatu bhante Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato
kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukam-
pāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan'; ti.
‘Alaṃ dāni1 Ānanda, mā Tathāgataṃ yāci, akālo dāni
Ānanda Tathāgataṃ yācanāyāti.'
39. Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando . . . pe . . .
Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca:
‘Tiṭṭhatu bhante Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato
kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānu-
kampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan'; ti.
‘Saddahasi tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatassa bodhin'; ti?
‘Evam bhante.'
‘Atha kiñ carahi tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ yāva-{tati}-
yakaṃ abhinippīḷesīti'; ?
40. ‘Sammukhā me taṃ bhante Bhagavato sutaṃ
sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ: "Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro
{iddhipādā} bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā
anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ
vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda
cattāro iddhipādā . . . pe . . . kappāvasesaṃ vā ti."'
‘Saddahasi tvaṃ Ānandāti?'
‘Evaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'
ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ Tathāgatena evaṃ
oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne,
nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na Tathāgataṃ yāci: "Tiṭṭhatu
Bhagavākappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato {kappaṃ}, bahujana-hitāya
bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya
deva-manussānan" ti. {Sace} tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ
yāceyyāsi, dve va te vācā Tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha
tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'
etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
41. ‘Ekam idāhaṃ Ānanda samayaṃ Rājagahe viharāmi
Gijjha-kūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ Ānanda āman-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scdt omit.

[page 116]
116 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 41.
tesiṃ: "Ramaṇīyaṃ Ānanda Rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo
Gijjha-kūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro
iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā
anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ
vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda
cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-
katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno
Ānanda Tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ
vā" ti. Evam pi kho tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatena oḷārike
nimitte kayiramāne,1 oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne,2 nāsakkhi
paṭivijjhituṃ, na Tathāgataṃ yāci: "Tiṭṭhatu Bhagavā
kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya
bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya
deva-manussānan" ti. Sace tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ
yāceyyāsi, dve va te vācā Tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha
tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'
etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
42. ‘Ekam idāhaṃ Ānanda {samayaṃ tatth'} eva
Rājagahe viharāmi Nigrodhārāme3 . . . pe . . .
tatth'; eva Rājagahe viharāmi Cora-papāte4 . . . tatth'
eva Rājagahe viharāmi Vebhāra-passe Sattapaṇṇi-
guhāyaṃ5 . . . . tatth'; eva Rājagahe viharāmi Isigili-
passe Kāḷa-silāyaṃ . . . . tatth'; eva Rajagahe viharāmi
Sīta-vane Sappasoṇḍika-pabbhāre . . . . tatth'; eva
Rājagahe viharāmi Tapodārāme . . . . tatth'; eva Rāja-
gahe viharāmi Veḷuvane Kalandaka-nivāpe . . . . tatth'
eva Rājagahe viharāmi Jīvakambavane . . . . tatth'; eva
Rājagahe viharāmi Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye.
43. ‘Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ Ānanda āmantesiṃ: "Rama-
ṇīyaṃ Ānanda Rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo Gijjha-kūṭo pabbato,
ramaṇīyo Gotama-nigrodho, ramaṇīyo Cora-papāto,
ramaṇīyā Vebhāra-passe Sattapaṇṇi-guhā, ramaṇīyā
Isigili-passe Kāḷa-silā, ramaṇīyo Sīta-vane Sappasoṇḍika-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm kariyam-.
2 Bm kariyam-.
3 Bm K Gotamanigrodhe, as below.
4 Sc corappāte; K corappapāte.
5 Bm Tattapaṇṇiguhāraṃ; Sdt H Sattapaṇṇa-.

[page 117]
D. xvi. 3. 45.] THE FAULT OF ĀNANDA. 117
pabbhāro, ramaṇīyo Tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo {Veḷuvane}
Kalandaka-nivāpo, ramaṇīyo Jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo
Maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo.
44. "‘Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā
bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā
susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya
kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda cattāro
iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā
anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno Ānanda
Tathāgato kappaṃ vā {tiṭṭheyya} kappāvasesaṃ vā" ti.
Evam pi kho tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte
kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne, nāsakkhi paṭivij-
jhituṃ, na Tathāgataṃ yāci: "Tiṭṭhatu Bhagavā kappaṃ,
tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya
lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan"
ti. Sace tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve va te
vācā Tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivā-
seyya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ dukkataṃ,
tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
45. ‘Ekam idāhaṃ Ānanda samayaṃ idh'; eva Vesāliyaṃ
viharāmi Udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ Ānanda
āmantesiṃ: "Ramaṇīyā Ānanda Vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ
Udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhi-
pādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā
paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā
tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda
cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-
katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno
Ānanda Tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ
vā" ti. Evam pi kho tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatena oḷārike
nimitte kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne, nāsakkhi
paṭivijjhituṃ, na Tathāgataṃ yāci: "Tiṭṭhatu Bhagavā
kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya
bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya
deva-manussānan" ti. Sace tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ
{yāceyyāsi}, dve va te vācā Tathāgato {paṭikkhippeyya}, atha
tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'
etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 118]
118 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 46
46. ‘Ekam idāhaṃ Ānanda samayaṃ idh'; eva Vesāliyaṃ
viharāmi Gotamake cetiye . . . . pe . . . . idh'; eva
Vesāliyaṃ viharāmi Sattamba-cetiye . . . . idh'; eva
Vesāliyaṃ viharāmi Bahuputte cetiye . . . . idh'; eva
Vesāliyaṃ viharāmi Sārandade cetiye. . . .
47. ‘Idān'; eva kho tāhaṃ Ānanda ajja Cāpāle cetiye
āmantesiṃ: "Ramaṇīyā Ānanda Vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ
Udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ,
ramaṇīyaṃ Sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Bahuputtaṃ
cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ
Cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā
bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā
paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappam. vā
tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda
cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-
katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno
Ānanda Tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ
vā" ti. Evam pi kho tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatena oḷārike
nimitte kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne, nāsakkhi
paṭivijjhituṃ, na Tathāgataṃ yāci: "Tiṭṭhatu Bhagavā
kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya bahu-
jana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya
deva-manussānan" ti. Sace tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ
yāceyyāsi, dve va te vācā Tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha
tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'
etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
48. ‘Na nu evaṃ Ānanda mayā paṭigacc'; eva akkhātaṃ,
sabbeh'; eva piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-bhāvo
aññathā-bhāvo? Taṃ kut'; ettha Ānanda labbhā?1 Yaṃ
taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ paloka-dhammaṃ taṃ vata
mā palujjīti n'; etaṃ ṭhānam vijjati.2 Yaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ
Ānanda Tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ
paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, ossaṭṭho āyu-saṅkhāro. Ekaṃsena vācā
Tathāgatena3 bhāsitā: "Na ciraṃ Tathāgatassa parinib-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K puts comma at aññathābhāvo, and full stop here.
2 Bm vijjatīti.
3 Bm K om.

[page 119]
D. xvi. 3. 50.] THE BUDDHA AT THE MAHĀ-VANA. 119
bānaṃ bhavissati, ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena Tathāgato
parinibbāyissatīti." Taṃ vacanaṃ1 Tathāgato jīvita-hetu
puna paccāvamissatīti,2 n'; etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Mahā-vanaṃ {Kūṭāgāra-sālā} ten'
upasaṃkamissāmāti.'3
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paccassosi.
49. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhiṃ
yena Mahā-vanaṃ Kūṭāgāra-sālā ten'; upasaṃkami.
Upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Gaccha tvaṃ Ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū Vesāliṃ
upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhāna-sālāyaṃ4 san-
nipātehīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paṭissutvā, yāvatikā bhikkhū Vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti,
te sabbe upaṭṭhāna-sālāyaṃ sannipātetvā, yena Bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā
Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Sannipatito bhante bhikkhu-saṃgho. Yassa dāni
bhante Bhagavā kālaṃ maññatīti.'
50. Atha kho Bhagavā yena upaṭṭhāna-sālā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
Nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Tasmāt iha bhikkhave ye vo5 mayā dhammā abhiñ-
ñāya6 desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā
bhāvetabbā bahulī-kātabbā, yathayidaṃ7 brahmacariyaṃ
addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tad assa bahujana-hitāya
bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya
deva-manussānaṃ. Katame ca te bhikkhave dhammā
mayā abhiññāya desitā, ye vo8 sādhukaṃ uggahetvā
āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulī-kātabbā yathayidaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K om.; K has tañca for taṃ.
2 Sc paccāmis-; Bm K paccāgam-. Sum has paccāv-.
3 Sc -māti corrected to -mīti.
4 Bm sālaṃ. See 1. 6.
5 K te.
6 Bm K -ñā, and below always.
7 Bm yathāyidaṃ always.
8 Bm inserts bhikkhū.

[page 120]
120 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 51.
brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tad assa
bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya
hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ? Seyyathīdaṃ cattāro
satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro {samma-ppadhāna}, cattāro iddhipādā,
pañc'; indriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo
aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho1 bhikkhave dhammā mayā
abhiññāya desitā,2te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā
bhāvetabbā bahulī-kātabbā yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tad assa bahujana-hitāya
bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya
deva-manussānan'; ti.
51. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Handa dāni bhikkhave āmantayāmi vo, vaya-dhammā
saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha, na ciraṃ Tathāga-
tassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ
accayena Tathāgato parinibbāyissatīti.'
Idam avoca Bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā3 Sugato athāparaṃ
etad avoca Satthā:4
‘Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ,
Pahāya5 vo gamissāmi, katam me saraṇam attano,
Appamattā satīmanto susīlā hotha bhikkhavo
Susamāhita-saṃkappā sacittam anurakkhatha.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K add te.
2 K ye te.
3 Bm K vatvāna.
4 K here inserts as note, ito paraṃ Sīhaḷa-poṭṭhake ‘Paripakko
vayo . . . karissatīti'; dissati, and in the text before these
verses places the followling:
Daharā pi ca ye vuḍḍhā ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā
Aḍḍhā c'; evā daḷiddā ca sabbe maccu-parāyanā.
Yathā pi kumbhakārassa kataṃ mattika-bhājanaṃ,
Khuddakañ ca mahantañ ca yaṃ [K yañca] pakkaṃ
yañ ca āmakaṃ,
Sabbaṃ bheda-pariyantaṃ evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ.
Athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā
Paripakko, &c.
5 Sd pahāvayo.

[page 121]
D. xvi. 3. 51.] COUNSELS TO THE BRETHREN. 121
Yo imasmiṃ dhamma-vinaye appamatto vihessati1
2 Pahāya jāti-saṃsāraṃ dukkhass'; antaṃ karissatīti.'
Tatiyaka-Bhāṇavāraṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ.3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K viharissati, vihessati in foot note.
2 Bm pahāyajāyajāyatiyaṃsaṃsāraṃ.
3 Bm Bhāṇavāraṃ tatiyaṃ; K tatiya-bhāṇavāraṃ.

[page 122]
122 CHAPTER IV.
4.1. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā
patta-cīvaram ādāya Vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, Vesāliyaṃ
piṇḍāya caritvā pacchā-bhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkanto1
nāgāpalokitaṃ Vesālim apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
āmantesi:
‘Idaṃ pacchimakaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatassa Vesāli-
dassanaṃ bhavissati, āyām'; Ānanda yena Bhaṇḍagāmo
ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena
saddhiṃ yena Bhaṇḍagāmo tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ
Bhagavā Bhaṇḍagāme viharati.
2. 2Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Catunnaṃ bhikkhave dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭi-
vedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃ-
saritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca: katamesaṃ catunnaṃ?
Ariyassa bhikkhave sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam
idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ
c'; eva tumhākañ ca. Ariyassa bhikkhave samādhissa
ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ
sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca.
Ariyāya bhikkhave paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā
evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ
mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. Ariyāya bhikkhave vimut-
tiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham
addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tum-
hākañ ca. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave ariyaṃ sīlam anubud-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So all MSS.
2 Recurs Aṅguttara ii. 1. Comp. Saṃyutta v. 431.


[page 123]
D. xvi. 4. 7.] THE BUDDHA AT BHAṆḌAGĀMA. 123
dhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho,
ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubud-
dhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhava-taṇhā khīṇā bhava-netti,
n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo'; ti.
3. Idam avoca Bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparaṃ
etad avoca Satthā:
‘Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca vimutti ca anuttarā,
Anubuddhā ime dhammā Gotamena yasassinā.
Iti Buddho abhiññāya dhammam akkhāsi bhik-
khunaṃ,
Dukkhass'; anta-karo Satthā cakkhumā parinibbuto'
ti1.
4. Tatrāpi sudaṃ Bhagavā Bhaṇḍagāme viharanto
etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti:
Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīla-paribhāvito samādhi
mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhi-paribhāvitā
paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññā-paribhā-
vitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathīdaṃ
kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā2 avijjāsavā ti.
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ
viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena {Hatthi-gāmo} . . . pe3 . . . Amba-
gāmo . . . Jambugāmo . . . yena Bhoganagaraṃ ten'
upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
6. ‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃ-
ghena saddhiṃ yena Bhoganagaraṃ tad avasari.
7. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Bhoganagare viharati Ānande
cetiye. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
4 ‘Cattāro 'me bhikkhave mahā-padese desessāmi,5 taṃ
suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi-karotha bhāsissāmīti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Quoted Kathā Vatthu 115.
2 K omits.
3 Bm has no pe, but puts yena before each name. K has neither pe
nor yena.
4 Recurs Aṅguttara ii. 167 foll.
5 Scdt desiss-.

[page 124]
124 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 7.
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ. Bhagavā etad avoca:
8. ‘Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: "Sam-
mukhā me taṃ āvuso Bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā
paṭiggahītaṃ, ayaṃ Dhammo ayaṃ Vinayo idaṃ Satthu
sāsanan" ti, tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ n'; eva
abhinanditabbaṃ na paṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā
appaṭikkositvā tāni pada-vyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā
Sutte otāretabbāni Vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce
Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassiyamānāni na c'; eva
Sutte otaranti na Vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha
gantabbaṃ: "Addhā idaṃ na c'; eva tassa Bhagavato
vacanaṃ,1 imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahītan" ti, iti h'
etaṃ bhikkhave chaḍḍeyyātha.2 Tāni ce Sutte otāri-
yamānāni Vinaye sandassiyamānāni Sutte c'; eva otaranti
Vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ:
"Addhā idaṃ tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ imassa ca
bhikkhuno suggahītan" ti. Idaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ
mahā-padesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
9. ‘Idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya:
"Amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṃgho viharati satthero
sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṃghassa sammukhā sutaṃ
sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ, ayaṃ Dhammo ayaṃ Vinayo
idaṃ Satthu sāsanan" ti, tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno
bhāsitaṃ n'; eva abhinanditabbaṃ na3 paṭikkositabbaṃ.
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni pada-vyañjanāni
sādhukaṃ uggahetvā Sutte otāretabbāni Vinaye sandas-
setabbāni. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandas-
siyamānāni {na} c'; eva Sutte otaranti na Vinaye sandis-
santi, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ: "Addhā idaṃ na c'; eva
tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tassa ca saṃghassa duggahītan"
ti, iti h'; etaṃ bhikkhave chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce Sutte
otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandissayamānāni Sutte c'; eva
otaranti Vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Aṅg. adds sammāsambuddhassa (throughout).
2 Aṅg. repeats from Idha down to sandassetabbāni (and so always).
3 K throughout nappaṭi-.

[page 125]
D. xvi. 4. 11.] THE FOUR GREAT REFERENCES. 125
"Addhā idaṃ tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tassa ca
saṃghassa suggahītan" ti. Idaṃ bhikkhave dutiyaṃ
mahā-padesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
10. ‘Idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya:
"Amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū
viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhamma-dharā vinaya-
dharā mātikā-dharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā
sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ, ayaṃ Dhammo ayaṃ
Vinayo ayaṃ Satthu sāsanan" ti, tassa bhikkhave
bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ n'; eva abhinanditabbaṃ na paṭikko-
sitabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni pada-
vyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā Sutte otāretabbāni
Vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni
Vinaye sandassiyamānāni na c'; eva Sutte otaranti na
Vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ: "Addhā
idaṃ na c'; eva tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tesañ ca
therānaṃ duggahītan" ti, iti h'; etaṃ bhikkhave chaḍ-
{ḍeyyātha}. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassi-
yamānāni Sutte c'; eva otaranti Vinaye ca sandissanti,
niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ: "Addhā idaṃ tassa
Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tesañ ca therānaṃ suggahītan" ti.
Idaṃ bhikkhave tatiyaṃ mahā-padesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
11. Idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya:
"Amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati
bahussuto āgatāgamo dhamma-dharo vinaya-dharo
mātikā-dharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ
sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ, ayaṃ Dhammo ayaṃ Vinayo
idaṃ Satthu sāsanan" ti, tassa bhikkhave {bhikkhuno}
bhāsitaṃ n'; eva abhinanditabbaṃ na paṭikkositabbaṃ.
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikositvā tāni pada-vyañjanāni sādhu-
kaṃ uggahetvā Sutte otāretabbāni Vinaye sandassetab-
bāni. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassiya-
mānāni na c'; eva Sutte otaranti na Vinaye sandissanti,
niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ: "Addhā idaṃ na c'; eva tassa
Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tassa ca therassa duggahītan" ti,
iti h'; etaṃ bhikkhave chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce Sutte
otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassiyamānāni Sutte c'; eva
otaranti Vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 126]
126 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 11.
"Addhā idaṃ tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tassa ca therassa
suggahītan" ti. Idaṃ bhikkhave {catutthaṃ} mahā-
padesaṃ dhāreyyāthāti.
‘Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro mahā-padese dhāreyyā-
thāti.'
12. Tatra pi sudaṃ Bhagavā Bhoganagare viharanto
Ānande1 cetiye etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ
kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīla-
paribhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso,
samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahāni-
saṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi
vimuccati, seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā
avijjāsavā ti.
13. Atha kho Bhagavā Bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ
viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘{Āyām'} Ānanda yena Pāvā ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paccassosi.
2Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ
yena Pāvā tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Pāvāyaṃ
viharati Cundassa kammāra-puttassa ambavane.
14. Assosi kho Cundo kammāra-putto: ‘Bhagavā kira
Pāvaṃ anuppatto3 Pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ amba-
vane'; ti. Atha kho Cundo kammāra-putto yena Bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho
Cundaṃ kammāra-puttaṃ Bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya
sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi.
15. Atha kho Cundo kammāra-putto Bhagavatā dham-
miyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampa-
haṃsito Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ‘Adhivāsetu me
bhante Bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhu-
saṃghenāti.'; Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhī-bhāvena.
16. Atha kho Cundo kammāra-putto Bhagavato adhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So Scd K : St Bm -ya.
2 Recurs in Udāna viii. 5
3 SS omit Pāvaṃ anuppatto. Bm pāripāpaṃ anuppatto Pāvāraṃ viharati.
Udāna adds a clause.

[page 127]
D. xvi. 4. 20.] THE BUDDHA VISITS CUNDA. 127
vāsanaṃ viditvā, uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
17. Atha kho Cundo kammāra-putto tassā rattiyā
accayena sake nivesane {paṇītaṃ} khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ
paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañ ca sūkara-maddavaṃ Bhagavato
kālaṃ ārocāpesi: ‘Kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan'; ti.
18. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā
patta-cīvaram ādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghena yena
Cundassa kammāra-puttassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi, nisajja kho Bha-
gavā Cundaṃ kammāra-puttaṃ āmantesi: ‘Yan te Cunda
sūkara-maddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa, yaṃ
pan'; aññaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ {paṭiyattaṃ}, tena
bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ parivisāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho Cundo kammāra-putto Bhaga-
vato paṭissutvā, yaṃ ahosi sūkara-maddavaṃ {paṭiyattaṃ},
tena Bhagavantaṃ parivisi, yaṃ pan'; aññaṃ khādaniyaṃ
bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ tena bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ parivisi.
19. Atha kho Bhagavā Cundaṃ kammāra-puttaṃ
āmantesi:
‘Yan te Cunda sūkara-maddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ
sobbhe nikhaṇāhi, nāhan taṃ Cunda passāmi sadevake
loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā
pajāya sadeva-manussāya yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā-
pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra Tathāgatassāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho Cundo kammāra-putto Bhaga-
vato paṭissutvā, yaṃ ahosi sūkara-maddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ
taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā, yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Cundaṃ kammāra-
puttaṃ Bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samāda-
petvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā pak-
kāmi.
20. Atha kho Bhagavato Cundassa kammāra-puttassa
bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji lohita-pak-
khandikā pabāḷhā1 vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm bāḷhā; K sab-. Compare 2. 23.
2 Sc om.; Sd tatra; K tāpi.

[page 128]
128 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 20.
sudaṃ Bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno.
Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Kusinārā ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evam bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paccassosi.
Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā kammārassāti me
sutaṃ
Ābādhaṃ samphusī1 dhīro pabāḷhaṃ2 māraṇanti-
kaṃ.
Bhuttassa ca3 sūkara-maddavena
{Vyādhi ppabāḷhā} udapādi Satthuno.
Viriccamāno4 Bhagavā avoca
Gacchām'; ahaṃ Kusināraṃ5 nagaran ti.
6
21. Atha kho {Bhagavā} maggā okkamma yen'; añña-
taraṃ rukkha-mūlaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ
Ānanda catugguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ paññāpehi, kilanto 'smi
Ānanda, nisīdissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ paññāpesi.
22. Nisīdi Bhagavā paññatte āsane, nisajja kho
Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi, ‘Iṅgha me
tvaṃ Ānanda pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsito 'smi, Ānanda,
pivissāmīti.'
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Idāni bhante pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni atikkantāni,
{taṃ} {cakka-cchinnaṃ} udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ
sandati. Ayaṃ bhante Kakutthā7 nadī avidūre acchodikā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc phusayatī; Sd phusati; St phusati: Bm saṃphusati.
2 K sab-.
3 Ce.
4 K virec-.
5 K kusinaraṃ.
6 Here K inserts in brackets in the text (imā gāthāyo Saṅgīti-kāle
Saṅgīti-kārakehi vuttā), with footnote Sīhaḷapotthake ime gāṭhā
na dissanti.
7 Sc kuk-; Bm K kakuḍha (throughout).

[page 129]
D. xvi. 4. 25.] TURBID WATERS FLOW CLEAR. 129
sātodikā sītodikā1 setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha
Bhagavā pānīyañ ca pivissati, gattāni ca sītaṃ karis-
satīti.'
23. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
āmantesi: ‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ Ānanda pānīyaṃ āhara,
pipāsito 'smi Ānanda, pivissāmīti.'
Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca:
‘Idāni bhante pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni atikkantāni.
Taṃ {cakka-cchinnaṃ} udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ
sandati. Ayaṃ bhante Kakutthā nadī avidūre acchodikā
sātodikā sītodikā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha
Bhagavā pānīyañ ca pivissati, gattāni ca sītaṃ2 karis-
satīti.'
24. Tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
āmantesi: ‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ Ānanda pānīyaṃ āhara,
pipāsito 'smi Ānanda, pivissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā ten'; upasaṃ-
kami. Atha kho sā nadikā {cakka-cchinnā} parittā luḷitā
āvilā sandamānā āyasmante Ānande upasaṃkamante
acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha3.
25. {Atha} kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: "Accha-
riyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, Tathāgatassa
mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā! Ayaṃ hi sā nadikā
cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, mayi
upasaṃkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatīti!'
Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante Tathāgatassa
mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā! Idāni sā bhante nadikā
cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, mayi upa-
saṃkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha! Pivatu
Bhagavā pānīyaṃ, pivatu Sugato pānīyan'; ti.
Atha kho Bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.4

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K -akā.
2 St sītim; K sītī.
3 Bm K sandati.
4 Sc apāsi; Bm pāniyaṃ mapāsi.

[page 130]
130 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 26.
26. Tena kho pana samayena Pukkuso Malla-putto
Āḷārassa Kālāmassa sāvako Kusinārāya Pāvaṃ addhāna-
magga-paṭipanno hoti.
Addasā kho Pukkuso Malla-putto Bhagavantaṃ añña-
tarasmiṃ rukkha-mūle nisinnaṃ, disvā yena Bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho
Pukkuso Malla-putto Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante, {abbhutaṃ} bhante, santena vata
bhante pabbajitā vihārena viharanti!
27. ‘Bhūta-pubbaṃ bhante Āḷāro Kālāmo addhāna-
magga-paṭipanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ
rukkha-mūle divā-vihāre nisīdi. Atha kho bhante pañca-
mattāni sakaṭa-satāni Āḷāraṃ Kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya1
atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhante aññataro puriso tassa
sakaṭa-satthassa2 piṭṭhito3 āgacchanto yena Āḷāro
Kālāmo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Āḷāraṃ Kālā-
maṃ etad avoca:
"‘Api bhante pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni atikkaman-
tāni addasāti?"
"‘Na kho ahaṃ āvuso addasan" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante saddaṃ assosīti?"
"‘Na kho ahaṃ āvuso saddaṃ assosin" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante sutto ahosīti?"
"‘Na kho ahaṃ āvuso sutto ahosin" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante saññī ahosīti?"
"‘Evam āvuso" ti.
‘So tvaṃ bhante saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni
{sakaṭa}-satāni nissāya nissāya atikkamantāni n'; eva
addasa na pana saddaṃ assosi, api hi te bhante saṃghāṭi
rajena okiṇṇā'; ti.
‘Evam āvuso'; ti.
‘Atha kho bhante tassa purisassa etad ahosi: "Accha-
riyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Santena vata
bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti yatra hi nāma saññī

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc Bm K omit here, but not in the repetition.
2 Sc satassa; Bm tassa.
3 K piṭhito piṭhito.

[page 131]
D. xvi. 4. 32.] PUKKUSA THE MALLA 131
samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni nissāya nissāya
atikkamantāni n'; eva dakkhiti1 na pana saddaṃ sos-
satīti."2 Āḷāre Kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā
pakkāmīti.'
28. ‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Pukkusa? Kataman nu kho
dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā. yo saññī
samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni nissāya nissāya
atikkamantāni n'; eva passeyya na pana saddaṃ suṇeyya,
yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷā-
yante vijjutāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā n'; eva
passeyya na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyāti?'
29. ‘Kiṃ hi3 bhante tāni karissanti pañca vā sakaṭa-
satāni cha vā sakaṭa-satāni satta vā sakaṭa-satāni aṭṭha
vā sakaṭa-satāni nava vā sakaṭa-satāni dasa vā sakaṭa-
satāni sakaṭa-sataṃ vā sakaṭa-sahassaṃ vā? Atha kho
etad eva dukkarataraṃ c'; eva durabhisambhavatarañ ca
yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante
vijjutāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā n'; eva passeyya
na saddaṃ suṇeyyāti.'
30. ‘Ekaṃ idāhaṃ Pukkusa samayaṃ Ātumāyaṃ
viharāmi Bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve
vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjutāsu niccharantīsu
asaniyā phalantiyā Bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro
hatā cattāro ca balivaddā. Atha kho Pukkusa Ātumāya4
mahā-jana-kāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro
hatā cattāro ca balivaddā ten'; upasaṃkami.
31. Tena kho panāhaṃ Pukkusa samayena Bhusāgārā
nikkhamitvā Bhusāgāra-dvāre abbhokāse caṃkamāmi.
Atha kho Pukkusa aññataro puriso tamhā mahā-jana-
kāyā yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho
ahaṃ Pukkusa taṃ purisaṃ etad avocaṃ:
32. "‘Kin nu kho so āvuso mahā-jana-kāyo sanni-
patito"? ti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scd -iti; K dakkhati; Bm atikkantāni n'; eva akkhasi.
2 Bm assositi.
3 Sc om.
4 Sc -mayā; Sdt -māyā; Bm Pukkuasāhumāyaṃ; K -yaṃ.

[page 132]
132 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 32.
"‘Idāni bhante deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijju-
tāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro
hatā cattāro ca balivaddā. Etth'; eso1 mahā-jana-kāyo
sannipatito, tvaṃ pana bhante kva2 ahosīti?"
"‘Idh'; eva kho ahaṃ āvuso ahosin" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante addasāti?"
"‘Na kho āvuso addasan" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante saddaṃ assosīti?"
"‘Na kho ahaṃ āvuso saddaṃ assosin" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante sutto ahosīti?"
"‘Na kho ahaṃ āvuso sutto ahosin" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante saññī ahosīti"?
"‘Evam āvuso" ti.
"‘So tvaṃ bhante saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante
deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjutāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalan-
tiyā n'; eva addasa na pana saddaṃ assosīti."
"‘Evam āvuso" ti.
33. ‘Atha kho Pukkusa tassa purisassa etad ahosi:
"Acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Santena
vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti yatra hi nāma
saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante
vijjutāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā n'; eva dakkhiti3
na pana saddaṃ sossatīti."4 Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ
pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pak-
kāmīti.'
34. Evaṃ vutte Pukkuso Malla-putto Bhagavantaṃ
etad avoca:
‘Esāhaṃ bhante yo me5 Āḷāre Kāḷāme pasādo taṃ
mahā-vāte vā opunāmi sīgha-sotāya vā nadiyā pavāhemi.
Abhikkantaṃ bhante abhikkantaṃ bhante! Seyyathā pi
bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā viva-
reyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā
tela-pajjotam dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti,
evam eva Bhagavatā aneka-pariyāyena dhammo pakā-
sito! Esāhaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K ettha so.
2 Scdt kuhiṃ; Bm omits.
3 Scdt K dakkhissati.
4 K suṇissatīti.
5 K om.

[page 133]
D. xvi. 4. 37.] THE BUDDHA IS TRANSFIGURED. 133
Dhammañ ca Bhikkhu-Saṃghañ ca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ
Bhagavā dhāretu ajjat'; agge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ
gatan'; ti.
35. Atha kho Pukkuso Malla-putto aññataraṃ purisaṃ
āmantesi: ‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ bhaṇe siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ1
maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho so puriso Pukkusassa Malla-put-
tassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāra-
ṇīyaṃ āhari2.
Atha kho Pukkuso Malla-putto taṃ siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ
yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ Bhagavato upanāmesi:
‘Idaṃ bhante siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ,
tam me bhante Bhagavā paṭigaṇhātu anukampaṃ upā-
dāyāti.'
‘Tena hi Pukkusa ekena maṃ acchādehi ekena Ānan-
dan'; ti.
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho Pukkuso Malla-putto Bhagavato
paṭissutvā ekena Bhagavantaṃ acchādesi, ekena āyasman-
taṃ Ānandaṃ.
36. Atha kho Bhagavā Pukkusaṃ Malla-puttaṃ dham-
miyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampa-
haṃsesi. Atha kho Pukkuso Malla-putto Bhagavatā
dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito
sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
37. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando acira-pakkante Pukkuse
Malla-putte taṃ siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇī-
yaṃ Bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi, taṃ Bhagavato kāyaṃ
upanāmitaṃ vītaccikaṃ3 viya khāyati.
Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante, abbhutaṃ bhante, yāva parisud-
dho bhante Tathāgatassa chavi-vaṇṇo pariyodāto! Idaṃ
bhante siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ Bhaga-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K yuga-, and below.
2 Sct adāsi; Sd adāsiṃ
3 Sc vit-; Sd vitāsikaṃ; St vītasikaṃ; Bm satacchitaṃ; K hatacchikaṃ
and below.

[page 134]
134 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 37.
vato kāyaṃ upanāmesiṃ, taṃ Bhagavato kāyaṃ upanā-
mitaṃ vītaccikaṃ1 viya khāyatīti'; !
‘Evam etaṃ Ānanda. Dvīsu kho Ānanda kālesu ativi-
ya Tathāgatassa parisuddho hoti chavi-vaṇṇo pariyodāto.
Katamesu dvīsu? Yañ ca Ānanda rattiṃ Tathāgato
anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañ ca
rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā parinibbāyati,
imesu kho {Ānanda} dvīsu kālesu ativiya Tathāgatassa
parisuddho hoti chavi-vaṇṇo pariyodāto.
38. ‘Ajja kho pan'; Ānanda rattiyā pacchima-yāme
Kusinārāyaṃ Upavattane Mallānaṃ sāla-vane antarena
yamaka-sālānaṃ Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati.
Āyām'; Ānanda yena Kakutthā2 nadī ten'; upasaṃkamissā-
māti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paccassosi.
Siṅgi-vaṇṇa-yugaṃ3 maṭṭam Pukkuso abhihārayi.
Tena acchādito Satthā hema-vaṇṇo asobhathāti.
39. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena
saddhiṃ yena Kakutthā nadī ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃ-
kamitvā Kakutthaṃ nadiṃ {ajjhogāhetvā} {nahatvā4} ca
pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena Ambavanaṃ ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Cundakaṃ āman-
tesi:
‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ Cundaka catugguṇaṃ {saṃghāṭiṃ} pañ-
ñāpehi, kilanto 'smi Cundaka, nipajjissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā {Cundako} Bhagavato
paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ paññāpesi.
40. Atha kho Bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīha-seyyaṃ
kappesi, pāde pādaṃ accādhāya,5 sato sampajāno uṭṭhāna-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc vitasikaṃ; Sdt vītasikaṃ; Bm haticchitaṃ.
2 Sct kuk-; Bm kakuma; K kakudha, and below.
3 Bm K siṅgivaṇṇaṃ yuga-.
4 Bm nhatvā.
5 Sc acchādāya; Sd accādāya.

[page 135]
D. xvi. 4. 42.] THE BUDDHA'S LAST JOURNEY. 135
saññaṃ manasikaritvā. Āyasmā pana Cundako tatth'
eva Bhagavato purato nisīdi.
41. Gantvāna Buddho nadiyaṃ1 Kakutthaṃ2
Acchodi-sātodika-vippasannaṃ,3
Ogāhi Satthā sukilanta4-rūpo
Tathāgato appaṭimo va loke.
Nahatvā pitvā c'; udatāri5 Satthā6
Purakkhato bhikkhu-gaṇassa majjhe.
Satthā pavattā7 Bhagavā 'dha dhamme
Upāgami {Ambavanaṃ} mahesi.
Āmantayi Cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,
‘Catugguṇaṃ patthara8 me nipajjaṃ.'9
So modito10 bhāvitattena Cundo
Catugguṇaṃ patthari11 khippam eva.
{Nipajji} Satthā sukilanta12-rūpo
Cundo pi tattha pamukhe13 nisīdīti.
42. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āman-
tesi:
‘Siyā kho pan'; Ānanda Cundassa kammāra-puttassa
koci vippaṭisāraṃ upadaheyya: "Tassa te āvuso Cunda
alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te Tathāgato pacchi-
maṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā parinibbuto" ti. Cundassa
Ānanda kammāra-puttassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivine-
tabbo:
"‘Tassa te āvuso lābhā, tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te
Tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā parinibbuto.
Sammukhā me taṃ āvuso Cunda Bhagavato sutaṃ
sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ, dve 'me piṇḍapātā samasama-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K -ikaṃ.
2 Scdt kuk-; Bm K kakudhaṃ.
3 Sct acchodikaṃ; Scdt sātodikaṃ; Bm K acchodakaṃ sātodakaṃ.
4 Bm K akilanta-
5 SS K pivitvā; Bm K cudakāni.
6 K sutvā.
7 Bm sattāpiv-.
8 Bm santara; K santhari.
9 K -jiṃ.
10 Sc Bm K codito.
11 Bm santari; K santhari.
12 Bm K ak-.
13 Sc -kho va; St -kho.

[page 136]
136 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 42.
phalā samasama-vipākā ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahap-
phalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañ
ca piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā Tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammā-
sambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañ ca piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā
Tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā parinibbāyati.
Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasama-phalā samasama-vipākā
ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahāni-
saṃsatarā ca.1 Āyu-saṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā Cundena
kammāra-puttena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇa-saṃvattani-
kaṃ āyasmatā Cundena kammāra-puttena kammaṃ
upacitaṃ, sukha-saṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā Cundena kam-
māra-puttena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasa-saṃvattanikaṃ
āyasmatā Cundena kammāra-puttena kammaṃ upacitaṃ,
sagga-saṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā Cundena kammāra-
puttena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyya-saṃvattanikaṃ
āyasmatā Cundena kammāra-puttena kammaṃ upaci-
tan" ti.
‘Cundassa Ānanda kammāra-puttassa evaṃ vippāṭisāro
paṭivinetabbo'; ti.
43. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ
velāyaṃ imam udānaṃ udānesi:
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati,2
Kusalo ca jahāti3 pāpakaṃ, {rāga-dosa-moha-kkhayā} sa4
nibbuto ti.
Āḷāra-vedalla-Bhāṇavāraṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ Catutthaṃ5.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 See Mil. 174.
2 Sc ciyyati; St cīyy-; Bm veraṇana viyayati.
3 Bm va hoti; K omits ca.
4 K om.
5 K catuttha-bhāṇavāraṃ; Bm bhāṇavāraṃ catutthaṃ.

[page 137]
137
CHAPTER V.
5.1. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āman-
tesi: ‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārima1-
tīraṃ yena {Kusinārā} Upavattanaṃ Mallānaṃ sāla-vanaṃ
ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato pac-
cassosi.
Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ
yena Hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārima-tīraṃ yena {Kusinārā}
Upavattanaṃ Mallānaṃ sāla-vanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ Ānanda antarena yamaka-{sālānaṃ}
uttara-sīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññāpehi, kilanto 'smi Ānanda,
nipajjissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paṭissutvā antarena yamaka-sālānaṃ uttara-sīsakaṃ
mañcakaṃ paññāpesi. Atha kho Bhagavā dakkhiṇena
passena sīha-seyyaṃ kappesi pāde2 pādaṃ accādhāya3
sato sampajāno.
2. Tena kho pana samayena yamaka-sālā sabba-phāli-
phullā4 honti akāla-pupphehi. Te Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbāni pi mandārava-pupphāni antalikkhā papatanti,5
tāni Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippa-
kiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbāni pi candana-cuṇ-
ṇāni antalikkhā papatanti,6 tāni Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm -maṃ, and so below; K pāriman.
2 Bm K pādena.
3 Sc Bm acchādāya; Sd accādhāraya.
4 Scd pāli-; Bm pālipullā.
5 Bm patanti, and below.
6 Bm patanti; K sampat-.

[page 138]
138 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 2.
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbāni pi turiyāni antalikkhe vajjenti1 Tathāgatassa
pūjāya. Dibbāni pi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti Tathāga-
tassa pūjāya.
3. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Sabba-phāliphullā kho2 Ānanda yamaka-sālā akāla-
pupphehi3 Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti
abhippakiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbāni pi man-
dārava-pupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni Tathāgatassa
sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti Tathāgatassa
pūjāya, dibbāni pi candana-cuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti,4
tāni5 Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ6 okiranti ajjhokiranti abhip-
pakiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbāni pi turiyāni anta-
likkhe vajjenti Tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbāni pi saṅgī-
tāni antalikkhe vattanti7 Tathāgatassa pūjāya.
‘Na kho Ānanda ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato vā hoti
garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo8 kho
Ānanda bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā
dhammānudhamma-paṭipanno viharati {sāmīci}-paṭipanno9
anudhamma-cārī, so Tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garukaroti
māneti pūjeti paramāya pūjāya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda
"dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā viharissāma {sāmīci}-paṭi-
pannā anudhamma-cārino" ti, evaṃ10 hi vo Ānanda
sikkhitabban'; ti.
4. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upavāṇo11 Bhaga-
vato purato ṭhito hoti Bhagavantaṃ vījamāno. Atha kho
Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upavāṇaṃ apasādesi:12 ‘Apehi
bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsīti.'
Atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: ‘Ayaṃ kho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K -anti and below.
2 Sc pāliphūlako; Sd phāliphullakokhā; Bm phālipullā kho.
3 Bm adds te.
4 Bm pat-, but K papat-.
5 Bm tānitāni.
6 Bm sariyaṃ (a second time).
7 Bm patt-.
8 Scdt ye; Bm K yo.
9 Bm paṭippannā.
10 Bm K -ñ.
11 Scd -no throughout; St -vaṇo, afterwards -vāṇo.
12 Bm -sāreti; K -sādeti (throughout).

[page 139]
D. xvi. 5. 6.] SPIRITS WATCHING THE BUDDHA. 139
āyasmā Upavāṇo dīgha-rattaṃ Bhagavato upaṭṭhāko
santikāvacaro samīpa-cārī. Atha ca pana1 Bhagavā
pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ Upavāṇaṃ apasādesi: "Apehi
bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsīti." Ko nu kho hetu ko
paccayo yaṃ Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upavāṇaṃ apasādesi:
"Apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsīti?"'
5. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Ayaṃ bhante āyasmā Upavāṇo dīgha-rattaṃ Bhaga-
vato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpa-cārī, atha ca pana
Bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ Upavāṇaṃ apasādeti:
"Apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsīti." Ko nu kho
bhante hetu ko paccayo yaṃ Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upa-
vāṇaṃ apasādesi: "Apehi bhikkhu mā me purato {aṭṭhā-
sīti}"?'
‘Yebhuyyena Ānanda dasasu loka-dhātusu devatā san-
nipatitā Tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā Ānanda {Kusi-
nārā} Upavattanaṃ Mallānaṃ sāla-vanaṃ2 {samantato}
dvādasa yojanāni n'; atthi so padeso vālagga-koṭi-nittud-
{anamatto}3 pi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo.4 Devatā
Ānanda ujjhāyanti5: "Dūrā6 vat'; amhā āgatā Tathā-
gataṃ7 dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci8 Tathāgatā9 loke
uppajjanti10 arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, ajja ca11 rattiyā
pacchima-yāme Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati,
ayañ ca mahesakkho bhikkhu Bhavagato purato ṭhito
ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle Tathāgataṃ
dassanāyāti" devatā Ānanda ujjhāyantīti.'12
6. ‘Kathaṃ-bhūtā pana bhante Bhagavā devatā man-
asikarotīti'; ? 13
‘Sant'; Ānanda devatā ākāse paṭhavi-saññiniyo, kese
pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm om.
2 Bm upavattanasālavanaṃ omitting Kus- and Mall-.
3 Bm nituddhana-. (See Aṅguttara i. 65.)
4 Bm apuṭo.
5 Bm upajjh-.
6 Bm inserts ca.
7 K -tassa.
8 Sc -hāci; so Sd corrected to -haci; Bm karassaci.
9 Bm K -to.
10 K -jati arahaṃ -ddho (Bm -o).
11 Bm ajj'; eva.
12 K omits dev-tīti.
13 K karontīti.

[page 140]
140 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 6.
taṃ1 papatanti āvaṭṭanti2 vivaṭṭanti: "Atikhippaṃ
Bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbā-
yissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ3 loke antaradhāyissatīti!"
‘Sant'; Ānanda devatā paṭhaviyā paṭhavi-saññiniyo, kese
pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papā-
{taṃ} papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: "Atikhippaṃ Bhaga-
vā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbāyissati,
atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatīti!" Yā
pana tā devatā vīta-rāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti:
"Aniccā saṃkhārā, taṃ kut'; ettha labbā?"4 ti.'
7. ‘Pubbe bhante disāsu vassaṃ vutthā bhikkhū āgac-
chanti Tathāgataṃ dassanāya, te mayaṃ labhāma mano-
bhāvanīye5 bhikkhū dassanāya labhāma payirupāsanāya.
Bhagavato pana mayaṃ bhante accayena na labhissāma
manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya na labhissāma payiru-
pāsanāyāti.'
8. ‘Cattār'; imāni Ānanda saddhassa kula-puttassa
dassanīyāni6 saṃvejanīyāni7 ṭhānāni. Katamāni cat-
tāri?
"‘Idha Tathāgato jāto" ti Ānanda saddhassa kula-
puttassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ.
"‘Idha Tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammā-sambodhiṃ abhi-
sambuddho" ti Ānanda saddhassa kula-puttassa dassa-
nīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ.
"‘Idha Tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhamma-cakkaṃ pavat-
titan" ti Ānanda saddhassa kula-puttassa dassanīyaṃ
saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ.
"‘Idha Tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā
parinibbuto" ti Ānanda saddhassa kula-puttassa dassanī-
yaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K chinna-pātaṃ viya, and below; Bm chinna-pātaṃ papat-.
2 Scdt -ṭenti, and below; Bm K -ṭanti.
3 K cakkhumā (text), cakkhuṃ (note), and below.
4 Cp. 3. 63; 6. 39.
5 K -nīye; SS all -niye here; but in Sum -nīye.
6 Sct throughout i; so at first Sd. K throughout ī.
7 Sct throughout i; so at first Sd. K throughout ī.

[page 141]
D. xvi. 5. 11.] FOUR PLACES OF PILGRIMAGE. 141
‘Imāni kho Ānanda cattāri saddhassa kula-puttassa
dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Āgamissanti kho
Ānanda saddhā bhikkhu1-bhikkhuniyo upāsaka2-upāsi-
kāyo "Idha Tathāgato jāto" ti pi, "‘Idha Tathāgato
anuttaraṃ sammā-sambodhiṃ abhisambuddho" ti pi,
"Idha Tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhamma-cakkaṃ pavat-
titan" ti pi, "Idha Tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbāna-
dhātuyā parinibbuto" ti pi.
‘Ye hi keci Ānanda cetiya-cārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasanna-
cittā kālaṃ karissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjissantīti.'
9. ‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ bhante mātugāme paṭipajjāmāti?'
‘Adassanaṃ Ānandāti.'
‘Dassane Bhagavā sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabban?'; ti.
‘Anālāpo Ānandāti.'
‘Ālapantena pana bhante kathaṃ paṭipajjitabban?'; ti.
‘Sati Ānanda upaṭṭhāpetabbā'; ti.
10. ‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ bhante Tathāgatassa sarīre {paṭi-
pajjāmāti}?'
‘Avyāvaṭā tumhe Ānanda hotha Tathāgatassa sarīra-
{pūjāya}, iṅgha tumhe Ānanda sadatthe ghaṭatha, sadat-
tham3 anuyuñjatha, sadatthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā
viharatha. Sant'; Ānanda khattiya-paṇḍitā pi brāhmaṇa-
paṇḍitā pi gahapati-paṇḍitā pi Tathāgate abhippasannā,4
te Tathāgatassa sarīra-pūjaṃ karissantīti.'
11. ‘Kathaṃ pana bhante Tathāgatassa sarīre {paṭipaj-
jitabban}?'; ti.
‘Yathā kho Ānanda rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipaj-
janti,5 evaṃ Tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban'; ti.
‘Kathaṃ pana bhante rañño cakkavattissa sarīre {paṭi-
pajjantīti}'; ?
‘Rañño Ānanda cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena6 vat-
thena veṭhenti. Ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kap-
pāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vat-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K -khū.
2 Bm K -kā.
3 Bm -ttho; K -tthe. See Mil. 408.
4 Bm atitapas-.
5 Bm paṭipajjitabbanti.
6 Bm āhatena always.

[page 142]
142 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 11.
thena veṭhenti. Etena upāyena pañcahi yuga-satehi rañño
cakkavattissa sarīraṃ1 veṭhetvā ayasāya2 tela-doṇiyā pak-
khipitvā aññissā ayasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjetvā sabba-
gandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ
jhāpenti, cātummahāpathe3 rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ
karonti. Evaṃ kho Ānanda rañño cakkavattissa sarīre
paṭipajjanti.
‘Yathā kho Ānanda rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipaj-
janti evaṃ Tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātum-
mahāpathe Tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye
mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā vaṇṇakaṃ4 vā āropessanti abhivā-
dessanti vā, cittaṃ vā pasādessanti,5 tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati
dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.
12. ‘Cattāro 'me Ānanda thūpārahā. Katame cattāro?
6 ‘Tathāgato Arahaṃ Sammā-Sambuddho thūpāraho,
Pacceka-Buddho thūpāraho, Tathāgata-sāvako7 thūpāraho,
rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho.
‘8Katamañ c'; Ānanda8 attha-vasaṃ paṭicca Tathāgato
Arahaṃ Sammā-Sambuddho thūpāraho? "Ayaṃ tassa
Bhagavato arahato Sammā-Sambuddhassa thūpo" ti
Ānanda bahujano cittaṃ pasādeti,9 te tattha cittaṃ pasā-
detvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokaṃ uppajjanti.10 Idaṃ kho Ānanda attha-vasaṃ
paṭicca Tathāgato Arahaṃ Sammā-Sambuddho thūpāraho.
‘11 Katamañ c'; Ānanda11 attha-vasaṃ paṭicca Pacceka-
Sambuddho thūpāraho? "Ayaṃ tassa Bhagavato Pac-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K -re.
2 Bm āyasāya corrected to -saya.
3 Bm catumahāpate.
4 Bm K cuṇṇakaṃ. See below 6. 17; Vin. iv. 341.
5 Bm pasādevāssanti.
6 Recurs Aṅguttara ii. 245.
7 Bm K Tathāgatassa sāvako, and so below.
8-8 Scdt Katamānanda; K Kiñcān- (text): in a note, Katamācān-.
In each subsequent par. Kiñcān-.
9 Bm K bahujanā . . . pasādenti throughout. Bm inserts te after cittaṃ.
10 Bm K upap-, and below.
11-11 St Kañcānanda; St Katamānanda; so each in next par.
Bm K Kiñcān-, and below.

[page 143]
D. xvi. 5. 13.] MEMORIAL MOUNDS. 143
ceka-Sambuddhassa thūpo" ti Ānanda bahu-jano cittaṃ
pasādeti, te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjanti. Idaṃ kho
Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca Pacceka-Sambuddho
thūpāraho.
‘Katamañ c'; Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca Tathāgata-
sāvako thūpāraho? "Ayaṃ tassa Bhagavato Arahato
Sammā-Sambuddhassa sāvaka-thūpo" ti Ānanda bahu-
jano cittaṃ pasādeti, te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjanti.
Idaṃ kho Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca Tathāgata-sāvako
thūpāraho.
‘1 Katamañ c'; Ānanda1 attha-vasaṃ paṭicca rājā cak-
kavattī thūpāraho? "Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhamma-
rañño thūpo" ti Ānanda bahu-jano cittaṃ pasādeti, te
tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjanti. Idaṃ kho Ānanda
attha-vasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho.
‘Ime2 kho Ānanda cattāro thūpārahā'; ti.
13. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisī-
saṃ3 ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi: "{Ahañ} ca vat'; amhi
sekho4 sakaraṇīyo, Satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavis-
sati5 yo6 mamaṃ anukampako'; ti.
Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: ‘Kahan nu kho
bhikkhave Ānando'? ti.
‘Eso bhante āyasmā Ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapi-
sīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito: "Ahañ ca vat'; amhi
sekho sakaraṇīyo, Satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati
yo mamaṃ anukampako" ti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi:
‘Ehi tvaṃ bhikkhu, mama vacanena Ānandam āmantehi:
"Satthā taṃ āvuso Ānanda āmantetīti."'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1-1 Sc katamāncān-; Sdt katamānanda; Bm kiñcāpinanda.
2 Scdt iti; Bm K ime.
3 See Jāt. iii. 23.; Vin. ii. 121.
4 K sekkho. See Thera-Gāthā 1045.
5 Scdt om., and below.
6 Scdt so, and below.

[page 144]
144 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 13.
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭissutvā
yen'; āyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca: ‘Satthā taṃ āvuso
Ānanda āmantetīti.'
‘Evaṃ āvuso'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando tassa bhikkhuno
paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
14. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
Bhagavā etad avoca:
‘Alaṃ Ānanda mā soci1 mā paridevi.2 Na nu etaṃ
Ānanda mayā {paṭigacc'; eva} akkhātaṃ, sabbeh'; eva
piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-bhāvo aññathā-bhāvo?
Taṃ kut'; ettha Ānanda labbhā? yan taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ
saṅkhataṃ paloka-dhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti3 n'
etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgha-rattaṃ kho te Ānanda
Tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāya-kammena hitena
sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacī-kammena
. . . pe . . . mettena mano-kammena hitena sukhena
advayena appamāṇena. Katapuñño 'si tvaṃ Ānanda.
Padhānaṃ anuyuñja khippaṃ hohisi4 anāsavo'; ti.
15. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Ye pi te bhikkhave ahesuṃ atītam addhānaṃ arahanto
sammā-sambuddhā, tesam pi Bhagavantānaṃ eta-paramā5
yeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ seyyathā pi mayhaṃ Ānando
Ye pi te bhikkhave bhavissanti anāgatam addhānaṃ
arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, tesam pi Bhagavantānaṃ
eta-paramā yeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti seyyathā pi may-
haṃ Ānando.
‘Paṇḍito kho6 bhikkhave Ānando, jānāti: "Ayaṃ
kālo Tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamituṃ bhikkhū-
naṃ,7 ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm soca.
2 Bm -vā.
3 Bm taṃ vata Tathāgatassāpi sariraṃ (sic) mā palujjitaṃ.
4 Scdt hosi; K hohipi. See Sum i. 10.
5 Bm ekapparamā, and below. See S. v. 164.
6 Bm K om.
7 Bm K repeat ayaṃ kālo before bhikkhūnaṃ.

[page 145]
D. xvi. 5. 16.] FOUR QUALITIES IN ĀNANDA. 145
ayaṃ kālo upāsikānaṃ,1 ayaṃ kālo rañño rāja-mahāmat-
tānaṃ titthiyānaṃ2 titthiya-sāvakānan" ti.
16. ‘Cattāro 'me bhikkhave acchariyā abbhutā3 dham-
mā Ānande. Katame cattāro?
‘Sace bhikkhave bhikkhu-parisā Ānandaṃ dassanāya
upasaṃkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti, tatra ce
Ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati bhāsitena pi sā attamanā
hoti, atittā 'va bhikkhave bhikkhu-parisā hoti atha4
Ānando tuṇhī hoti.
‘Sace bhikkhave bhikkhunī-parisā . . .5 upāsaka-parisā
. . . upāsikā-parisā Ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamati,
dassanena sā attamanā hoti, tatra ce Ānando dham-
maṃ bhāsati bhāsitena pi sā attamanā hoti, atittā 'va
bhikkhave {upāsikā}-parisā hoti atha Ānando tuṇhī hoti6.
‘Cattāro 'me bhikkhave acchariyā abbhutā dhammā
raññe cakkavattimhi7.
‘Sace bhikkhave khattiya-parisā8 . . . brāhmaṇa-pa-
risā . . . gahapati-parisā . . . samaṇa-parisā rājānaṃ
cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamati, dassanena sā atta-
manā hoti, tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati bhāsitena pi
sā attamanā hoti, atittā 'va bhikkhave samaṇa-parisā hoti
atha rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm omits this phrase.
2 K has ayaṃ kālo before both last terms; and Bm omits titthiyānaṃ.
3 K abbhūta, and below: Bm here abbhudhā but abbhūta below.
See Aṅguttara ii. 132.
4 Bm adds kho, and so below.
5 K Bm repeat the previous sentence with each of the other three parisās.
6 Bm K add Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro acchariyā abbhūta-dhammā Ānande.
7 The usual link katame cattāro is not in SS Bm or K. It is in
the Aṅguttara ii. 133.
8 K places rājānaṃ . . . hoti here first; and continues Sace bhikkhave
brāhmaṇa-parisā . . . gahapati-parisā . . . samaṇa-parisā rājānaṃ
. . . hoti. Bm has it twice, for Khattiyas and Samaṇas.

[page 146]
146 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 16.
‘Evam eva kho bhikkhave cattāro acchariyā abbhutā
dhammā Ānande. Sace bhikkhave bhikkhu-parisā1 bhik-
khunī-parisā . . . upāsaka-parisā . . . upāsikā-parisā
Ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamati, dassanena pi2 sā
attamanā hoti, tatra ce Ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati bhāsi-
tena pi sā attamanā hoti, atittā 'va bhikkhave upāsikā-
parisā hoti atha Ānando tuṇhī hoti.
‘Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā
Ānande'; ti.
17. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca:
‘Mā bhante Bhagavā imasmiṃ kuḍḍa-nagarake3 uj-
jaṅgala-nagarake sākha-nagarake4 parinibbāyatu.5 Santi
hi6 bhante aññāni mahā-nagarāni seyyathīdaṃ Campā
Rājagahaṃ Sāvatthi Sāketaṃ Kosambi Bārāṇasi. Ettha
Bhagavā parinibbāyatu, ettha bahū khattiya-mahāsālā
brāhmaṇa-{mahāsālā} gahapati-mahāsālā Tathāgate abhip-
pasannā, te Tathāgatassa sarīra-pūjaṃ karissantīti.'
‘Mā h'; evaṃ Ānanda avaca, mā h'; evaṃ Ānanda avaca
kuḍḍa-nagarakaṃ7 ujjaṅgala-nagarakaṃ sākha8-nagara-
kan ti.
18. ‘Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda Rājā Mahā-Sudassano
nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhamma-rājā cāturanto
vijitāvī9 janapadatthāvariyappatto10 satta-ratana-saman-
nāgato. Rañño Ānanda Mahā-Sudassanassa ayaṃ Kusi-
nārā Kusāvātī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca
pacchimena ca dvādasa yojanāni āyāmena uttarena ca
dakkhiṇena ca satta yojanāni vitthārena.
‘Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhānī iddhā c'; eva ahosi phītā11

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K arranges this par. like the preceding.
2 Bm K omit.
3 Sc kuḍḍha-; Bm K khuddaka-. Comp. J. v. 102, 105, 106, and below,
p. 169.
4 Sd K sākhā-.
5 Bm K -bāyi.
6 Sc Bm K om.
7 Sct khudda-; Bm K khuddaka-.
8 Bm sābharaṇa.
9 Bm jivijitāvi.
10 Bm -ttāpariya-.
11 Scdt pītā; St pitātā; afterwards Scdt always pītā, Bm pītā.
See ante, p. 106, below p. 170, and J. i. 29(verse 212).

[page 147]
D. xvi. 5. 20.] FORMER GREATNESS OF KUSINĀRĀ. 147
ca bahu-janā ca ākiṇṇa-manussā ca subhikkhā ca. Sey-
yathā pi Ānanda devānaṃ Āḷakamandā1 nāma rājadhānī
iddhā2 c'; eva3 phītā ca bahu-janā ca ākiṇṇa-yakkhā ca
subhikkhā ca, evam eva kho Ānanda Kusāvatī rājadhānī
iddhā c'; eva ahosi phītā ca bahu-janā ca ākiṇṇa-manussā
ca subhikkhā ca.
‘Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā4
ahosi divā c'; eva rattī5 ca, seyyathīdaṃ hatthi-saddena
assa-saddena ratha-saddena bheri-saddena mutiṅga6-sad-
dena vīṇā-saddena gīta-saddena7 samma-saddena tāla-8
saddena asnātha9-pivatha-khādathāti dasamena saddena.
19. ‘Gaccha tvaṃ Ānanda, Kusinārāyaṃ10 pavisitvā
Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ ārocehi: "Ajja kho Vāseṭṭhā11
rattiyā pacchime yāme Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ
bhavissati. Abhikkhamatha Vāseṭṭhā! {abhikkamatha}
Vāseṭṭhā! mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha: Am-
hākañ ca no gāmakkhette Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ
ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle Tathāgataṃ
dassanāyāti."'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paṭissutvā nivāsetvā patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya atta-dutiyo12
Kusinārāyaṃ pāvisi.
20. Tena kho pana samayena Kosinārakā Mallā san-
thāgāre sannipatitā honti kenacid eva karaṇīyena. Atha
kho āyasmā Ānando yena Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ
santhāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Kosinā-
rakānaṃ Mallānaṃ ārocesi:
‘Ajja kho Vāseṭṭhā rattiyā pacchime yāme Tathāga-
tassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. {Abhikkamatha} Vāseṭ-
ṭhā! {abhikkamatha} Vāseṭṭhā! mā pacchā {vippaṭisārino}
ahuvattha: ‘Amhākañ ca no gāmakkhette Tathāgatassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm -manta.
2 Bm attha.
3 Bm K hoti.
4 Bm avitvā. See J. i. 3. Asl. 319.
5 Bm K -tiñ.
6 Bm K mud-; Bp adds aṇava-s-.
7 Bm saṅkha-s-.
8 Bm pāṇi.
9 Bm K asatha.
10 Sc -nāraṃ.
11 K Vāsiṭṭhā in text, and at 6. 12: in note Vāseṭṭhā.
12 K adutiyo (text): attadutiyo (note).

[page 148]
148 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 20.
parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle
Tathāgataṃ dassanāyāti.'
21. Idam āyasmato Ānandassa sutvā Mallā ca Malla-
puttā ca Malla-suṇisā ca Malla-pajāpatiyo ca aghāvino
dummanā ceto-dukkha-samappitā app ekacce kese
pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papā-
taṃ1 papatanti āvaṭṭanti2 vivaṭṭanti2: ‘Atikhippam
Bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinib-
bāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ3 loke antaradhāyissatīti.'
Atha kho Mallā Malla-puttā ca Malla-suṇisā ca Malla-
pajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā ceto-dukkha-samappitā
yena Upavattanaṃ4 Mallānaṃ sāla-vanaṃ yen'; āyasmā
Ānando ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu.
22. Atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi:
‘Sace kho ahaṃ Kosinārake Malle ekam-ekaṃ Bhaga-
vantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito Bhagavā Kosinārakehi
Mallehi bhavissati athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yan nūnā-
haṃ Kosinārake Malle kula-parivattaso kula-parivattaso
ṭhapetvā Bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ: "Itthannāmo
bhante Mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco Bhaga-
vato pāde sirasā vandatīti."'
Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Kosinārake Malle kula-pari-
vattaso kula-parivattaso ṭhapetvā Bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi:
‘Itthannāmo bhante Mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso
sāmacco Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti.'
Atha kho āyasmā Ānando etena upāyena paṭhamen'
eva yāmena Kosinārake5 Malle Bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.
23. Tena kho pana samayena Subhaddo nāma parib-
bājako Kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho Subhaddo
paribbājako: ‘Ajj'; eva6 kira rattiyā pacchime yāme
samaṇassa Gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatīti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K chinna-pātaṃ viya, cp. 6 and vi. 24.
2 Scdt -ṭenti, cp. 6, ante: K -ṭanti, om. viv-.
3 K cakkhumā (without note).
4 Scdt -tān-.
5 K Kos- as above; SS Ch Kus-.
6 Scdt ajja; Bm K ajj'; eva.

[page 149]
D. xvi. 5. 24.] THE VISIT OF SUBHADDA. 149
Atha kho Subhaddassa paribbājakassa etad ahosi:
‘Sutaṃ kho pana me taṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuddhānaṃ
mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ:
"Kadāci karahaci Tathāgatā loke uppajjanti Arahanto
Sammā-Sambuddhā"1 ti. Ajja ca rattiyā pacchime yāme
samaṇassa Gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca
me ayaṃ kaṅkhā-dhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ
samaṇe Gotame,2 pahoti me samaṇo Gotamo tathā
dhammaṃ desetuṃ yathā ahaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhā-dhammaṃ
pajaheyyan'; ti.
24. Atha kho Subhaddo paribbājako yena Upavattanaṃ
Mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yen'; āyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃ-
kami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca:
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bho Ānanda paribbājakānaṃ vuddhā-
naṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ:
"Kadāci karahaci Tathāgatā loke uppajjanti Arahanto
Sammā-Sambuddhā" ti. Ajja ca rattiyā pacchime yāme
samaṇassa Gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi
ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhā-dhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno
ahaṃ samaṇe Gotame, pahoti me samaṇo Gotamo tathā
dhammaṃ desetuṃ yathā ahaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhā-dhammaṃ
pajaheyyaṃ. Svāhaṃ3 bho Ānanda labheyyaṃ sama-
ṇaṃ Gotamaṃ dassanāyāti.'
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ
etad avoca: ‘Alaṃ āvuso Subhadda, mā Tathāgataṃ
viheṭhesi. Kilanto Bhagavā'; ti.
Dutiyam pi kho Subhaddo paribbājako . . . pe . . .
Tatiyam pi kho Subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ
Ānandaṃ etad avoca:
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bho Ānanda paribbājakānaṃ vuddhā-
naṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ:
"Kadāci karahaci Tathāgatā loke uppajjanti Arahanto
Sammā-Sambuddhā" ti. Ajja ca rattiyā pacchime yāme

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc Tathāgato loke uppanno arahaṃ sammāsambuddho;
Sdt pl. as in text; Scdt K omit ti, here and below in 24.
Comp. vi. 28 (below p. 168).
2 Sct samaṇo Gotamo.
3 K sādhāhaṃ (with svāhaṃ in note).

[page 150]
150 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 24.
samaṇassa Gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi
ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhā-{dhammo} uppanno, evaṃ pasanno
ahaṃ samaṇe Gotame, pahoti me samaṇo Gotamo
tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ yathā ahaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhā-
dhammaṃ pajaheyyaṃ. Svāhaṃ bho Ānanda labheyyaṃ
samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ dassanāyāti.'
Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando Subhaddaṃ paribbāja-
kaṃ etad avoca: ‘Alaṃ āvuso Subhadda, mā Tathāgataṃ
viheṭhesi. Kilanto Bhagavā'; ti.
25. Assosi kho Bhagavā āyasmato Ānandassa Subhad-
dena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathā-sallāpaṃ. Atha
kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Alaṃ Ānanda, mā Subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ
Ānanda Subhaddo Tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci
maṃ Subhaddo pucchissati, sabban taṃ aññā-pekho1 'va
pucchissati no vihesā2-pekho, yañ c'; assāhaṃ puṭṭho
vyākarissāmi taṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti.'
Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ
etad avoca: ‘Gacch'; āvuso Subhadda, karoti te Bhagavā
okāsan'; ti.
26. Atha kho Subhaddo paribbājako yena Bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sam-
modi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Subhaddo
paribbājako Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
3 ‘Ye '; me bho Gotama samaṇa-brāhmaṇā saṃghino
gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhu-sam-
matā ca4 bahu-janassa, seyyathīdaṃ Pūraṇo Kassapo,
Makkhali Gosālo, Ajita-Kesakambalī,5 Pakudho6 Kac-
cāyano, Sañjayo Belaṭṭhi7-putto, Nigaṇṭho Nātha-putto,
sabbe te sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññaṃsu, sabbe 'va na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K pekkho, and in next clause.
2 So Sd K; Sc viheṭham; St viheṭho.
3 Recurs Majjhima i. 198.
4 Sdt va; M omits.
5 M. and D. i. p. 48 Ajito; K -kambalo (with -lī in footnote).
6 Sdt kak-.
7 K Velaṭṭha (with Velaṭṭhi in note). See M. i. 547.

[page 151]
D. xvi. 5. 27.] THE VISIT OF SUBHADDA. 151
abbhaññaṃsu, ekacce abbhaññaṃsu ekacce na abbhañ-
ñaṃsūti'; ?
1 ‘Alaṃ Subhadda! Tiṭṭhat'; etaṃ "Sabbe te sakāya
paṭiññāya abbhaññaṃsu, sabbe va na abbhaññaṃsu,
udāhu ekacce abbhaññaṃsu ekacce na abbhaññaṃsūti?"
Dhammaṃ te Subhadda desessāmi, taṃ suṇāhi, sādhu-
kaṃ manasi-karohi, bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho Subhaddo paribbājako Bhaga-
vato paccassosi, Bhagavā etad avoca:
27. 2 ‘Yasmiṃ kho Subhadda dhamma-vinaye Ariyo
Aṭṭhaṅgiko Maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇo pi tattha na
upalabbhati, dutiyo pi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati, tatiyo
pi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati, catuttho pi tattha
samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñ ca kho Subhadda
dhamma-vinaye Ariyo Aṭṭhaṅgiko Maggo upalabbhati,
samaṇo pi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyo pi tattha samaṇo
upalabbhati, tatiyo pi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catut-
tho pi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho
Subhadda dhamma-vinaye Ariyo Aṭṭhaṅgiko Maggo
upalabbhati,3 idh'; eva Subhadda samaṇo, idha dutiyo
samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo.
Suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññe, ime ca4 Subhadda
bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko5 arahantehi
assa.
Ekūnatiṃso6 vayasā Subhadda
Yaṃ pabbajiṃ7 kiṃ-kusalānuesī.
Vassāni {paññāsa samādhikāni}
Yato ahaṃ pabbajito Subhadda,
Ñāyassa8 dhammassa padesa-vattī.
Ito bahiddhā samaṇo pi n'; atthi,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Quoted Saddhamma Pakāsinī 15.
2 Quoted Kathā Vatthu 601.
3 Two lines here recur at Majjhima i. 63 and at Aṅguttara ii. 238.
4 Scdt idheva both here and below. See Sum. and Mil. 130.
5 Scdt lokehi.
6 K -sa (with -so in footnote).
7 Sdt -ji.
8 Sum. ñaṇassa. But see Aṅg. v. 184.

[page 152]
152 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 27.
dutiyo pi samaṇo n'; atthi, tatiyo pi samaṇo n'; atthi, catuttho
pi samaṇo n'; atthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññe,
ime ca Subhadda bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño
loko arahantehi assāti.'
28. Evaṃ vutte Subhaddo paribbājako Bhagavantaṃ
etad avoca: ‘Abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante!
Seyyathā pi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchan-
naṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya,
andhakāre vā telappajotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni
dakkhintīti, evam eva Bhagavatā aneka-pariyāyena
dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ sara-
ṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca.
Labheyyāhaṃ1 Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ2
upasampadan'; ti.
3 ‘Yo kho Subhadda añña-titthiya-pubbo imasmiṃ
dhamma-vinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasam-
padaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ
accayena āraddha-cittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampā-
denti bhikkhu-bhāvāya. Api ca m'; ettha puggala-vemat-
tatā viditā'; ti.
29. ‘Sace bhante añña-titthiya-pubbā {imasmiṃ}
dhamma-vinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhantā
upasampadaṃ, cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsā-
naṃ accayena āraddha-cittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasam-
pādenti bhikkhu-bhāvāya, ahaṃ cattāri vassāni pariva-
sissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddha-cittā
bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhu-bhāvāyāti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Tena h'; Ānanda Subhaddaṃ pabbājethāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato
paccassosi.
30. Atha kho Subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ Ānan-
daṃ etad avoca:
‘Lābhā vo āvuso Ānanda, suladdhaṃ vo āvuso Ānanda,
ye4 ettha Satthārā5 sammukhā antevāsābhisekena
abhisittā'6 ti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc K insert bhante.
2 Sd -yāhaṃ.
3 Recurs D. i. 176; M. i. 391, 494; S. ii. 21, &c.
4 Scdt yo.
5 Scdt Satthari.
6 Sc -to; Sd abhipitto.

[page 153]
D. xvi. 5. 30.] CONVERSION OF SUBHADDA. 153
Alattha kho Subhaddo paribbājako Bhagavato santike
pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho
pan'; āyasmā Subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī
pahitatto {viharanto Na} cirass'; eva yass'; atthāya kula-
puttā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tad
anuttaraṃ brahmacariya-pariyosānaṃ diṭṭhe 'va dhamme
sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi: ‘Khīṇā
jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ
itthattāyāti'; abbhaññāsi.
Aññataro kho pan'; āyasmā Subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi.
So Bhagavato pacchimo sakkhi-sāvako ahosīti.
Hiraññavatiya-Bhāṇavāraṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ Pañcamaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 154]
154 CHAPTER VI.
6.1. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
āmantesi:
‘Siyā kho pan'; Ānanda tumhākam evam assa: "Atīta-
satthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, n'; atthi no Satthā" ti. Na kho
pan'; etaṃ Ānanda evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo Ānanda
mayā Dhammo ca Vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo
mam'; accayena Satthā.
2. ‘Yathā kho pan'; Ānanda etarahi bhikkhū aññam-
aññaṃ āvuso-vādena samudācaranti, na vo mam'; acca-
yena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena Ānanda
bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā
āvuso-vādena vā1 samudācaritabbo, navakatarena bhik-
khunā therataro bhikkhu "bhante" ti vā "āyasmā" ti
vā samudācaritabbo.
3. 2 ‘Ākaṅkhamāno Ānanda saṃgho mam'; accayena
khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhantu.
4. ‘Channassa Ānanda bhikkhuno mam'; accayena
brahma-daṇḍo kātabbo'; ti.
‘Katamo pana bhante brahma-daṇḍo'; ti?
‘Channo Ānanda bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya taṃ vadeyya,
so bhikkhūhi n'; eva vattabbo na ovaditabbo na anusāsi-
tabbo'; ti.
5. Atha Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
3 ‘Siyā kho pana bhikkhave eka-bhikkhussa pi kaṅkhā
vā vimati4 vā Buddhe vā dhamme vā saṃghe vā magge
vā paṭipadāya vā. Pucchatha bhikkhave. Mā pacchā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sdt om.
2 Quoted Mil. 142 (reading samūhanatu).
3 Recurs Aṅg. ii. 79, 80.
4 SS vary between i and ī.

[page 155]
D. xvi. 6. 7.] THE DISCIPLES'; FAITH. 155
vippaṭisārino ahuvattha: "Sammukhī-bhūto no Satthā
ahosi, na mayaṃ sakkhimha1 Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā
paṭipucchitun"'; ti.
Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ.
Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā. . . .
Tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Siyā kho pana bhikkhave eka-bhikkhussa pi kaṅkhā
vā vimati vā Buddhe vā dhamme vā saṃghe vā magge
vā paṭipadāya vā. Pucchatha bhikkhave. Mā pacchā
vippaṭisārino ahuvattha: "Sammukhī-bhūto no Satthā
ahosi, na mayaṃ sakkhimha Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā
paṭipucchitun"'; ti.
Tatiyam pi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ.
Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Siyā kho pana bhikkhave Satthu-gāravena pi2 na
puccheyyātha. Sahāyako pi3 bhikkhave sahāyakassa
ārocetūti.'
Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ.
6. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ4 bhante! Evaṃ
pasanno ahaṃ bhante imasmiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghe, n'; atthi
eka-bhikkhussa5 pi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā Buddhe vā
dhamme vā saṃghe vā magge vā6 paṭipadāya vā'; ti.
‘Pasādā kho tvaṃ Ānanda vadesi. {Ñāṇam} eva h'; ettha
Ānanda Tathāgatassa: "N'; atthi imasmiṃ bhikkhu-
saṃghe, n'; atthi eka-bhikkhussa pi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā
Buddhe vā dhamme vā saṃghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya
vā. Imesaṃ hi Ānanda pañcannaṃ bhikkhu-satānaṃ yo
pacchimako bhikkhu so sotāpanno avinipāta-dhammo
niyato sambodhi-parāyano'; ti.
7. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K -hā; Aṅg. nāsakkhimha (omitting mayaṃ).
2 So all MSS. and K and Aṅg.
3 Scdt omit; K Sum and Aṅg. have it.
4 K abbhūtaṃ.
5 K n'; atthi imasmiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghe eka-bhikkhussāpi.
Aṅg. also adds im- bh-.
6 Scdt omit magge vā.

[page 156]
156 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 7.
‘Handa dāni bhikkhave āmantayāmi vo: "Vaya-
dhammā saṃkhārā, appamādena sampādethāti."
Ayaṃ Tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.
8. Atha kho Bhagavā paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Pa-
ṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji.
Dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji.
Tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajji.
Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samā-
pajji. {Ākāsānañcāyatana}-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viñ-
ñāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji. Viññāṇañcāyatana-samāpat-
tiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji. Ākiñcañ-
ñāyatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāya-
tanaṃ samāpajji. {N'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatana-samāpattiyā
vuṭṭhahitvā saññā-vedayita-nirodhaṃ samāpajji1.
Atha kho āyasmā Ānando {āyasmantaṃ} Anuruddhaṃ
etad avoca:
‘Parinibbuto bhante Anuruddha Bhagavā'; ti.
‘Na āvuso Ānanda Bhagavā parinibbuto, saññā-veda-
yita-nirodhaṃ samāpanno'; ti.
9. Atha kho Bhagavā saññā-vedayita-nirodha-sampat-
tiyā vuṭṭhahitvā {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji.
{N'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñ-
caññāyatanaṃ samāpajji. Ākiñcaññāyatana-samāpattiyā
vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji. Viññāṇañcā-
yatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ
samāpajji. Ākāsānañcāyatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā
catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā
tatiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā
dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā
paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭha-
hitvā dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā
tatiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catut-
thajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā
samanantarā Bhagavā parinibbāyi.
10. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahā-
{bhūmi-cālo} ahosi bhiṃsanako lomahaṃso deva-dundubhiyo
ca phaliṃsu.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Comp. Ang. iv. 410-448 on these 9 anupubba-vihāras.

[page 157]
D. xvi. 6. 10.] THE DEATH OF THE BUDDHA. 157
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā Brahmā
Sahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:
‘Sabbe 'va1 nikkhipissanti bhūtā loke samussayaṃ,
Yathā etādiso Satthā loke appaṭipuggalo
Tathāgato balappatto sambuddho parinibbuto'; ti.
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā Sakko de-
vānam indo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:
‘Aniccā vata saṃkhārā uppāda-vaya-dhammino,
Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vupasamo sukho'; ti.
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā
Anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
‘Nāhu assāsa-passāso ṭhita-cittassa tādino.
Anejo santim ārabbha yaṃ kālam akarī munī
Asallīnena cittena vedanaṃ2 ajjhavāsayi:
Pajjotass'; eva nibbānaṃ vimokho cetaso ahūti.'3
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā Ānando
imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:
‘Tadā 'si yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ tadā 'si loma-haṃsanaṃ
{Sabbākāra}-varūpete Sambuddhe parinibbute'; ti4.
Parinibbute Bhagavati tattha ye te bhikkhū avīta-rāgā
{app ekacce} bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papātaṃ5
papatanti āvaṭṭanti6 vivaṭṭanti7: ‘Atikhippaṃ Bhagavā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scdt om. va.
2 Sd vedhanaṃ.
3 Thera-Gathā 905, 6.
4 Thera-Gathā 1046.
5 K chinnapātaṃ viya.
6 Sdt āvaṭṭanti, here and onwards, in 5.12 -enti; Sc -enti.
7 Sdt vivaṭṭanti, here and onwards. Sc -enti
(Sd enti corrected to anti).

[page 158]
158 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 10.
parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ
cakkhuṃ loke antarahitan'; ti.
Ye pana te bhikkhū vīta-rāgā te satā sampajānā adhivā-
senti, ‘Aniccā saṃkhārā, taṃ kut'; ettha labbhā'; ti.
11. Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Alaṃ āvuso mā socittha mā paridevittha. Na nu
etaṃ āvuso Bhagavatā paṭigacc'; eva akkhātaṃ, sabbeh'
eva piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-bhāvo aññathā-
bhāvo? Taṃ kut'; ettha āvuso labbhā? Yan taṃ jātaṃ
bhūtaṃ saṃkhataṃ paloka-dhammaṃ {taṃ} vata mā
palujjīti n'; etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Devatā āvuso ujjhā-
yantīti.'1
2 ‘Kathaṃ-bhūtā pana bhante āyasmā Anuruddho
devatā manasikarotīti?'
‘Sant'; āvuso Ānanda devatā ākāse paṭhavi-saññiniyo
kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-
papātaṃ papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: "Atikhippaṃ
Bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbuto,
atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahitan" ti.
‘Sant'; āvuso {Ānando} devatā paṭhaviyā paṭhavi-sañ-
ñiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti,
chinna-papātaṃ3 papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: "Ati-
khippaṃ Bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinib-
buto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahitan" ti.
‘Yā pana devatā vīta-rāgā tā satā sampajānā adhivā
senti, "Aniccā saṃkhārā, taṃ kut'; ettha labbhā"'; ti.
12. Atha kho āyasmā ca Anuruddho āyasmā ca Ānando
taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ. Atha
kho āyasmā Anuruddho āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āman-
tesi:
‘Gacch'; āvuso Ānanda, Kusināraṃ pavisitvā Kosināra-
kānaṃ Mallānaṃ ārocehi: "Parinibbuto Vāseṭṭhā Bha-
gavā, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññathāti."'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānanda āyasmato
Anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā
patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya atta-dutiyo Kusināraṃ pāvisi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St vijjhāyantīti.
2 See 5. 12.
3 K pātaṃ viya.

[page 159]
D. xvi. 6. 14.] HOMAGE OF THE MALLAS. 159
Tena kho pana samayena Kosinārakā Mallā santhāgāre
sannipatitā honti ten'; eva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā
Ānando yena Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ santhāgāraṃ ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ
ārocesi: ‘Parinibbuto Vāseṭṭhā Bhagavā, yassa dāni
kālaṃ maññathāti.'
Idam āyasmato Ānandassa sutvā Mallā ca Malla-puttā
ca Malla-suṇisā1 ca Malla-pajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dum-
manā ceto-dukkha-samappitā app ekacce kese pakiriya
kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papātam2
papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: ‘Atikhippaṃ Bhagavā
parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ
cakkhuṃ loke antarahitan'; ti.
13. Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ:3
‘Tena hi bhaṇe Kusinārāyaṃ gandha-mālañ ca sabbañ
ca tāḷāvacaraṃ4 sannipātethāti.'
Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā gandha-mālañ ca sabbañ ca
tāḷāvacaraṃ5 pañca ca dussa-yuga-satāni ādāya yena
Upavattanaṃ6 Mallānaṃ sāla-vanaṃ yena Bhagavato
sarīraṃ ten'{upasaṃkamiṃsu}, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavato
sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakka-
rontā garukarontā mānentā pūjentā cela-vitānāni karontā
maṇḍala-mālāni paṭiyādentā evaṃ taṃ divasaṃ vīti-
nāmesuṃ.
Atha kho Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ etad ahosi:
"Ativikālo kho ajja Bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ. Sve
dāni mayaṃ Bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmāti.'; Atha
kho Kosinārakā Mallā Bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi
vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garukarontā mānentā
pūjentā cela-vitānāni karontā maṇḍala-mālāni paṭiyādentā
dutiyam pi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyam pi divasaṃ
vītināmesuṃ, catuttham pi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañca-
mam pi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭham pi divasaṃ
vītināmesuṃ.
14. Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ Kosinārakānaṃ Mal-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scdt suni-.
2 K pātaṃ viya. See v. 21.
3 Sdt ānā-.
4 Sct tal-.
5 Scdt tāl-.
6 Scdt -tān-.

[page 160]
160 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 14.
lānaṃ etad ahosi: ‘Mayaṃ Bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi
gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garukarontā
{mānentā} pūjentā, dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa
haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa Bhaga-
vato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmāti.'
Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha Malla-pāmokkhā sīsaṃ
nahātā1 ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: ‘Mayaṃ Bhagavato
sarīraṃ uccāressāmāti,'; na sakkonti uccāretuṃ.
Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā āyasmantaṃ Anuruddhaṃ
etad avocum: ‘Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena
'me2 aṭṭha Malla-pāmokkhā sīsaṃ nahātā ahatāni vat-
thāni nivatthā, "Mayaṃ Bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressā-
māti," na sakkonti uccāretun'? ti.
‘Aññathā kho Vāseṭṭhā tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā
devatānaṃ adhippāyo'; ti.
15. ‘Kathaṃ pana bhante devatānaṃ adhippāyo'? ti.
‘Tumhākaṃ kho Vāseṭṭhā adhippāyo: "Mayaṃ Bha-
gavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi
sakkarontā garukarontā mānentā pūjentā, dakkhiṇena
dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā, bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhi-
ṇato nagarassa Bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmāti." Deva-
tānaṃ kho Vāseṭṭhā adhippāyo: "Mayaṃ Bhagavato
sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi
sakkarontā garukarontā mānentā pūjentā, uttarena
uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā, uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ
pavesetvā, majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā, purat-
thimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa
Makuṭa-bandhanaṃ nāma Mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, ettha
Bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmāti."'
‘Yathā bhante devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotūti.'
16. Tena kho pana samayena Kusinārā yāva sandhi-
samala-saṅkaṭīrā3 jannu4-mattena odhinā mandārava-
pupphehi santhatā hoti. Atha kho devatā ca Kosinārakā
ca Mallā Bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd nhāta; K sīsanhātā (and so below, but in 21 adds sīsaṃ
in a note).
2 K yen'; ime, and so at 21.
3 K sakaṭirā.
4 Ch jaṇṇu.

[page 161]
D. xvi. 6. 18.] BURIAL OF A KING. 161
naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garu-
karontā mānentā pūjentā, uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa
haritvā, uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā, majjhena
majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā, puratthimena dvārena nik-
khamitvā -- puratthimato nagarassa Makuṭa-bandhanaṃ
nāma Mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ -- ettha Bhagavato sarīraṃ
nikkhipiṃsu.
17. Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
etad avocum: ‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ bhante Ānanda Tathāga-
tassa sarīre paṭipajjāmāti?'
‘Yathā kho Vāseṭṭhā rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭi-
pajjanti, evaṃ Tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban'; ti.
‘Kathaṃ pana bhante Ānanda rañño cakkavattissa
sarīre paṭipajjantīti?'
‘Rañño Vāseṭṭhā cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vat-
thena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena
kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena
vatthena veṭhenti, etena upāyena pañcahi yuga-satehi
rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā ayasāya tela-doṇiyā
pakkhipitvā, aññissā ayasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā, sabba-
gandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ
jhāpenti, cātummahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ
karonti. Evaṃ kho Vāseṭṭhā rañño cakkavattissa sarīre
paṭipajjanti.
‘Yathā kho Vāseṭṭhā rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭi-
pajjanti, evaṃ Tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
Cātummahāpathe Tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha
ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā vaṇṇakaṃ1 vā āropessanti,2
abhivādessanti vā, cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ
bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti.'
18. Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ,
‘Tena hi bhaṇe Mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sanni-
pātethāti.'
Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā Bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena
vatthena veṭhesuṃ, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena
kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc vaṇṇaṃ; K cuṇṇakaṃ. See 5. 11.
2 K adds vā.

[page 162]
162 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 18.
vatthena veṭhesuṃ, etena upāyena pañcahi yuga-satehi
Bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā ayasāya tela-doṇiyā pakkhi-
pitvā aññissā ayasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabba-gandhā-
naṃ citakaṃ karitvā Bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ
āropesuṃ.
19. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo
Pāvāya Kusināraṃ addhāna-magga-paṭipanno hoti mahatā
bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhu-satehi.
Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo maggā okkamma1
aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
Tena kho pana {samayena} aññataro ājīvako Kusinārāya
mandārava-pupphaṃ gahetvā Pāvaṃ addhāna-magga-
paṭipanno hoti.
Addasā kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo2 ājīvakaṃ dūrato
'va āgacchantaṃ. Disvā tam ājīvakaṃ etad avoca:
‘Ap'; āvuso amhākaṃ Satthāraṃ jānāsīti.'
‘Āma āvuso jānāmi. Ajja sattāha-parinibbuto samaṇo
Gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandārava-pupphaṃ gahitan'; ti.
Tattha ye te bhikkhū avīta-rāgā app ekacce bāhā
paggayha kandanti, chinna-papātaṃ3 papatanti āvaṭṭanti
vivaṭṭanti: ‘Atikhippaṃ Bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhip-
paṃ Sugato parinibbuto, atikhippam cakkhuṃ loke anta-
rahitan'; ti.
Ye pana te bhikkhū vīta-rāgā, te satā sampajānā adhi-
vāsenti: ‘Aniccā saṃkhārā, taṃ kut'; ettha labbhā?'; ti.
20. Tena kho pana samayena Subhaddo nāma buḍḍha-
pabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho
Subhaddo buḍḍha-pabbajito te bhikkhū etad avoca:
‘Alaṃ āvuso mā socittha mā paridevittha. Sumuttā
mayaṃ tena mahā-samaṇena. {Upaddutā} ca homa
"Idaṃ vo4 kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatīti," idāni pana
mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma
taṃ na5 karissāmāti.'
Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Alaṃ āvuso mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scdt uk-.
2 K inserts taṃ.
3 K (as before) pātaṃ viya.
4 K (text) te; (note) vo.
5 Sct na taṃ.

[page 163]
D. xvi. 6. 22.] KASSAPA'S SALUTATION. 163
etaṃ āvuso Bhagavatā paṭigacc'; eva akkhātaṃ: "Sabbeh'
eva piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-bhāvo {aññathā}-
bhāvo, taṃ kut'; ettha āvuso labbhā? yan taṃ jātaṃ
bhūtaṃ saṃkhataṃ paloka-dhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā paluj-
jīti n'; etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti."'
21. Tena kho pana samayena cattāro Malla-pāmokkhā
sīsaṃ nahātā1 ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: ‘Mayaṃ Bhaga-
vato citakaṃ ālimpessāmāti'; na sakkonti ālimpetuṃ.
Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā āyasmantaṃ Anuruddhaṃ
etad avocuṃ:
‘Ko nu kho bhante Anuruddha hetu ko paccayo yena
'me2 cattāro Malla-pāmokkhā sīsaṃ nahātā 3ahatāni
{vatthāni}3 nivatthā ‘Mayaṃ Bhagavato citakaṃ ālimpes-
sāmāti'; na sakkonti ālimpetun?'; ti.
‘Aññathā kho Vāseṭṭhā devatānaṃ adhippāyo'; ti.
‘Kathaṃ pana bhante devatānaṃ adhippāyo'? ti.
‘Devatānaṃ kho Vāseṭṭhā adhippāyo: "Ayaṃ āyasmā
Mahā-Kassapo Pāvāya Kusināraṃ addhāna-magga-paṭi-
panno mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi
bhikkhu-satehi, na tāva Bhagavato citako pajjalissati
yāv'; āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Bhagavato 4pāde sirasā
na vandissatīti4."'
‘Yathā bhante devatānaṃ adhippāyo tathā hotūti.'
22. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena {Kusinārā}
Makuṭa-bandhanaṃ5 Mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ yena Bhagavato
citako ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīva-
raṃ katvā {añjaliṃ} paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padak-
khiṇaṃ katvā, pādato vivaritvā Bhagavato pāde sirasā
vandi.
Tāni pi kho pañca bhikkhu-satāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ
katvā añjalim paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhi-
ṇaṃ katvā Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K sīsanhātā (and below); K Sī sīsaṃ nah-. See pp.160, 172.
2 K yen'; ime as at 14.
3-3 Ch. ahatena vatthena.
4-4 Sdt pāde na sahatthā vandissatīti; so Sc K, omitting the na.
5 K Kusinārāyaṃ Mak-.

[page 164]
164 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 22.
Vandite ca pan'; āyasmatā Mahā-Kassapena tehi ca
pañcahi bhikkhu-satehi, sayam eva Bhagavato citako
pajjali.
23. Jhāyamānassa1 pana Bhagavato sarīrassa, yaṃ ahosi
chavīti vā camman ti vā maṃsan ti vā nahārūti vā lasikā
ti vā tassa n'; eva chārikā paññāyittha na masi, sarīrān'; eva
avasissiṃsu.
Seyyathā pi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa
n'; eva chārikā paññāyati na masi, evam eva2 Bhagavato
sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā camman ti
vā maṃsan ti vā nahārūti vā lasikā ti vā tassa n'; eva
chārikā paññāyittha na masi, sarīrān'; eva avasissiṃsu.
Tesañ ca pañcannaṃ dussa-yuga-satānaṃ dve va dussāni
ḍayhiṃsu yañ ca sabba-abbhantarimaṃ yañ ca bāhiraṃ.
Daḍḍhe kho pana Bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udaka-
dhārā pātu bhavitvā Bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi,3udaka-
sālato pi3 abbhunnamitvā Bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi.
Kosinārakā pi Mallā sabba-gandhodakena Bhagavato cita-
kaṃ nibbāpesuṃ.
Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā Bhagavato sarīrāni sattā-
haṃ santhāgāre satti-pañjaraṃ karitvā dhanu-pākāraṃ
parikkhipitvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi
sakkariṃsu parikariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.
24. Assosi kho Rājā Māgadho Ajāta-sattu Vedehi-putto:
‘Bhagavā kira Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti.
Atha kho Rājā Māgadho Ajāta-sattu Vedehi-putto Kosi-
nārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi: ‘Bhagavā pi khat-
tiyo {aham} pi khattiyo. Aham pi arahāmi Bhagavato
sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, aham pi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ
ca mahañ ca karissāmīti.'
Assosuṃ kho Vesālikā Licchavī: ‘Bhagavā kira
Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Vesālikā Licchavī
Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ: ‘Bhagavā pi
khattiyo mayam pi khattiyā. Mayam pi arahāma Bhaga-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K inserts kho. Comp. udāna viii. 9.
2 SS evaṃ.
3-3 Sct omit udaka-sālato pi; Sd omits down to nibbāpesi
(continues Kosin-); K udakaṃ sālato pi; Sum-sālake.

[page 165]
D. xvi. 6. 25.] APPLICATIONS FOR THE REMAINS. 165
vato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayam pi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ
thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
Assosuṃ kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā: ‘Bhagavā kira
Kusinārāyaṃ {parinibbuto}'; ti. Atha kho Kāpilavatthavā
Sakyā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ:
‘Bhagavā amhākaṃ ñāti-seṭṭho. Mayam pi arahāma
Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayam pi Bhagavato
sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
Assosuṃ kho Allakappakā1 Bulayo2: ‘Bhagavā {kira}
Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Allakappakā
Bulayo Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pahesuṃ: ‘Bha-
gavā pi khattiyo mayam pi khattiyā. Mayam pi arahāma
Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayam pi Bhagavato sarī-
rānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
Assosuṃ kho Rāmagāmakā Koliyā:3 ‘Bhagavā kira
Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Rāmagāmakā
Koliyā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ:
‘Bhagavā pi khāttiyo mayam pi khattiyā. Mayam pi
arahāma Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayam pi
Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
Assosi kho Veṭhadīpako4 brāhmaṇo: ‘Bhagavā kira
Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Veṭhadīpako
brāhmaṇo Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi:
‘Bhagavā pi khattiyo, aham asmi brāhmaṇo. Aham pi
arahāmi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, aham pi Bhaga-
vato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmīti.'
Assosuṃ kho Pāveyyakā Mallā: ‘Bhagavā kira Kusinā-
{rāyaṃ} parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Pāveyyakā Mallā Kosi-
nārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtam pahesuṃ: ‘Bhagavā pi
khattiyo mayam pi khattiyā. Mayam pi arahāma Bha-
gavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayam pi Bhagavato sarīrā-
naṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
25. Evaṃ vutte Kosinārakā Mallā te saṃghe gaṇe etad
avocuṃ:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sct adds pi; Sd allakappakapilayo.
2 K Bhūlayo (text), Bulayo (note), and below, 27.
3 K koḷ- always.
4 K Veṭṭhad-, and below, 27.

[page 166]
166 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 25.
‘Bhagavā amhākaṃ gāma-kkhette parinibbuto. Na
mayaṃ dassāma Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgan'; ti.
Evaṃ vutte Doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṃghe gaṇe etad
avoca:
Suṇantu bhonto mama eka-vākyaṃ.
Amhākaṃ Buddho ahu khanti-vādo.
Na hi sādhu yaṃ1 uttama-puggalassa
Sarīra-bhaṅge2 siya3 sampahāro.
Sabbe {va} bhonto sahitā samaggā
Sammodamānā karom'; aṭṭha bhāge,
Vitthārikā4 hontu disāsu thūpā
Bahujjano5 cakkhumato pasanno'; ti.
‘Tena hi brāhmaṇa tvaṃ yeva6 Bhagavato sarīrāni
aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajāhīti.'
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti7 kho Doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṃghānaṃ
gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā Bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ
suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṃghe gaṇe etad avoca:
‘Imaṃ me bhonto kumbhaṃ8 dadantu,9 aham pi
kumbhassa thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmīti.'
Adaṃsu kho te Doṇassa brāhmaṇassa kumbhaṃ.
26. Assosuṃ kho Pipphalivaniyā Moriyā: ‘Bhagavā
kira Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Pipphaliva-
niyā Moriyā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ:
‘Bhagavā pi khattiyo mayam pi khattiyā. Mayam pi
arahāma Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ {bhāgaṃ}, mayam pi Bhaga-
vato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
‘N'; atthi Bhagavato {sarīrānaṃ} bhāgo, vibhattāni10 Bha-
gavato sarīrāni, ito aṅgāraṃ harathāti.'; Te tato {aṅgāraṃ}
hariṃsu.11
27. Atha kho Rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehi-putto
Rājagahe Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca {mahañ} ca akāsi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sdt sādhayaṃ: so K.
2 K bhāge.
3 SS siyā.
4 St -tā; Sc -ko.
5 K bahū janā.
6 K tvañceva. SS tvaññeva.
7 K ‘evaṃ bhoti'; twice.
8 K tumbaṃ, and below.
9 K dentu.
10 Scdt vibhatti.
11 K āhar-.

[page 167]
D. xvi. 6. 28.] THE TEN STŪPAS 167
Vesālikā pi Licchavī Vesāliyaṃ Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ
thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Kāpilavatthavā pi Sakyā kapila-vatthusmiṃ Bhagavato
sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Allakappakā pi Bulayo1 {Allakappe} Bhagavato sarīrā-
naṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Rāmagāmakā pi Koliyā Rāmagāme Bhagavato sarīrā-
naṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Veṭhadīpako pi brāhmaṇo Veṭhadīpe Bhagavato sarīrā-
naṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akāsi.
Pāveyyakā pi Mallā Pāvāyaṃ Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ
thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Kosinārakā pi Mallā Kusinārāyaṃ Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ
thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Doṇo pi brāhmaṇo kumbhassa2 thūpañ ca mahañ ca
akāsi.
Pipphalivaniyā pi Moriyā Pipphalivane aṅgārānaṃ
thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Iti aṭṭh'; assa3 sarīra-thūpā navamo kumbha4-thūpo
dasamo aṅgāra-thūpo.
Evam etaṃ bhūta-pubban ti.
28. Aṭṭha-doṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, satta-doṇaṃ
{Jambudīpe} mahenti,
Ekañ ca doṇaṃ purisa-varuttamassa Rāmagāme nāga-
rājā mahenti.
Ekā pi dāṭhā Tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana Gandhāra-pure
mahīyati,
Kāliṅga-rañño vijite pun'; ekaṃ, ekaṃ puna nāga-rājā
mahenti5.
Tass'; eva tejena ayaṃ vasundharā āyāga-seṭṭhehi mahī
alaṃkatā.
Evam imaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ susakkataṃ sakkata-
sakkatehi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K Bhūlayo; Sd Buḷayo (here only).
2 K tumbassa.
3 K omits: (text) aṭṭha sarīratthūpā; (note) aṭṭhasarīatthūpānañca.
4 K tumba.
5 See Buddha Vaṃsa 68.

[page 168]
168 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 28.
Devinda-nāginda-narinda-pūjito manussa-seṭṭhehi tath'
eva pūjito
Taṃ vandatha pañjalikā bhavitvā, Buddho1 have kappa-
satehi dullabho2 ti.]
Mahā-Parinibbāna-Suttantaṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ.3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sct K Buddhā . . . dullabhā. Comp. v. 23.
2 K and Bp add:
Cattāḷīsa-samā dantā kesā lomā ca sabbaso,
Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ cakkhavāḷa-param
parā ti.
3 So Scd; St Nibbāna-Suttaṃtaṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ;
K MahāParinibbāna Suttam Niṭ-.

[page 169]
169
[xvii. Mahā-Sudassana-Suttanta.]
1.1. Evam me sutaṃ. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā
Kusinārāyaṃ viharati Upavattane Mallānaṃ sāla-vane
antarena yamaka-sālānaṃ1 parinibbāna-samaye.
2. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Ānando {Bhagavantaṃ} etad avoca:
‘Mā bhante Bhagavā imasmiṃ kuḍḍa2-nagarake
ujjaṅgala-nagarake sākha-nagarake3 parinibbāyi. Santi
bhante aññāni mahā-nagarāni seyyathīdaṃ Campā
Rājagahaṃ Sāvatthi Sāketaṃ4 Kosambi5 Bārāṇasi,6
ettha Bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiya-
mahāsālā brāhmaṇa-mahāsālā, gahapati-mahāsālā Tathā-
gate abhippasannā, te Tathāgatassa {sarīra}-pūjaṃ karis-
{santīti.}
3. ‘Mā h'; evaṃ Ānanda avaca "kuḍḍa-nagarakaṃ7
ujjaṅgala-nagarakaṃ sākha-nagarakan8 ti." Bhūta-pub-
baṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano nāma ahosi khattiyo
muddhāvasitto9 cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyap-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm antare yamaka-sālānaṃ; Bp antare yatapakasāla.
2 So Sdt; Sc kuḍḍha; Bm K khuddaka (so Bp below);
Bp kudda. See xvi. 5. 17, p. 146.
3 K usākhā.
4 SS Saketaṃ.
5 SS Kosambi; Bm K bī.
6 SS Bārāṇasi; Bm K sī.
7 So Sdt; Sc kuḍḍha; Bmp K khuddaka.
8 Bm sākhā-, but sākha- above; K sākhā-.
9 So SS K; Bm muddhābhis-; Bp muddhābhis-, but in 7 muddhāvas-.

[page 170]
170 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 3.
patto. Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa ayaṃ Kusi-
nārā Kusāvatī nāma rājadhāni1 ahosi. 2Sā kho Ānanda
Kusāvatī2 pacchimena ca puratthimena3 ca dvādasa-
yojanāni ahosi4 āyāmena, uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca
satta-yojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhāni
iddhā c'; eva ahosi phītā ca bahu-janā ca ākiṇṇa-manussā
ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathā pi Ānanda devānaṃ Āḷaka-
mandā5 nāma rājadhāni iddhā c'; eva6 phītā ca bahu-janā
ca ākiṇṇa-yakkhā ca subhikkhā ca,7 evam eva kho Ānanda
Kusāvatī rājadhāni iddhā c'; eva ahosi phītā ca bahu-janā
ca ākiṇṇa-manussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī Ānanda
rājadhāni dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā c'; eva rattī8
ca, seyyathīdaṃ hatthi-saddena assa-saddena9 ratha-
saddena bheri-saddena mutiṅga-saddena10 vīṇā-saddena
gīta-saddena samma-saddena tāḷa-saddena "asnātha11
pivatha khādathāti" dasamena saddena.
4. ‘Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhāni sattahi pākārehi parik-
khittā ahosi. Tattha12 eko pākāro sovaṇṇamayo, eko
rūpimayo,13 eko veḷuriyamayo, eko phalikamayo, eko
lohitaṅkamayo,14 eko masāragallamayo, eko sabbaratana-
mayo.
5. ‘Kusāvatiyā Ānanda rājadhāniyā catunnaṃ vaṇṇā-
naṃ dvārāni ahesuṃ. Ekaṃ dvāraṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ,
ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriya-mayam, ekaṃ phalika-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS -dhāni, and so throughout; K -dhānī; Bm -ṭhānī;
Bp ṭhāni, throughout.
2-2 Bmp K Ch omit.
3 Bm puratthimena ca pacchimena ca.
4 Sd Bmp Ch omit.
5 SS K Āla-.
6 K adds ahosi.
7 SS omit subhikkhā ca.
8 So SS and Ch Bm rattiñ; K rattiṃ.
9 Sd omits.
10 Bmp K mudiṅga; Scd and St (corrected for mutiṅgasaddena repeated)
add panava-saddena. Comp. Dh. S. 621; Asl. 319; Jāt. i. 3.
11 K asatha.
12 Sd ettha, Bm K omit.
13 Bmp K throughout rūpiyamayo.
14 Bm aṅga, and onwards.

[page 171]
D. xvii. 1. 6.] THE SEVEN AVENUES OF PALMS. 171
mayaṃ. Ekam-ekasmiṃ1 dvāre satta2 esikā nikhātā
ahesuṃ ti-porisaṅgā catu-porisā3 ubbedhena. Ekā esikā
sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpimayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā
phalikamayā,4 ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā,
ekā sabbaratana5 mayā.
6. ‘Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhāni sattahi tāla-pantīhi
parikkhittā ahosi. Ekā tāla-panti sovaṇṇamayā ekā
rūpimayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohi-
taṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā.
Sovaṇṇamayassa tālassa sovaṇṇamayo khandho ahosi,
{rūpimayāni} pattāni ca phalāni ca. Rūpimayassa tālassa
rūpimayo khandho ahosi sovaṇṇamayāni pattāni ca
phalāni ca. Veḷuriyamayassa tālassa veḷuriyamayo
khandho ahosi phalikamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca.
Phalikamayassa tālassa phalikamayo khandho ahosi
veḷuriyamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Lohitaṅkamayassa
tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi masāragallamayāni
pattāni ca phalāni ca. Masāragallamayassa tālassa masā-
ragallamayo khandho ahosi lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca
phalāni ca. Sabbaratanamayassa tālassa sabbaratanamayo
khandho ahosi sabbaratana-mayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca.
Tāsaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ
saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo6 ca madanīyo
ca. Seyyathā pi Ānanda pañcaṅgikassa turiyassa suvinī-
tassa suppaṭipatālitassa7 kusalehi8 samannāhatassa9
saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm ekekasmiṃ.
2 Sc sattā; Sd sattha; St satthahi; Bmp K satta satta.
3 Sct porisa; then Sct add nikhātā dasa porisā; Bmp K read for
the whole, ti-porisaṅga-tiporisā.
4 SS omit.
5 SS sattaratana.
6 K kammaniyo; BB and K spell these words with -niyo, Cp. 29, 32.
7 So St Sc suppaṭikālitassa; Sd suppaṭipatulitassa; Bm suppaṭitāli-;
Bp supatāḷi-; K suppaṭitāḷi-. But see 29, 32.
8 Bm sukusalehi.
9 K sus-; K Sī susamannāg-; SS samannāg-.

[page 172]
172 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 6.
ca, evam eva kho Ānanda tāsaṃ tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteri-
tānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca
madanīyo ca. Ye kho pan'; Ānanda tena1 samayena
Kusāvatiyā rājadhāniyā dhuttā ahesuṃ {soṇḍā} pipāsā, te
tāsaṃ tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddena paricāresuṃ2.
7. ‘Rājā3 Ānanda Mahā-sudassano sattahi ratanehi
samannāgato ahosi catūhi ca iddhīhi. Katamehi sattahi?
Idh'; Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa tadahu 'posathe
paṇṇarase sīsaṃ nahātassa4 uposathikassa upari-pāsāda-
vara-gatassa dibbaṃ cakka-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi sahas-
sāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāra-paripūraṃ.
Disvā {rañño} Mahā-sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Sutaṃ
kho pana m'; etaṃ5: ‘Yassa rañño khattiyassa mud-
dhāvasittassa6 tadahu 'posathe paṇṇarase sīsaṃ nahā-
tassa uposathikassa upari-pāsāda-vara-gatassa dibbaṃ
{cakka-ratanaṃ} pātu bhavati sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ7 sanā-
bhikaṃ sabbākāra-paripūraṃ, so hoti rājā cakkavattīti.
Assaṃ nu kho ahaṃ rājā cakkavattīti."
8. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano uṭṭhāy'
āsanā, ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā, vāmena hatthena
bhiṅkāraṃ8 gahetvā,9 dakkhiṇena hatthena cakka-
ratanaṃ abbhukkiri10: "Pavattatu bhavaṃ cakka-
ratanaṃ, abhivijinātu bhavaṃ cakka-ratanan ti." Atha
kho taṃ Ānanda cakka-ratanaṃ puratthimaṃ disaṃ
pavatti,11 anvad12 eva rājā Mahā-sudassano saddhiṃ
caturaṅginiyā senāya. Yasmiṃ kho pan'; Ānanda padese

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS add kho pana.
2 Sc here and at parivār-; So Sdt at
3 7 foll. in M. iii., 172 foll.
4 Bmp nātassa, and below. See above p. 163.
5 Bmp K pan'; etaṃ; K (Sī) pana metaṃ.
6 So here Bm.
7 Bp sanemikkaṃ.
8 Bm K insert suvaṇṇa9 Bp adds dakkhiṇena hatthena siṅgāraṃ gahetvā.
10 Bp abbhūkiri (Bm K agree with SS).
11 Bm pavattati.
12 Sc anvād; Bp anud, but Bm anvad; K anu deva; K (Sī) anvadeva,
and so Sum.

[page 173]
D. xvii. 1. 10.] THE TREASURE OF THE WHEEL. 173
cakka-ratanaṃ patiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā Mahā-sudassano
vāsaṃ upagacchi1 saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya.
9. ‘Ye kho pan'; Ānanda puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno
te rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam
āhaṃsu:
"‘Ehi kho Mahārāja, sāgataṃ2 Mahārāja, sakan te
Mahārāja, anusāsa Mahārājāti."
‘Rājā Mahā-sudassano evam āha: "Pāṇo na hantabbo.
Adinnaṃ n'; ādātabbaṃ. Kāmesu micchā na caritabbā.
Musā na bhāsitabbā.3 Majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ. Yatha-
bhuttañ ca bhuñjathāti."
‘Ye kho pan'; Ānanda puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno
te4 rañño Mahā-sudassanassa anuyuttā5 ahesuṃ.
10. ‘Atha kho taṃ Ānanda cakka-ratanaṃ puratthimaṃ
samuddaṃ6 ajjhogahetvā7 paccuttaritvā dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ
pavatti8 . . . pe . . . dakkhiṇaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogahetvā
paccuttaritvā pacchimaṃ disaṃ pavatti . . . pe9 . . .
pacchimaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogahetvā paccuttaritvā10 utta-
raṃ disaṃ pavatti, anvad eva rājā Mahā-sudassano sad-
dhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Yasmiṃ kho pan'; Ānanda
padese cakka-ratanaṃ paṭiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā Mahā-
sudassano vāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā
senāya.
‘Ye kho pan'; Ānanda uttarāya disāya paṭirājāno, te
rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam āhaṃsu:
"‘Ehi kho Mahārāja, sāgataṃ Mahārāja, sakan te
Mahārāja, anusāsa Mahārājāti."
‘Rājā Mahā-sudassano eva āha: "Pāṇo na hantabbo.
Adinnaṃ n'; ādātabbaṃ. Kāmesu micchā na caritabbā.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sdt upagañchi.
2 St sāgata; Bm svāgatan te; Bp K svāgataṃ here and below.
3 Bm bhaṇitabbā, and below.
4 SS tesaṃ.
5 Bm anuyantā; K anuyantā (Sī) anuyuttā.
6 Sd sudassanaṃ, Bp samuddhaṃ.
7 Bp K -gāhetvā, and below.
8 Bm K pavattati, and below.
9 Scd Bp omit pe.
10 SS omit.

[page 174]
174 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 10.
Musā na bhāsitabbā. Majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ. Yathā-
bhuttañ ca {bhuñjathāti}."
‘Ye kho pan'; Ānanda uttarāya disāya paṭirājāno, te
rañño Mahā-sudassanassa anuyuttā ahesuṃ.
11. ‘Atha kho taṃ Ānanda cakka-ratanaṃ samudda-
pariyantaṃ paṭhaviṃ abhivijinitvā Kusāvatiṃ1 {rājadhāniṃ}
paccāgantvā rañño Mahā-sudassanassa antepura-dvāre
attha-karaṇa-pamukhe2 akkhāhataṃ3 maññe aṭṭhāsi
rañño Mahā-sudassanassa ante-puraṃ upasobhayamānaṃ.
{Rañño} Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarūpaṃ cakka-
ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
12. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa
hatthi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi, sabba-seto sattappatiṭṭho
iddhimā vehāsaṃ-gamo Uposatho nāma nāga-rājā. Disvā4
rañño Mahā-sudassanassa cittaṃ pasīdi: "Bhaddakaṃ
vata bho hatthi-yānaṃ sace damathaṃ upeyyāti." Atha
kho tam5 Ānanda hatthi-ratanaṃ seyyathā pi nāma bhaddo
hatthājānīyo6 dīgha-rattaṃ suparidanto evam evaṃ7
damathaṃ8 upagacchi. Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā
Mahā-sudassano tam eva hatthi-ratanaṃ {vīmaṃsamāno}
pubbaṇha-samayaṃ abhirūhitvā samudda-pariyantaṃ
paṭhaviṃ anusaṃsāyitvā9 Kusāvatiṃ rājadhāniṃ pac-
cāgantvā pātarāsaṃ akāsi. Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudas-
sanassa evarūpaṃ hatthi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
13. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa
assa-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi, sabba-seto kāka-sīso10 muñjakeso
iddhimā vehāsaṃ-gamo Valāhako nāma assa-rājā. Disvā11
rañño Mahā-sudassanassa cittaṃ pasīdi: "Bhaddakaṃ
vata bho assa-yānaṃ sace damathaṃ upeyyāti." Atha

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd -vati; St -vati.
2 Bp mukhe.
3 Sd akkhātaṃ.
4 Bmp taṃ disvā.
5 SS omit.
6 Bp gandhatthajāniyo.
7 Bmp K eva.
8 Bp damataṃ, and below.
9 Sc asaṃsāyitvā; St Bmp K anusāyitvā; see below.
10 Bm Kāla-siso [for kāḷa-]. Sum kāka-gīvā viya . . . kāḷa-vaṇṇena
sīsena.
11 Bmp insert taṃ before disvā.

[page 175]
D. xvii. 1. 15.] THE SEVEN TREASURES. 175
kho taṃ1 Ānanda assa-ratanaṃ seyyathā pi nāma bhaddo
assājānīyo2 dīgha-rattaṃ suparidanto evam evaṃ da-
mathaṃ upagacchi.3 Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-
sudassano tam eva assa-ratanaṃ {vīmaṃsamāno} pubbaṇha-
samayaṃ abhirūhitvā samudda-pariyantaṃ paṭhaviṃ
anusāyitvā4 Kusāvatiṃ rājadhāniṃ paccāgantvā pāta-
rāsam akāsi. Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarū-
paṃ assa-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
14. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa
maṇi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.5 So ahosi5 maṇi-veḷuriyo
subho jātimā {aṭṭhaṃso} suparikamma-kato accho vip-
pasanno sabbākāra-sampanno. Tassa kho pan'; Ānanda
maṇi-ratanassa ābhā samantā yojanaṃ phuṭā ahosi.
Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tam eva
maṇi-ratanaṃ {vīmaṃsamāno} caturaṅgini6-senaṃ san-
nayhitvā maṇi-dhajaggaṃ7 āropetvā rattandhakāra-
timisāyaṃ pāyāti.8 Ye kho pan'; Ānanda samantā gāmā
ahesuṃ, te ten'; obhāsena kammante payojesuṃ "Divā te"
maññamānā. Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa {evarū-
paṃ} maṇi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
15. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-Sudas-
sanassa itthi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi, abhirūpā dassanīyā
pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇa-pokkharatāya samannāgatā,
{nātidīghā} nātirassā nātikisā {nātithūlā} nātikāḷī9 nāccodātā,
atikkantā mānusaṃ10 vaṇṇaṃ appattā dibbaṃ11 vaṇṇaṃ.
Tassa kho pan'; Ānanda itthi-ratanassa evarūpo kāya-
samphasso hoti, seyyathā pi nāma tūla-picuno vā kappāsa-
picuno vā. Tassa kho pan'; Ānanda itthi-ratanassa sīte
uṇhāni gattāni honti, uṇhe sītāni. Tassa kho pan'
Ānanda itthi-ratanassa kāyato candana-gandho vāyati,
mukhato uppala-gandho. Taṃ kho pan'; Ānanda itthi-
ratanaṃ rañño Mahā-Sudassanassa pubbuṭṭhāyinī ahosi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS omit.
2 Bm assājāniyo; Bp assajāniyo.
3 Sc upagañchi.
4 Sc anusāyāyitvā; Bp anusāritvā.
5-5 K om.
6 Bm K niṃ.
7 Bm K maṇiṃ dhajjaggaṃ.
8 Bmp K pāyāsi.
9 Sc kāli; Sdt kālī; Bmp K kāḷikā.
10 Sc mānusa; Bm si; K manussī.
11 Bm K dibba.

[page 176]
176 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 15.
pacchā-nipātinī kiṃkāra-paṭissāvinī1 manāpa-cārinī piya-
vādinī.2 Taṃ kho pan'; Ānanda itthi-ratanaṃ3 rājānaṃ
Mahā-sudassanaṃ manasā pi no {aticāri}, kuto pana
kāyena. Rañño4 Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarūpaṃ
itthi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
16. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa
gahapati-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi. Tassa kamma-vipākajaṃ
dibba5-cakkhuṃ pātur ahosi yena nidhiṃ passati sas-
sāmikam6 pi assāmikam7 pi. So rājānaṃ Mahā-sudas-
sanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam āha: "Appossukko8 tvaṃ
deva hohi, ahaṃ te dhanena dhana-karaṇīyaṃ karis-
sāmīti."
‘Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tam eva
gahapati-ratanaṃ {vīmaṃsamāno} nāvaṃ abhirūhitvā
majjhe Gaṅgāya nadiyā sotaṃ ogāhetvā9 gahapati-
ratanaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Attho me gahapati hirañña10-suvaṇṇenāti."
"‘Tena hi mahā-rāja ekaṃ11 va12 tīraṃ13 nāvā14
upetūti."
"‘Idh'; eva me gahapati attho hirañña15-suvaṇ-
ṇenāti."
‘Atha kho taṃ Ānanda gahapati-ratanaṃ ubhohi
hatthehi udakaṃ omasitvā16 pūraṃ hirañña-suvaṇṇassa
kumbhiṃ uddharitvā rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ etad
avoca: "Alam ettāvatā mahā-rāja, katam ettāvatā17
mahā-rājāti?"
‘Rājā Mahā-sudassano evam āha: "Alam ettāvatā
gahapati, katam ettāvatā gahapati, pūjitam ettāvatā
gahapatīti."

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc paṭissavīni; Bp K paṭisāvinī.
2 Sc Bp omit.
3 SS omit.
4 Bm K insert pan'.
5 Sdt dibbaṃ.
6 Bmp sasāmikaṃ.
7 Bm asām-.
8 Bp sabbosukko; Bm apposukko.
9 Bm K ogāhitvā.
10 Scd hiraññe.
11 K eka-
12 Bm K omit. SS vā.
13 Sd tarīnaṃ; St tarītaṃ.
14 Sc K nāvaṃ.
15 SS hiraññe.
16 Bp omaṇsitvā.
17 Bp adds mahā-rāja, pūjitam ettāvatā.

[page 177]
D. xvii. 1. 20.] THE FOUR IDDHIS. 177
‘Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarūpaṃ gahapati-
ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
17. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa
pariṇāyaka-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi, paṇḍito viyatto1 medhāvī
paṭibalo rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upayāpetabbaṃ2
upayāpetuṃ2 apayāpetabbaṃ3 apayāpetuṃ4 ṭhapetabbaṃ
ṭhapetuṃ.
So rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam
āha: "Appossukko tvaṃ deva hohi, aham anusāsis-
sāmīti."5
‘Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarūpaṃ pari-
ṇāyaka-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
‘Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imehi sattahi6 ratanehi
samannāgato ahosi.
18. ‘7Puna ca paraṃ7 Ānanda rājā8 Mahā-sudassano
catūhi iddhīhi samannāgato ahosi. Katamāhi9 catūhi
iddhīhi? Idh'; Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano abhirūpo
ahosi dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇa-pokkharatāya
samannāgato ativiya aññehi manussehi. Rājā Ānanda
Mahā-sudassano imāya paṭhamāya10 iddhiyā samannāgato
ahosi.
19. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano
dīghāyuko ahosi ciraṭṭhitiko ativiya aññehi manussehi.
Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imāya dutiyāya iddhiyā
samannāgato ahosi.
20. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-{sudassano}
appābādho ahosi appātaṅko sama-vepākiniyā gahaṇiyā
samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya ativiya aññehi
manussehi. Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imāya tatiyāya
iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St vyatto.
2 K upeyyāp-.
3 K apeyyāp-.
4 Bp aparāyāpetuṃ; K upeyyāp- (where up- must be a misprint for ap-).
5 Sc Bp anussā-; Sd anusissamīti; St anuham.
6 SS satta-
7-7 Bmp omit.
8 SS omit.
9 SS katamehi. (In 21 SS have imāhi.)
10 SS omit.

[page 178]
178 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 21.
21. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano
brāhmaṇa-gahapatikānaṃ piyo ahosi manāpo. Seyyathā
pi Ānanda pitā puttānaṃ piyo hoti manāpo, evam eva
kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā-
naṃ piyo ahosi manāpo. Rañño pi Ānanda Mahā-sudas-
sanassa brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā piyā ahesuṃ manāpā. Sey-
yathā pi Ānanda pitu puttā piyā honti manāpā, evam eva
kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa brāhmaṇa-gahapa-
tikā piyā ahesuṃ manāpā. Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā
Mahā-sudassano caturaṅginiyā senāya uyyāna-bhūmiṃ
niyyāsi. Atha kho Ānanda brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā rājā-
naṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam āhaṃsu:
"Ataramāno deva yāhi yathā taṃ mayaṃ cirataraṃ pas-
seyyāmāti." Rājā pi Ānanda Mahā-sudassano sārathiṃ
āmantesi: "Ataramāno sārathi rathaṃ pesehi yathā
ahaṃ1 brāhmaṇa-gahapatike cirataraṃ passeyyan ti."
Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imāya catutthāya2 iddhiyā
samannāgato ahosi.
‘Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imāhi catūhi iddhīhi
samannāgato ahosi.
22. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad
ahosi: "Yan3 nūnāhaṃ imāsu tālantarikāsu dhanu-sate
dhanu-sate pokkharaṇīyo4 māpeyyan ti."
‘Māpesi kho5 Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tāsu tālan-
tarikāsu dhanu-sate dhanu-sate pokkharaṇīyo. Tā kho
pan'; Ānanda pokkharaṇīyo catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ {iṭṭhakāhi}
citā ahesuṃ, ekā {iṭṭhakā}6 sovaṇṇamayā,7 ekā rūpi
mayā,8 ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā. Tāsu kho
pan'; Ānanda pokkharaṇīsu cattāri cattāri9 sopānāni
ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ, ekaṃ sopānaṃ sovaṇṇa-
mayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ
phalikamayaṃ Sovaṇṇamayassa sopānassa sovaṇṇa-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS yathāhaṃ.
2 Bm -tthiyā.
3 Bmp yaṃ.
4 Bm K -ṇiyo (and onwards).
5 Sdt insert pana.
6 Sc itthakāyā; Sd -kāyo.
7 Sct suv-.
8 Bm K rūpiyamayā, and onwards.
9 K omits.

[page 179]
D. xvii. 1. 23.] THE BATHING TANKS. 179
mayā thambhā ahesuṃ, rūpimayā sūciyo1 ca uṇhīsañ ca;
rūpimayassa sopānassa rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ,
sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; veḷuriyamayassa
sopānassa veḷuriyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, phalikamayā
sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; phalikamayassa sopānassa phalika-
mayā thambhā ahesuṃ, veḷuriyamayā sūciyo ca {uṇhīsañ}
ca. Tā kho pan'; Ānanda pokkharaṇīyo dvīhi vedikāhi
parikkhittā ahesuṃ, ekā vedikā sovaṇṇamayā ekā rūpi-
mayā; sovaṇṇamayāya vedikāya sovaṇṇamayā thambhā
ahesuṃ rūpimayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; rūpimayāya
vedikāya rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo
ca uṇhīsañ ca.
23. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad
ahosi: "Yan nūnāhaṃ imāsu pokkharaṇīsu {evarūpaṃ}
mālaṃ ropāpeyyaṃ2 uppalaṃ padumaṃ3 kumudaṃ puṇ-
ḍarīkaṃ sabbotukaṃ sabba-janassa anācāran4 ti." Ropā-
pesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tāsu pokkharaṇīsu
evarūpaṃ mālaṃ uppalaṃ padumaṃ kumudaṃ puṇḍa-
rīkaṃ sabbotukaṃ {sabba-janassa} anācāraṃ.5
‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad
ahosi: "Yan nūnāhaṃ imāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre nahā-
pake6 purise ṭhapeyyaṃ ye āgatāgataṃ janaṃ nahāpes-
santīti." Ṭhapesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano
tāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre nahāpake purise ye āgatāgataṃ
janaṃ nahāpeyyuṃ.
‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad
ahosi: "Yan nūnāhaṃ imāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre eva-
rūpaṃ dānaṃ paṭṭhapeyyaṃ, annaṃ annatthikassa pānaṃ
pānatthikassa vatthaṃ vatthatthikassa {yānaṃ} yānatthi-
kassa sayanaṃ sayanatthikassa itthiṃ itthatthikassa7
hiraññaṃ hiraññatthikassa suvaṇṇaṃ suvaṇṇatthikassāti."

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS Bmp suciyo here, but sūciyo below.
2 SS ropāpeyya.
3 Sc uppala-paduma-.
4 SS anācavan; Bmp K anāvaṭṭan.
5 Sc anācariṃ; Bm K anāvaṭṭaṃ; Bp anāvaṭṭa.
6 Bmp K nhā-, and below.
7 Bm K itthitthik-, and below.

[page 180]
180 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 23.
Paṭṭhapesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tāsaṃ pok-
kharaṇīnaṃ tīre evarūpaṃ dānaṃ, annaṃ annatthikassa
pānaṃ pānatthikassa vatthaṃ vatthatthikassa yānaṃ yā-
natthikassa sayanaṃ sayanatthikassa itthiṃ itthatthikassa
hiraññaṃ hiraññatthikassa suvaṇṇaṃ suvaṇṇatthikassa1.
24. ‘Atha kho Ānanda brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā pahūtaṃ
sāpateyyaṃ ādāya rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃka-
mitvā evam {āhaṃsu}: "Idaṃ deva pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ
devaṃ yeva2 uddissa āhataṃ,3 taṃ devo {paṭigaṇhatūti}."
"‘Alaṃ bho, mama4 pi5 pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ dham-
mikena balinā abhisaṃkhataṃ. Taṃ vo hotu, ito ca
bhīyo harathāti."
"Te raññā paṭikkhittā ekamantaṃ apakkamma evaṃ
samacintesuṃ: "Na kho etaṃ6 amhākaṃ paṭirūpaṃ
yaṃ mayaṃ7 imāni sāpateyyāni punad eva sakāni gha-
rāni paṭihārāma.8 Yan nūna mayaṃ rañño Mahā-sudas-
sanassa nivesanaṃ māpeyyāmāti."
‘Te rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ
āhaṃsu: "Nivesanaṃ te deva māpessāmāti."
"‘Adhivāsesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tuṇhī-
bhāvena."
25. ‘Atha kho Ānanda Sakko devānaṃ indo rañño
Mahā-sudassanassa cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya Vissa-
kammaṃ9 deva-puttaṃ āmantesi: "Ehi tvaṃ samma10
Vissakamma rañño Mahā-sudassanassa nivesanaṃ mā-
pehi Dhammaṃ11 nāma pāsādan ti."
"‘Evaṃ bhaddan tavāti"12 kho Ānanda Vissakammo

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 All MSS. and K -kassāti as above.
2-2 Bmp K -devass'; eva.
3 SS K āhataṃ; Bm ābhata; Bp ābhātaṃ. See p. 245.
4 Sc mam; K mamam.
5 Bmp p'; idaṃ; K idaṃ.
6 Bp K evaṃ.
7 K omits.
8 Bmp paṭihareyyāmāti; K paṭihāreyyāma.
9 Bmp Visukamma, and below.
10 Bp omits; SS mama.
11 Sdt dhammikaṃ.
12 Sd bhadantevāti; Sc bhaddante vā ti; Bmp bhaddantavāti;
K bhaddaṃ tavāti.

[page 181]
D. xvii. 1. 26.] THE PALACE OF TRUTH. 181
deva-putto Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā, seyyathā
pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ1 vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya
pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva2 devesu
Tāvatiṃsesu antarahito rañño Mahā-sudassanassa purato
pātur ahosi. Atha kho Ānanda Vissakammo deva-putto
rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ etad avoca: "Nivesanan te
deva māpessāmi3 Dhammaṃ nāma pāsādan ti."
‘Adhivāsesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tuṇhī-
bhāvena. Māpesi kho Ānanda Vissakammo deva-putto
rañño Mahā-sudassanassa nivesanaṃ Dhammaṃ nāma
pāsādaṃ.
26. ‘Dhammo Ānanda pāsādo puratthimena ca pacchi-
mena ca yojanaṃ āyāmena ahosi, uttarena ca dakkhiṇena
ca addha-yojanaṃ vitthārena.
‘Dhammassa Ānanda pāsādassa ti-porisaṃ uccatta-
nena4 vatthuṃ5 citaṃ ahosi catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ iṭṭha-
kāhi, ekā iṭṭhakā {sovaṇṇamayā}, ekā rūpimayā,6 ekā veḷu-
riyamayā, ekā phalikamayā.
‘Dhammassa Ānanda pāsādassa caturāsīti-thambha-
sahassāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ, eko thambho
sovaṇṇamayo, eko rūpimayo, eko veḷuriyamayo, eko phali-
kamayo.
‘Dhammo Ānanda pāsādo catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ phalake-
hi santhato ahosi, ekaṃ phalakaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ
rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ.
‘Dhammassa Ānanda pāsādassa catu-vīsati sopānāni
ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ, ekaṃ sopānaṃ sovaṇṇama-
yaṃ, ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phali-
kamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamayassa sopānassa sovaṇṇamayā
thambhā ahesuṃ, rūpimayā sūciyo7 ca uṇhīsañ ca; rūpi-
mayassa sopānassa rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ, sovaṇṇa-
mayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; veḷuriyamayassa sopānassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bp sammiñcitaṃ.
2 SS evaṃ.
3 SS Bmp māpessāmīti.
4 Sc uccasatanena; Bmp K uccatarena.
5 Bm vatthu.
6 Bm K rūpiyamayā, and below. So also in 85.
7 Sc suciyo, and below.

[page 182]
182 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 26.
veḷuriyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, phalikamayā sūciyo ca
uṇhīsañ ca; phalikamayassa sopānassa phalikamayā
thambhā ahesuṃ, veḷuriyamayā sūciyo ca unhīsañ ca.
‘Dhamme Ānanda pāsāde1 caturāsīti-kūṭāgāra-sahassāni
ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ; ekaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ sovaṇ-
ṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ,
ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamaye kūṭāgāre rūpimayo
pallaṃko paññatto ahosi; rūpimaye kūṭāgāre sovaṇṇa-
mayo pallaṃko paññatto ahosi; veḷuriyamaye kūṭāgāre
dantamayo pallaṃko paññatto ahosi; phalikamaye kūṭā-
gāre sāramayo2 pallaṃko paññatto ahosi. Sovaṇṇama-
yassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre rūpimayo tālo ṭhito ahosi; tassa
rūpimayo khandho sovaṇṇamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca.
Rūpimayassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre sovaṇṇamayo tālo ṭhito
ahosi; tassa sovaṇṇamayo khandho rūpimayāni pattāni
ca phalāni ca. Veḷuriyamayassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre
phalikamayo tālo ṭhito ahosi; tassa phalikamayo khan-
dho veḷuriyamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Phalikama-
yassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre veḷuriyamayo tālo ṭhito ahosi;
tassa veḷuriyamayo khandho phalikamayāni pattāni ca
phalāni ca.
27. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad
ahosi: "Yan nūnāhaṃ Mahā-vyūhassa3 kūṭāgārassa4
dvāre sabba-sovaṇṇamayaṃ tāla-vanaṃ māpeyyaṃ yattha
divā vihāraṃ nisīdissāmīti."
‘Māpesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano mahā-vyū-
hassa {kūṭāgārassa} dvāre sabba-sovaṇṇamayaṃ tāla-vanaṃ,
yattha divā vihāraṃ nisīdi5.
28. ‘Dhammo Ānanda pāsādo dvīhi vedikāhi parik-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc adds va.
2 Bm Sum K (Sī) sāramayo; SS Bp K
masāragallamayo. Comp. ii. 12.
3 Sc mahābyuhassa; Sdt Mahāsuhassa, afterwards -vyūhassa or
-vūhassa; Bm K viyūhassa; Bp -viyuhassa, afterwards
mahāvyuhassa (never Ū).
4 SS usually spell kut-; BB and K kūt-.
5 Sc nisīdīti; Sdt nisīdati.

[page 183]
D. xvii. 1. 30.] THE AEOLIAN HARPS. 183
khitto ahosi, ekā vedikā sovaṇṇamayā ekā rūpimayā; so-
vaṇṇamayāya vedikāya sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ,
rūpimayā sūciyo1 ca uṇhīsañ ca; rūpimayāya vedikāya
rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ, sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇ-
hīsañ ca.
29. ‘Dhammo Ānanda pāsādo dvīhi kiṅkiṇika-jālāhi2
parikkhitto ahosi, ekaṃ jālaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ ekaṃ
jālaṃ3 rūpimayaṃ; sovaṇṇamayassa jālassa rūpimayā
kiṅkiṇiyo4 ahesuṃ, rūpimayassa jālassa sovaṇṇamayā kiṅ-
kiṇiyo ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda kiṅkiṇika-jālā-
naṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo5 ca
kamanīyo6 ca madanīyo7 ca. Seyyathā pi Ānanda pañcaṅ-
gikassa turiyassa suvinītassa suppaṭipatālitassa kusalehi
samannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo
ca madanīyo ca, evam eva kho Ānanda tesaṃ kiṅkiṇika-
jālānaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca
kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Ye kho pan'; Ānanda tena
samayena Kusāvatiyā rājadhāniyā dhuttā ahesuṃ soṇḍā
pipāsā, te tesaṃ kiṅkiṇika-jālānaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddena
paricāresuṃ8.
30. ‘Niṭṭhito kho pan'; Ānanda Dhammo pāsādo dudik-
kho9 ahosi musati cakkhūni. Seyyathā pi Ānanda vassā-
naṃ pacchime māse sarada-samaye viddhe10 vigata-valā-
hake deve ādicco nabhaṃ abbhussukkamāno11 dudikkho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc suciyo, and below.
2 SS kiṅkinika; Bmp K kiṅkanika throughout; Bm K jālehi.
3 Sc Bm K omit, cp. vedikā above.
4 Bm K kiṅkaṇiyo.
5 Bm K rajaniyo.
6 Bm khamaniyo; K khammaniyo, and below, cp. 6.
7 K -niyo.
8 Sct parivārayiṃsu; Sd parivāresuṃ; Bmp K paricāresuṃ.
9 Bmp K duddikkho, and below.
10 Bmp viddhe; K visuddhe upaviddhe. SS here viṭṭhe; at A. i. 242,
S. i. 65, It. 2O viddhe. See J. P. T. S. 1891, 73.
11 Bmp abbhuggamamāno; K abbhassak-.

[page 184]
184 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 30.
hoti musati cakkhūni, evam eva kho Ānanda Dhammo
pāsādo dudikkho ahosi musati cakkhūni.
31. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad
ahosi: "Yan {nūnāhaṃ} Dhammassa pāsādassa purato
Dhammaṃ nāma pokkharaṇiṃ māpeyyan ti."
‘Māpesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano Dhammassa
pāsādassa purato Dhammaṃ nāma pokkharaṇiṃ.
‘Dhammo1 Ānanda pokkharaṇī puratthimena ca2 pac-
chimena ca yojanaṃ āyāmena ca3 ahosi, uttarena ca4
dakkhiṇena ca addha5-yojanaṃ vitthārena.
‘Dhammo6 Ānanda pokkharaṇī catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ
iṭṭhakāhi citā ahosi, ekā iṭṭhakā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpi-
mayā, ekā {veḷuriyamayā}, ekā phalikamayā.
‘Dhammāya ca7 Ānanda pokkharaṇiyā catu-vīsati-
sopānāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ, ekaṃ sopānaṃ
sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ,
ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamayassa sopānassa sovaṇ-
ṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ rūpimayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca;
rūpimayassa sopānassa rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ sovaṇ-
ṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; {veḷuriyamayassa} sopā-
nassa {veḷuriyamayā} thambhā ahesuṃ phalikamayā sūciyo
ca uṇhīsañ ca; phalikamayassa sopānassa phalikamayā
thambhā ahesuṃ veḷuriyamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca.
‘Dhammo Ānanda pokkharaṇī dvīhi vedikāhi parik-
khittā ahosi, ekā vedikā sovaṇṇamayā ekā rūpimayā;
sovaṇṇamayāya vedikāya sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ
rūpimayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; rūpimayāya vedikāya
rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇ-
hīsañ ca.
32. ‘Dhammo Ānanda pokkharaṇī sattahi tāla-pantīhi
parikkhittā ahosi, ekā tāla-panti sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpi-
mayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohi-
taṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā.
Sovaṇṇamayassa tālassa sovaṇṇamayo khandho ahosi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K dhamamā.
2 Bm omits.
3 Bm omits.
4 K omits.
5 Bm aḍḍha.
6 Bm K dhammā, and twice below.
7 Bm K omits.

[page 185]
D. xvii. 2. 1.] THE AEOLIAN HARPS. 185
rūpimayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Rūpimayassa tālassa
rūpimayo khandho ahosi sovaṇṇamayāni pattāni ca phalāni
ca. Veḷuriyamayassa tālassa veḷuriyamayo khandho ahosi
phalikamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Phalikamayassa
tālassa phalikamayo khandho ahosi veḷuriyamayāni pat-
tāni ca phalāni ca. Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅka-
mayo khandho ahosi masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni
ca. Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khan-
dho ahosi lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Sab-
baratanamayassa tālassa sabbaratanamayo khandho
ahosi sabbaratanamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Tāsaṃ
kho pan'; Ānanda tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo
ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo1 ca madanīyo
ca. Seyyathā pi Ānanda pañcaṅgikassa turiyassa suvi-
nītassa suppaṭipatālitassa kusalehi samannāhatassa saddo
hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca, evam
eva kho Ānanda tāsaṃ tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo
ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Ye
kho pan'; Ānanda tena samayena Kusāvatiyā rajadhāniyā
dhuttā ahesuṃ soṇḍā pipāsā, te tāsaṃ tāla-pantīnaṃ
vāteritānaṃ saddena paricāresuṃ2.
33. ‘Niṭṭhite kho pan'; Ānanda Dhamme ca3 pāsāde4
Dhammāya ca5 pokkharaṇiyā, rājā Mahā-sudassano
ye6 tena samayena samaṇesu vā samaṇa-sammatā brāh-
maṇesu vā brāhmaṇa-sammatā te sabba-kāmehi santap-
petvā Dhammaṃ pāsādaṃ abhirūhi7.
Paṭhamaka8-Bhāṇavāraṃ.
2.1. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad
ahosi: "Kissa nu kho me idaṃ9 kammassa phalaṃ,
kissa kammassa vipāko, yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃ mahid-
dhiko evaṃ mahānubhāvo ti?"

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm khamaniyo; K khammaniyo, and below.
2 SS parivāresum.
3 Sd va; Bm K omits.
4 Bm inserts niṭhitāya; K niṭṭhitāya ca.
5 K omits.
6 Bmp K add kho pan'; Ānanda.
7 K -hīti.
8 Bm paṭhama-.
9 Scd imaṃ.

[page 186]
186 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 1.
‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad
ahosi: "Tiṇṇaṃ kho me idaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ, tiṇ-
ṇaṃ kammānaṃ vipāko, yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃ mahid-
dhiko evaṃ mahānubhāvo, seyyathīdaṃ dānassa damassa
saṃyamassāti."1
2. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano yena Mahā-
vyūhaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
Mahā-vyūhassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre ṭhito udānaṃ udānesi:
"Tiṭṭha kāma-vitakka! Tiṭṭha vyāpāda-vitakka! Tiṭṭha
vihiṃsā-vitakka! Ettāvatā kāma-vitakka! Ettāvatā
vyāpāda-vitakka! Ettāvatā vihiṃsā-vitakkāti!"
3. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano Mahā-
vyūhaṃ {kūṭāgāraṃ} pavisitvā sovaṇṇamaye pallaṅke
nisinno, vivicc'; eva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi
savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pīti-sukhaṃ paṭhamaj-
jhānaṃ2 upasampajja vihāsi. {Vitakka}-vicārānaṃ vūpa-
samā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitak-
kaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ {pīti}-sukhaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ
upasampajja vihāsi. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekhako ca vihāsi
sato3 sampajāno sukhañ ca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yan
taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti "upekhako satimā sukha-vihārī" ti
tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi. Sukhassa ca pahānā
dukkhassa ca pahānā pubb'; eva somanassa-domanassānaṃ
atthagamā4 {adukkha-ṃ-asukhaṃ} upekhā-sati-pārisuddhiṃ
catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi.
4. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano Mahā-
vyūhā kūṭāgārā nikkhamitvā sovaṇṇamayaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ
pavisitvā rūpimaye pallaṅke nisinno mettā-sahagatena
cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā
tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ
sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettā-saha-
gatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
avyāpajjhena pharitvā vihāsi . . . karuṇā-sahagatena
cetasā . . . muditā-sahagatena cetasā . . . upekhā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K saññamassāti.
2 BB always paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, &c.
3 Bmp add ca.
4 Bmp K atthaṅgamā.

[page 187]
D. xvii. 2. 5.] THE KING'S WEALTH. 187
sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā
dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddham
adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ
upekhā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appa-
māṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā vihāsi.
5. ‘Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa caturāsīti-
nagara-sahassāni1 ahesuṃ Kusāvatī-rājadhāni-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassāni ahesuṃ Dhamma-pāsāda-
pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-{kūṭāgāra}-sahassāni ahesuṃ Mahā-vyūha-
{kūṭāgāra}-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassāni ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayāni
rūpimayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni2 {goṇakatthatāni}3
paṭalikatthatāni4 kadali-miga5-paccattharaṇāni sa-uttara-
cchadanāni6 ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni7;
‘{Caturāsīti}-nāga-sahassāni ahesuṃ sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni
sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Uposatha-
nāgarāja-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-assa-sahassāni ahesuṃ sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni
sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Valāhaka-
assarāja-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-ratha-sahassāni ahesuṃ sīha-camma-pari-
vārāni vyaggha-camma-parivārāni8 dīpi-camma-parivārāni
paṇḍu-kambala-parivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-
dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Vejayanta-ratha-pamu-
khāni;
‘Caturāsīti-maṇi-sahassāni ahesuṃ maṇi-ratana-pamu-
khāni;
‘Caturāsīti-itthi-sahassāni ahesuṃ Subhadda-devī-
pamukhāni;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc often, and Sdt occasionally asītiṃ. See p. 3.
2 K masāragallamayāni.
3 K inserts paṭikatthatāni; so Bm which, however omits paṭalik-.
4 Bp paṭilakkhatāni.
5 Bm K add pavara.
6 Bmp K cchadāni.
7 Sdt Bm lohitakupa-.
8 Bmp K throughout byaggha.

[page 188]
188 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 5.
‘Caturāsīti-gahapati-sahassāni ahesuṃ gahapati-ratana-
pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-khattiya-sahassāni ahesuṃ anuyuttāni1
pariṇāyaka-ratana-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-dhenu-sahassāni ahesuṃ dukūla2-sandanāni3
{kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni}4;
‘Caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassāni ahesuṃ khoma-
sukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ5 koseyya-sukhumā-
naṃ6 kambala-sukhumānaṃ;
‘7Caturāsīti-thālipāka-sahassāni ahesuṃ sāyapātaṃ8
bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha9.
6. ‘Tena kho pan'; Ānanda samayena rañño Mahā-
sudassanassa caturāsīti-nāga-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ upaṭ-
ṭhānaṃ āgacchanti.10 Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-
sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Imāni kho me caturāsīti-
nāga-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti. Yan
nūna11 vassa-satassa vassa-satassa accayena dve cattā-
rīsaṃ12 nāga-sahassāni13 dve cattārīsaṃ nāga-sahassāni13
sakiṃ sakiṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgaccheyyun ti."
‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano pariṇāyaka-
ratanaṃ āmantesi: "Imāni kho me samma pariṇāyaka-
ratana caturāsīti-nāga-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ
āgacchanti, tena hi samma pariṇāyaka-ratana vassa-satassa
vassa-satassa accayena dve cattārīsaṃ 14nāga-sahassāni14

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bmp K anuyantāni throughout; K (Sī) anuyuttāni.
2 Sc dukula; Bmp K duha; K (Sī) dukula.
3 Sc saṃsandanāni
4 Sc kiṅsupadhāranāni; K (Sī) kaṅsūpasandanāni.
5 St omits.
6 Sd omits.
7 Bmp K insert Rañño Ānanda Mahā-Sudassanassa.
8 Bmp K always and St occasionally sāyaṃ pātaṃ.
9 Scd abhihāriy-; St abhihārīy-; Bp abhihariy-; K abhiharay-.
10 SS gacchanti.
11 SS nūnāhaṃ.
12 Bm K cattāḷīsaṃ.
13-13 Sc omits, but not in the repetitions; Bm omits;
K omits the first nāgasahassāni.
14-14 Bm K omit, and below.

[page 189]
D. xvii. 2. 7.] THE QUEEN'S VISIT. 189
dve cattārīsaṃ nāga-sahassāni sakiṃ sakiṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ
āgacchantūti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho Ānanda pariṇāyaka-ratanaṃ
rañño Mahā-sudassanassa paccassosi. Atha kho Ānanda
rañño Mahā-sudassanassa aparena samayena vassa-satassa
vassa-satassa accayena dve cattārīsaṃ nāga-sahassāni
dve cattārīsaṃ nāga-sahassāni sakiṃ sakiṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ
āgamaṃsu.
7. ‘Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddāya deviyā bahunnaṃ
vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassa-satānaṃ bahunnuṃ vasa-sata-
sahassānaṃ1 accayena etad ahosi: "Cira-diṭṭho kho2 me
rājā Mahā-sudassano, yan nūnāhaṃ rājānaṃ Mahā-
sudassanaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkameyyan ti."
‘Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddā devī itthāgāraṃ āmantesi:
"Etha tumhe sīsāni nahāyatha3 pītāni vatthāni pārū-
patha,4 cira-diṭṭho5 no rājā Mahā-sudassano, rājānaṃ
Mahā-sudassanaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamissāmāti."
"‘Evaṃ ayye6 ti" kho Ānanda itthāgāraṃ Subhaddāya
deviyā paṭissutvā7 sīsaṃ8 nahāyitvā9 pītāni vatthāni
pārūpitvā yena subhaddā devī ten'; upasaṃkami.
‘Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddā devī pariṇāyaka-ratanaṃ
āmantesi: "Kappehi samma pariṇāyaka-ratana caturaṅ-
giniṃ senaṃ. Cira-diṭṭho no rājā Mahā-sudassano,
rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamissā-
māti."
"‘Evaṃ devī" ti kho Ānanda pariṇāyaka-ratanaṃ
Subhaddāya deviyā paṭissutvā caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ kap-
pāpetvā Subhaddāya deviyā paṭivedesi: "Kappitā kho
te devi caturaṅgini-senā, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasīti."

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K omit sata.
2 Bmp K ciraṃ; Sc -diṭṭhi kho; Sdt -diṭṭhiko; Bm K diṭṭho kho;
Bp ṭhito kho. In the repetition all MSS. diṭṭho.
3 Sc nahāyata; Bp nāyataṃ; Bm nhāyatha; K sīsanhāyatha (and below).
4 K pārup- (and below).
5 Bm K ciraṃ.
6 Sdt ayyā.
7 Bp paṭisutvā; K paṭissuṇitvā.
8 Bmp sīsani.
9 Bm nhāy-; Bp nāyitvā.

[page 190]
190 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 8.
8. ‘Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddā devī caturaṅginiyā
senāya saddhiṃ itthāgārena yena Dhammo pāsādo ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Dhammaṃ pāsādaṃ abhirū-
hitvā yena Mahā-vyūhaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā Mahā-vyūhassa kūtāgārassa dvāra-bāhaṃ
ālambitvā aṭṭhāsi.
‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano1: "Kin nu
kho2 mahato viya jana-kāyassa saddo?" ti Mahā-
vyūhā kūṭāgārā nikkhamanto addasa Subhaddaṃ deviṃ
dvāra-bāhaṃ ālambitvā ṭhitaṃ. Disvā Subhaddaṃ deviṃ
etad avoca: "Etth'; eva devi3 tiṭṭha, mā pāvisīti."4
9. ‘Atha kho Ānanda5 rājā Mahā-sudassano aññataraṃ
purisaṃ āmantesi: "Ehi tvaṃ ambho purisa Mahā-vyūhā
kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ nīharitvā6 sabba-
sovaṇṇamaye tāla-vane paññāpehīti."7
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho Ānanda so puriso rañño Mahā-
sudassanassa paṭissutvā Mahā-vyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇa-
mayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ nīharitvā sabba-sovaṇṇamaye tāla-vane
paññāpesi.
‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano dakkhiṇena
passena sīha-seyyaṃ kappesi pāde8 pādaṃ accādhāya9
sato sampajāno.
10. ‘Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddāya deviyā etad ahosi:
"Vippasannāni kho rañño Mahā-sudassanassa indriyāni,
parisuddho10 chavi-vaṇṇo pariyodāto, mā h'; eva kho rājā
Mahā-sudassano kālam akāsīti."
‘Rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ etad avoca: "Imāni kho11
te12 deva caturāsīti-nagara-sahassāni Kusāvatī-rājadhāni-
pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ13
karohi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 BB and K add saddaṃ sutvā.
2 K adds so.
3 Bm devī.
4 Bm pāvīsīti.
5 SS omit.
6 Bm niharitvā, and below.
7 Bm K paññap-.
8 Bmp K pādena.
9 Sd accādāya; Bp acchādhāya.
10 K parisuddhāni.
11 Bm K omit.
12 Sd Bp omit.
13 Sd occasionally apekhakaṃ; St āpekhaṃ, and so afterwards;
Bmp K throughout apekkhaṃ.

[page 191]
D. xvii. 2. 10.] THE QUEEN'S FIRST APPEAL. 191
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassāni Dhamma-
pāsāda-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite
apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-kūṭāgāra-sahassāni Mahā-
vyūha-kūṭāgāra-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi,
jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassāni sovaṇṇa-
mayāni rūpimayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni goṇakat-
thatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadali-miga-paccattharaṇāni sa-
uttaracchadanāni ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni, ettha deva
chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-nāga-sahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅ-
kārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Uposatha-
nāgarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi jīvite
apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-assa-sahassāni {sovaṇṇālaṅ}-
kārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Valāhaka-
assarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite
apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-ratha-sahassāni sīha-camma-
parivārāni vyaggha-camma-parivārāni dīpi-camma-
parivārāni paṇḍu-kambala-parivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni
sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Vejayanta-ratha-
pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ
karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-maṇi-sahassāni Maṇi-ratana-
pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ
karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-itthi-sahassāni Itthi-ratana-
pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ
karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-gahapati-sahassāni Gahapati-
ratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite
apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-khattiya-sahassāni anuyut-
tāni pariṇāyaka-ratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ
janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-dhenu-sahassāni dukūla-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 192]
192 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 10.
sandanāni {kaṃsūpadhārāni}, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi,
jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassāni khoma-
sukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumā-
naṃ kambala-sukhumānaṃ, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi,
jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva thālipāka-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ
bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha,1 ettha deva chandaṃ janehi,
jīvite apekhaṃ kārohīti."
11. ‘Evaṃ vutte Ānanda2 rājā Mahā-sudassano Su-
bhaddaṃ3 deviṃ4 etad avoca: "Dīgha-rattaṃ kho maṃ5
tvaṃ6 devi iṭṭhehi7 kantehi manāpehi8 samudācaritvā,9
atha ca pana maṃ tvaṃ pacchime kāle aniṭṭhehi akantehi10
amanāpehi samudācarasīti."
"‘Kathañ carahi taṃ deva samudācarāmīti?"
"‘Evaṃ kho maṃ tvaṃ devi samudācara: Sabbeh'
eva deva11 piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-bhāvo
aññathā-bhāvo. Mā kho tvaṃ deva12 sāpekho kālam
akāsi. Dukkhā sāpekhassa kāla-kiriyā,13 garahitā ca
sāpekhassa kāla-kiriyā.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-nagara-sahassāni Kusāvatī-
rājadhāni-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite
apekhaṃ14 15mā akāsi15.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassāni16 Dhamma-
pāsāda-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite
apekhaṃ mā akāsi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd abhihāriyittha; St abhihārīyittha; Bp atihariyati;
Bm abhihariyati; K abhiharayittha.
2 SS omit.
3 Sc Subhadda.
4 Sc deviṃ.
5 Sc man; St pana.
6 Sc taṃ.
7 Sc iddhehi; Sdt idhehi; Bmp iṭhehi.
8 Sdt omit; Bm pīyehi man-.
9 Bmp samudācarittha.
10 Bm inserts apīyehi.
11 K omits (here only).
12 Sc āve; Sdt Ānanda deva.
13 Bmp kālaṃ, and below
14 K apekkhaṃ (and onwards).
15-15 Scd Bm mākāsi throughout; St in the first two clauses
mā karohi, afterwards mākāsi.
16 K pa down to mā akāsi.

[page 193]
D. xvii. 2. 11.] PREPARATION FOR DEATH. 193
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-kūṭāgāra-sahassāni1 Mahā-
vyūha-kūṭāgāra-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha,
jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassāni sovaṇṇa-
mayāni rūpimayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni goṇakat-
thatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadali-miga-paccattharaṇāni sa-
uttaracchadanāni ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni, ettha deva
chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}nāga-sahassāni, sovaṇṇ-
ālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni
Uposatha-nāgarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ
pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}assa-sahassāni sovaṇṇ-
ālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Valā-
haka-assarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha,
jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}ratha-sahassāni sīha-camma-
parivārāni vyaggha-camma-parivārāni paṇḍu-kambala-
parivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-
paṭicchannāni Vejayanta-ratha-pamukhāni, ettha deva
chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}maṇi-sahassāni Maṇi-
ratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite
apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}itthi-sahassāni Subhaddā-
devi-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite
apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-gahapati-sahassāni Gaha-
pati-{ratana-}pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha,
jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-khattiya-sahassāni anu-
yuttāni Pariṇāyaka-ratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ
pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-dhenu-sahassāni dukūla-
sandanāni {kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni}, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha,
jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K pa down to the first mā akāsi.

[page 194]
194 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 11.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassāni khoma-
sukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumā-
naṃ kambala-sukhumānaṃ, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha,
jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-thālipāka-sahassāni sāya-
pātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha,1 ettha deva chandaṃ
pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsīti."
12. ‘Evaṃ vutte Ānanda Subhaddā devī parodi assūni2
pavattesi. Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddā devī assūni
pamajjitvā3 {rājānaṃ} Mahā-{sudassanaṃ} etad avoca:
"Sabbeh'; eva deva piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-
bhāvo aññathā-bhāvo. Mā kho tvaṃ deva sāpekho kālam
akāsi. Dukkhā sāpekhassa kāla-kiriyā, garahitā ca
sāpekhassa kāla-kiriyā.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-nagara-sahassāni Kusāvatī-
rājadhāni-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite
apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassāni Dhamma-
pāsāda-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite
apekhaṃ mā {akāsi}.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-kūṭāgāra-sahassāni {Mahā-}
vyūha-kūṭāgāra-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha,
jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassāni sovaṇṇa-
mayāni rūpimayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni goṇakat-
thatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadali-miga-paccattharaṇāni sa-
uttaracchadanāni ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni, ettha deva
chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}nāga-sahassāni, sovaṇṇ-
ālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni
Uposatha-nāgarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ
pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}assa-sahassāni sovaṇṇ-
ālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Valā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc abhiharīyittha; Bm abhihariyati; K abhiharayittha. See p. 197.
2 Sdt Bp both times assuni.
3 Sum pamacchitvā; Bm puñjitvā.

[page 195]
D. xvii. 2. 13.] THE QUEEN'S EXHORTATION. 195
haka-assarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha,
jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}ratha-sahassāni sīha-
camma-parivārāni vyaggha-camma-parivārāni paṇḍu-
kambala-parivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni
hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Vejayanta-ratha-pamukhāni,
ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}maṇi-sahassāni Maṇi-
ratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite
apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}itthi-sahassāni Subhaddā-
devi-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite
apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti{-gahapati-}sahassāni Gahapati-
{ratana-}pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite
apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-khattiya-sahassāni anu-
yuttāni Pariṇāyaka-ratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ
pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-dhenu-sahassāni dukūla-
sandanāni {kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni}, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha,
jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassāni khoma-
sukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumā-
naṃ kambala-sukhumānaṃ, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha,
jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-thālipāka-sahassāni sāya-
pātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha, ettha deva chandaṃ
pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsīti."1
13. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano na cirass'2
eva kālam akāsi. Seyyathā pi Ānanda gahapatissa vā
gahapati-puttassa vā manuññaṃ {bhojanaṃ} bhuttāvissa
bhatta-sammado hoti, evam eva kho3 rañño Mahā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 MSS. akāsi.
2 So Sct Bp; Sd cirassen'; K ciraṃ yeva; K (Sī) cirass'; eva.
3 Bm K insert Ānanda.

[page 196]
196 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 13.
sudassanassa māraṇantikā1 vedanā ahosi. Kāla-kato2
Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano sugatiṃ brahma-lokaṃ
uppajji.3 Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano caturāsīti-vassa-
sahassāni kumāra-kīḷikaṃ4 kīḷi,5 caturāsīti-vassa-sahassāni
oparajjaṃ kāresi, caturāsīti-vassa-sahassāni rajjaṃ kāresi
caturāsīti-vassa-sahassāni gihī6-bhūto Dhamme7 pāsāde8
brahmacariyaṃ cari.9 So cattāro brahma-vihāre bhāvetvā
kāyassa bhedā10 param maraṇā10 Brahmalokūpago ahosi.
14. ‘Siyā11 kho 12pana te Ānanda12 evam assa13:
"Añño nūna tena samayena rājā Mahā-sudassano ahosīti."
Na kho 14pana taṃ14 Ānanda evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ahaṃ
tena samayena rājā Mahā-sudassano ahosiṃ15.
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-nagara-sahassāni Kusāvatī-
rājadhāni-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassāni Dhamma-
pāsāda-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-{kūṭāgāra}-sahassāni Mahāvyūha-
{kūṭāgāra}-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassāni sovaṇ-
ṇamayāni {rūpimayāni} dantamayāni sāramayāni {goṇak-
atthatāni} paṭalikatthatāni kadali-miga-paccattharaṇāni
sa-uttaracchadanāni ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-nāga-sahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅ-
kārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Uposa-
tha-nāgarāja-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-assa-sahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅ-
kārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Valā-
haka-assarāja-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-ratha-sahassāni sīha-camma-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scd māran-; K mar-.
2 Sct add vā; K ca.
3 Bmp K upapajji.
4 SS kīlikaṃ; K kīḷim.
5 SS kīli; Bm kili.
6 Sc Bm K gihi; Sd gīhī; St gihī; Bp gīhi.
7 Sd dhammo.
8 Sd pāsāda.
9 Bp acari; K ācari.
10-10 Bp rammaṇā.
11 K adds nu.
12-12 sdt panete Ānanda; Bp panatenananda; K pan Ananda.
13 Sd eva tassa corrected to etassa.
14-14 Bmp K pan'; etaṃ.
15 SS Bmp ahosin ti.

[page 197]
D. xvii. 2. 15.] THE IDENTIFICATION. 197
parivārāni vyaggha-camma-parivārāni dīpi-camma-
parivārāni paṇḍu-kambala-parivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni
sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Vejayanta-ratha-
pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-maṇi-sahassāni maṇi-ratana-
pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-itthi-sahassāni Subhadda-devī-
pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-gahapati-sahassāni gahapati-
ratana-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-khattiya-sahassāni anuyuttāni
pariṇāyaka-ratana-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-dhenu-sahassāni dukūla-sanda-
nāni {kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni};
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassāni khoma-
sukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumā-
nam kambala-sukhumānaṃ;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-thālipāka-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ
bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha1.
15. ‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-nagara-sahas-
{sānaṃ} ekaṃ yeva2 taṃ nagaraṃ hoti yan tena samayena
ajjhāvasāmi, yadidaṃ Kusāvatī rāja-dhānī.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassānaṃ
eko yeva so pāsādo hoti yan tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi
yadidaṃ Dhammo pāsādo.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-{kūṭāgāra}-sahas-
sānaṃ ekaṃ yeva taṃ {kūṭāgāraṃ} hoti, yan tena samayena
ajjhāvasāmi, yadidaṃ Mahā-vyūhaṃ {kūṭāgāraṃ}.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahas-
sānaṃ, eko yeva so pallaṅko hoti yan tena samayena
paribhuñjāmi yadidaṃ sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpimayo vā
dantamayo vā sāramayo vā.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-nāga-sahassānaṃ
eko yeva so nāgo hoti yan tena samayena abhirūhāmi3
yadidaṃ Uposatho nāga-rājā.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So Scd Bp -hāray-; St -hāriyittha; Bm K -harayittha.
2 K ekaññeva.
3 Sc K abhiruhāmi, and below.

[page 198]
198 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 15.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-assa-{sahassānaṃ},
eko yeva asso hoti yan tena samayena abhirūhāmi,
yadidaṃ Valāhako1 assa-rājā.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-ratha-sahassānaṃ
eko yeva so ratho hoti yan tena samayena abhirūhāmi,
yadidaṃ {Vejayanta-}ratho.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-itthi-sahassānaṃ
ekā yeva sā itthi hoti yā maṃ2 tena samayena paccupaṭ-
ṭhāti {khattiyānī}3 vā {velāmikānī} vā4.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahas-
sānaṃ ekaṃ yeva taṃ dussa-yugaṃ hoti yan tena
samayena paridahāmi khoma-sukhumaṃ vā kappāsika-
sukhumaṃ vā koseyya-sukhumaṃ vā kambala-sukhumaṃ
vā.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda {caturāsīti-}thālipāka-sahas-
sānaṃ eko yeva so thālipāko hoti yato nāḷikodana-
paramaṃ bhuñjāmi tadūpiyañ5 ca sūpeyyaṃ.
16. ‘Pass'; Ānanda sabbe te saṃkhārā atītā niruddhā
vipariṇatā. Evaṃ aniccā kho Ānanda saṃkhārā, evaṃ
addhuvā kho Ānanda saṃkhārā, evaṃ anassāsikā kho
Ānanda saṃkhārā, yāvañ c'; idaṃ Ānanda alam eva sabba-
saṃkhāresu nibbindituṃ, alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuc-
cituṃ.
17. ‘Chakkhattuṃ6 kho panāhaṃ Ānanda abhijānāmi
imasmiṃ padese sarīraṃ nikkhipitaṃ, tañ ca kho rājā
vasamāno cakkavattī dhammiko dhamma-rājā cāturanto
vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto satta-ratana-saman-
nāgato, ayaṃ sattamo sarīra-nikkhepo. Na kho panāhaṃ
Ānanda taṃ padesaṃ samanupassāmi sadevake loke

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc Valāho.
2 Sd ma; Bmp K omit.
3 Sc khattiyāni, Bp khattiyāyini; Bm khattiyinī; K -yāyinī.
4 Sc Velamikāneva; Bp soyini vā; Bm Vessinī vā; K Vessāyinī vā;
K (Sī) Khattiyāyinī vā Velānimikānī vā.
5 Sc Bm K tadupiyañ.
6 Sc chakkhattu; Sd chakkattuṃ; Bp chakkattu; K chakkhittum.

[page 199]
D. xvii. 2. 17.] IMPERMANENCY. 199
samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sa-
deva-manussāya yattha Tathāgato aṭṭhamaṃ sarīraṃ
nikkhipeyyāti.'
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvā1 Sugato athāparaṃ
etad avoca Satthā:
‘Aniccā vata saṃkhārā uppādavaya-dhammino,
Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho ti.'
Mahā-Sudassana-Suttantaṃ
Niṭṭhitaṃ.2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K vatvāna.
2 Bp K -suttaṃ catutthaṃ; Bm suttaṃ niṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

[page 200]
200
[xviii. Janavasabha Suttanta.]
Evam me sutaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Nādike1 viharati Giñja-
kāvasathe. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā parito
parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte2 kālakate uppat-
tīsu3 vyākaroti Kāsi-Kosalesu Vajji-Mallesu Ceti4-{Vaṃsesu}
Kuru-Pañcālesu Maccha5-Sūrasenesu:6 ‘Asu amutra
uppanno,7asu amutra uppanno.7 Paro-paññāsa
Nādikiyā8 paricārakā abbhatītā9 kālakatā pañcannaṃ
orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā,
tattha parinibbāyino anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā.
Sādhikā10 navuti Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā
tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ
tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā
dukkhass'; antaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni pañca-satāni
Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyoja-
nānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipāta-dhammā niyatā
sambodhi-parāyanā'; ti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm Nātike.
2 Sct abbhatite; Oldenberg, MV. i. 23, 5, abbhatitaṃ.
3 Sdt -tisu: Bm K upapattīsu, and below 2, 3.
4 Bm Cetiya, and below.
5 Bm majjha, and below.
6 Scd Bm K sura-; St sūra-; and below.
7-7 Sc omits; St inserts by correction; Bm K upapanno,
each time; Bm adds ti after repetition.
8 SS nadikā; Bm nātikiyā (and below); K paññāsā nād-.
9 So SS Bm.
10 SS sādhita; below sādhika; Bm K sādhikā cp. xvi. 2, 7.

[page 201]
D. xviii. 4] REBIRTHS OF THE FAITHFUL. 201
2. Assosuṃ kho Nādikiyā paricārakā: ‘Bhagavā kira
parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kāla-kate
uppattīsu vyākaroti Kāsi-Kosalesu Vajji-Mallesu {Ceti-vaṃ-
sesu} Kuru-Pañcālesu Maccha-Sūrasenesu: ‘Asu amutra
uppanno, asu amutra uppanno.1 Paro-paññāsa Nādikiyā
paricārakā abbhatītā kāla-katā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyā-
naṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā, tattha parinib-
bāyino anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti
Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyo-
janānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā saka-
dāgāmino, sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'
antaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni pañca-satāni Nādikiyā
paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ
parikkhayā sotāpannā, avinipāta-dhammā niyatā sam-
bodhi-parāyanā"'; ti. Tena ca Nādikiyā paricārakā
attamanā ahesuṃ pamuditā {pīti-somanassa}-jātā Bhagavato
{pañha2-}veyyākaraṇaṃ3 sutvā.
3. Assosi kho āyasmā Ānando: ‘Bhagavā kira parito
parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu4
vyākaroti Kāsi-Kosalesu Vajji-Mallesu {Ceti-vaṃsesu} Kuru-
Pañcālesu Maccha-Sūrasenesu: ‘Asu amutra uppanno
asu amutra uppanno. Paro-paññāsa Nādikiyā paricārakā
abbhatītā kāla-katā {pañcannaṃ} orambhāgiyānaṃ
saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā, tattha parinibbāyino
anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti Nādikiyā
paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ
parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino,
sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'; antaṃ karis-
santi. Sātirekāni pañca satāni Nādikiyā paricārakā abbha-
tītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā
avinipāta-dhammā niyatā sambodhi-parāyanā" ti. Tena
ca Nādikiyā paricārakā attamanā ahesuṃ pamuditā pīti-
somanassa-jātā Bhagavato pañha5-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā'
ti.
4. Atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: ‘Ime

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm adds ti, and below.
2 Sc pañhaṃ; K pañhā.
3 St veyyākk-.
4 SS -isu.
5 K pañhā.

[page 202]
202 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 4.
kho 1pana pi1 ahesuṃ Māgadhakā2 paricārakā bahū
{c'; eva} rattaññū ca abbhatītā kālakatā, suññā maññe Aṅga-
Magadhā3 Māgadhakehi4 paricārakehi abbhatītehi kāla-
katehi. Te5 kho pana pi ahesuṃ Buddhe pasannā
Dhamme pasannā Saṃghe pasannā, sīlesu paripūrakārino.6
Te abbhatītā kālakatā Bhagavatā avyākatā, tesam p'
assa7 sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ, bahujano pasīdeyya, tato
gaccheyya {sugatiṃ}. Ayaṃ kho pana pi ahosi rājā
Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro dhammiko dhamma-rājā hito
brāhmaṇa-gahapatikānaṃ negamānañ c'; eva jānapadānañ
ca. Api ssudaṃ manussā kittayamāna8-rūpā viharanti:
"Evaṃ no so dhammiko dhamma-rājā sukhāpetvā kāla-
kato, evaṃ9 mayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhamma-rañño
vijite phāsu10 viharimhāti." So kho pana pi ahosi Buddhe
pasanno Dhamme pasanno Saṃghe pasanno sīlesu pari-
pūrakārī. Api ssudaṃ manussā evam āhaṃsu: "Yāva
maraṇa-kālā pi rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Bhaga-
vantaṃ kittayamāna-rūpo kālakato" ti. So abbhatīto
kālakato Bhagavatā avyākato, tassa p'; assa sādhu vey-
yākaraṇaṃ, bahujano pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya sugatiṃ.
Bhagavato kho pana sambodhi Magadhesu.11 Yattha kho
pana Bhagavato sambodhi Magadhesu, kathaṃ tattha
Bhagavā Māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālakate up-
pattīsu na vyākareyya? Bhagavā ce kho pana Māga-
dhake paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu na vyā-
kareyya dīnamānā12 tena 'ssu Māgadhakā paricārakā.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1-1 Bm K panāpi, and below.
2 K Māgadhikā, and below; note, Māgadhakātipi pāṭho.
3 Sc Māgadhā.
4 Bm Aṅga-Māg-; K -ikehi, and below.
5 K tena, and below 6.
6 K paripūrīk-, and below.
7 Bm K pi 'ssa, and below.
8 Sc kittayamayāmāna, Sd kittasamāna, St Bm K kittiya-.
9 SS eva.
10 So SS Bm (below, Sdt phāsuṃ); K phāsukaṃ.
11 So SS but afterwards Māg-.
12 Sc dinamānā; Bm dinamanā; K ninnamanā; K (Sī) dīnamānā; and below.

[page 203]
D. xviii. 6.] THE DISCIPLES IN MĀGADHA. 203
Yena kho pana 'ssu dīnamānā Māgadhakā paricārakā,
kathaṃ taṃ1 Bhagavā na vyākareyyāti?'
5. Idam āyasmā Ānando Māgadhake paricārake ārabbha
eko raho anuvicintetvā, rattiyā paccūsa-samayaṃ paccuṭ-
ṭhāya, yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekaman-
taṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca:
‘Sutaṃ2 me taṃ bhante: Bhagavā kira parito parito
janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu vyā-
karoti Kāsi-Kosalesu Vajji-Mallesu Ceti-Vaṃsesu Kuru-
Pañcālesu Maccha-Sūrasenesu: "Asu amutra uppanno,
asu amutra uppanno. Paro-paññāsa Nādikiyā pari-
cārakā abbhatītā kālakatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ
saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā, tattha parinibbāyino
anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti Nādikiyā
paricārakā abbhatītā {kālakatā} tiṇṇaṃ, saṃyojanānaṃ
parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino
sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'; antaṃ karis-
santi. Sātirekāni pañca satāni Nādikiyā paricārakā ab-
bhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotā-
pannā, avinipāta-dhammā niyatā sambodhi-parāyanā" ti.
Tena ca Nādikiyā paricārakā attamanā3 pamuditā pīti-
somanassa-jātā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā4.
6. ‘Ime kho pana pi bhante ahesuṃ Māgadhakā pari-
cārakā bahū c'; eva rattaññū ca abbhatītā {kālakatā}.
Suññā maññe Aṅga-Magadhā5 Māgadhakehi paricārakehi
abbhatītehi kālakatehi. Te6 kho pana pi bhante ahesuṃ
Buddhe pasannā Dhamme pasannā Saṃghe pasannā,
sīlesu paripūrakārino. Te abbhatītā kālakatā Bhagavatā
avyākatā. Tesaṃ p'; assa sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ, bahujano
pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya sugatiṃ. Ayaṃ kho pana pi
bhante ahosi rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro dhammiko
dhamma-rājā hito brāhmaṇa-gahapatikānaṃ negamānañ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K te.
2 Bm sutametaṃ.
3 SS omit ahesuṃ: K attamanā ahesuṃ.
4 Bm adds ti.
5 Bm inserts aṅga.
6 K tena, as in 4.

[page 204]
204 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 6.
c'; eva {janapadānañ}1 ca. Api ssudaṃ manussā kittaya-
māna-rūpā viharanti: "Evaṃ no so2 dhammiko dhamma-
rājā sukhāpetvā kālakato, evaṃ mayaṃ tassa dhammi-
kassa dhamma-rañño vijite phāsu viharimhāti." So kho
pana pi bhante3 ahosi Buddhe pasanno Dhamme pasanno
Saṃghe pasanno, sīlesu paripūrakārī. Api ssudaṃ
manussā evam āhaṃsu: "Yāva maraṇa-kālā pi rājā
Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Bhagavantaṃ kittayamāna-
rūpo kālakato" ti. So abbhatīto kālakato Bhagavatā
avyākato, tassa p'; assa sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ, bahujano
pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya sugatiṃ. Bhagavato kho pana
bhante sambodhi Magadhesu.4 Yattha kho pana bhante
Bhagavato sambodhi Magadhesu, kathaṃ tattha Bhagavā
Māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu na
vyākareyya? Bhagavā ce kho pana bhante Māgadhake
paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu na vyākareyya,
dīnamānā tena 'ssu Māgadhakā paricārakā. Yena kho
pana 'ssu bhante5 dīnamānā Māgadhakā paricārakā,
kathaṃ taṃ6 Bhagavā na7 vyākareyyāti?'
Idam āyasmā Ānando Māgadhake paricārake ārabbha
Bhagavato sammukhā parikathaṃ katvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā
Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
7. Atha kho Bhagavā acira-pakkante {āyasmato}8 Ānande
pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya
Nādikaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Nādike piṇḍāya caritvā pacchā-
bhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā Giñjakā-
vasathaṃ pavisitvā Māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhi-
katvā manasikatvā sabba-cetaso9 samannāharitvā paññatte
āsane nisīdi: ‘Gatiṃ tesaṃ jānissāmi abhisamparāyaṃ,
yaṃ-gatikā te bhavanto yam-abhisamparāyā'; ti. Addasā
kho Bhagavā Māgadhake paricārake yaṃ-gatikā te

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K jāna-.
2 SS omit evaṃ no so, 4.
3 K omits.
4 SS Māg-, but in 4 SS Mag-.
5 K omits.
6 Bm K te.
7 SS omit na; but St has an imperfect n after kathaṃ before taṃ.
8 Bm K āyasmante.
9 Bm sabbaṃ cetasā; K sabbaṃ cetaso, and in 9.

[page 205]
D. xviii. 9.] THE EFFECT OF THE NAME. 205
bhavanto yam-abhisamparāyā.1 Atha kho Bhagavā
sāyaṇha-samayaṃ patisallānā vuṭṭhito Giñjakāvasathā
nikkhamitvā vihāra2-pacchāyāyaṃ3 paññatte āsane
nisīdi.
8. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ‘Upasantappadisso4
bhante Bhagavā, bhāti-r-iva Bhagavato mukha-vaṇṇo
pasannattā5 indriyānaṃ. Santena nūn'; ajja bhante
Bhagavā vihārena vihāsīti.'
9. ‘Yad eva kho me tvaṃ Ānanda Māgadhake paricā-
rake ārabbha6 sammukhā parikathaṃ katvā, uṭṭhāy'; āsanā
pakkanto, tad evāhaṃ Nādike piṇḍāya caritvā pacchā-
bhattaṃ {piṇḍapāto} paṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā Giñja-
kāvasathaṃ pavisitvā Māgadhake7 paricārake ārabbha
aṭṭhikatvā manasikatvā sabba-cetaso8 samannāharitvā
paññatte āsane nisīdiṃ: "Gatiṃ tesaṃ jānissāmi abhisam-
parāyaṃ, yaṃ-gatikā te bhavanto yam-abhisamparāyā
ti." Addasaṃ kho ahaṃ Ānanda Māgadhake paricārake
yaṃ-gatikā te bhavanto yam-abhisamparāyā.9 Atha kho
Ānanda antarahito yakkho saddam anussāvesi: "Janava-
sabho ahaṃ Bhagavā, Janavasabho ahaṃ Sugatāti."
Abhijānāsi no tvaṃ Ānanda ito pubbe evarūpam nāma-
dheyyaṃ sutvā10 yadidaṃ Janavasabho ti?'
‘Na kho ahaṃ bhante abhijānāmi ito pubbe evarūpaṃ
nāma-dheyyaṃ sutvā yadidaṃ Janavasabho ti. Api hi11
me bhante lomāni naṭṭhāni "Janavasabho" ti nāma-
dheyyaṃ sutvā. Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi: "Na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm adds ti.
2 Sd vihāraṃ.
3 K cchāyayaṃ.
4 Sd upasampassadisso; Bm upasantapatiso; K upasantapatisso;
K (Sī) upasantappadisso.
5 Bm K vippasannattā.
6 So Bm K, SS omit.
7 K Māgadhike.
8 Bm sabbaṃ cetasā; K sabbaṃ cetaso, and below.
9 Bm adds ti.
10 Sct sutaṃ, but below sutvā; Bm K sutaṃ, and below.
11 Bm K ca.

[page 206]
206 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 9.
ha nūna1 so orako yakkho bhavissati {yass'; idaṃ}2 evarūpaṃ
nāma-dheyyaṃ3 yadidaṃ Janavasabho ti."'
10. ‘Anantarā4 kho Ānanda sadda5-pātubhāvā6 uḷāra-
vaṇṇo so7 me8 yakkho sammukhe9 pātur ahosi. Dutiya-
kam pi saddam10 anussāvesi: "Bimbisāro ahaṃ Bhagavā,
Bimbisāro ahaṃ Sugata.11 Idaṃ sattamaṃ kho ahaṃ
bhante Vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sahavyataṃ uppajjāmi.
So12 tato cuto manussa-rājā, amanussa-rājā13 divi homi13.
Ito satta tato satta saṃsārāni catuddasa
Nivāsam abhijānāmi yattha me vusitaṃ pure.
"‘Dīgha-rattaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante avinipāto avinipātaṃ
sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāyāti."
‘Acchariyam idaṃ āyasmato Janavasabhassa yak-
khassa, abbhutam14 idaṃ āyasmato Janavasabhassa yak-
khassa: ‘Dīgha-rattaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante avinipāto avini-
pātaṃ sañjānāmīti'; ca vadesi,15 ‘Āsā ca pana me santiṭ-
ṭhati sakadāgāmitāyāti'; ca vadesi. Kuto nidānaṃ pan'
āyasmā Janavasabho yakkho evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ16 visesā-
dhigamaṃ sañjānātīti?'
11. "‘Na aññattha17 Bhagavā tava sāsanā, na aññattha
Sugata tava sāsanā. Yad-agge ahaṃ bhante Bhagavati
ekantagato18 abhipasanno,19 tad-agge ahaṃ bhante dīgha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So Scdt K (Sī); Bm na hi nuna; K na hi nūna.
2 Bm K yadidaṃ.
3 Bm K insert supaññattaṃ.
4 K antarā.
5 K saddassa.
6 K -bhāvo.
7 Bm K omit.
8 SS ma.
9 Sct pamukhe; Sd pamukho.
10 K All MSS. saddham.
11 Bm -āti.
12 K So ito cuto manussesu rājā bhavituṃ pahomi; K (Sī) So tato cuto
manussā rājā amanussā rājā divi homi.
13-13 Bm bhavituṃ pahomi.
14 Sd abhibhūtam; K abbhūtam.
15 K pavedesi, and in the next clause.
16 K uḷāra-.
17 K aññatra, and in the next clause.
18 SS ekantigato; Bm kato; K ekantato; K (Sī) ekantagato.
19 K abhippasanno.

[page 207]
D. xviii. 12.] JANAVASABHA'S STORY. 207
rattaṃ avinipāto avinipātaṃ sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me
santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāya. Idhāhaṃ bhante Vessa-
vaṇena1 mahārājena pesito Virūḷhakassa mahārājassa
santike kenacid eva karaṇīyena addasaṃ Bhagavantaṃ
antarā magge Giñjakāvasathaṃ pavisitvā Māgadhake
paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhikatvā manasikatvā sabba-cetaso
samannāharitvā nisinnaṃ: ‘Gatiṃ tesaṃ jānissāmi
abhisamparāyaṃ, yaṃ-gatikā te bhavanto yam-abhisam-
parāyāti.'; Anacchariyaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ bhante yaṃ
Vessavaṇassa mahārājassa yaṃ2 parisāyaṃ bhāsato sam-
mukhā3 sutaṃ sammukhā3 paṭiggahitaṃ ‘{yaṃ-gatikā} te
bhavanto yam-abhisaṃparāyā {ti}.'; Tassa mayhaṃ bhante
etad ahosi: ‘Bhagavantañ ca dakkhāmi idañ ca Bhagava-
to āroceyyāmīti.'; Ime kho4 bhante dve paccayā Bhaga-
vantaṃ dassanāya pakkamituṃ5.
12. Purimāni bhante divasāni purimatarāni tadahu
'posathe paṇṇarase vassūpanāyikāya puṇṇāya6 puṇṇamāya
rattiyā kavalakappā ca deva Tāvatiṃsā Sudhammāyaṃ
sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, mahatī ca dibbā7
parisā samantato nisinnā8 honti,9 cattāro ca mahārājā10
catuddisā nisinnā honti. Puratthimāya disāya Dhata-
raṭṭho mahārājā pacchāmukho11 nisinno hoti deve12
purakkhatvā. Dakkhiṇāya disāya Virūḷhako mahārājā
uttarābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Pacchi-
māya disāya Virūpakkho mahārājā puratthimābhimukho13
nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Uttarāya disāya Vessa-
vaṇo mahārājā dakkhiṇābhimukho nisinno hoti deve

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS -vanena; and subsequently.
2 Bm K tassaṃ.
3-3 K omits.
4 Bm K insert me.
5 Bm upasaṃkamituṃ.
6 K omits.
7 Km K dibba-, and below.
8 Bm sannisinnā.
9 Sc hoti; Bm adds sannipatitā.
10 Bm K -jāno, and below.
11 Bm pacchābhimukho; K pacchimābhimukho.
12 K devehi, and subsequently.
13 So K; St Bm purattābhimukho.

[page 208]
208 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 12.
purakkhatvā. Yadā bhante kevalakappā ca devā
Tāvatiṃsā {Sudhammāyaṃ} sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā1 honti
sannipatitā, mahatī ca dibbā parisā samantato nisinnā2
honti3 cattāro ca4 mahārājā catuddisā nisinnā honti,
idaṃ tesaṃ hoti āsanasmiṃ. Atha pacchā amhākaṃ
āsanaṃ hoti. Ye te bhante devā Bhagavati brahma-
cariyaṃ caritvā adhunuppannā Tāvatiṃsakāyaṃ, te aññe
deve atirocanti5 vaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca. Tena sudaṃ
bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti pamuditā pīti-
somanassa-jātā: "Dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti hāyanti
{asura-kāyāti}'; 6.
13. Atha kho7 bhante Sakko devānam Indo devānaṃ
Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā imāhi gāthāhi
anumodi:
‘Modanti vata bho devā Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,8
Tathāgataṃ namassantā Dhammassa ca sudhammataṃ.
Nave va deve9 passantā vaṇṇavante yasassino
Sugatasmiṃ brahmacaryaṃ10 caritvāna idhāgate,
Te aññe11 atirocanti vaṇṇena yasasāyunā
Sāvakā Bhūri-paññassa visesūpagatā idha.
Idaṃ disvāna nandanti Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā12
Tathāgataṃ namassantā Dhammassa ca sudhammatan'
ti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K nisinnā.
2 Bm sannisinnā.
3 Bm adds sannipatitā.
4 Scd omit.
5 K ativirocanti.
6 Sc asukārāyāti; Sd K asurakāyāti; St asurakāyāyāti; Bm asurākāyāti.
7 Bm K kho, SS omit.
8 SS sa-indakā. See p. 221.
9 So Sdt K; Sc nave ca deve; Bm nave deve ca, and so at 18. At 18
SS nave va deve; K nave ca deve.
10 MSS. and K -cariyaṃ.
11 Sc te vaṇṇa here but sabbe te at 18; Sdt te v'; aññe here but te
aññe at 18.
12 Sc Bm sa-y-; K sah- and so Bm K twice at 18 and SS at 21.

[page 209]
D. xviii. 16.] THE FOUR GREAT KINGS. 209
Tena sudaṃ bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā bhīyoso mattāya
attamanā honti pamuditā pīti-somanassa-jātā: ‘Dibbā vata
bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asura-kāyā'; ti.
14. Atha1 bhante yen'; atthena devā Tāvatiṃsā Su-
dhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, taṃ
atthaṃ cintayitvā taṃ atthaṃ mantayitvā, vutta-vacanā
pi taṃ2 cattāro mahārājā tasmiṃ atthe honti, pacca-
nusiṭṭha-vacanā pi taṃ3 cattāro mahārājā tasmiṃ atthe
honti sakesu4 āsanesu ṭhitā avipakkantā.
Te vutta-vākyā rājāno paṭigayhānusāsaniṃ5
Vippasanna-manā santā aṭṭhaṃsu samhi āsane ti.
15. Atha kho bhante uttarāya disāya uḷāro āloko
sañjāyi, obhāso pātur ahosi, atikkamm'; eva devānam
devānubhāvaṃ. Atha6 bhante Sakko devānam indo deve
Tāvatiṃse āmantesi: ‘Yathā7 kho mārisā nimittā dis-
santi8 āloko sañjāyati obhāso pātu bhavati Brahmā
pātu bhavissati, Brahmuno9 etaṃ pubba-nimittaṃ
pātubhāvāya yadidaṃ āloko sañjāyati obhāso pātu
bhavatīti.'
Yathā nimittā dissanti Brahmā pātu bhavissati,
Brahmuno h'; etaṃ nimittaṃ10 obhāso vipulo mahā ti.
16. Atha kho bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā11 sakesu āsanesu
nisīdiṃsu: ‘Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma12 {yaṃ-vipāko}
bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ gamissāmāti.'
Cattāro pi mahārājā yathā sakesu āsanesu nisīdiṃsu:
‘Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma {yaṃ-vipāko} bhavissati, sacchi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K add kho.
2 Bm nām'; idaṃ; K agrees with SS.
3 Bm nām'; idaṃ.
4 Bm K sakesu sakesu.
5 Sd pariggay-; St paggay-; Bm K paṭigg-. See p. 225.
6 Bm adds kho, but not K.
7 Sd yatho; Sct yato; but see i. 220; ii. 225.
8 Bm inserts uḷāro.
9 Bm adds h'; (from the verse).
10 MSS. and K pubba-nimittaṃ.
11 Bm adds yathā.
12 K yassāma, and below.

[page 210]
210 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 16.
katvā va naṃ gamissāmāti.'; Idaṃ sutvā devā1
Tāvatiṃsā ekaggā samāpajjiṃsu: ‘Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma
{yaṃ-vipāko} bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ gamissāmāti.'
17. Yadā bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ
Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, oḷārikaṃ attabhāvaṃ
abhinimminitvā2 pātu bhavati. Yo kho pana bhante
Brahmuno pakati-vaṇṇo anabhisambhavanīyo so devānaṃ
Tāvatiṃsānaṃ cakkhu-pathasmiṃ. Yadā bhante Brahmā
Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, so
aññe deve atīrocati vaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca. Seyyathā
pi bhante sovaṇṇa-viggaho manussa-viggahaṃ3 atirocati,4
evam eva kho bhante yadā Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro
devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, so aññe deve
atirocati vaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca. Yadā bhante Brahmā
Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, na
tassa5 parisāyaṃ koci devo abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā
āsanena vā nimanteti. Sabbe va tuṇhī-bhūtā pañjalikā6
pallaṅke na7 nisīdanti ‘Yassa dāni devassa icchissati
Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdis-
satīti.'8 Yassa kho pana bhante devassa Brahmā Sanaṃ-
kumāro pallaṅke9 nisīdati,10 uḷāraṃ so labhati devo
veda-paṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo somanassa-
paṭilābhaṃ. Seyyathā pi bhante rājā khattiyo muddhā-
vasitto adhunābhisitto11 rajjena, uḷāraṃ so labhati veda-
paṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ,
evam eva kho bhante yassa devassa Brahmā Sanaṃ-
kumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo veda-
paṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo somanassa-paṭilā-
bham.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So K; SS Bm omit.
2 K abhinimmitvā.
3 Bm K mānusaṃ.
4 Bm atiroceti.
5 Bm K tassaṃ.
6 Sc añjalikā, Sd pajalikā.
7 So SS which vary afterwards; K pallaṅke, but in 18 -kena.
8 K nisīdissati.
9 Sct add na.
10 SS nisīdissati.
11 K adhunāvasitto, and in note adhunābhisitto ti pi pāṭno.

[page 211]
D. xviii. 20.] JOY OF THE GODS. 211
18. Atha bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro oḷārikaṃ
attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā1 kumāra-vaṇṇī2 hutvā
Pañcasikho devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātur ahosi. So
vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena
nisīdi. Seyyathā pi bhante balavā puriso supaccatthate
vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmi-bhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya,
evam eva kho bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro vehāsaṃ
abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā
devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā imāhi
gāthāhi anumodi:
‘Modanti vata bho devā Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Tathāgataṃ namassantā Dhammassa ca sudhammataṃ,
Nave va deve passantā vaṇṇavante yasassino,3
Sugatasmiṃ4 brahmacariyaṃ caritvāna idhāgate.
Te aññe atirocanti vaṇṇena yasasāyunā
Sāvakā Bhūri-paññassa visesūpagatā idha.
Idaṃ disvāna nandanti Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Tathāgataṃ namassantā Dhammassa ca sudhammatan'
ti.
19. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro
abhāsittha.5 Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmuno Sanaṃ-
kumārassa bhāsato aṭṭhaṅga-samannāgato saro6 hoti
vissaṭṭho ca viññeyyo ca mañjū ca savanīyo ca bindu7 ca
avisārī ca gambhīro ca ninnādī ca. Yathā parisaṃ kho
pana bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro sarena8 viññāpeti,
na c'; assa bahiddhā parisāya ghoso niccharati. Yassa
kho pana bhante evaṃ aṭṭhaṅga-samannāgato saro hoti,
so vuccati Brahmassaro ti.
20. Atha kho bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro tettiṃse
attabhāve abhinimminitvā9 devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K abhinimmitvā.
2 K -vaṇṇo.
3 Sct Bm yasassine.
4 K Sagatasmi.
5 Sc rāhāsittha; Sdt Bm bhāsittha here and in 21.
6 Sdt omit.
7 Sd bandu, St bindū.
8 K inserts ca.
9 K abhinimmitvā.

[page 212]
212 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 20.
pacceka-pallaṅkesu1 pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve Tāvatiṃse
āmantesi:
‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva2
ca3 so Bhagavā bahujana-hitāya paṭipanno bahujana-
sukhāya lokānukampakāya4 atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-
manussānaṃ. Ye hi keci bho5 Buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā
dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā sīlesu
paripūrakārino, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā app
ekacce Parinimmita-Vasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ
uppajjanti, app ekacce {Nimmānaratīnaṃ} devānaṃ
sahavyataṃ uppajjanti, app ekacce Tusitānaṃ devānaṃ
6 . . . Yāmānaṃ devānaṃ . . . Tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ
. . . {Cātummahārājikānaṃ} devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppaj-
janti. Ye sabbanihīnaṃ kāyaṃ paripūrenti, te gandhabba-
kāyaṃ paripūrentīti.'
21. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro
abhāsittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmuno7 Sanaṃ-
kumārassa bhāsato ghoso8 yeva9 devo10 maññati11 ‘Yo
'yaṃ12 mama pallaṅke, {so 'yaṃ}13 eko va14 bhāsatīti.'
Ekasmiṃ bhāsamānasmiṃ sabbe bhāsanti nimmitā,
Ekasmiṃ tuṇhīm āsīne sabbe tuṇhī bhavanti te.
Tadā su devā maññanti Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Yo ayaṃ15 mama pallaṅke16 so 'yaṃ17 eko va18
bhāsatīti.
22. Atha kho bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro ekante19
attānaṃ upasaṃhāsi,20 ekante attānaṃ upasaṃharitvā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm inserts pacceka-; K omits paccekapallaṅkesu, but follows with
paccekapallaṅke.
2 Bm K yāvañ.
3 K ce.
4 K -kampāya.
5 K bhonto.
6 Bm K repeat the whole clause.
7 SS -na; K brahmāsanaṃk-.
8 Sc so, Sd soso.
9 Sc yevā.
10 Sc omits; Bm K devā.
11 Bm K -nti.
12 Bm yvāyaṃ.
13 Bm K svāyaṃ.
14 K ca.
15 SS yoyaṃ, K yvāyaṃ.
16 K pallaṅkasmiṃ.
17 K svāyaṃ. K yvāyaṃ.
18 K ca.
19 Bm K ekattena, and below.
20 K -saṃharati.

[page 213]
D. xviii. 22.] THE FOUR WAYS TO IDDHI. 213
Sakkassa devānam indassa pallaṅkena1 nisīditvā deve
Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva
suppaññattā v'2 ime tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā
arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā iddhi-
pahutāya3 iddhi-visavitāya4 iddhi-vikubbanatāya. Katame
cattāro? Idha bho bhikkhu chanda-samādhi-padhāna-
saṃkhāra-samannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, viriya-
samādhi5 . . . citta-samādhi . . . vīmaṃsā-samādhi-
padhāna-saṃkhāra-samannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti.
Ime kho bho tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā
sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā paññattā iddhi-
pahutāya iddhi-visavitāya iddhi-vikubbanatāya. Ye hi6
keci bho atītam addhānam samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aneka-
vihitaṃ7 iddhi-vidhaṃ paccanubhosuṃ, sabbe te imesaṃ
yeva catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulī-katattā.
Ye hi pi8 keci bho anāgatam addhānaṃ {samaṇā} vā
brāhmaṇā aneka-vihitaṃ iddhi-vidhaṃ paccanubhossanti,
sabbe te imesaṃ yeva catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā.
bahulī-katattā. Ye hi pi9 keci bho etarahi samaṇā vā
brāhmaṇā vā aneka-vihitaṃ iddhi-vidhaṃ paccanubhonti,
sabbe te imesaṃ yeva catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā
bahulī-katattā. Passanti no bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā
mama pi naṃ10 evarūpaṃ iddhānubhāvan'; ti?
‘Evaṃ Brahme'11 ti.
‘Aham pi kho bho imesaṃ yeva catunnaṃ iddhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St Bm pallaṅke pallaṅkena; K pallaṅke.
2 Bm c'; K p'; cp. 20.
3 K bahulīkatāya and below; K (note) iddhipahutāyāti pāṭhena
bhaviṭabbaṃ.
4 K visevitāya, and below note iddhi-āsavitāyāti vā iddhivisatāyāti
vā pāṭho.
5 Bm K repeat the clause after each.
6 K pi (but in 20 hi).
7 SS omit here only.
8 Bm K pi hi and below.
9 Bm pi hi.
10 Bm maṃ; K prints mama pimaṃ; K (Sī) mamapi naṃ.
11 Bm K Mahā-Brāhme.

[page 214]
214 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 22.
pādānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulī-katattā evam mahiddhiko
evam mahānubhāvo'; ti.
23. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro
abhāsittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro
bhāsitvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
‘Taṃ {kiṃ} maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāvañ
c'; idaṃ tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā
sambuddhena tayo okāsādhigamā anubuddhā sukhassā-
dhigamāya. Katame tayo?
‘Idha bho ekacco saṃsaṭṭho viharati kāmehi, saṃsaṭṭho
akusalehi dhammehi. so aparena samayena ariyaṃ
dhammaṃ suṇāti, yoniso manasikaroti, dhammānu-
dhammaṃ paṭipajjati. So ariya-dhamma-savanaṃ
āgamma yoniso manasikāraṃ dhammānudhamma-
paṭipattiṃ1 {asaṃsaṭṭho} viharati kāmehi, asaṃsaṭṭho
akusalehi dhammehi. Tassa asaṃsaṭṭhassa kāmehi
asaṃsaṭṭhassa akusalehi dhammehi uppajjati sukhaṃ,
sukhā bhīyo2 somanassaṃ. Seyyathā pi bho mudā3
pāmujjaṃ4 jāyetha, evam eva kho bho asaṃsaṭṭhassa
kāmehi asaṃsaṭṭhassa akusalehi dhammehi uppajjati
sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo somanassaṃ. Ayaṃ kho bho tena
Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena
paṭhamo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya.
24. ‘Puna ca paraṃ bho idh'; ekaccassa oḷārikā kāya-
saṃkhārā appaṭippassaddhā honti, oḷārikā vacī-saṃkhārā
. . . pe5 . . . citta-saṃkhārā {appaṭippassaddhā} honti. So
aparena samayena ariya-dhammaṃ suṇāti, yoniso
manasikaroti, dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjati. Tassa
ariya-dhamma-savanaṃ āgamma yoniso-manasikāraṃ
dhammānudhamma-paṭipattiṃ6 oḷārikā kāya-saṃkhārā
paṭippassambhanti, oḷārikā vacī-saṃkhārā . . . pe7 . . .

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K Dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjati, and below.
2 K bhiyyo and below.
3 K pamudā, and below.
4 K pāmojjaṃ and below; K note pāmujjantīti vā pāṭho.
5 K repeats appaṭippassaddhā honti.
6 K dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjantassa.
7 Not in SS; K repeats the clause.

[page 215]
D. xviii. 25.] THE THREE WAYS TO BLISS. 215
citta-saṃkhārā paṭippassambhanti. Tassa oḷārikānaṃ
kāya-saṃkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā, oḷārikānaṃ vacī-
saṃkhārānaṃ . . . citta-saṃkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā
uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo somanassaṃ. Seyyathā
pi bho mudā1 pāmujjam2 jāyetha, evam eva kho3 bho
oḷārikānaṃ kāya-saṃkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā oḷāri-
kānaṃ vacī-saṃkhārānaṃ . . . citta2-saṃkhārānaṃ paṭi-
ppassaddhiyā uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo somanassaṃ.
Ayaṃ kho bho tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā
sammā-sambuddhena dutiyo okāsādhigamo anubuddho
sukhassādhigamāya.
25. ‘Puna ca paraṃ bho idh'; ekacco ‘idaṃ kusalan'; ti
yathābhūtaṃ {na ppajānāti}, ‘idaṃ akusalan'; ti yathā-
bhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ‘idaṃ sāvajjaṃ4 idaṃ anavajjaṃ,
idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hīnaṃ idaṃ
paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇha-sukka-sappaṭibhāgan'; ti yathā-
bhūtaṃ nappajānāti. So aparena samayena ariyaṃ
dhammam suṇāti, {yoniso} manasikaroti, {dhammānu-
dhammaṃ} paṭipajjati. So ariya-dhamma-savanaṃ
āgamma yoniso-manasikāraṃ dhammānudhamma-paṭi-
pattiṃ, ‘idaṃ kusalan'; ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘idaṃ
akusalan'; ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘idaṃ sāvajjaṃ
idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ,
idaṃ {hīnaṃ} idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇha-sukka-sappaṭi-
bhāgan'; ti {yathābhūtaṃ} pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato
evaṃ passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati. Tass'; avijjā-
virāgā5 vijjuppādā uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo
somanassaṃ. Seyyathā pi bho mudā6 pāmujjaṃ jāyetha,
evam eva kho bho7 avijjā-virāgā8 vijjuppādā uppajjati
sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo somanassaṃ. Ayaṃ kho bho tena
Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena
tatiyo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm pamudā.
2 Sd pāmojjaṃ.
3 So Bm K; SS omit.
4 K sāvajjan ti yathābhūtam nappajānāti, and so throughout.
5 Bm avijjāvitarāgā, and below.
6 Bm K pamudā.
7 Bm omits, but not K.
8 Bm vitar-.

[page 216]
216 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 25.
‘Ime kho bho tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā
sammā-sambuddhena tayo okāsādhigamā anubuddhā
sukhassādhigamāyāti.'
26. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro
abhāsittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā sanaṃkumāro
bhāsitvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
‘Taṃ {kiṃ} maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva
suppaññattā v'1 ime tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā
arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro satipaṭṭhānā
kusalassādhigamāya. Katame cattāro? Idha bho bhikkhu
ajjhattaṃ kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno
satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā domanassaṃ. Ajjhattaṃ
kāye kāyānupassī viharanto tattha sammā samādhiyati
sammā vippasīdati. So tattha sammā samāhito sammā
vippasanno bahiddhā para-kāye ñāṇa-dassanaṃ abhinib-
batteti. Ajjhattaṃ vedanāsu . . . pe . . . citte . . .
pe . . . dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sam-
pajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā domanassaṃ.
Ajjhattaṃ dhammesu dhammānupassī viharanto tattha
sammā samādhiyatī sammā vippasīdati. So tattha
sammā {samāhito} sammā vippasanno bahiddhā para-
dhammesu ñāṇadassanaṃ abhinibbatteti.
‘Ime kho bho tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā
sammā-sambuddhena cattāro satipaṭṭhānā paññattā
kusalassādhigamāyāti.'
27. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro
abhāsittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro
bhāsitvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
‘Taṃ {kiṃ} maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva
suppaññattā v'; ime2 tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā ara-
hatā sammā-sambuddhena satta samādhi-parikkhārā3
sammā-samādhissa bhāvanāya4 samādhissa5 pāripūriyā.
Katame satta? Seyyathīdaṃ sammā-diṭṭhi, sammā-
saṃkappo, sammā-vācā, sammā-kammanto, sammā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm c'; K p'.
2 Bm cime; K pime.
3 Ang. iv. 40; comp. M. i. 301, Asl. 305.
4 Bm pari bhāv-.
5 Bm K omit.

[page 217]
D. xviii. 27.] SEVEN REQUISITES OF SAMĀDHI. 217
ājīvo, sammā-vāyāmo, sammā-sati. Yā kho bho imehi
satta1 aṅgehi cittass'; ekaggatā parikkhatā,2 ayaṃ
vuccati bho ariyo sammā-samādhi sa-upaniso iti pi
saparikkhāro iti pi.3 Sammā-diṭṭhissa bho sammā-saṃ-
kappo pahoti,4 sammā-saṃkappassa sammā-vācā pahoti,
sammā-vācassa sammā-kammanto pahoti, sammā-kam-
mantassa sammā-ājīvo pahoti, sammā-ājīvassa sammā-
vāyāmo pahoti, sammā-vāyāmassa sammā-sati pahoti,
sammā-satissa sammā-samādhi pahoti, sammā-samā-
dhissa sammā-ñāṇaṃ pahoti, sammā-ñāṇassa sammā-
vimutti pahoti.
‘Yaṃ hi taṃ bho {sammā} vadamāno vadeyya: "Svāk-
khāto Bhagavatā5 dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipas-
siko opanayiko6 paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti,7
Apārūtā8 amatassa dvārā9 ti" idam eva taṃ {sammā}
vadamāno vadeyya.10 Svākkhāto hi bho11 Bhagavatā
dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko pac-
cattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi,12 apārūtā13 amatassa dvārā.14
‘Ye hi keci bho Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā,
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, Saṃghe avecca-
ppasādena samannāgatā, ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St sattahi corrected to satta; Bm K Hardy sattah'.
2 SS Bm parikkhattā; K parikkhatā; Sum. parikhārā.
3 Sc omits the second iti pi.
4 K ca hoti, and onwards.
5 Sd Bhagavato.
6 Sd omits; Bm opaneyyiko and below.
7 Bm viññūhi, and below. It looks as if the sentence may have once
ended with viññuhīti, as on p. 222 and often elsewhere.
8 Sc apāyutā, corrected to apārūyutā; Sd apārūpātā, corrected to
apārūtā; K apārutā.
9 Sc dvāra, omits ti.
10 Sc omits idam . . . vadeyya; Bm idam etaṃ, etc.; K Idam eva taṃ
Sammā-sambuddhe aveccappasādena samannāgataṃ, etc.
11 K omits.
12 SS vinnūhīti; Bm -ñūhi; so K here.
13 Sd apārūpā; K apārutā.
14 Sc dvāra; Bm add ti.

[page 218]
218 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 27.
gatā, ye hi1 kec'; ime opapātikā dhamma2-vinītā3
sātirekāni catu-vīsati-sata-sahassāni Māgadhakā paricā-
rakā abbhatītā kālakatā4 tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parik-
khayā sotāpannā avinipāta-dhammā niyatā sambodhi-
parāyanā,5 atthi c'; ev'; ettha sakadāgāmino,
Athāyaṃ itarā pajā
Puññābhāgā6 ti me mano7
Saṅkhātuṃ no pi8 sakkomi
Musā-vādassa ottappan9 ti.'
28. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro abhā-
sittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmuno Sanaṃkumārassa
bhāsato {Vessavaṇassa} Mahārājassa evaṃ cetaso parivi-
takko udapādi: ‘Acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata
bho, evarūpo pi {nāma}10 uḷāro satthā bhavissati, evarūpaṃ
uḷāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ, evarūpā uḷārā visesādhigamā
paññāyissantīti.'
Atha bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro {Vessavaṇassa}
Mahārājassa cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya {Vessavaṇaṃ}
Mahārājaṃ etad avoca:
‘Taṃ {kiṃ} maññati bhavaṃ {Vessavaṇo} Mahārājā?
Atītam pi addhānaṃ evarūpo uḷāro satthā ahosi, evarū-
paṃ uḷāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ, evarūpā uḷārā visesādhi-
gamā paññāyiṃsu. Anāgatam pi addhānaṃ evarūpo
uḷāro satthā bhavissati, evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ dhammakkhā-
naṃ, evarūpā uḷārā visesādhigamā paññāyissantīti.'
29. Idam atthaṃ11 Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ
Tāvatiṃsānaṃ abhāsi. Idam atthaṃ {Vessavaṇo} Mahā-
rājā Brahmuno Sanaṃkumārassa devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd omits ye hi; St omits hi; K Bm ye cime.
2 Sc dhammā; K dhamme.
3 Bm vinitā.
4 Bm kālaṅk-.
5 Sd Atth'; ime 'v'; ettha.
6 Sc bhāga.
7 K puññabhāgāti mama me.
8 K omits no pi.
9 Bm ottapan.
10 Sc omits pi nāma
11 Sd Bm K insert bhante.

[page 219]
D. xviii. 29.] HOW THE TALE WAS HANDED ON 219
bhāsato sammukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā1 sapa-
risāyaṃ2 ārocesi. Idam atthaṃ Janavasabho yakkho
{Vessavaṇassa} Mahārājassa3 parisāyaṃ bhāsato sam-
mukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā Bhagavato ārocesi.
Idam atthaṃ Bhagavā Janavasabhassa yakkhassa sam-
mukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā sāmañ ca abhiñ-
ñāya4 āyasmato Ānandassa ārocesi. Idam atthaṃ āyasmā
Ānando Bhagavato sammukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭigga-
hetvā ārocesi bhikkhūnaṃ {bhikkhunīnaṃ} upāsakānaṃ
{upāsikānaṃ}. Tayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañ c'; eva
phītañ ca vitthāritaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāvad
eva manussehi suppakāsitan ti5.
Janavasabha-Suttantaṃ
Niṭṭhitaṃ.6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K sutaṃ sammukhā patiggahitaṃ (twice, but not the third
and fourth times); K (Sī) sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā.
2 Sd yaṃ; Bm sayaṃ; K sāyaṃ parisāyaṃ; K (Sī) saparisāyaṃ.
3 Sd inserts saṃ; Bm sayaṃ; K sāyaṃ.
4 Sd pañña (corrected to pañca) abhiññā; Sct pañca abhiññāya.
5 = XVI. 3, 35, 36 (above pp. 113, 114).
6 Bm K Janavasabha-Suttaṃ pañcamaṃ.

[page 220]
220
[xix. Mahā-Govinda Suttanta.] 1
Evam me sutaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjha-
kūṭe pabbate. Atha kho Pañcasikho Gandhabba-putto
abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkanta-vaṇṇo2 {kevalakappaṃ}
Gijjhakūṭaṃ3 obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Pañcasikho Gandhabba-
putto Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Yam me bhante devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sammukhā
sutaṃ sammukhā {paṭiggahītaṃ},4 ārocem'; etaṃ bhante5
Bhagavato ti.'
‘Ārocehi me tvaṃ Pañcasikhāti,'; Bhagavā avoca.
2. Purimāni bhante divasāni purimatarāni, tadahu
'posathe paṇṇarase pavāraṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā keva-
lakappā ca devā Tāvatiṃsā Sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ
sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, mahatī ca dibbā6 parisā
samantato nisinnā hoti, cattāro ca {Mahārājā}7 cātuddisā
nisinnā honti. Puratthimāya disāya Dhataraṭṭho Mahā-
rājā pacchābhimukho8 nisinno hoti deve9 purakkhatvā.10
Dakkhiṇāya disāya Virūḷhako Mahārājā uttarābhimukho
nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Pacchimāya disāya

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Referred to as a Jātaka at Jāt. i. 45, 46. See also iii. 469.
Compare Mahāvastu iii. 197-240.
2 Sc Bm vaṇṇā.
3 Bm -kuṭapabbataṃ.
4 Bm K -hitaṃ.
5 Bm K omit.
6 Bm K dibba-.
7 Bm K rājāno, and below.
8 Bm pacchāmukho, and so throughout.
9 Bm deva; K devehi, and so throughout.
10 Bm pūrakkhitvā, and below.

[page 221]
D. xix. 3.] WHY THE GODS REJOICE 221
Virūpakkho Mahārājā puratthābhimukho nisinno hoti
deve purakkhatvā. Uttarāya disāya Vessavaṇo Mahārājā
dakkhiṇābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Yadā
bhante kevalakappā ca devā Tāvatiṃsā Sudhammāyaṃ
sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, mahatī ca dibbā
parisā samantato nisinnā honti,1 cattāro ca mahārājā
catuddisā nisinnā honti, idaṃ tesaṃ2 hoti āsanasmiṃ,
atha pacchā amhākaṃ āsanaṃ hoti. Ye te bhante devā
Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā adhun-uppannā3 Tāva-
tiṃsa-kāyā,4 te aññe deve atirocanti vaṇṇena c'; eva
yasasā5 ca. Tena sudaṃ bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā atta-
manā honti pamuditā pīti6-somanassa-jātā: "Dibbā vata
bho kāyā paripūrenti,7 hāyanti asura-kāyā ti."
3. Atha8 bhante Sakko devānam Indo devānaṃ Tāva-
tiṃsānaṃ pāsādaṃ9 viditvā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
‘Modanti vata bho devā Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,10
Tathāgataṃ namassantā dhammassa ca sudhammataṃ,11
Nave va12 deve passantā13 vaṇṇavante yasassino,14
Sugatasmiṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritvāna idhāgate.
Te aññe atirocanti15 vaṇṇena yasasāyunā,16
Sāvakā Bhūri-paññassa visesūpagatā idha.
Idaṃ disvāna nandanti Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Tathāgataṃ namassantā dhammassa ca sudhammatan ti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm hoti.
2 Scd Bm nesaṃ.
3 Bm K addhunūpap-.
4 Bm K -kāyaṃ.
5 Bm atiro centi deve nave yasasā.
6 Bm omits pīti, and so in 4, but not in 12.
7 SS paripūranti here; -purenti in 3.
8 Bm K insert kho.
9 Bm K sappasādaṃ.
10 So SS at pp. 212, 227, Sd here, and Bm K always. St here sayindakā.
Sc here and SS at p. 211 sa-indakā. See Jāt. 5, 223, compared with
123; Mahāvastu iii. 203 has sasakrakā.
11 Bm dhammataṃ.
12 Bm naceca.
13 Sd pasannā; St passante.
14 Sct Bm -ine.
15 Bm -centi.
16 Scd Bm -yunā; St -yutā.

[page 222]
222 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix.3.
Tena sudaṃ bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā bhīyoso mattāya
attamanā honti pamuditā pīti-somanassa-jātā: "Dibbā
vata bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asura-kāyā ti."
4. Atha1 bhante Sakko devānam indo devānaṃ Tāva-
tiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
"Iccheyyātha no tumhe mārisā tassa Bhagavato
aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe sotun ti?"
"Iccheyyāma mayaṃ mārisa tassa Bhagavato aṭṭha
yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe sotun ti."
Atha bhante Sakko devānam indo devānaṃ Tāva-
ṭiṃsānaṃ Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe payiru-
dāhāsi2.
5. "Taṃ {kiṃ} maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva
c'3 assa so Bhagavā bahujana-hitāya paṭipanno bahujana-
sukhāya lokānukampakāya4 atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-
manussānaṃ, evaṃ bahujana-hitāya paṭipannaṃ bahu-
jana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya
deva-manussānaṃ, iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ sat-
thāraṃ, n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi
aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
6. "Svākkhāto kho pana tassa Bhagavato dhammo5
sandiṭṭhiko akāliko6 ehipassiko opanayiko7 paccattaṃ
veditabbo viññūhi.8 Evam opanayikassa dhammassa
desetāraṃ, iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ,
n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra
tena Bhagavatā.
7. "Idaṃ kusalan ti kho pana9 tena Bhagavatā
suppaññattaṃ, idam akusalan ti suppaññattaṃ,10 idaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm adds kho.
2 Bm pariyud-; SS sometimes payirūpādāhāsi and payirudābhāsi.
See 12, 19.
3 Sd yāvam; Bm yavañcabhogavā (the ā after bh being apparently
crossed out); K yāvañceso Bhagavā.
4 Sd sukhānukampakāya; Bm -kampāya, and below, and at 13.
5 Bm dhammā.
6 Sdt omits.
7 Bm opaneyiko.
8 SS viññūhīti. See pp. 217, 228.
9 Bm omits.
10 Bm K supañ-.

[page 223]
D. xix. 10.] NIRVĀNA AND THE PATH. 223
sāvajjaṃ idam anavajjaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na
sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hīnaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇha-
sukka-sappaṭibhāgan ti suppaññattaṃ. Evaṃ kusalā-
kusala-sāvajjānavajja1-sevitabbāsevitabba-hīnappaṇīta-
kaṇhasukka-sappaṭibhāgānaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāpetā-
raṃ,2 iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ, n'; eva
atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena
Bhagavatā.
8. "Suppaññattā kho pana tena Bhagavatā sāvakā-
naṃ nibbāna-gāminī paṭipadā, saṃsandati nibbānañ ca
paṭipadā ca. Seyyathā pi nāma Gaṅgodakaṃ Yamu-
nodakena saṃsandati sameti,3 evam eva suppaññattā
tena Bhagavatā sāvakānam nibbāna-gāminī paṭipadā,
saṃsandati nibbānañ ca paṭipadā ca.{Evaṃ} nibbāna-
gāmini4-paṭipadāya paññāpetāraṃ iminā p'; aṅgena
samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupas-
sāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
9. 5 "Laddha-sahāyo kho pana so Bhagavā sekhānañ
c'; eva paṭipadānaṃ khīṇāsavānañ ca vusitavataṃ,6 te7
Bhagavā apanujja8 ekārāmataṃ anuyutto viharati. Evaṃ
ekārāmataṃ anuyuttaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ
satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'
etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
10. "Abhinippanno9 kho pana tassa Bhagavato lābho,
abhinippanno siloko, yāva maññe10 khattiyā sampiyāya-
māna-rūpā viharanti, vigata-mado kho pana so Bhagavā
āhāraṃ11 āhāreti. Evaṃ vigata-madaṃ āhāraṃ āhari-
yamānaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K -ānāvajja (see 22).
2 Bm pañapet-; K paññapet-.
3 Jāt. v. 496.
4 Bm K gāminiyā.
5 Bm places this section after 10 (as at p. 229).
6 Sd Bm vusitaṃ vataṃ.
7 Bm K tena.
8 Bm apanajja; Scdt anupajja. See 24.
9 K abhinipphanno; K (note) abhinippanno ti vā pāṭho.
10 Bm paññe (in 25 aññe without p').
11 Bm āhāraṃ āhāraṃ (but not at 25).

[page 224]
224 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 10.
eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra
tena Bhagavatā.
11. "Yathā-vādī kho pana so Bhagavā tathā-kārī,
yathā-kārī tathā-vādī. Iti yathā-vādī tathā-kārī {yathā}-
kārī tathā-vādī evaṃ dhammānudhamma-paṭipannaṃ
iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse
samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
12. "Tiṇṇa-vicikiccho kho pana so Bhagavā vigata-
kathaṃkatho pariyosita-saṃkappo ajjhāsayaṃ ādi-brah-
macariyaṃ. Evaṃ tiṇṇa-vicikicchaṃ vigata-kathaṅ-
kathaṃ pariyosita-saṃkappaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ ādi-brahma-
cariyaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva
atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi {aññatra} tena
Bhagavatā" ti.
Ime kho bhante Sakko devānam indo devānaṃ
Tāvatiṃsānaṃ Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe
payirudāhāsi.1 Tena sudaṃ bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā
bhīyoso mattāya attamanā honti, pamuditā pīti-soma-
nassa-jātā Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe sutvā.
13. Tatra kho2 bhante ekacce devā evam āhaṃsu:--
"Aho vata mārisā cattāro Sammā-sambuddhā loke
uppajjeyyuṃ, dhammañ ca deseyyuṃ, yathariva Bhagavā.
Tad assa bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukam-
pakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti.
Ekacce devā evam āhaṃsu:--
"Tiṭṭhantu mārisā cattāro sammā-sambuddhā. Aho
vata mārisā tayo sammā-sambuddhā loke uppajjeyyuṃ
dhammañ ca deseyyuṃ, yathariva Bhagavā. Tad assa
bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya
atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti.
Ekacce devā evam āhaṃsu:--
"Tiṭṭhantu mārisā tayo sammā-sambuddhā. Aho
vata mārisā dve sammā-sambuddhā loke uppajjeyyuṃ,
dhammañ ca deseyyuṃ, yathariva Bhagavā. Tad assa
bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya
atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm parirūdāhāsi. See p. 222.
2 Bm K omit.

[page 225]
D. xix. 15.] CAN THERE BE TWO BUDDHAS? 225
14. Evaṃ vutte bhante Sakko devānam indo deve
Tāvatiṃse etad avoca:--
"Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ1 mārisā anavakāso yaṃ ekissā
loka-dhātuyā dve arahanto sammā-sambuddhā apubbaṃ
acarimaṃ uppajjeyyuṃ. N'; etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Aho
vata mārisā so2 Bhagavā appābādho appātaṅko ciraṃ3
dīgham addhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya. Tad assa bahujana-hitāya
bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya su-
khāya deva-manussānan" ti.
Atha bhante yen'; atthena devā Tāvatiṃsā Sudham-
māya4 sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, taṃ
atthaṃ cintayitvā taṃ atthaṃ mantayitvā vutta-vacanā
pi taṃ5 cattāro Mahārājā6 {tasmiṃ} atthe honti, paccanu-
siṭṭha-vacanā pi taṃ cattāro Mahārājā tasmiṃ atthe
honti sakesu7 āsanesu ṭhitā avippakantā8.
Te vutta-vākyā9 rājāno {paṭiggayhānusāsaniṃ}
Vippasanna10-manā santā aṭṭhaṃsu11 samhi āsane ti.
15. Atha12 bhante uttarāya disāya uḷāro āloko sañjāyi13
obhāso pātur ahosi atikamm'; eva devānaṃ devānubhā-
vaṃ. Atha bhante Sakko devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse
āmantesi:
14 "Yathā kho mārisā nimittā dissanti āloko sañjāyati
obhāso pātu bhavati Brahmā pātu bhavissati. Brahmuno
etaṃ pubba-nimittaṃ pātubhāvāya yadidaṃ āloko
sañjāyati obhāso pātu bhavatīti.
Yathā nimittā dissanti, Brahmā pātu bhavissati,
Brahmuno h'; etaṃ nimittaṃ15 obhāso vipulo mahā ti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K panetaṃ.
2 K adds ca.
3 Bm cīra.
4 Bm K -āyaṃ.
5 SS c'; idaṃ; Bm p'; idaṃ, and so below. See xviii. 15.
6 Bm K -jāno, and below.
7 Bm K sakesu sakesu.
8 Sc avipakkantā; Sd avikappakkantā (one p perhaps erased).
9 Sc vākyaṃ; St Bm vākya.
10 Bm -nā.
11 SS here aṭṭhāsu.
12 K adds kho.
13 K sañjāyati (as in D i. 220).
14 D. i. 220; ii. 209.
15 All MSS. pubba-n-.

[page 226]
226 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 15.
Atha bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā yathā sakesu āsanesu
nisīdiṃsu: "Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma, {yaṃ1-vipāko}2
bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ gamissāmāti." Cattāro ca
Mahārājā3 yathā sakesu āsanesu nisīdiṃsu: "Obhāsam
etaṃ ñassāma, yaṃ vipāko bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ
gamissāmāti." Idaṃ sutvā4 devā5 Tāvatiṃsā ekaggatā6
{samāpajjiṃsu:} "Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma, {yaṃ-vipāko}
bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ gamissāmāti."
16. Yadā bhante Brahmā7 Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ8
Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, {oḷārikaṃ} attabhāvaṃ abhi-
nimminitvā9 pātu bhavati. Yo10 kho pana bhante
Brahmuno pakati-vaṇṇo anabhisambhavanīyo, so devā-
naṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ cakkhu-pathasmiṃ. Yadā bhante
Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu
bhavati, so aññe deve atirocati11 vaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca.
Seyyathā pi bhante sovaṇṇo viggaho mānusaṃ viggahaṃ
atirocati, evam eva kho bhante yadā Brahmā Sanaṃku-
māro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, so aññe deve
atirocativaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca. Yadā bhante Brahmā
Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati,
na tassa parisāyaṃ koci devo12 abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti
vā āsanena nimanteti vā.13 Sabbe14 tuṇhī-bhūtā pañjalikā
pallaṅkena nisīdanti: "Yassa dāni devassa icchissati
Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissa-
tīti." Yassa15 kho pana bhante devassa Brahmā Sanaṃku-
māro pallaṅke16 nisīdati,17 uḷāraṃ so labhati devo veda-
paṭilābhaṃ,17 uḷāraṃ so labhati devo18 somanassa-paṭilā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc Bm ya.
2 Sc visūko; Sdt omit; Bm K vipāko.
3 Bm K pi mahārājāno.
4 Bm disvā.
5 SS omit devā, see note8.
6 ? ekaggataṃ: Bm K SS omit.
7 So Bm K; SS omit.
8 So Bm K; SS omit.
9 K -nimmitvā.
10 Bm K yo; SS so.
11 K ativirocati, and below.
12 SS devā.
13 Bm vā manteti; K vā nimanteti.
14 Bm K add va.
15 Sct yasmā; Sd tasmā.
16 So SS, Bm K.
17-17 Bm omits.
18 Bm devā.

[page 227]
D. xix. 19.] WHY THE GODS REJOICE. 227
bhaṃ. Seyyathā pi bhante rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto
adhunābhisitto1 rajjena, uḷāraṃ so labhati veda2-paṭilā-
bhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ, evam eva
kho bhante yassa devassa Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro pallaṅke
nisīdati, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo veda3-paṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ
so labhati devo somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ.
17. Atha bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ
Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā antarahito imāhi
gāthāhi anumodi:
Modanti vata bho devā Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Tathāgatam namassantā dhammassa ca sudhamma-
taṃ,
Nave va deve passantā vaṇṇavante yasassino,
Sugatasmiṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritvāna idhāgate.4
Te aññe atirocanti vaṇṇena yasasāyunā
Sāvakā Bhūri-paññassa visesūpagatā5 idha.
Idaṃ disvāna nandanti Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Tathāgataṃ namassantā dhammassa ca sudhammatan
ti.
18. Idam atthaṃ6 bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro
abhāsittha, idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmuno Sanaṃkumā-
rassa bhāsato aṭṭhaṅga-samannāgato saro hoti vissaṭṭho
ca viññeyyo ca mañju ca savanīyo ca bindu7 ca avisārī ca
gambhīro ca ninnādī ca. Yathā-parisaṃ kho pana bhante
Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro sarena viññāpeti, na c'; assa
bahiddhā parisāya ghoso niccharati. Yassa kho pana
bhante evaṃ aṭṭhaṅga-samannāgato saro hoti, so vuccati
Brahmassaro ti.
19. Atha8 bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā Brahmā-Sanaṃ-
kumāraṃ9 etad avocuṃ:
"Sādhu Brahme,10 etad eva mayaṃ saṅkhāya modāma,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K adhunāvasitto.
2 Bm devada-.
3 Bm deva.
4 Bm āgato.
5 Sdt Bm visesup-.
6 Bm imattaṃ.
7 So Sdt; Sc bhindu.
8 Bm K add kho.
9 Bm K Brahmānaṃ San-.
10 Bm Brahmo; K mahābrahme.

[page 228]
228 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 19.
atthi ca Sakkena devānam indena1 tassa Bhagavato aṭṭha
yathābhuccā vaṇṇā bhāsitā, te ca mayaṃ saṅkhāya modā-
māti."
Atha kho2 bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro Sakkaṃ
devānam indaṃ etad avoca:--
"Sādhu {devānam} inda, mayam pi tassa Bhagavato
aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe suṇeyyāmāti."
"Evaṃ Mahā-Brahme" ti kho bhante Sakko devānam
indo Brahmuno Sanaṃkumārassa Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-
bhucce {vaṇṇe} payirudāhāsi.
20. "Taṃ {kiṃ} maññati bhavaṃ Mahā-Brahmā? Yāva
ca so3 Bhagavā bahujana-hitāya paṭipanno bahujana-
sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-
manussānaṃ, evaṃ bahujana-hitāya paṭipannaṃ bahujana-
sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya4 deva-
manussānaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ
n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra
tena Bhagavatā.
21. "Svākkhāto kho pana tassa Bhagavato dhammo
sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ vedi-
tabbo viññūhi.5 Evaṃ opanayikassa6 dhammassa dese-
tāraṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva
atītaṃse samanupassāma na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena
Bhagavatā.
22. "Idaṃ kusalan ti kho pana tena Bhagavatā
suppaññattaṃ, idaṃ akusalan ti suppaññattaṃ, idaṃ
sāvajjaṃ idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na
sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hīnaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇha-
sukka-sappaṭibhāgan ti suppaññattaṃ. Evaṃ kusalā-
kusala-sāvajjānavajja7-sevitabbāsevitabba8-hīnappaṇīta-
kaṇhasukka-sappaṭibhāgānaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāpe-
tāraṃ, iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ, n'; eva

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS indakena.
2 Bm omits.
3 Bm yāvañcaso; K yāvañceso.
4 SS omit sukhāya.
5 SS K viññūhīti; Bm viñuhiti. See pp. 181, 222.
6 Bm opaneyyikassa.
7 K -ānāvajja. See 7.
8 Sc -baṃ.

[page 229]
D. xix. 27.] {NIRVĀNA} AND THE PATH. 229
atītaṃse samanupassāma na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena
Bhagavatā.
23. "Suppaññattā kho pana tena Bhagavatā1 sāva-
kānaṃ nibbāna-{gāminī} paṭipadā, saṃsandati nibbānañ ca
paṭipadā ca. Seyyathā pi nāma Gaṅgodakaṃ Yamuno-
dakena saṃsandati sameti, evam eva suppaññattā tena
Bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbāna-gāminī paṭipadā, saṃsan-
dati nibbānañ ca paṭipadā ca. Evaṃ nibbāna-gāmini-
paṭipadāya paññāpetāraṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ
satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi
aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
24. 2 "Laddha-sahāyo kho pana so Bhagavā sekhānañ
c'; eva {paṭipadānaṃ} khīṇāsavānañ ca vusitavataṃ,3 te
Bhagavā apanujja3 ekārāmataṃ anuyutto viharati. Evaṃ
ekārāmataṃ anuyuttaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ
satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi
{aññatra} tena Bhagavatā.
25. "Abhinippanno4 kho pana tassa Bhagavato lābho,
abhinippanno siloko, yāva maññe5 khattiyā sampiyāya-
māna-rūpā viharanti, vigata-mado kho pana so Bhagavā
āhāraṃ āhāreti. Evaṃ vigata-madaṃ āhāraṃ āhariya-
mānaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva
atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena
Bhagavatā.
26. "Yathā-vādī kho pana so Bhagavā tathā-kārī,
yathā-kārī tathā-vādī. Iti yathā-vādī tathā-kārī, yathā-
kārī tathā-vādī evaṃ dhammānudhamma-paṭipannaṃ
iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse
samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
27. "Tiṇṇa-vicikiccho kho pana so Bhagavā vigata-
kathaṅkatho pariyosita-saṃkappo ajjhāsayaṃ ādi-brahma-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS omit these opening words; Bm supañattā kho pana Bhagavatā.
2 Bm places this after 25.
3-3 Bm so Bhagavā aparajja; K tena Bhagavā apanujja;
SS te Bh- anuppajja. See p. 223.
4 K abhinipphanno, and below. See 10.
5 Bm aññe.

[page 230]
230 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 27.
cariyaṃ. Evaṃ tiṇṇa-vicikicchaṃ vigata-kathaṅkathaṃ
pariyosita-saṃkappaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ ādi-brahmacariyaṃ
iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse
samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhaga-
vatā" ti.
Ime1 kho bhante Sakko devānam indo Brahmuno
Sanaṃkumārassa Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe
payirudāhāsi. Tena sudaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃku-
māro attamano hoti pamudito pīti-somanassa-jāto Bhaga-
vato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe sutvā.
28. Atha bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro {oḷārikaṃ}
attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā2 kumāra-vaṇṇī3 hutvā Pañca-
sikho devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātur ahosi4 vehāsaṃ5
abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena6 nisīditvā.7
Seyyathā pi bhante balavā puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke
same vā bhūmi-bhāge pallaṅkena8 nisīdeyya, evam eva
kho bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā
ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena9 nisīditvā deve Tāvatiṃse
āmantesi:--
29. Taṃ {kiṃ} maññanti bhonto10 devā Tāvatiṃsā?
Yāva dīgha-rattaṃ mahā-pañño ca so Bhagavā ahosi.
Bhūta-pubbaṃ bho rājā Disampatī11 nāma ahosi.
Disampatissa rañño Govindo nāma brāhmaṇo purohito
ahosi. Disampatissa rañño Reṇu nāma kumāro putto
ahosi. Govindassa brāhmaṇassa Jotipālo nāma māṇavo
putto ahosi. Iti Reṇu ca rājaputto Jotipālo ca māṇavo
aññe ca chakkhattiyā12 icc ete aṭṭha sahāyā ahesuṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc icc eva.
2 K abhinimmitvā.
3 K vaṇṇo; K (Sī) vaṇṇī.
4 Bm K add so, beginning a new sentence.
5 Sc vebhāraṃ; Sd vebhāsaṃ.
6 Sdt Bm pallaṅke.
7 Bm K nisīdi.
8 So Bm here.
9 Sd pallaṅke.
10 Sdt bhante.
11 Sct Disampatti, and Sc frequently afterwards.
12 Sd omits chak-; Bm K chakhattiyā. See p. 232.

[page 231]
D. xix. 30.] DEATH OF GOVINDA. 231
Attha kho1 ahorattānaṃ accayena Govindo brāhmaṇo
kālam akāsi. Govinde2 brāhmaṇe3 kālakate4 rājā Disam-
patī paridevesi:--
‘Yasmiṃ vata bho mayaṃ5 samaye Govinde6 brāh-
maṇe7 sabba-kiccāni {sammavossajjitvā} pañcahi kāma-guṇehi
samappitā samaṅgi-bhūtā paricārema,8 tasmiṃ samaye
Govindo brāhmaṇo kālakato'; ti.
Evaṃ vutte bho Reṇu rājaputto rājānaṃ Disampatiṃ
etad avoca:--
‘Mā kho tvaṃ deva Govinde brāhmaṇe kālakate ati-
bāḷhaṃ paridevesi. Atthi deva Govindassa brāhmaṇassa
Jotipālo nāma māṇavo putto paṇḍitataro c'; eva pitarā
alamatthadasataro {c'; eva} pitarā.9 Ye pi 'ssa10 pitā atthe
anusāsi, te pi Jotipālass'; eva māṇavassa anusāsaniyā'11 ti.
‘Evaṃ kumārāti'; ?
‘Evaṃ devāti.'
30. Atha kho bho rājā Disampati aññataraṃ purisaṃ
āmantesi:--
‘Ehi tvaṃ ambho purisa, yena Jotipālo12 māṇavo ten'
upasaṃkama, upasaṃkamitvā Jotipālaṃ13 māṇavaṃ evaṃ
vadehi: Bhavam atthu bhavantaṃ Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ,
rājā Disampati bhavantaṃ Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ āmanta-
yati. Rājā Disampati bhoto Jotipālassa māṇavassa
dassana-kāmo'; ti.
‘Evaṃ devāti'; bho so puriso Disampatissa rañño
paṭissutvā yena Jotipālo māṇavo ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā Jotipāla-māṇavaṃ etad avoca:--
‘Bhavam atthu bhavantaṃ Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ.
Rājā Disampati bhavantaṃ Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ āmanta-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K add bho.
2 Sct -o.
3 Scd -o; St -o corrected to -e.
4 Sc -o.
5 Bm mayasmiṃ.
6 SS Govindo; see Mahāvastu iii. 204.
7 SS Brāhmaṇo.
8 SS parivārema.
9 Bm ca, omitting eva pitarā.
10 K tassa.
11 Sd K -īyā.
12 Bm K add nāma.
13 SS Bm usually Jotipāla; Bm thrice omits mānavaṃ.

[page 232]
232 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 30.
yati. Rājā Disampati bhoto Jotipālassa māṇavassa dassa-
na-kāmo'; ti.
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho Jotipālo māṇavo tassa purisassa
paṭissutvā yena rājā Disampati ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā Disampatinā raññā saddhiṃ sammodi,
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho bho Jotipālaṃ māṇa-
vaṃ rājā Disampati etad avoca:--
‘Anusāsatu no bhavaṃ Jotipālo māṇavo, mā1 bhavaṃ
Jotipālo anusāsaniyā paccavyāhāsi.2 Pettike3 taṃ ṭhāne
ṭhapayissāmi,4 Govindiye abhisiñcissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho5 Jotipālo māṇavo Disampatissa
rañño paccassosi.
31. Atha kho bho6 rājā Disampati Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ
Govindiye abhisiñci, pettike ṭhāne ṭhapesi. Abhisitto
Jotipālo māṇavo Govindiye pettike ṭhāne ṭhapito ye pi
'ssa pitā atthe anusāsi, te7 atthe anusāsati; ye pi 'ssa
pitā atthe nānusāsi, te pi atthe nānusāsati. Ye pi 'ssa
pitā kammante abhisambhosi, te pi kammante abhisam-
bhoti; ye pi 'ssa pitā kammante nābhisambhosi te pi
kammante nābhisambhoti. Tam enaṃ manussā evam
āhaṃsu: ‘Govindo vata bho brāhmaṇo, mahā Govindo
vata bho brāhmaṇo'; ti. Iminā kho etaṃ8 bho pariyāyena
Jotipālassa māṇavassa Mahā-Govindo9 Mahā-Govindo
tv eva10 samaññā udapādi.
32. Atha kho bho11 Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena te
chakkhattiyā12 ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te
chakkhattiye13 etad avocā:--
‘Disampati14 bho rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St adds nava; Bm adds ne; K adds no.
2 Sd paccayyābhāsi; St paccavyābhāsi. See 37.
3 Bm vet-.
4 Bm K ṭhapessāmi.
5 Sc omits.
6 Bm omits.
7 Bm K add pi.
8 Bm eva; K evaṃ.
9 Bm omits mahā; K omits the second Mahā-Govindo. See A. 3. 373.
Mhvst. 206.
10 Bm teva.
11 Bm omits.
12 Sd K cha khattiyā; Bm khattiyā omitting cha, and so all below 33.
13 Bm sakhattiyā.
14 Bm K add kho.

[page 233]
D. xix. 33.] THE FRIENDS OF THE CROWN-PRINCE. 233
gato vayo-anuppatto. Ko nu kho pana1 bho2 jānāti
jīvitānaṃ? Ṭhānaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ vijjati yaṃ Disampa-
timhi raññe kālakate, rāja-kattāro Reṇuṃ rāja-puttaṃ
rajje abhisiñceyyuṃ. Āyantu bho3 bhonto, yena Reṇu
rāja-putto ten'; upasaṃkamatha, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇuṃ4
rāja-puttaṃ evaṃ vadetha: "Mayaṃ5 bhoto Reṇussa
sahāyā piyā manāpā appaṭikkūlā,6 {yaṃ-sukho} bhavaṃ
{taṃ-sukhā} mayaṃ,7 {yaṃ8-dukkho}9 bhavaṃ,10 {taṃ-dukkhā}
mayaṃ.7 Disampati11 bho rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako
addha-gato vayo-anuppatto. Ko nu kho pana bho jānāti
jīvitānaṃ? Ṭhānaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ vijjati yaṃ Disampa-
timhi raññe kālakate rāja-kattāro bhavantaṃ Reṇuṃ rajje
abhisiñceyyuṃ. Sace bhavaṃ Reṇu rajjaṃ labhetha,
saṃvibhajetha no rajjenāti."'
33. ‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho te {chakkhattiyā} Mahā-
Govindassa Brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena Reṇu rāja-putto
ten'; {upasaṃkamiṃsu}, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇuṃ rāja-puttaṃ
etad avocuṃ:--
‘Mayaṃ12 bhoto Reṇussa sahāyā piyā manāpā appaṭi-
kkūlā, {yaṃ-sukho} bhavaṃ {taṃ-sukhā} mayaṃ, {yaṃ-dukkho}
bhavaṃ {taṃ-dukkhā} mayaṃ. Disampati kho bho rājā
jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addha-gato vayo-anuppatto. Ko
nu kho bho pana jānāti jīvitānaṃ? Ṭhānaṃ kho pan'
etaṃ vijjati yaṃ Disampatimhi {raññe} kālakate rāja-
kattāro bhavantaṃ Reṇuṃ rajje abhisiñceyyuṃ. Sace
bhavaṃ {Reṇu} rajjaṃ labhetha, saṃvibhajetha no rajjenāti.'
‘Ko no kho bho añño mama vijite sukham13 edheyy-
ātha14 aññatra bhavantehi? Sacāhaṃ bho rajjaṃ
labhissāmi, saṃvibhajissāmi vo rajjenāti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm omits.
2 Bm inserts rā (as if rājā, &c.).
3 So SS; Bm K omit.
4 Scd Renu.
5 Bm K insert kho.
6 St Bm apaṭikkulā; SS below 33 appaṭikk-, but Bm appatik-.
In 37 all have appaṭikkūlo.
7-7 Sc omits.
8 St omits.
9 Sdt dukkhā.
10 Sdt bhavan.
11 Bm K add kho; So SS below.
12 Bm K add kho.
13 Bm sukho.
14 Bm bhavetha; K bhaveyyātha; K (Sī) sumedheyyātha. See Dhp. 193;
Jāt. i. 223; Vim. xvi. 4.

[page 234]
234 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 34.
34. Atha kho bho ahorattānaṃ accayena rājā Dis-
ampati kālam akāsi. Disampatimhi raññe kālakate rāja-
kattāro Reṇuṃ rāja-puttaṃ rajje1 abhisiñciṃsu. Abhisitto
Reṇu rajjena pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappito samaṅgi-
bhūto paricāreti. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo
yena te chakkhattiyā2 ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
te chakkhattiye3 etad avoca:--
‘Disampati kho bho rājā kālakato, abhisitto bhavaṃ
Reṇu rajjena4 pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappito samaṅgi-
bhūto paricāreti. Ko nu kho pana bho jānāti? Madanīyā
kāmā.5 Āyantu bhonto, yena Reṇu rājā ten'; upasaṃ-
kamatha, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇuṃ rājānaṃ evaṃ vadetha:
"Disampati kho bho rājā kālakato, abhisitto bhavaṃ
Reṇu rajjena, sarati bhavan tam vacanan" ti?'
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho te chakkhattiyā Mahā-
Govindasa Brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena Reṇu rājā ten'
upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇuṃ rājānaṃ etad
avocuṃ:--
‘Disampati kho bho rājā kālakato, abhisitto bhavaṃ
Reṇu rajjena, sarati bhavan taṃ vacanan'; ti?
‘{Sarām'} ahaṃ bho taṃ vacanaṃ. Ko nu kho bho
pahoti imaṃ mahā-paṭhaviṃ uttarena āyataṃ dakkhiṇena
sakaṭamukhaṃ6 sattadhā7 samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhaj-
itun'; ti?
‘Ko nu kho bho añño pahoti aññatra Mahā-Govindena
brāhmaṇenāti?'
35. Atha kho bho Reṇu rājā aññataraṃ purisaṃ
āmantesi:--
‘Ehi tvaṃ ambho purisa yena Mahā8-Govindo brāh-
maṇo ten'; {upasaṃkama},9 upasaṃkamitvā Mahā-Govin-
daṃ brāhmaṇaṃ evaṃ vadehi: "Rājā taṃ bhante10 Reṇu
āmantetīti."'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS omit.
2 Bm sakhattiyā; K chakhattiyā.
3 Sd khatiye.
4 Bm inserts so.
5 SS kālā. Sum. gives both. See Mahāvastu iii. 207.
6 Ibid. iii. 208.
7 Sdt sattayā; Bm sattata.
8 Bm omits Mahā.
9 SS Bm mi.
10 Bm kaṃ Bhagavanta.

[page 235]
D. xix. 36.] HOW INDIA WAS DIVIDED UP. 235
‘Evaṃ devo'; ti kho bho1 so puriso Reṇussa rañño paṭis-
sutvā yena Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etad avoca:
‘Rājā taṃ bhante2 Reṇu āmantetīti.'
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho3 Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo
tassa purisassa paṭissutvā yena Reṇu rājā ten'; upasaṃ-
kami, {upasaṃkamitvā} Reṇunā raññā saddhiṃ sammodi,
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho4 Mahā-Govindaṃ
brāhmaṇaṃ Reṇu rājā etad avoca:
‘Etu bhavaṃ Govindo imaṃ mahā-paṭhaviṃ uttarena5
āyataṃ dakkhiṇena sakaṭamukhaṃ sattadhā samaṃ
suvibhattaṃ vibhajatūti6.
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho7 Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Reṇussa
rañño paṭissutvā, imaṃ mahā-paṭhaviṃ uttarena āyataṃ
dakkhiṇena sakaṭamukhaṃ sattadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ
vibhaji, sabbāni sakaṭamukhāni aṭṭhapesi8.
36. Tatra sudaṃ majjhe Reṇussa rañño janapado hoti.
Dantapuraṃ Kāliṅgānaṃ9 Assakānañ ca {Potanaṃ}10
Māhissatī11 Avantīnaṃ Sovīrānañ12 ca Rorukaṃ13
Mithilā14 ca Videhānaṃ Campā Aṅgesu māpitā,
Bārāṇasī ca Kāsīnaṃ, ete Govinda-māpitā ti15.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm omits.
2 Bm bhavantaṃ.
3 Bm omits.
4 K adds bho.
5 Sc antarena.
6 Bm vijabhajituti; K vibhajetūti.
7 Bm K add bho.
8 Bm K paṭṭhapesi.
9 Sdt kal-.
10 Sd Potakā; St Potanā; Bm K Potanaṃ; Mahāvastu iii. 208 Yotanaṃ;
Jāt. iii.3 (comp. ii. 155) Potali; V. V. A., 259, Pota; Old.
(Buddha, 408) Potamaṃ.
11 Bm māyayati; Old. Mahīyata; see SṆ. 1011 and Mahāvastu iii. 208.
12 K Socirānañ.
13 Sdt Rorūkaṃ; Bm Roruṇaṃ; Jāt. iii. 470 Roruvaṃ; see Divy. 545.
14 SS Mithilañ; Mahāvastu iii. 209 Mithilāṃ.
15 Comp. Vimāna Vatthu Com. 82.

[page 236]
236 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 36.
Atha kho bho te chakkhattiyā yathā sakena lābhena
attamanā ahesuṃ paripuṇṇa-saṃkappā: ‘Yaṃ vata no
ahosi icchitaṃ yaṃ ākaṅkhitaṃ yaṃ adhippetaṃ yaṃ
adhipatthitaṃ, taṃ no laddhan ti.
Sattabhū Brahmadātto ca Vessabhū Bharato saha,1
Reṇu dve ca2 Dhataraṭṭhā3 tadāsuṃ4 satta Bhār-
atā5 ti.
Paṭhama-bhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.6
37. Atha kho bho te chakkhattiyā yena Mahā-Govindo
Brāhmaṇo ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Mahā-
Govindaṃ Brāhmaṇaṃ etad avocuṃ: ‘Yathā7 bhavaṃ
Govindo Reṇussa rañño sahāyo piyo manāpo appaṭikkūlo,
evam eva8 bhavam Govindo amhākaṃ pi sahāyo piyo
manāpo appaṭikkūlo. Anusāsatu no bhavaṃ Govindo,9
mā no10 bhavaṃ Govindo anusāsaniyā paccavyāhā-
sīti11.
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho Mahā-Govindo Brāhmaṇo tesaṃ
channaṃ khattiyānaṃ paccassosi. Atha kho bho Mahā-
Govindo Brāhmaṇo satta ca rājāno khattiye muddhā-
vasitte12 rajje anusāsi, satta ca brāhmaṇa-{mahāsāle}13
satta ca nahātaka-satāni14 mante vācesi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc sahā.
2 St va; K omits, but adds ca after Dhataraṭṭhā.
3 Sc Dhataraṭṭho; Sd gadharaṭṭhā; Bm Dhajataṭhā.
4 Sc Dāsuṃ; Bm tadāsu; St dasad-, corrected from datad-.
5 Sc bhātarā; St bhārathā; Sd bārāthā; Bm bhāradhāti; K bhāravāti.
6 In Bm, K only. See Sum.
7 Bm K add kho.
8 Bm K eva kho.
9 Sc omits.
10 SS bho.
11 Sc paccayavyasīti; Sd paccayāsīti; Bm paccabyāhāsiti (sic);
K paccabyāhāsīti. See p. 232.
12 St muddhādhasitte corrected to muddhābhisitte.
13 Sc Brāhmaṇo mahāsālo; Bm Brāhmaṇa-sāle.
14 Sd nahātasatāni; Bm K nhātaka-.

[page 237]
D. xix. 39.] INTERCOURSE WITH GOD. 237
38. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindassa Brāhmaṇassa
aparena samayena evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhug-
gañchi1: ‘Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ
passati, sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmunā
sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti.'; Atha kho bho Mahā-
Govindassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: ‘Mayhaṃ kho evaṃ
kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo
brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhī Mahā-Govindo
brāhmaṇo Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti.
Na kho panāhaṃ Brahmānaṃ passāmi, na Brahmunā
sākacchemi, na Brahmūnā sallapāmi, na Brahmunā
mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vud-
dhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānā-
nam: Yo vassike cattāro māse patisallīyati,2 karuṇaṃ
jhānaṃ jhāyati, so Brahmānaṃ passati Brahmunā sākac-
cheti sallapati mantetīti. {Yannūnāhaṃ} vassike cattāro
māse patisallīyeyyaṃ3 karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyeyyan'; ti.
39. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo Brāhmaṇo yena Reṇu
rājā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇuṃ rājānaṃ
etad avoca: ‘Mayhaṃ kho bho evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo
abbhuggato: Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brah-
mānaṃ passati, sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brah-
munā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Na kho panāhaṃ
bho Brahmānaṃ passāmi, na Brahmunā sākacchemi, na
Brahmunā sallapāmi, na Brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ
kho pana m'; etaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakā-
naṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: Yo vassike
cattāro māse patisallīyati karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so
Brahmānaṃ passati, Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati
mantetīti. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho vassike cattāro māse
patisallīyituṃ, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyituṃ. N'; amhi ke-
naci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattābhihārenāti.'
‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ Govindo kālaṃ maññatīti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K abbhuggacchi.
2 SS and Childers s.v. pati-; Bm and K paṭi-.
3 Sc twice and St thrice kāruṇa-.

[page 238]
238 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 40.
40. Atha kho Mahā-Govindo Brāhmaṇo yena te chak-
khattiyā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te chak-
khattiye etad avoca: ‘Mayhaṃ kho evaṃ kalyāṇo kittis-
addo abbhuggato: Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo
Brahmānaṃ passati, {sakkhī} Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo
Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Na kho panā-
haṃ Brahmānaṃ passāmi, na Brahmunā sākacchemi, na
Brahmunā sallapāmi, na Brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ
kho pana m'; etaṃ Brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahalla-
kānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: Yo vassike
cattāro māse patisallīyati, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so
Brahmānaṃ passati Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati man-
tetīti. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho vassike cattāro māse patis-
allīyituṃ, karuṇaṃ jhāyaṃ jhāyituṃ. {N'; amhi} kenaci
upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattābhihārenāti.
‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ Govindo kālaṃ maññatīti.'
41. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo Brāhmaṇo yena satta
ca Brāhmaṇa-mahā-sālā satta ca nahātaka-satāni ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā satta ca Brāhmaṇa-mahāsāle
satta ca nahātaka-satāni etad avoca:--
‘Mayhaṃ kho bho evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:
Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ passati,
sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmunā sākaccheti
sallapati mantetīti. Na kho panāhaṃ kho Brahmānaṃ
passāmi, na Brahmunā sākacchemi, na Brahmunā salla-
pāmi, na Brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ
brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariy-
ānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: Yo vassike cattāro māse patisal-
līyati, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so Brahmunā sākaccheti
sallapati mantetīti. Tena hi bho yathā sute yathā
pariyatte mante vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karotha, aññam
aññañ ca mante vācetha. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho vassike
cattāro māse patisallīyituṃ karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyituṃ.
{N'; amhi} kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattā-
bhihārenāti.'1
‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ Govindo kālaṃ maññatīti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS Bm and K bhattāharenāti here only.

[page 239]
D. xix. 44.] THE PRACTICE OF PITY. 239
42. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena
cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo1 ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃ-
kamitvā {cattārīsā} bhariyā sādisiyo etad avoca: ‘Mayhaṃ
kho {bhoti} evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo {abbhuggato}: Sakkhī
Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhī
Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati
mantetīti. Na kho panāhaṃ bhoti Brahmānaṃ passāmi,
na Brahmunā sākacchemi, na Brāhmunā sallapāmi, na
Brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ brāh-
maṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ
bhāsamānānaṃ: Yo vassike cattāro māse {paṭisallīyati}
karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so Brahmānaṃ passati, Brah-
munā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho-
ti vassike cattāro māse {patisallīyituṃ} karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ
jhāyituṃ. {N'; amhi} kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra
ekena bhattābhihārenāti.'2
‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ Govindo kālaṃ maññatīti.'
43. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo puratthi-
mena nagarassa navaṃ santhāgāraṃ3 kārāpetvā vassike
cattāro māse {patisallīyi}, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyi, nāssuda4
koci upasaṃkami aññatra ekena bhattābhihārena. Atha
kho bho Mahā-Govindassa brāhmaṇassa catunnaṃ mās-
ānaṃ accayena5 ahud eva ukkaṇṭhanā ahu paritassanā6:
Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ7 Brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ
mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ {bhāsamānānaṃ}: Yo
vassike cattāro māse patisallīyati karuṇaṃ jhāyaṃ jhāyati,
so Brahmānaṃ passati, Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati
mantetīti. Na kho panāhaṃ Brahmānaṃ passāmi, na
Brahmunā sākacchemi, na Brahmunā sallapāmi, na
Brahmunā mantemīti.
44. Atha kho bho Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro Mahā-
Govindassa Brāhmaṇassa cetasā {ceto-}parivitakkam aññā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc sādiso.
2 So SS bhattābhih- here and below.
3 Bm chanāgāraṃ.
4 Scd nāssudha; Bm nassudha; K nāssa; K (Sī) nassu ca.
5 Bm chadhaccayena.
6 Sc parisattanā; St omits.
7 St taṃ.

[page 240]
240 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 44.
ya, seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bā-
haṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam
eva Brahma-loke antarahito Mahā-Govindassa brāhmaṇ-
assa pamukhe pātur ahosi. Atha kho bho Mahā-
Govindassa brāhmaṇassa ahud eva bhayaṃ ahu cham-
bhitattaṃ ahu lomahaṃso yathā taṃ adiṭṭha-pubbaṃ
rūpaṃ disvā. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo
bhīto saṃviggo loma-haṭṭha-jāto Brahmānaṃ Sanaṃ-
kumāraṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:--
‘Vaṇṇavā1 yasavā sirimā,2 ko nu tvam asi3 mārisa?
Ajānantā tam4 pucchāma5 kathaṃ jānemu taṃ
mayaṃ?'6
‘Maṃ7 ve kumāraṃ jānanti Brahma-loke sanan-
tanaṃ,8
Sabbe jānanti maṃ devā, evaṃ Govinda jānahi.'9
‘Āsanaṃ udakaṃ pajjaṃ madhu-pākañ ca brahmuno,
Agghe10 Bhavantaṃ pucchāma. Agghaṃ11 kurutu12
no Bhavaṃ.'
‘{Paṭigaṇhāma}13 te agghaṃ yaṃ tvaṃ Govinda bhāsasi14.
Diṭṭha-dhamma-hitatthāya15 samparāya-sukhāya16 ca,
Katāvakāso puccha ssu yaṃ kiñci abhipatthitan'; ti.
45. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindassa brāhmaṇassa etad
ahosi: ‘Katāvakāso kho 'mhi Brahmunā Sanaṃku-
mārena. Kin nu kho ahaṃ Brahmānaṃ Sanaṃkumāraṃ
puccheyyaṃ diṭṭha-dhammikaṃ vā atthaṃ samparāyikaṃ
vā ti?'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sdt add si. See Mhvst. iii. p. 211.
2 Sd sīrīmā.
3 Sc āsi; St asiri; Bm asa.
4 Bm naṃtaṃ; Scdt na or ta.
5 Sc -mi.
6 Bm K mayan ti.
7 Bm ma.
8 Bm sanantica.
9 Bm jānāhi.
10 Sc aggo; Sd Bm agge; St K agghe.
11 Mahāvastu (iii. 211) agraṃ (twice).
12 Bm K kurutu, always; SS often kurūtu.
13 Bm K paṭigg-.
14 Sc bhasayi; Sd sī.
15 K diṭṭhe dhamme hit-.
16 Bm hitāya.

[page 241]
D. xix. 46.] THE GOD AS PREACHER. 241
Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindassa brāhmaṇassa etad
ahosi: ‘Kusalo kho ahaṃ diṭṭha-dhammikānaṃ atthā-
naṃ. Aññe pi maṃ diṭṭha-dhammikaṃ atthaṃ pucchanti.
Yannūnāhaṃ Brahmānaṃ Sanaṃkumāraṃ samparāyikaṃ
yeva atthaṃ puccheyyan'; ti.
Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ
Sanaṃkumāraṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
‘Pucchāmi Brahmānaṃ1 Sanaṃkumāraṃ
Kaṅkhī2 akaṅkhiṃ3 paravediyesu4
Katthaṭṭhito kimhi ca5 sikkhamāno
Pappoti macco amataṃ Brahma-lokan ti?'6
‘Hitvā mamattaṃ manujesu brahme7
Ekodibhūto karuṇādhimutto
Nirāmagandho virato methunasmā
Etthaṭṭhito8 ettha ca sikkhamāno
Pappoti macco amataṃ Brahma-lokan ti.'
46. ‘Hitvā mamattaṃ tāhaṃ9 bhoto ājānāmi.10 Idh'
ekacco appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ
vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya appaṃ vā ñāti-parivaṭṭaṃ
pahāya mahantaṃ vā ñati-parivaṭṭaṃ pahāya kesa-massuṃ
ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāri-
yaṃ pabbajati. Iti hitvā mamattaṃ tāhaṃ11 bhoto ājānāmi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sdt Brahmā.
2 St Bm -khi.
3 Sc omits; Sd Bm -khi; St -khī.
4 Bm pavarevediyesu.
5 SS Kimhi ci.
6 Scan macco 'mata'; Brahmalokan.
7 So all MS and K. See Jāt. ii. 346; vi. 525, 531; and above p. 240.
8 SS khippaṭṭhito.
9 Scd mamatta tāhaṃ; Bm K hitvā mamattanti ahaṃ;
K (Sī) mamattaṃtāhaṃ.
10 Scd aj-, and so SS often below.
11 Bm mamattanti bhahaṃ; K mamattanti sahaṃ; K (Sī) mamattaṃtāhaṃ;
mamattaṃtipadanti pana pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ.

[page 242]
242 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 46.
‘Ekodibhūto ti cāhaṃ1 bhoto ājānāmi. Idh'; ekacco
vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkha-mūlaṃ pab-
bataṃ kandaraṃ giri-guhaṃ susānaṃ vana-patthaṃ2
abbhokāsaṃ palāla-puñjaṃ.3 Iti ekodibhūto ti p'; ahaṃ4
bhoto ājānāmi.
‘Karuṇādhimutto ti p'; ahaṃ5 bhoto ājānāmi. Idh'
ekacco karuṇā-sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ6 disaṃ pharitvā
viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ7 tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ.
Iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi8 sabbattatāya9 sabbā-
vantaṃ lokaṃ karuṇā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahag-
gatena appamāṇena averena10 avyāpajjhena11 pharitvā
viharati. Iti karuṇādhimutto ti p'; ahaṃ12 bhoto ājānāmi.
‘Āmagandhe va kho ahaṃ bhoto bhāsamānassa na13
ājānāmi.
‘Ke āmagandhā manujesu Brahme?
Ete avidvā14 idha brūhi dhīra.
Ken'; āvaṭā15 vāti pajā kuruṭṭharū16
Āpāyikā nīvuta-brahmalokā17 ti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm dāhaṃ; K sahaṃ; K (note) ekodibhūtotipadanti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ.
2 St vanaspatiṃ; Bm -pattaṃ; K pathaṃ. See 1. 71; M. 1. 16.
3 K adds paṭisantīyati.
4 Bm omits p'; K sahaṃ.
5 Bm Karuṇedhimutto ti ahaṃ; K sahaṃ.
6 Sd evaṃkaṃ.
7 Sd duti āgametu tīṇi māsāni āgametu, see 54. The intervening
passage occurs later, at end of 61.
8 Bm omits.
9 Sd Bm sabbatthatāya.
10 Bm omits.
11 Bm abyāpajjh-; K abyāpajh-.
12 Bm karuṇedhimutto ti ahaṃ; K sahaṃ.
13 SS and Bm omit; K na ca.
14 Bm aviddhāra; K aviddhā.
15 Sd āvaṭhā; K āvuṭā.
16 Sd kuruṭṭha; Bm kurutu; K kururū (K Sī kuruṭṭharū).
17 All MSS. nivuta-; (and so at the end); K nīvuta.

[page 243]
D. xix. 47.] GOVINDA AND REṆU. 243
‘Kodho mosa-vajjaṃ1 nikatī ca dobho2
Kadariyatā3 atimāno usuyyā4
Icchā vicikicchā para-heṭhanā ca
Lobho ca doso ca mado ca moho
Etesu yuttā anirāmagandhā
Āpāyikā nīvuta-brahmalokā ti.'
‘Yathā kho ahaṃ bhoto āmagandhe bhāsamānassa
ājānāmi, te na sunimmadayā5 agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pab-
bajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ Govindo kālaṃ maññatīti.'
47. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena Reṇu
rājā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇu-{rājānaṃ} etad
avoca: ‘Aññaṃ dāni bhavaṃ purohitaṃ pariyesatu, yo
bhoto rajjaṃ anusāsissati. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ
Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā
agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā
anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Āmantayāmi rājānaṃ Reṇuṃ bhūmi-patiṃ ahaṃ,
Tvaṃ pajānassu rajjena, nāhaṃ porohacce6 rame.'
‘Sace te7 ūnaṃ kāmehi ahaṃ paripūrayāmi te,
Yo taṃ hiṃsati vāremi bhūmi-senāpatī8 ahaṃ,
Tvaṃ pitā 'si9 ahaṃ putto10 mā no Govinda pājahi.'11
‘Na m'; atthi12 ūnaṃ kāmehi hiṃsitā13 me na vijjati
Amanussa-vaco14 sutvā tasmā 'haṃ na gahe15 rame.'
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS -vajja.
2 So Scdt; Bm K dobbho.
3 Sd Bm kadariyathā.
4 Sd usūyā; Bm ussuyyā; K ussuyā.
5 Bm te nimmadayā.
6 Bm porohicce.
7 St naṃ; Sc taṃ.
8 Bm bhummi.
9 Sct K omit.
10 K adds ca.
11 Sc pajāhi; Sd pajahi; Bm pajahati.
12 SS nacatthi; Bm namatti; K na matthi.
13 St Bm hisitā; Scd hiṃsikā; K hiṃsito.
14 Bm -dhaco.
15 Bm gehe.

[page 244]
244 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 47.
‘Amanusso kathaṃ-vaṇṇo,1 kan2 te atthaṃ abhāsatha,
Yaṃ3 sutvā pajāhāsi4 no gehe amhe ca kevale.'5
‘Upavutthassa me pubbe yatthu-kāmassa6 me sato
Aggi pajjalito āsi kusapatta-paritthato.
Tato me Brahmā pātur ahu Brahma-lokā Sanantano,
So me pañhaṃ viyākāsi taṃ sutvā na gahe rame.'
‘Saddahāmi ahaṃ bhoto yaṃ tvaṃ Govinda bhāsasi,
Amanussa-vaco sutvā kathaṃ vattetha aññathā,
Te taṃ anuvattissāma7 satthā Govinda no bhava.
Maṇi yathā veḷuriyo akāco8 vimalo subho,
Evaṃ suddhā carissāma Govindassānusāsane ti.'
‘Sace bhavaṃ Govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajis-
sati, aham9 pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi.10 Atha
yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
48. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena te
chakkhattiyā11 ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā12 chak-
khattiye etad avoca: ‘Aññaṃ dāni13 bhavanto purohitaṃ
pariyesantu, yo bhavantānaṃ rajje anusāsissati. Icchām'
ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho
pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te
na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ
bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
Atha kho bho chakkhattiyā ekamantaṃ apakkamma

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St vaṇṇe; Sd vanno.
2 Sd Bm kin.
3 Bm K yañ ca.
4 St jahāti; Sd Bm K jahāsi; Sc jāhāsi.
5 Bm kevalaṃ.
6 Scd yaṃsukhāmassa; St yaṃsukāmassa; Bm yiṭhakāmassa; K yiṭṭhakāmassa.
7 SS anupabbajissāma, and so K and Sum as v. 1.
8 Sc ako; Sd akākho; St akokho; Bm akāce; K akāse.
9 Bm K mayam.
10 Bm K pabbajissāma.
11 Bm K cha khattiyā.
12 Bm K insert te.
13 Bm repeats aññaṃ dāni; K inserts kho.

[page 245]
D. xix. 49.] THE REJECTED BRIBES. 245
evaṃ samacintesuṃ: ‘Ime kho1 brāhmaṇā nāma dhana-
luddhā, yan nūna mayaṃ Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ
dhanena sikkheyyāmāti.'
Te Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam
āhaṃsu: ‘Saṃvijjati2 kho bho imesu sattasu rajjesu
pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ. Tato bhoto yāvatakena attho
tāvatakaṃ āhareyyatan ti3.
‘Alaṃ bho! Mama p'; idaṃ pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ
bhavantānaṃ yeva vāhasā, tam4 ahaṃ yasaṃ5 pahāya
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi. Yathā kho pana
me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na
sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho
agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
49. Atha kho bho te chakkhattiyā ekamantaṃ apak-
kamma evaṃ6 samacintesuṃ: ‘Ime kho brāhmaṇā nāma
itthi-luddhā. Yan nūna mayaṃ Mahā-Govindaṃ brāh-
maṇaṃ itthīhi sikkheyyāmāti?'
Te Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam
āhaṃsu: ‘{Saṃvijjante}'; kho bho imesu sattasu rajjesu
pahūtā itthiyo. Tato bhoto yāvatikāhi attho, tāvatikā
āniyyatan'8 ti.
‘Alaṃ bho! mama p'; imā9 {cattārīsā} bhariyā sādisiyo.
Tā p'; ahaṃ10 sabbā pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabba-
jissāmi. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe
bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā,
pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K adds kho.
2 So Bm K; SS -vijjanti.
3 Bm āhariyanti; K āharīyatanti.
4 For vāhasā tam St has vātam; Bm vā hotu tam; K tathā sāpateyyaṃ.
See Mil. 379, 430; vin. iv. 158.
5 Bm K sabbaṃ.
6 Sd apakkamm'; imaṃ; St apakkammamimaṃ.
7 Sd yaṃvijjanto; Bm K -janti.
8 St āniyya-; Sc an-; Bm aniyatanti; K ānīyatāti.
9 St maṃ cichama tā; Sd maṃ machamā tā; St maṃ cajamānā; Bm mama pi tā.
10 Bm K tāpāhaṃ; K (Sī) tāpahaṃ.

[page 246]
246 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 50.
50. ‘Sace bhavaṃ Govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
pabbajissati, mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabba-
jissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
‘Sace jahātha1 kāmāni yattha satto puthujjano
Ārabhavho2 daḷhā hotha khanti-bala-samāhitā.
Esa maggo uju maggo esa3 maggo anuttaro
Saddhammo sabbhi rakkhito Brahmalokūpapattiyā ti.'
51. ‘Tena hi bhavaṃ Govindo satta vassāni āgametu,
sattannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena mayam pi agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati
bhavissatīti.'
‘Aticiraṃ kho bho satta vassāni. Nāhaṃ sakkomi
bhavante satta vassāni āgametuṃ. Ko kho4 pana bho
jānāti jīvitānaṃ. Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāya {bodhab-
baṃ},5 kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahmacari-
yaṃ, n'; atthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana me
sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunim-
madayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho
agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
52. ‘Tena hi bhavaṃ Govindo cha vassāni āgametu
. . . pe . . . pañca vassāni āgametu . . . [pe]
. . . cattāri vassāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . tīṇi
vassāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . dve vassāni āgametu
. . . [pe] . . . ekaṃ vassaṃ āgametu. Eka-vassassa6
accayena mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma,
atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti?
53. ‘Aticiraṃ kho bho ekaṃ vassaṃ. Nāhaṃ sakkomi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd chatha; Bm hetha; K pajahatha.
2 Sctd apabhavho; Bm ārambhavo; K ārambho.
3 SS visa.
4 SS me; Bm K nu kho; in the repetition 54-55, ko kho pana.
So Sum here.
5 Sd bodhabbaṃ; Sc boddhabbaṃ; St Bm bhoddhabbaṃ; K voṭṭhabbaṃ.
See A. iv. 136, 137.
6 Bm K ekassa vassassa.

[page 247]
D. xix. 55.] THE DANGER OF DELAY. 247
bhavante ekaṃ vassaṃ āgametuṃ. Ko1 kho pana
bho jānāti jīvitānaṃ. Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāya
bodhabbaṃ, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ, n'; atthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana
me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na
sunimmadayā {agāraṃ} ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ
bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Tena hi bhavaṃ Govindo satta māsāni āgametu.
Sattannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena mayam pi agārasmā anagā-
riyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati bha-
vissatīti.'
54. ‘Aticiraṃ kho bho satta māsāni. Nāhaṃ sakkomi
bhavante2 satta māsāni āgametuṃ. Ko3 kho pana bho
jānāti jīvitānaṃ? Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāya
bodhabbaṃ, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ, n'; atthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana me
sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunim-
madayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho
agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Tena hi bhavaṃ Govindo cha māsāni āgametu . . .
pe . . . pañca māsāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . cattāri
māsāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . tīṇi māsāni āgametu
. . . [pe] . . . dve māsāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . .
māsaṃ āgametu . . . [pe] . . . addha-māsaṃ4 āga-
metu. Addha-māsassa accayena mayam pi agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati
{bhavissatīti.}
55. ‘Aticiraṃ kho bho addhamāso. Nāhaṃ sakkomi
bhavante addhamāsam āgametuṃ. Ko kho pana bho
jānāti jīvitānaṃ? 5 Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāya
{bodhabbaṃ}, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ, n'; atthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana
me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe {bhāsamānassa} te na
sunimmadayā agārasmā ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; aham
bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K add nu.
2 Sc bhavanto.
3 Bm K add nu.
4 K (note) aḍḍhamāsan ti pi pāṭho.
5 So all MSS. and K.

[page 248]
248 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 55.
‘Tena hi bhavaṃ1 Govindo sattāhaṃ āgametu yāva
mayaṃ sake putta-2 bhātaro rajje anusāsāma.3 Sattāhassa
accayena mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma,
atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
‘Na ciraṃ kho bho sattāhaṃ,4 āgamissām'; ahaṃ
bhavante sattāhan'; ti.
56. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena te
satta brāhmaṇā mahā-sālā satta ca nahātaka-satāni ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā satta brāhmaṇa-mahāsāle
satta ca nahātaka-satāni etad avoca:
‘Aññaṃ dāni5 bhavanto ācariyaṃ pariyesantu,6 yo
bhavantānaṃ mante vācessati. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho pana me
sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunim-
madayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho
agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Mā bhavaṃ Govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji,7
pabbajjā bho appesakkhā ca appalābhā ca, brahmaññaṃ8
mahesakkhañ ca mahālābhañ cāti.'
‘Mā bhavanto evaṃ avacuttha9: "Pabbajjā appe-
sakkhā ca appalābhā ca, brahmaññaṃ mahesakkhañ ca
mahālābhañ cāti." Ko nu kho bho añño10 mayā mahe-
sakkhataro vā mahālābhataro vā. Ahaṃ hi bho11 etarahi
rājā ca raññaṃ Brahmā ca brāhmaṇānaṃ devatā ca
gahapatikānaṃ, taṃ p'; ahaṃ sabbaṃ pahāya agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ
Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc omits; Bm bhava.
2 SS putte.
3 Bm K anusāsissāma.
4 SS insert bho again.
5 Sd aññad-; St aññāni dāni.
6 SS ācariyapācariyesantu; Bm ācariyapari-.
7 SS pabbajito bho pabbajjā
8 SS and Bm sometimes brahmaññā and put the adjectives in ā.
9 St avuttha. Bm K repeat the whole clause.
10 Bm K aññatra; K (note) añño ti vā pāṭho.
11 So SS Bm; K ahaṃ vo; K (Sī) ahaṃ hi bho.

[page 249]
D. xix. 58.] GOVINDA'S WIVES. 249
agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā
anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Sace bhavaṃ Govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabba-
jissati, mayam pi agārasmā anagariyaṃ pabbajissāma,
atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
57. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena
cattārīsā1 bhariyā sādisiyo ten'; {upasaṃkami}, upasaṃ-
kamitvā cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo etad avoca: ‘Yā bhoti
naṃ2 icchati sakāni va3 ñāti-kulāni gacchatu,4 aññaṃ5
bhattāraṃ pariyesatu.6 Icchām'; ahaṃ bhoti agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ.7 Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ
Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā
agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bhoti agārasmā
anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Tvaṃ yeva no ñāti ñāti-kāmānaṃ. Tvaṃ pana bhattā
bhattu-kāmānaṃ. Sace bhavaṃ Govindo agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
58. Atha kho bho Mahā Govindo brāhmaṇo tassa sattā-
hassa accayena kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni
acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbaji. Pabbajitañ8 ca
pana Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ satta ca rājāno khat-
tiyā muddhāvasittā satta ca brāhmaṇa-mahāsālā satta ca
nahātaka-satāni cattārīsā ca bhariyā sādisiyo anekāni ca
khattiya-sahassāni anekāni ca brāhmaṇa-sahassāni anekāni
ca gahapati-sahassāni anekā9 ca itthāgārehi10 itthikāyo11
kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā
Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
pabbajitaṃ anupabbajiṃsu. Tāya sudaṃ bho parisāya
parivuto Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo gāma-nigama-rāja-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc -risa; St Bm K -risā.
2 MSS. na.
3 SS pañ; Bm omits; K vā.
4 Scd gacchati; K gacchantu (Bm gacchatu).
5 Bm K add vā.
6 SS K -santu; Bm -satu.
7 Sc pabbajissituṃ; Sdt -jissatu.
8 SS tañ.
9 SS anekāni; Bm anekahi.
10 So SS Bm; K itthāgārā.
11 Bm K itthiyo.

[page 250]
250 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 58.
dhānīsu cārikaṃ carati. Yaṃ kho pana bho tena sama-
yena Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā
upasaṃkamati, tattha rājā va hoti raññaṃ Brahmā va
brāhmaṇānaṃ devatā va gahapatikānaṃ. Ye ca1 kho
pana bho tena samayena manussā khipanti2 vā upak-
kha4lanti3 vā, te evam {āhaṃsu}: ‘Nam'; atthu Mahā-
Govindassa {brāhmaṇassa}, nam'; atthu satta-purohitassāti.'
59. Mahā-Govindo bho4 brāhmaṇo mettā-sahagatena
cetasā5 ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā
tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ
sabbadhi sabbattatāya6 sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettā-
sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena
averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā vihāsi. Karuṇā-sahaga-
tena cetasā . . . muditā-sahagatena cetasā
. . . upekhā-sahagatena cetasā7 ekaṃ disaṃ
pharitvā vihāsi tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catut-
thaṃ. Iti udham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya8
sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekhā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena
mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā
vihāsi, sāvakānañ ca Brahmaloka9-sahavyatāya maggaṃ
desesi.
60. Ye kho pana bho tena samayena Mahā-Govin-
dassa brāhmaṇassa sāvakā sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ
ājāniṃsu,10 te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
Brahma-lokaṃ upapajjiṃsu. Ye na sabbena sabbaṃ
sāsanaṃ ājāniṃsu, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā app
ekacce Paranimmita-Vasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ
uppajjiṃsu, app ekacce Nimmāna-ratīnaṃ devānaṃ
sahavyataṃ uppajjiṃsu, app ekacce Tusitānaṃ devānaṃ
sahavyataṃ {uppajjiṃsu}, app ekacce Yāmānaṃ devānaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K omit.
2 St khippanti.
3 Sc ukkhalanti.
4 Bm K omit.
5 K inserts averena abyāpajjhena.
6 So Sc corrected to -atthatāya; Sd Bm -atthatāya (as at p. 242).
7 Bm K pa to the end of the section.
8 So Sc, again corrected as above, note6.
9 Sd -loke.
10 St jāniṃsu; Scd aj-.

[page 251]
D. xix. 62.] THE LOWER AND HIGHER WAYS. 251
sahavyataṃ uppajjiṃsu, app ekacce Tāvatiṃsānaṃ de-
vānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjiṃsu, app ekacce Cātumma-
hārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjiṃsu. Ye sabbe
sabba-nihīna-kāyaṃ paripūresuṃ te gandhabba-kāyaṃ
paripūresuṃ.
Iti kho bho1 sabbesaṃ yeva tesaṃ kula-puttānaṃ
amoghā pabbajjā ahosi avañjhā2 saphalā sa-uddisā ti.3
61. ‘Sarati taṃ4 Bhagavā ti?'
‘Sarām'5 ahaṃ6 Pañcasikha. Ahaṃ tena samayena
Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo ahosiṃ.7 Ahaṃ tesaṃ
sāvakānaṃ Brahmaloka-sahavyatāya maggaṃ desesiṃ.8
Taṃ kho pana Pañcasikha brahmacariyaṃ na nibbidāya
na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na
sambodhāya na {nibbānāya} saṃvattati, yāvad eva Brah-
malokūpapattiyā. Idaṃ kho pana me Pañcasikha
brahmacariyaṃ ekanta-nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati,9
ayaṃ eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko Maggo, seyyathīdaṃ sammā-
diṭṭhi sammā-saṃkappo sammā-vācā sammā-kammanto
sammā-ājīvo sammā-vāyāmo sammā-sati sammā-samādhi.
Idaṃ kho taṃ Pañcasikha brahmacariyaṃ ekanta-
nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya
sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.
62. ‘Ye kho pana me Pañcasikha sāvakā sabbena
sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti, te {āsavānaṃ} khayā anāsavaṃ
ceto-vimuttiṃ paññā-vimuttiṃ diṭṭhe va dhamme sayaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K pana.
2 Bm K avajjā; K (note) avañjhāti vā avajjhāti vā pāṭho.
3 St sa-uddiyā; Bm sa-uddrayā; K sa-udrayā.
4 Sd kaṃ.
5 Sc sārām.
6 Bm K insert bho.
7 Sdt ahosi.
8 Sct desesi.
9 Bm K insert katamañ ca taṃ Pañcasikha brahmacariyaṃ ekanta-nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya
saṃvattati?

[page 252]
252 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 62.
abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. Ye na sab-
bena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ1 ājānanti {app ekacce} pañcannaṃ
orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā
honti, tattha parinibbāyino anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā.
Ye na sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti app ekacce
tiṇṇam saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ
tanuttā sakadāgāmino honti sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ
āgantvā dukkhass'; antaṃ karonti.2 Ye na sabbena
sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti app ekacce tiṇṇaṃ saṃyoja-
nānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā honti avinipāta-dhammā
niyatā sambodhi-parāyanā. Iti kho Pañcasikha sabbesaṃ
yeva imesaṃ kula-puttānaṃ amoghā pabbajjā avañjhā3
saphalā sa-uddisā'; ti.4
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Attamano Pañcasikho Gandhab-
baputto Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā
Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth'; ev'
antaradhāyīti.
MAHĀ-GOVINDA-SUTTANTAṂ5
NIṬṬHITAṂ.6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K te.
2 Bm K karissanti.
3 Bm K avajjā.
4 Scd sariddāyati; St as before 60; Bm K sa-udrayā.
5 MSS and K Suttaṃ.
6 Bm adds chaṭṭhaṃ; K chaṭṭham for niṭṭhitaṃ.

[page 253]
253
[xx. Mahā-Samaya Suttanta.1]
1. 2 Evam me sutaṃ.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavat-
thusmiṃ Mahāvane mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ
pañca-mattehi bhikkhu-satehi sabbeh'; eva arahantehi,
dasahi ca loka-dhātūhi3 devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā
honti Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca.
2. Atha kho catunnaṃ Suddhāvāsakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ
etad ahosi:
‘Ayaṃ kho Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapila-vatthus-
miṃ Mahāvane mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ
pañca-mattehi bhikkhu-satehi sabbeh'; eva arahantehi,
dasahi ca loka-dhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā
honti Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca.
Yan nūna mayam pi yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamey-
yāma, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavato santike pacceka-gāthaṃ4
bhāseyyāmāti.'
3. Atha kho tā devatā seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso
sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Edited by Grimblot, Septs Suttas Pālis, Paris, 1876,
pp. 280-88, = Gr; by Frankfurter, Handbook of Pali,
London, 1883, pp. 112-118=F; Anonymously in Colombo,
1891= Col; by Takakusu, Pali Chrestomathy, Tokyo, 1900= Tak.
2 1-3 in S. 1. 26.
3 Col -dhātuhi.
4 Sc -ekagāthā; Sd -ekagātha; Gr F Tak. and Feer (S. i. 26 in note),
-ekaṃ gātham; K (note) pāyato evaṃ; paccekagāthātipi pāṭhena
panabhavitabbam.

[page 254]
254 MAHĀ-SAMAYA SUTTANTA. [D. xx. 3.
sammiñjeyya, evam evaṃ1 Suddhāvāsesu devesu an-
tarahitā Bhagavato purato pātur ahaṃsu.2 Atha kho tā
devatā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ {aṭṭhaṃsu},
ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:--
‘Mahā-samayo pavanasmiṃ, deva-kāyā samāgatā,
Āgat'; amha3 imaṃ dhamma-samayaṃ dakkhitāye4
aparājita-saṃghan ti.'
Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ
abhāsi:--
‘Tatra5 bhikkhavo samādahaṃsu cittaṃ6 attano
ujukam akaṃsu,
Sārathi7 va nettāni8 gahetvā indriyāni rakkhanti
paṇḍitā ti.'
Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ
abhāsi:--
‘Chetvā khilaṃ9 chetvā palighaṃ10 inda-khīlaṃ
ūhacca-m-anejā,11
Te caranti suddhā vimalā cakkhumatā sudantā susu-
nāgā ti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm eva. SS F Col evam evaṃ, and so Trenckner always
(except M. 1. 205.); Bm Gr Tak K evam eva.
2 Gr Tak ahosuṃ.
3 Bm F Gr Tak amhā and so all MSS. at D. i. 18.
4 Sd -āhe; Bm Gr -tāya, note -tāye; K dakkhitā yeva.
5 St adds kho.
6 Sd ttā.
7 Sd sar-; St K -thī.
8 Bm nattāni; Gr nethāni (note nettāni).
9 SS Bm Gr Col khilaṃ; Gr (note) F Tak K khīlaṃ.
10 K palīghaṃ.
11 K and Feer S i. 27, ohacca; Gr F Tak Col uhacca. See SṆ. 1119
(quoted Kathā Vatthu 64).

[page 255]
D. xx. 5.] VISITS OF GODS. 255
Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ
abhāsi:--
‘Ye keci Buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatāse na te gamissanti
{apāyaṃ},1
Pahāya mānusaṃ dehaṃ deva-kāyaṃ paripūressantīti.'
4. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:--
‘Yebhuyyena bhikkhave dasasu loka-dhātusu devatā
sannipatitā2 Tathāgatam dassanāya bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca.
Ye pi te bhikkhave ahesuṃ atītam addhānaṃ arahanto
sammā-sambuddhā, tesam pi Bhagavantānaṃ eta-paramā
yeva devatā sannipatitā ahesuṃ seyyathā pi mayhaṃ
etarahi. Ye pi te bhikkhave bhavissanti anāgatam ad-
dhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesam pi Bhagavan-
tānaṃ eta-paramā yeva devatā sannipatitā bhavissanti
seyyathā pi mayhaṃ etarahi. Ācikkhissāmi bhikkhave
devakāyānaṃ nāmāni, kittayissāmi bhikkhave deva-
kāyānaṃ nāmāni, desissāmi bhikkhave devakāyānaṃ
nāmāni. Taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha,
bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante ti'; kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ.
Bhagavā etad avoca:--
5. ‘Silokam anukassāmi; yattha3 bhummā tad assitā,
Ye sitā giri-gabbharaṃ4 pahitattā samāhitā
Puthū sīhā va sallīnā lomahaṃsābhisambhuno
Odāta-manasā suddhā vippasannā-m-anāvilā5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So SS, all MSS. at Sum i. 233, and Bm Gr F Col Tak; K and Feer
apāyabhūmim; K (note) sabbapotthakesu pāyato apāyanti pāṭho
dissati. Divy, p. 195, has durgatiṃ.
2 Bm K add honti. SS Gr F Col Tak omit it.
3 Gr Fr Tak yathā.
4 Bm Col Gr gabbhāraṃ; Scdt Tak Fr K gabbharaṃ.
5 So Sct Sum Gr; Sd K Col Tak Gr note vippasannam-; F vippassanaṃ;
Bm omits m.

[page 256]
256 MAHĀ-SAMAYA SUTTANTA. [D. xx. 5.
Bhīyyo1 pañca-sate ñatvā vane Kāpilavatthave.'
Tato āmantayi Satthā sāvake sāsane rate:
‘Deva-kāyā abhikkantā te vijānātha bhikkhavo.'
Te ca ātappam akaruṃ sutvā Buddhassa sāsanaṃ.
6. Tesaṃ pātur ahū2 ñāṇaṃ amanussāna dassanaṃ
App eke satam addakkhuṃ sahassaṃ atha sattatiṃ3
Sataṃ eke sahassānaṃ amanussānam addasuṃ4
App eke 'nantam addakkhuṃ, disā sabbā phuṭā5 ahū.
Tañ ca sabbaṃ abhiññāya vavakkhitvāna6 cakkhumā
Tato āmantayi Satthā sāvake sāsane rate:
‘Deva-kāyā abhikkantā te vijānātha bhikkhavo,
Ye vo 'haṃ kittayissāmi girāhi anupubbaso.
7. Satta sahassā va7 yakkhā bhummā Kāpilavatthavā
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Cha-sahassā Hemavatā yakkhā nānatta-vaṇṇino,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Sātāgirā ti-sahassā yakkhā nānatta-vaṇṇino,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Icc ete soḷasa-sahassā yakkhā nānatta-vaṇṇino,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scd Col bhīyyo; Bm K bhiyyo; Gr F Tak bhīyo.
2 Sc āhuṃ; Sd F Tak āhu; St Col ahū; Bm Gr K ahu.
3 Sc K sattariṃ; Bm and Col in note sattari; Gr F Tak sattati
(note sattharuñ and sattatiṃ).
4 St F Tak addaṃsu.
5 Sd Sum Bm puṭā; Col and Gr in note phuṭhā.
6 Bm and Col in note pavekkhitvāna; K (note) vavatthitvānāti vā
pāṭho; Fr Tak pavakkhitvāna.
7 Gr te; F and Tak omit, and put ca after yakkhā.

[page 257]
D. xx. 9.] GUARDIANS OF THE FOUR QUARTERS. 257
8. Vessāmittā pañca-satā yakkhā nānatta-vaṇṇino,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Kumbhīro Rājagahiko Vepullassa nivesanaṃ,
Bhiyyo naṃ sata-sahassaṃ yakkhānaṃ1 payirupāsati,
Kumbhīro Rājagahiko so p'; āga samitiṃ vanaṃ.
9. Purimañ ca disaṃ rājā Dhataraṭṭho2 pasāsati,
Gandhabbānaṃ ādhipati3 Mahārājā yasassi so.
Puttā pi tassa bahavo Inda-nāmā mahabbalā,4
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Dakkhiṇañ ca disaṃ rājā Virūḷho taṃ5 pasāsati,
Kumbhaṇḍānaṃ ādhipati Mahārājā yasassi so.
Puttā pi tassa bahavo Inda-nāmā mahabbalā,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Pacchimañ ca disaṃ rājā Virūpakkho pasāsati,
Nāgānaṃ va6 ādhipati Mahārājā yasassi so.
Puttā pi tassa bahavo Inda-nāmā mahabbalā,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Uttarañ ca disaṃ rājā Kuvero taṃ pasāsati7
Yakkhānaṃ va ādhipati Mahārājā yasassi so.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm yakkhā.
2 All MSS. and editions except Bm Gr K add taṃ both here and in
the Virūpakkha verse.
3 Bm Gr (in note) F Tak adhipati, and so below.
4 K (note) aṭṭhakathāyaṃ sabbavāresu mahābalāti pāṭho. So Sum,
on the recurrence of the phrase in Virūḷha's section.
5 Sum Bm Gr taṃ here; K tappasāsati.
6 Gr Fr Tak ca. All MSS., K and Col omit. In next stanza all omit it.
7 So SS Bm Gr; K tappasāsati.

[page 258]
258 MAHĀ-SAMAYA SUTTANTA. [D. xx. 9.
Puttā pi tassa bahavo Inda-nāmā mahabbalā,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Purimaṃ disaṃ Dhataraṭṭho dakkhiṇena Virūḷhako
Pacchimena Virūpakkho Kuvero uttaraṃ disaṃ.
Cattāro te Mahārājā samantā caturo disā,
Daddallamānā1 aṭṭhaṃsu vane Kāpilavatthave.
10. Tesaṃ māyāvino dāsā āgu2 vañcanikā saṭhā
Māyā3 Kuṭeṇḍu Veṭeṇḍu4 Viṭuc ca5 Viṭucco6 saha
Candano Kāmaseṭṭho ca Kinnughaṇḍu Nighaṇḍu ca
Panādo Opamañño ca devasūto ca Mātali.
Cittaseno ca gandhabbo Nalo7 rājā Janesabho
Āgu8 Pañcasikho c'; eva Timbarū Suriyavaccasā9.
Ete c'; aññe ca rājāno gandhabbā saha rājubhi
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
11. Ath'; āgu Nābhasā nāgā Vesālā10 saha Tacchakā,
Kambalassatarā11 āgu Pāyāgā saha ñātibhi.
Yāmunā Dhataraṭṭhā ca āgu nāgā yasassino,
{Erāvaṇo} mahā-nāgo so p'; āga samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Ye nāga-rāje12 sahasā haranti
Dibbā dijā13 pakkhi visuddha-cakkhū

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm daddaḷamānā; K note dadaḷhamānātipi pāṭho. See Vim. V. p. 85
and Hardy V. V. A. 48.
2 K āgū, and below.
3 Sd Bm mayā.
4 St Veteṇḍu and so Sum as v. l.
5 K Viṭū ca (Sum eko Viṭu nāma).
6 Bm Viṭuto; K Viṭuṭo.
7 Sum Bm Gr K Naḷo; SS Fr Tak Nala-.
8 Fr Tak āguṃ; Gr Col āga.
9 Bm K -vacchasā; K (note Sī) suriyavaccasā (see p. 265).
10 Gr text Fr Tak Vesalā; Gr note Vesālā and Vesāli.
11 Sd -narā.
12 Sd rājā; Bm naga-; Gr nāgā raje.
13 Gr dvijā.

[page 259]
D. xx. 14.] SOMA VEṆHU AND OTHERS. 259
Vehāsayā te vana-majjha-pattā
Citrā1 Supaṇṇā iti tesaṃ nāmaṃ.
Abhayan tadā nāga-rājānam āsi,2
Supaṇṇato khemam akāsi Buddho.
Saṇhāhi vācāhi upavhayantā
Nāgā Supaṇṇā saraṇaṃ agaṃsu3 Buddhaṃ4.
12. Jitā Vajira-hatthena samuddaṃ Asurā sitā
Bhātaro Vāsavass'; ete iddhimanto yasassino
Kālakañjā mahābhiṃsā5 asurā Dānaveghasā
Vepacitti Sucitti ca Pahārādo Namucī saha
Satañ ca Bali-puttānaṃ sabbe Veroca-nāmakā
Sannayhitvā baliṃ senaṃ Rāhubhaddam upāgamuṃ:
‘Samayo dāni bhaddan te bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.'
13. Āpo ca devā6 Paṭhavī7 Tejo Vāyo tad āgamuṃ,
Varuṇā Vāruṇā8 devā Somo ca Yasasā saha,9
Mettā-karuṇā-kāyikā āgu devā yasassino.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
14. Veṇhū10 ca devā Sahaḷī ca Asamā ca duve Yamā,
Candassūpanisā11 devā Candam āgu purakkhatvā,12
Suriyassūpanisā devā Suriyam āgu purakkhatvā,13
Nakkhattāni purakkhatvā14 āgu Manda-valāhakā,15

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm Gr cittā; Gr note citra.
2 Gr note K āsī.
3 Bm Gr note akaṃsu.
4 Bm Buddhi.
5 Sd Bm Gr note K -bhismā.
6 Bm devo.
7 All MSS. and Sum add ca.
8 Sd varuṇāvaruṇā.
9 Sd yasasasasā.
10 Sd dvenhu.
11 Gr Fr Tak upanissā. See A. iv. 351; SṆ. p. 135.
12 Bm pūrekkhatvā; Gr purakkhitvā (note -khatvā); K purakkhitā twice,
but not the third time.
13 K -itā.
14 So K here.
15 Sd āgucchandavalāhakā.

[page 260]
260 MAHĀ-SAMAYA SUTTANTA. [D. xx. 14.
Vasūnaṃ Vāsavo seṭṭho Sakko p'; āga purindado.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
15. Ath'; āgu Sahabhū1 devā jalam aggi-sikhā-r-iva,
Ariṭṭhakā ca Rojā ca ummā-puppha-nibhāsino,
Varuṇā Saha-dhammā ca Accutā ca Anejakā,
Sūleyya-rucirā2 āgu,3āgu Vāsavanesino.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto4 vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
16. Samānā Mahā-samānā Mānusā Mānusuttamā
Khiḍḍā-padūsikā5 āgu, āgu Mano-padūsikā,
Ath'; āgu Harayo devā ye ca Lohita-vāsino
Pāragā Mahā-pāragā āgu devā yasassino.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
17. Sukkā Karumhā Aruṇā6 āgu Veghanasā saha,
Odāta-gayhā7 pāmokkhā āgu devā Vicakkhaṇā,8
Sadāmattā Hāragajā Missakā ca yasassino,
Thanayaṃ āga9 Pajjunno yo disā abhivassati.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc -bhu.
2 Sd Sul-.
3 K always āgū.
4 Col. nearly always jutīmanto.
5 Sd -dus; Bm -dos-. See vol. i. p. 19.
6 K arūṇā.
7 Bm odātavhayā.
8 Scdt vicakkhanā, but Col. has the ṇ.
9 Sct aga; Sd bhāga; Bm Gr Col. āgu; K āgā, note yebhuyyena āgūti
pāṭho dissati. See next page, note8.

[page 261]
D. xx. 21.] THE VARIOUS BRAHMĀS. 261
18. Khemiyā Tusitā Yāmā Kaṭṭhakā1 ca yasassino,
Lambītakā2 Lāma-seṭṭhā Joti-nāmā ca Āsavā,
Nimmāna-ratino āgu, ath'; āgu Paranimmitā.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
19. Saṭṭh'; ete deva-nikāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino,
Nāmanvayena āgañchuṃ ye c'; aññe sadisā saha.
‘Pavuttha-jātiṃ akhilaṃ3 ogha-tiṇṇaṃ anāsavaṃ
Dakkhem'; ogha-taraṃ nāgaṃ candaṃ va asitātigaṃ.'4
20. Subrahmā Paramatto ca puttā iddhimato saha
Sanaṃ-kumāro Tisso ca so p'; āga samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Sahassa-Brahmalokānaṃ5 Mahā-Brahmā 'bhitiṭṭhati,
Upapanno jutīmanto bhismā-kāyo yasassi so.6
Das'; ettha issarā āgu pacceka-vasavattino,
7Tesañ ca majjhato7 āga8 Hārito parivārito.
21. Te ca sabbe abhikkante sa-Inda-9deve sa-Brahmake,10
Māra-senā11 abhikkāmi,12 passa Kaṇhassa mandi-
yaṃ13.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sum (according to a note in K) Kathakā.
2 Bm Gr K Lambitakā.
3 K -jātimakkhīlaṃ.
4 K asitātitaṃ; K note asitātiganti vā pāṭho.
5 Col. sahassaṃ.
6 Sct tyasassino.
7-7 So Sc corrected from tesamajjhato; Sd tesamajjhagato;
St tesaṃ majjhato.
8 Bm Gr āgu; Gr note āga; K āgā; K note pāyato āgūti pāṭho dissatī.
9 St Col. sa-Inde; Bm Inda; Gr sa-Inda; Gr note sa-Inde; K sinde.
10 Bm sabrahmaṇe.
11 Sct senām; Sd senaṃ; Bm Gr K senā.
12 Col. abhikkāmuṃ.
13 Sc -yā; Sd candisā; St Bm Gr K mandivaṃ.

[page 262]
262 MAHĀ-SAMAYA SUTTANTA. [D. xx. 21.
‘Etha gaṇhatha bandhatha1 rāgena baddham2 atthu
ve
Samantā parivāretha mā vo muñcittha3 koci naṃ.'
Iti tattha Mahā-seno Kaṇha-senaṃ apesayi,
Pāṇinā talam4 āhacca saraṃ katvāna bheravaṃ.
Yathā pāvussako megho thanayanto savijjuko,
Tadā so paccudāvatti saṃkuddho asayaṃvasī5.
22. Tañ ca sabbaṃ abhiññāya vavakkhitvāna cakkhumā
Tato āmantayi Satthā sāvake sāsane rate:
‘Māra-senā abhikkantā, te vijānātha bhikkhavo.'
Te ca ātappam akaruṃ sutvā Buddhassa sāsanaṃ.
Vīta-rāgehi pakkāmuṃ na saṃ lomaṃ pi6 iñjayuṃ.
Sabbe vijita-saṃgāmā bhayātītā yasassino
Modanti saha bhūtehi sāvakā te jane sutā ti.
MAHĀ-SAMAYA-{SUTTANTAṂ}7
NIṬṬHITAṂ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St bandatha.
2 St Bm Gr K bandham.
3 Bm muñcatha; Sum gives a v. l. muñcetha.
4 Col. thalaṃ.
5 Sd Bm -vasi; Gr note -vasi and -vase; K -vase.
6 Sd sanaṃlomaṃhi; Sc nasaṃlomaṃhi; st Col saṃlomam pi; Bm K nesaṃ
lomam pi. The Sanna takes saṃ as belonging to iñjayuṃ.
7 Bm K Col Suttaṃ (but the Sanna in Col has sūtrānta,
three lines below.)

[page 263]
263
[xxi. Sakka-Pañha Suttanta.]
1.1. Evam me sutaṃ.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Magadhesu1 viharati,
pācīnato2 Rājagahassa Ambasaṇḍā3 nāma brāhmaṇa-
gāmo, tass'; uttarato Vediyake pabbate Indasāla-guhāyaṃ.4
Tena kho pana samayena Sakkassa devānam indassa
ussukkam udapādi Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya.
Atha kho Sakkassa devānam indassa etad ahosi:
‘Kahan5 nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho ti?'; Addasā kho Sakko devānam indo
Bhagavantaṃ Magadhesu viharantaṃ, pācīnato Rājaga-
hassa Ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇa-gāmo, tass'; uttarato
Vediyake pabbate Indasāla-guhāyaṃ. Disvā6 deve
Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
‘Ayaṃ mārisā Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati, pācīnato
Rājagahassa Ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tass'
uttarato Vediyake pabbate Indasāla-guhāyaṃ. Yadi
pana mārisā mayan taṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya
upasaṃkameyyāma arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhan ti.'
‘Evaṃ bhaddan tavāti'; kho devā Tāvatiṃsā Sakkassa
devānam indassa paccassosuṃ.
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo {Pañcasikhaṃ} Gan-
dhabba-puttaṃ āmantesi:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd Māg-, see vol. i. p. 127.
2 Bm pācin- and below.
3 So SS Sum; Bm here Ambasaṇḍo below usually Sambasaṇḍo;
K throughout Ambasaṇḍo.
4 See Fa-Hian, chap. xxviii. and Yuan Chwang chap. ix. Julien,
"Memories," ii. 58, conjectures Indracilagouha; and Beal,
‘Records,'; ii. 180, Indasailaguhā.
5 St Bm K kahaṃ.
6 Bm disvānaṃ; K disvāna.

[page 264]
264 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 2.
‘Ayaṃ tāta Pañcasikha Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati,
pācīnato Rājagahassa Ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇa-gāmo,
tass'; uttarato Vediyake pabbate Indasāla-guhāyaṃ. Yadi
pana tāta Pañcasikha mayan taṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya
upasaṃkameyyāma arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhan ti.'
‘Evaṃ bhaddan tavāti'; kho Pañcasikho Gandhabba-
putto Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā beluva-paṇḍu-
{vīṇaṃ}1 ādāya Sakkassa devānam indassa anucariyaṃ2
upāgami.
Atha kho Sakko devānam indo devehi Tāvatiṃsehi
parivuto Pañcasikhena Gandhabba-puttena purakkhato,
seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ
pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam evaṃ3
devesu Tāvatiṃsesu antarahito Magadhesu, pācīnato
Rājagahassa Ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇa-gāmo, tass'
uttarato Vediyake pabbate paccuṭṭhāsi.
3. Tena kho pana samayena Vediyako pabbato atiriva4
obhāsa-jāto hoti, Ambasaṇḍā ca5 brāhmaṇa-gāmo, yathā
taṃ devānaṃ devānubhāvena. Api 'ssudaṃ parito
gāmesu manussā evam āhaṃsu:
‘Āditt'; assu {nām'} ajja Vediyako pabbato, pajjhāyit'6
assu nām'; ajja Vediyako pabbato, jalit'; assu7 nām'; ajja
Vediyako pabbato.8 Kiṃ su nām'; ajja Vediyako pabbato9
atiriva10 obhāsa-jāto, Ambasaṇḍā ca brāhmaṇa-gāmo'; ti
saṃviggā lomahaṭṭha-jātā11 ahesuṃ.
4. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Pañcasikhaṃ Gan-
dhabba-puttaṃ āmantesi:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd veluva pācīnaṃ; Sc beluva-paṇḍu-vīnā; Bm beluva-paṇḍu-vinaṃ;
K veḷuva (so M. B. V. p. 31. See S. i. 122=Dhp. A. 255.)
2 Scdt anucciyaṃ.
3 Bm eva; K eva kho.
4 St atīva.
5 Bm va.
6 SS pajjhāyati sajju; Bm jhāyati; K jhāyatassu.
7 Sd jalita su; Bm jalatissu; K jalatassu; K (note); jhāyitassu . . .
jalitassūtipi pāṭhadvayena bhavitabbaṃ.
8 K omits.
9 Bm omits.
10 St atiriv'; Bm atiriya.
11 St lomahaṭṭhā jātā.

[page 265]
D. xxi. 1. 5.] THE LOVE SONG. 265
‘Durupasaṃkamā kho tāta Pañcasikha Tathāgatā
mādisena,1 jhāyī jhāna-ratā2 tadanantaraṃ3 patisallīnā.4
Yadi pana5 tāta Pañcasikha Bhagavantaṃ {paṭhamaṃ}
pasādeyyāsi, tayā tāta paṭhamaṃ pasāditaṃ pacchā
mayaṃ taṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkameyyāma
arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhan ti.'
‘Evaṃ bhaddan tavāti'; kho Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto
Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā beluva-paṇḍu-vīṇaṃ
ādāya yena Indasāla-guhā ten'; upasaṃkami. Upasaṃ-
kamitvā: ‘Ettāvatā me Bhagavā n'; eva atidūre bhavissati6
na accāsanne,7 saddañ ca kho sossatīti'; ekamantaṃ
aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Pañcasikho Gandhabba-
putto beluva-paṇḍu-vīṇaṃ assāvesi imā ca gāthā8 abhāsi
Buddhūpasaṃhitā dhammūpasaṃhitā9 arahantūpasaṃhitā
kāmūpasaṃhitā:
5. ‘Vande te pitaraṃ bhadde Timbaruṃ Suriya-vaccase,10
Yena jātā 'si kalyāṇi11 ānanda-jananī mama.
Vāto va12 sedakaṃ13 kanto pānīyaṃ14 va pipāsino15
Aṅgīrasī16 piyā me 'si dhammo arahatām iva,17

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc omits; Sd jhādisena.
2 Scdt -vataṃ.
3 Sc udantarāja; Sdt udantaraṃ; Bm tadantaraṃ.
4 K paṭisallīnā (see D. i. 134; M. i. 526; S. v. 12, 13; A. iv. 120).
5 Bm K add tvaṃ.
6 K kho vasati.
7 Bm nāccāsanne; K nāccāsane.
8 K gāthāyo as Bm at end of 6.
9 Bm K add saṃghūpasaṃhitā; K (Sī) saṃghūpasaṃhitāti pāṭho na dissati.
10 Bm sūriyavacchase; K suriyavacchase; K (Sī) suriyavaccase.
See D. i. 114, and ii. 258.
11 SS kalyāṇi (all five times); Bm twice ī. K ī throughout.
12 SS Pāto ca.
13 So all MSS. and K; Sum sedanaṃ (for sedānaṃ.)
14 Sc adds yaṃ; Bm pāniyaṃ.
15 Bm K pipāsato.
16 Bm aṅgīrasmiṃ; K angīraṃsī.
17 Sct arahām iva; Bm arahataṃmiva; K arahataṃ iva.

[page 266]
266 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 5.
Āturass'1 eva bhesajjaṃ, bhojanaṃ va jighacchato,2
Parinibbāpaya3 bhadde jalantam iva4 varinā.
Sītodakiṃ pokkharaṇiṃ yuttaṃ5 kiñjakkha-reṇunā
Nāgo ghammābhitatto6 va ogahe te thanūdaraṃ7.
Accaṅkuso va nāgo ca jitaṃ me tutta-tomaraṃ,8
Kāraṇaṃ nappajānāmi sammatto lakkhaṇūrasā9.
Tayi gathita-citto10 'smi cittaṃ vipariṇāmitaṃ,
Paṭigantuṃ11 na sakkomi vaṅka-ghasto12 va ambujo.
Vāmurū13 saja maṃ bhadde saja maṃ {manda-locane},14
Palissaja15 maṃ kalyāṇi etam me abhipatthitaṃ.
Appako vata me santo kāmo vellita-kesiyā16
Aneka-bhāgo17 sampādi ārahante va dakkhiṇā.
Yam me atthi kataṃ puññaṃ arahantesu tādisu,
Tam me sabbaṅga-kalyāṇi tayā saddhiṃ vipaccataṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm ātūr-.
2 Bm jighacchito.
3 Sc -pasaṃ; Bm -paya maṃ; K -payi.
4 Sc vārito; Bm K vārinā.
5 St yutaṃ; Bm K yattaṃ.
6 Sd gam-.
7 Sd ogahetatthenudaraṃ; St ogahetethahūdaraṃ; Bm ogāhe te samanuddaraṃ;
K -thanūdaraṃ.
8 See Car. Pit. p. 95; M. iii., 133.
9 St ūsarā; Bm lakkhaṇurūhā; K lakkhaṇūruyā; Sum. ūrasā in text,
ūruyā in explanation. Comp. Th. i. 27, 233; Jāt. ii. 275.
10 Sd gacita-; Sc ganita-; Bm K gadhitā.
11 K paṭiggantuṃ.
12 Sd vaṃkaghasto va; St vaṃkagattho va; Sc taṃ paṭigghasto va;
Bm vaṃkaghaso va; K vaṃkaghatto va; vaṃkaghasovātipi pāṭho.
Sum -ghasto, with -ghaso as v. l.
13 St Bm K vāmūru. See Jāt. ii. 443.
14 So Bm K; Sdt Sajja maṃ mandā mocane (St -da).
15 Sc palassaja; Sd palissajaṃ. See Jāt. v. 158.
16 Sc vellitarosiyā; Sd vellītarosiyā; St vellātarosiyā.
17 St -pāgo; Bm K -bhāvo; K (note) anekabhāgotipi pāṭho.

[page 267]
D. xxi. 1. 6.] MUSIC AND SONG 267
Yam me atthi kataṃ puññaṃ asmiṃ puthuvi-
maṇḍale,1
Tam me sabbaṅga-kalyāṇi tayā saddhiṃ vipacca-
taṃ.
Sakya-putto va jhānena ekodi2 nipako3 sato
Amataṃ muni jigiṃsāno4 tam ahaṃ5 Suriya-
vaccase6.
Yathā pi muni nandeyya patvā sambodhim uttamaṃ,
Evaṃ nandeyya7 kalyāṇi missī-bhavaṃ8 gato tayā.
Sakko ca9 me varaṃ dajjā10 Tāvatiṃsānam issaro,
Tāhaṃ11 bhadde12 vareyyāhe evaṃ kāmo daḷho mama.
Sālaṃ va na13 ciraṃ phullaṃ pitaraṃ te sumedhase
Vandamāno namassāmi yassa s'; etādisī14 pajā ti.'
6. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Pañcasikhaṃ Gandhabbaput-
taṃ etad avoca:
‘Saṃsandati kho pana15 te Pañcasikha tantissaro gītas-
sarena gītassaro ca tantissarena, na ca pana te Pañcasikha
tantissaro ativaṇṇati gītassaraṃ, gītassaro vā tantissa-
raṃ. Kadā saṃyūḷhā16 pana te17 Pañcasikha imā gāthā
Buddhūpasaṃhitā dhammūpasaṃhitā18 arahantūpasaṃ-
hitā kāmūpasaṃhitā ti?'
‘Ekam ida19 bhante samayaṃ Bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ
viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodha-mūle20

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm pathavi-; K paṭhavi. See Jāt. v. 156.
2 SS eko va.
3 Bm nipakā.
4 Sc jiṃsāno; Bm jigisāgino.
5 Bm ahī.
6 Sdt vaccaye; Bm K vacchase.
7 Bm K nandeyyaṃ.
8 SS Bm missi-; K missa-. See Jāt. ii. 330, iv. 471.
9 Bm K ce.
10 Sd dajja.
11 Sc tasaṃ.
12 Bm bhaddena.
13 Sc K sālavanaṃ.
14 Sdt yetādīsi; Bm sethādisi.
15 Bm K omit.
16 Sd saṃsul-; St sasūl-; Bm samyuḷā. See M. i. 386, 562.
17 SS tā; Bm panāte.
18 Bm K add saṃghūpasaṃhitā (see end of 4).
19 Sct Bm K idāhaṃ; St idaṃ. See 9.
20 Bm K nigrodhe.

[page 268]
268 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 6.
paṭhamābhisambuddho. Tena kho panāhaṃ bhante
samayena, Bhaddā1 nāma Suriya-vaccasā2 Timbaruno
Gandhabba-rañño dhītā, tam abhikaṃkhāmi.3 Sā4 kho
pana bhante bhaginī5 {para-kāminī} hoti, Sikhaddhi6 nāma
Mātalissa saṅgāhakassa7 putto, tam abhikaṃkhati.8 Yato
kho ahaṃ bhante taṃ bhaginiṃ nālatthaṃ kenaci pariyā-
yena, athāhaṃ beluva-paṇḍu-vīṇaṃ ādāya yena Timba-
runo Gandhabba-rañño nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃ,
upasaṃkamitvā beluva-paṇḍu-vīṇaṃ assāvesiṃ, imā ca9
gāthā10 abhāsiṃ Buddhūpasaṃhitā dhammūpasaṃhitā11
arahantūpasaṃhitā kāmūpasaṃhitā:--
7. ‘Vande te pitaraṃ bhadde Timbaruṃ12 Suriya-
vaccase13
Yena jātā {'si} {kalyāṇi} ānanda-jananī mama.
. . . pe . . .
Sālaṃ va na14 ciraṃ phullaṃ pitaraṃ te sumedhase
Vandamāno namassāmi yassa s'; etādisī pajā ti.'
‘Evaṃ vutte bhante Bhaddā Suriya-vaccasā maṃ etad
avoca:
"‘Na kho me mārisa so Bhagavā sammukhā diṭṭho,
api ca suto yeva me so Bhagavā devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ
Sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ upanaccantiyā. Yato kho
tvaṃ mārisa taṃ Bhagavantaṃ kittesi, hotu no ajja
samāgamo ti."

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St gandada; Scd handadā.
2 Sd -vaccasaṃ; Bm sūriyacchesā; K -vacchasā.
3 Sd abhikkhāmi; Bm K ābhikaṅkhāmi.
4 Scd sa; K prints sakho.
5 SS -ni; Bm bhagīni.
6 St Sakh-.
7 See A. iv. 90, 470; Jāt. ii, 257, iv. 63.
8 Sd abhikkhati; St abhikaṃkhanti; Bm K tamābhik-.
9 K omits.
10 Bm gāthāyo, as K at end of 4.
11 Bm K add saṃghūpasaṃhitā.
12 SS -ru.
13 Bm K vacchase.
14 Sdt Bm vana; K sālavanaṃ.

[page 269]
D. xxi. 1. 9.] THE INDASĀLA CAVE. 269
‘So yeva no bhante tassā1 bhaginiyā saddhiṃ samā-
gamo ahosi, na ca dāni, tato pacchā ti.'
8. Atha kho Sakkassa devānam indassa etad ahosi:
‘Paṭisammodati kho2 Pañcasikho Gandhabba-putto
Bhagavatā, Bhagavā ca Pañcasikhenāti.'
Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Pañcasikhaṃ Gandhab-
ba-puttaṃ āmantesi:
‘Abhivādehi me tvaṃ tāta Pañcasikha Bhagavantaṃ:
Sakko bhante devānam indo sāmacco saparijano Bha-
gavato pāde sirasā vandatīti.
‘Evaṃ bhaddan tavāti'; kho Pañcasikho Gandhabba-
putto Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā Bhagavantaṃ
abhivādesi:
‘Sakko bhante devānam Indo sāmacco saparijano
Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti.'
‘3Sukhī hotu Pañcasikha Sakko devānam indo sāmacco
saparijano, sukha-kāmā hi deva manussā Asurā Nāgā
Gandhabbā ye c'; aññe santi puthu-kāyā ti.'
Evañ ca pana Tathāgatā evarūpe4 mahesakkhe5 abhi-
vadanti. Abhivādito6 Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato
Indasāla-guhaṃ pavisitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, devā pi Tāvatiṃsā Indasāla-
guhaṃ pavisitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
aṭṭhaṃsu, Pañcasikho pi Gandhabba-putto Indasāla-
guhaṃ pavisitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
aṭṭhāsi.
9. Tena kho pana samayena Indasāla-guhā visamā
{santī} samā7 sampādi,8 sambādhā9 {santī} urundā10 sam-
pādi,11 andha-kāra-guhāyaṃ12 āloko udapādi, yathā taṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm tāya.
2 Bm omits.
3 Bm inserts evaṃ.
4 Bm K add yakkhe.
5 SS evape.
6 St K -vadito; Scd -vadato.
7 Sd repeats.
8 Bm K samapādi both times.
9 SS sambādha; Bm -bādā; K -bādhā.
10 St urunda; K santi uruddhā; K (Sī) urundā.
11 Bm K sampādi.
12 Bm K -kāro g-; Bm adds antadhāyi; K antaradhāyi.

[page 270]
270 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 9.
devānaṃ devānubhāvena. Atha kho Bhagavā Sakkaṃ
devānaṃ indaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyam idaṃ āyasmato Kosiyassa, abbhutam idaṃ
āyasmato Kosiyassa, tāva1 {bahu-kiccassa} {bahu-karaṇīyassa},
yad idaṃ idhāgamanan ti?'
‘Cira-paṭikāhaṃ2 bhante Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya
upasaṃkamitu-kāmo, api ca devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ
kehici kehici3 kicca-karaṇīyehi vyāvaṭo4 evāhaṃ5 nāsak-
khiṃ6 Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamituṃ. Ekam
ida7 bhante samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Salaḷāgārake.8 Atha kho 'ham bhante Sāvatthiyaṃ9
agamāsiṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya.
10. ‘Tena kho pana bhante samayena Bhagavā añña-
tareṇa samādhinā nisinno hoti, {Bhuñjatī}10 ca nāma Vessa-
vaṇassa11 paricārikā Bhagavantaṃ paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
pañjalikā namassamānā.12 Atha kho 'haṃ bhante Bhuñ-
jatiṃ etad avocaṃ13:
"Abhivādehi14 tvaṃ me bhagini Bhagavantaṃ: Sakko
bhante devānam indo sāmacco saparijano Bhagavato pāde
sirasā vandatīti."
‘Evaṃ vutte15 Bhuñjatī maṃ etad avoca: "Akālo kho
mārisa Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya, patisallīno Bhagavā
ti."

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K tava.
2 Sc cirapatik-; Sd cirapathikāhaṃ; St virūpaṭik-; Bm -paṭikāyaṃ;
K paṭikāhaṃ; Sum cirapaṭi 'ham. See S. iii. 120.
3 K omits.
4 Sct vāvaṭo; Bm K byāvaṭo. See D. ii. 141.
5 Sd evaṃ.
6 Sd Bm nāsakkhi.
7 SS Bm K idaṃ. See 6.
8 Sd Saladāg-; St Saladag-; Bm K Sum Salaḷāgārake. See S. v. 200.
9 Bm K Sāvatthiṃ.
10 Bm K Bhujati; K (Sī) Bhuñjati; K omits ca.
11 Bm -vaṇṇassa; K -vaṇassa; Bm K add mahārājassa.
12 Bm K add tiṭṭhati.
13 SS Bm avoca.
14 St -vāti; Scd -vadeti.
15 Bm K add bhante sā.

[page 271]
D. xxi. 1. 11.] THE GOD GOPAKA 271
"‘Tena hi bhagini yadā Bhagavā tamhā samādhimhā
vuṭṭhito hoti, atha mama vacanena Bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
dehi: Sakko bhante devānam indo sāmacco saparijano
Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti." Kacci1 me sā bhante
bhaginī Bhagavantaṃ abhivādesi, sarati Bhagavā tassā
bhaginiyā vacanan ti?'
‘Abhivādesi maṃ sā devānam inda bhaginī. Sarām'
ahaṃ tassā bhaginiyā vacanaṃ. Api cāhaṃ āyasmato ca
nemi-saddena2 tamhā3 samādhimhā vuṭṭhito ti.'
11. ‘Ye te bhante devā amhehi paṭhamataram Tāva-
tiṃsa-kāyaṃ uppannā,4 tesam me sammukhā sutaṃ
sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ: "Yadā Tathāgatā loke uppaj-
janti arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, dibbā5 kāyā paripū-
renti, hāyanti asura-kāyā6 ti." Tam me idaṃ bhante
sakkhi-diṭṭhaṃ yato Tathāgato loke uppanno arahaṃ
sammā-sambuddho, dibbā kāyā paripūrenti hāyanti asura-
kāyā ti. Idh'; eva bhante Kapilavatthusmiṃ Gopikā
nāma Sakya-dhītā ahosi Buddhe pasannā dhamme
pasannā saṃghe pasannā sīlesu paripūrakārinī. Sā itthi-
cittaṃ7 virājetvā purisa-cittaṃ8 bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppannā devānaṃ
Tāvatiṃsānam sahavyataṃ, amhākaṃ puttattaṃ ajjhūpa-
gatā. Tatra pi9 naṃ evaṃ jānanti: Gopako deva-putto
Gopako deva-putto ti. Aññe pi bhante tayo bhikkhū
Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā hīnaṃ Gandhabba-
kāyaṃ uppannā.10 Te pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappitā
samaṅgi-bhūtā paricārayamānā amhākaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ
āgacchanti amhākaṃ pāricariyaṃ. Te amhākaṃ upaṭ-
ṭhānaṃ āgate amhākaṃ pāricariyaṃ Gopako deva-putto

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St ka; Bm kicci.
2 Bm K cakka-nemi.
3 St tasmā.
4 Bm K upapannā.
5 Sc K dibbā; Sdt Bm dibba-(but below, SS Bm K dibbā. And so above,
p. 208).
6 Bm asūra-kāyā.
7 Bm itthittaṃ, but itthi-cittaṃ below.
8 Bm pūrisattaṃ, but purisa-cittaṃ below.
9 Bm K tatrāpi.
10 Bm K upapannā throughout.

[page 272]
272 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 11.
paṭicodesi: "Kuto-mukhā nāma tumhe mārisā tassa
Bhagavato dhammaṃ assutvā? 1 Ahaṃ hi2 itthikā
samānā Buddhe pasannā dhamme pasannā saṃghe pa-
sannā sīlesu paripūrakārinī itthi-cittaṃ virājetvā purisa-
cittaṃ bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokaṃ uppannā, devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ saha-
vyataṃ Sakkassa devānam Indassa puttattaṃ ajjhūpagatā.
Idha pi3 maṃ evaṃ jānanti: Gopako deva-putto Gopako
deva-putto ti. Tumhe pana mārisā Bhagavati brahma-
cariyaṃ caritvā hīnaṃ Gandhabba-kāyaṃ uppannā. Dud-
diṭṭha-rūpaṃ vata addasāma, ye mayaṃ addasāma
sahadhammike hīnaṃ Gandhabba-kāyaṃ uppanne ti."
Tesaṃ bhante Gopakena deva-puttena paṭicoditānaṃ dve
devā diṭṭhe va dhamme satiṃ paṭilabhiṃsu kāyaṃ Brahma-
purohitaṃ. Eko pana devo te va4 kāme ajjhāvasi.'
12. ‘Upāsikā cakkhumato ahosiṃ nāmam pi mayhaṃ
ahu Gopikā ti,
Buddhe ca dhamme ca abhippasannā saṃghañ c'; upaṭ-
ṭhāsiṃ5 pasanna-cittā.
Tass'; eva Buddhassa sudhammatāya Sakkassa putto
'mhi mahānubhāvo
Mahā-jutiko6 Tidivūpapanno, jānanti pi maṃ idha7
Gopako ti.
Ath'8 addasaṃ bhikkhavo diṭṭha-pubbe Gandhabba-kāyū-
pagate vasīne,9
Ime hi te10 Gotama-sāvakāse11 ye ca mayaṃ pubbe
manussa-bhūtā
Annena pānena upaṭṭhahimhā pādūpasaṃgayha12 sake
nivesane.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St asutvā; K āyūhittha.
2 Sc omits; Bm K add nāma.
3 Bm K idhāpi.
4 Bm K omit te va.
5 SS saṃgham up-; Bm -āsi.
6 Sct -jutīko. See below, p. 273.
7 Bm idha pi.
8 Sd K (but not Bm) omit.
9 Bm K vasine.
10 Sc so; Sd omits.
11 Sd Bm K -se; Sct -so.
12 Sc mahānubhāvo pādūpamaggayha; St pādūpamaggayhā; Bm pādūpasamghe
(sic).

[page 273]
D. xxi. 1. 12.] THE GOD GOPAKA'S SONG. 273
Kuto-mukhā nāma ime bhavanto Buddhassa dhammaṃ
na1 paṭiggahesuṃ.
Paccattaṃ veditabbo hi2 dhammo sudesito3 cakkhumatā-
nubuddho.
Aham pi tumhe ca4 upāsamānā sutvāna5 ariyāna su-
bhāsitāni,6
Sakkassa putto 'mhi mahānubhāvo mahājutiko7 Tidivū-
papanno.
Tumhe pana seṭṭham upāsamānā anuttare8 brahmacari-
yaṃ caritvā,
Hīna-kāyaṃ upapannā9 bhavanto anānulomā10 bhavatū-
papatti11.
Duddiṭṭharūpaṃ vata addasāma sadhammike12 hīna-kāyū-
papanne,
Gandhabba-kāyūpagatā bhavanto devānam āgacchatha
pāricariyaṃ.
Agāre13 vasato mayhaṃ idaṃ passa visesataṃ,
Itthi hutvā svajja14 pumo15 'mhi devo dibbehi kāmehi
samaṅgibhūto.'
Te coditā Gotama-sāvakena saṃvegam āpādu16 samecca17
Gopakaṃ:
‘Handa vitāyāma18 viyāyamāma19 mā no mayaṃ para-
pessā ahumha.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sd dhammāhi; Sct dhammāni (or -ti).
2 Sc omits.
3 SS desito.
4 Bm K va.
5 Bm sutvā.
6 Bm adds naṃ.
7 St jutīko. See above, p. 272 note6.
8 Bm anuttaraṃ.
9 SS uppannā.
10 Sd Bm ananulomā.
11 So St Bm K; Scd -uppatti.
12 Bm K sahadhammike.
13 Sct agārā; Sd agāra.
14 K svājja.
15 St pume.
16 Sc adu; St āduṃ.
17 Bm samacca.
18 Sd vacītā-; St hañcitāyāma; Bm vihāyāma; K handa vigāyāma.
19 Sd vidhāyamāma; St idhāyāmāma; Bm byāyāma; K viyāyamāma.

[page 274]
274 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 12.
Tesaṃ duve vīriyam1 ārabhiṃsu, anussarā2 Gotama-
sāsanāni
Idh'; eva cittāni virājayitvā kāmesu ādīnavam adda-
siṃsu.
Te kāma-saṃyojana3-bandhanāni pāpima4-yogāni durac-
cayāni
Nāgo va sandāna-guṇāni5 bhetvā6 deve Tāvatiṃse atik-
kamiṃsu.
Sa-Inda-devā7 sa-Pajāpatīkā sabbe Sudhammāya sabhāy'
uviṭṭhā8.
Te sannisinnānam atikkamiṃsu vīrā virāgā9 virajaṃ
karontā.
Te disvā saṃvegam akāsi Vāsavo devābhibhū10 deva-
gaṇassa majjhe:
‘Ime hi te hīna11-kāyūpapannā deve Tāvatiṃse atikka-
manti.'
Saṃvega-jātassa vaco12 nisamma so13 Gopako Vāsavaṃ
ajjhabhāsi:
‘Buddho pan'; Ind'; atthi manussa-loke kāmābhibhū Sakya-
munīti ñāyati,
Tass'; ete14 puttā satiyā vihīnā cūtā15 mayā te sati16
paccalatthuṃ17.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc viriya; Sdt Bm viriyaṃ.
2 Sd Bm K -raṃ.
3 Sc sañño; Sdt saṃño.
4 Bm K pāpimato.
5 All MSS. and K sandāni; Sum sandāna-.
6 Sd bhotvā; Bm K chetvā; K (Sī) bhetvā.
7 Bm Sanandā devā.
8 Sd uyiṭṭhā; Bm K upaviṭṭhā.
9 Sd virāvirājā; St virāgāvirāgā; Bm cīrāvirāgā; K vīrā virāgā.
10 Sc debhibhūta; Sdt -bhūtā.
11 Sc imehi te hīna-; Sd imehitehina-; St idha me hi te hīna-.
See p. 272.
12 So SS Bm; K va te.
13 K omits.
14 Bm K eva te.
15 St cūtā; Scd cutā; Bm vuditā; K cuditā.
16 Bm satiṃ.
17 SS -tthu.

[page 275]
D. xxi. 1. 13.] GOPAKA'S SONG. 275
Tiṇṇaṃ tesaṃ avasīn'; ettha1 eko Gandhabba-kāyūpagato2
vasīno3
Dve c'; eva4 sambodhi-pathānusārino5 deve pi hīḷenti6
samāhitattā.
Etādisī dhamma-pakāsan'; ettha na tattha kiṃ kaṃkhati
koci sāvako.
Nittiṇṇa-oghaṃ7 vicikiccha-chinnaṃ Buddhaṃ namas-
sāma jinaṃ janindaṃ,
Yan te dhammaṃ idh'; aññāya visesaṃ ajjhagaṃsu te
Kāyaṃ brahma-purohitaṃ duve tesaṃ visesagū.
Tassa8 dhammassa pattiyā āgat'; amhāse9 mārisa,
Katokāsā10 Bhagavatā pañhaṃ pucchemu mārisāti.'
13. Atha kho Bhagavato etad ahosi: ‘Dīgha-rattaṃ
visuddho kho ayaṃ Sakko. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ11 pañhaṃ
pucchissati sabbaṃ taṃ attha-saṃhitaṃ yeva pucchis-
sati no anattha-saṃhitaṃ, yam12 assāhaṃ puṭṭho vyākaris-
sāmi taṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā Sakkaṃ devānam indaṃ gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi:--
‘Puccha Vāsava maṃ pañhaṃ yaṃ kiñci manas'; icchasi,
Tassa tass'; eva pañhassa ahaṃ antaṃ karomi te ti.'
PAṬHAMAKA-BHĀṆAVĀRAṂ.13

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scd Bm K avasinettha.
2 Sd -kāyāpahato; Sct -kāyāpāgato.
3 Sc sīno.
4 Bm K dve va.
5 Bm pasānusārino; K padānusārino.
6 SS jālenti; Bm (much overwritten) hi uḷenti; K hiḷenti.
7 Bm K nitiṇṇa-.
8 SS and Sum have mayam pi before Tassa (perhaps an old gloss).
9 SS amhāsi; K amhāpi.
10 SS tāvakāsā; Bm K katāvakāsā.
11 Bm omits.
12 Bm K yañ ca.
13 Bm omits; K Paṭhama-bhāṇavāraṃ.

[page 276]
276
CHAPTER II.
2.1. Katāvakāso Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantaṃ1
imaṃ2 paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi:
‘Kiṃ-saṃyojanā nu kho mārisa devā manussā asurā
nāgā gandhabbā ye c'; aññe santi puthukāyā, te: averā
adaṇḍā asapattā avyāpajjhā3 viharemu averino ti iti ce
nesaṃ4 hoti atha ca pana saverā sadaṇḍā sasapattā savyā-
pajjhā viharanti verino5 ti?'
Itthaṃ6 Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantaṃ imaṃ
paṭhamaṃ7 pañhaṃ apucchi.8 Tassa Bhagavā pañhaṃ
puṭṭho vyākāsi:
‘Issā-macchariya-saṃyojanā kho devānam inda devā
manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā ye c'; aññe santi puthukāyā
te averā adaṇḍā asapattā avyāpajjhā viharemu averino ti iti
ce nesaṃ9 hoti atha ca pana saverā sadaṇḍā sasapattā
savyāpajjhā viharanti verino ti.'
Itthaṃ Bhagavā Sakkassa devānam indassa pañhaṃ
puṭṭho vyākāsi. Attamano Sakko devānam indo Bhaga-
vato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi: ‘Evam etaṃ Bhagavā
evam etaṃ Sugata, tiṇṇā m'; ettha kaṃkhā vigatā kathaṃ-
kathā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā ti.'
2. Iti ha10 Sakko devānaṃ indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K Bhagavatā.
2 Bm K add Bhagavantaṃ.
3 Bm abyāpajjā (and below).
4 K ca tesaṃ (and below).
5 Bm K saverino (and below).
6 Bm imam atthaṃ (and below, attaṃ for atthaṃ).
7 Bm K omit imaṃ paṭhamaṃ.
8 Sc pucchi, and adds tassa Bhagavā pañhaṃ pucchi.
9 Bm here ca nesaṃ.
10 Sc throughout itīha.

[page 277]
D. xxi. 2. 3.] EVOLUTION OF ENVY. 277
abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ
apucchi:
‘Issā1-macchariyaṃ pana mārisa kiṃ-nidānaṃ kiṃ-
samudayaṃ kiṃ-jātikaṃ2 kiṃ-pabhavaṃ, kismiṃ3 sati
issā-macchariyaṃ hoti, kismiṃ4 asati issā-macchariyaṃ
na hotīti?'
‘Issā-macchariyaṃ kho devānam inda piyāppiya-nidā-
naṃ piyāppiya-samudayaṃ piyāppiya-jātikaṃ piyāppiya-
pabhavaṃ, piyāppiye hi5 sati issā-macchariyaṃ hoti,
piyāppiye asati issā-macchariyaṃ na hotīti.'
‘Piyāppiyaṃ pana6 mārisa kiṃ-nidānaṃ kiṃ-samuda-
yaṃ kiṃ-jātikaṃ kiṃ-pabhavaṃ, kismiṃ sati piyāppiyaṃ
hoti, kismiṃ asati piyāppiyaṃ na hotīti.'
‘Piyāppiyaṃ kho devānam inda chanda-nidānaṃ
chanda-samudayaṃ chanda-jātikaṃ chanda-ppabhavaṃ,
chande sati piyāppiyaṃ hoti chande asati piyāppiyaṃ na
hotīti.'
‘Chando pana mārisa kiṃ-nidāno kiṃ-samudayo kiṃ-
jātiko kiṃ-pabhavo, kismiṃ sati chando hoti, kismiṃ
asati chando na hotīti?'
‘Chando kho devānam inda vitakka-nidāno vitakka-
samudayo vitakka-jātiko vitakka-pabhavo, vitakke sati
chando hoti, vitakke asati chando na hotīti.'
‘Vitakko pana mārisa kiṃ-nidāno kiṃ-samudayo
kiṃ-jātiko kiṃ-pabhavo, kismiṃ sati vitakko hoti, kis-
miṃ asati vitakko na hotīti?'
‘Vitakko kho devānam inda papañca-saññā-saṅkhā-
nidāno papañca-saññā-saṅkhā-samudayo papañca-saññā-
saṅkhā-jātiko papañca-saññā-saṅkhā-pabhavo, papañca-
saññā-saṅkhāya sati vitakko hoti, papañca-saññā-saṅkhāya
asati vitakko na hotīti.'
3. ‘Kathaṃ-paṭipanno pana mārisa bhikkhu papañca-
saññā-saṅkhā-nirodha-sāruppa-gāmini-paṭipadaṃ paṭi-
panno hotīti?'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc icchassa; Sd icchā, and onwards.
2 Sc jāti.
3 K adds hi.
4 K adds hi.
5 Bm K omit.
6 St omits pana.

[page 278]
278 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 3.
‘Somanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ1 devānam inda duvidhena
vadāmi, sevitabbaṃ pi asevitabbam pi. Domanassaṃ
p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi
asevitabbam pi. Upekhaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvi-
dhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi.
"Somanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi,
sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti," iti kho pan'; etaṃ {vuttaṃ}.
Kiñ c'; etaṃ {paṭicca} vuttaṃ? 2 Tattha yaṃ jaññā soma-
nassaṃ: Imaṃ kho me somanassaṃ sevato akusalā
dhammā abhivāḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyantīti,
evarūpam somanassaṃ na sevitabbam. Tattha yaṃ
jaññā somanassaṃ: Imaṃ kho me somanassaṃ
sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā
abhivaḍḍhantīti, evarūpaṃ somanassaṃ sevitabbaṃ.
Tattha3 yañ ce savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ, yañ ce avitakkaṃ
avicāraṃ, ye avitakke avicāre se4 paṇītatare.
"Somanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena
vadāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ
vuttaṃ idam etaṃ {paṭicca} vuttaṃ.
"Domanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena
vadāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti," iti kho pan'
etaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñ c'; etaṃ5 {paṭicca} vuttaṃ? Tattha
yaṃ jaññā domanassaṃ: Imaṃ kho me domanassaṃ
sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā
parihāyantīti, evarūpaṃ domanassaṃ na sevitabbaṃ.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā domanassaṃ: Imaṃ kho me
domanassaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā
dhammā abhivaḍḍhantīti, evarūpaṃ domanassaṃ
sevitabbaṃ. Tattha yañ ce savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ, yañ
ce avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ, ye avitakke avicāre se paṇītatare.
"Domanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K cāhaṃ; K (Sī) sabbavāresu pahanti pāṭho dissati (and onwards).
2 See A. iv. 366.
3 St omits tattha.
4 So Sct and Sum; Sd ye; Bm te; K omits (and so throughout).
5 K kiccetaṃ.

[page 279]
D. xxi. 2. 4.] SOLUTION OF PROBLEM TWO. 279
sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ vuttaṃ
idam etaṃ {paṭicca} vuttaṃ.
"Upekhaṃ1 p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi,
sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ
vuttaṃ kiñ c'; etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā
upekhaṃ: Imaṃ kho me upekhaṃ sevato akusalā
dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyantīti,
evarūpā upekhā na sevitabbā. Tattha yaṃ jaññā upe-
khaṃ: Imaṃ kho me upekhaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā
parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantīti, evarūpā
upekhā sevitabbā. Tattha yañ ce savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ,
yañ ce avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ, ye avitakke avicāre se
paṇītatare.
"Upekhaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi
sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ vuttaṃ
idaṃ etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
"Evaṃ paṭipanno kho devānam inda bhikkhu papañca-
saññā-saṅkhā-nirodha2-sāruppa-gāmini-paṭipadaṃ paṭi-
panno hotīti."
Itthaṃ Bhagavā Sakkassa devānam indassa pañhaṃ
puṭṭho vyākāsi. Attamano Sakko devānam Indo Bha-
gavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi: ‘Evam etaṃ
Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata, tiṇṇā m'; ettha kaṅkhā vigatā
kathaṅkathā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā ti.'
4. Iti ha Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ
abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ
apucchi:
‘Kathaṃ-paṭipanno pana mārisa bhikkhu pātimokkha-
saṃvarāya paṭipanno hotīti?'
‘Kāya-{samācāraṃ} p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena
vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi. Vacī-samā-
cāraṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi,
sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi. Pariyesanaṃ p'; ahaṃ
devānaṃ inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi
asevitabbam pi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K upekkam throughout.
2 SS (here only) nisedha- (St -dhā-).

[page 280]
280 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 4.
"Kāya-samācāraṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena
vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti," iti kho pan'
etaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñ c'; etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ
jaññā kāya-samācāraṃ: Imaṃ kho me kāya-samācāraṃ
sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā
parihāyantīti, evarūpo kāya-samācāro na sevitabbo.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā kāya-samācāraṃ: Imaṃ kho me
kāya-samācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti
kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantīti, evarūpo kāya-samācāro
sevitabbo.
"Kāya-samācāraṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena
vādāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ
vuttaṃ idam etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
"Vacī-{samācāraṃ} p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena
vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti," iti kho pan'
etaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñ c'; etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ
jaññā vacī-samācāraṃ: Imaṃ kho me vacī-samācāraṃ
sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā
parihāyantīti, evarūpo vacī-samācāro na sevitabbo.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā vacī-samācāraṃ: Imaṃ kho me
vacī-samācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti
kusalā dhammā {abhivaḍḍhantīti}, evarūpo vacī-samācāro
sevitabbo.
"Vacī-samācāraṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena
vadāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ
vuttaṃ idam etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
"Pariyesanaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi,
sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ.
Kiñ c'; etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā pariye-
sanaṃ: Imaṃ kho me pariyesanaṃ sevato akusalā
dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyantīti,
evarūpā pariyesanā na sevitabbā. Tattha yaṃ jaññā
pariyesanaṃ: Imaṃ kho me pariyesanaṃ sevato
akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍ-
ḍhantīti, evarūpā pariyesanā sevitabbā.
"Pariyesanaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi,
sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ vuttaṃ
idam etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 281]
D. xxi. 2. 5.] PROBLEM THE FOURTH. 281
"Evaṃ paṭipanno kho devānam inda bhikkhu pātimok-
kha-saṃvarāya paṭipanno hotīti.'
1 Itthaṃ Bhagavā Sakkassa devānam Indassa pañhaṃ
puṭṭho vyākāsi. Attamano Sakko devānam Indo Bhaga-
vato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi: ‘Evam etaṃ Bhagavā,
evam etaṃ Sugata, tiṇṇā m'; ettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṅ-
kathā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā ti.'
5. Iti ha Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ
abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ
apucchi:
‘Kathaṃ-paṭipanno pana mārisa bhikkhu indriya-
{saṃvarāya} paṭipanno hotīti?'
‘Cakkhu-viññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda
duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi. Sota-
viññeyyaṃ saddaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda . . . pe . . .
Ghāna-viññeyyaṃ gandhaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda . . .
pe2 . . . Jivhā-viññeyyaṃ rasaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda
. . . pe . . . Kāya-viññeyyaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃ p'; ahaṃ
devānam inda . . . pe . . . Mano-viññeyyaṃ dhammaṃ
p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi
asevitabbam pīti.'
Evaṃ vutte Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca:
‘Imassa kho ahaṃ bhante Bhagavatā saṃkhittena
bhāsitassa evaṃ {vitthārena} atthaṃ ājānāmi. Yathārū-
paṃ3 bhante cakkhu-viññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ4 sevato akusalā
dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyanti,
evarūpaṃ cakkhu-viññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ na sevitabbaṃ;
yathārūpañ ca kho bhante cakkhu-viññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ
sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā
abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṃ cakkhu-{viññeyyaṃ} rūpaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm itthaṃ Bhagavā||la||kathaṃ paṭipanno; K omits the whole down to
apucchi.
2 SS omit throughout all the pe's after the first.
3 Bm K -rūpañ ca kho.
4 SS omit rūpaṃ here, but insert it regularly below; so Bm K here.

[page 282]
282 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 5.
sevitabbaṃ. Yathārūpaṃ ca kho1 bhante sota-viññey-
yaṃ saddaṃ sevato . . . pe . . . ghāna-viññeyyaṃ
gandhaṃ sevato . . . pe . . . jivhā-viññeyyaṃ rasaṃ
sevato . . . pe . . . kāya-viññeyyaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃ sevato
. . . pe . . . mano-viññeyyaṃ dhammaṃ sevato akusalā
dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyanti,
evarūpo mano-viññeyyo dhammo na sevitabbo. Yathā-
rūpañ ca kho bhante mano-viññeyyaṃ dhammaṃ sevato
akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍ-
ḍhanti, evarūpo mano-viññeyyo dhammo sevitabbo --
Imassa kho me bhante Bhagavatā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa
evaṃ {vitthārena} atthaṃ ājānato2 tiṇṇā m'; ettha kaṅkhā
vigatā kathaṅkathā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā
ti.'
6. Iti ha Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato {bhāsitaṃ}
abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ
apucchi:
‘Sabbe va nu kho mārisa samaṇa-brāhmaṇā ekanta-
vādā ekanta-sīlā ekanta-chandā ekanta-ajjhosānā ti?'
‘Na kho devānam inda sabbe samaṇa-brāhmaṇā ekanta-
vādā ekanta-sīlā ekanta-chandā ekanta-ajjhosānā ti.'
‘Kasmā pana mārisa na sabbe samaṇa-brāhmaṇā
ekanta-vādā ekanta-sīlā ekanta-chandā ekanta-ajjhosānā
ti?'
‘Aneka-dhātu nānā-dhātu kho devānam inda loko.
Tasmiṃ {aneka-dhātu}3-{nānā-dhātusmiṃ} loke yaṃ yad
eva4 sattā dhātuṃ abhinivisanti taṃ tad eva5 thāmasā
parāmassa6 abhinivissa7 voharanti: "Idam eva saccaṃ
mogham aññan ti." Tasmā na sabbe samaṇa-brāhmaṇā
ekanta-vādā ekanta-sīlā ekanta-chandā ekanta-ajjhosānā
ti.'
‘Sabbe va nu kho mārisa samaṇa-brāhmaṇā accanta-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS omit here.
2 SS ajānato; Bm ājānato; K ājānanto.
3 K anekadhātusmiṃ.
4 K yaṃ yaṃ deva.
5 K taṃ taṃ deva.
6 Sd ap-; Bm K parāmāsā.
7 So SS, Sc corrects to -vessa.

[page 283]
D. xxi. 2. 7.] THE FIFTH PROBLEM. 283
niṭṭhā accanta-yogakkhemī accanta-brahmacārī accanta-
pariyosānā ti?'
‘Na kho devānam inda samaṇa-brāhmaṇā accanta-
niṭṭhā accanta-yogakkhemī accanta-brahmacārī accanta-
pariyosānā ti.'
‘Kasmā pana mārisa na sabbe samaṇa-brāhmaṇā
accanta-niṭṭhā accanta-yogakkhemī accanta-brahmacārī
accanta-pariyosānā ti?'
‘Ye kho te1 devānam inda samaṇa-brāhmaṇā2 taṇhā-
saṅkhaya-vimuttā, te accanta-niṭṭhā accanta-yogakkhemī
accanta-brahmacārī accanta-pariyosānā.3 Tasmā na sabbe
samaṇa-brāhmaṇā accanta-niṭṭhā accanta-yogakkhemī
accanta-brahmacārī accanta-pariyosānā ti.'
Itthaṃ Bhagavā Sakkassa devānam indassa pañhaṃ
puṭṭho vyākāsi. Attamano Sakko devānam Indo Bhaga-
vato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi: ‘Evam etaṃ Bhagavā,
evam etaṃ Sugata, tiṇṇā m'; ettha kaṅkhā, vigatā kathaṅ-
kathā, Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā ti.'
7. Iti ha Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ
abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Ejā bhante rogo ejā gaṇḍo ejā sallaṃ ejā imaṃ purisaṃ
parikaḍḍhati4 tassa tass'; eva bhavassa abhinipphattiyā,5
tasmā ayaṃ puriso uccāvacam āpajjati. Yesāhaṃ bhante
pañhānaṃ ito bahiddhā aññesu samaṇa-brāhmaṇesu okāsa-
kammam pi nālatthaṃ, te me Bhagavatā vyākatā dīgha-
rattānusayino,6 yañ ca pana me vicikicchā-kathaṅkathā-
sallaṃ tañ ca Bhagavatā abbūḷhan7 ti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sct omit.
2 Sct omit. The Samyutta (iii. 13), when twice quoting
this sentence, has it, but not kho nor devānam inda.
3 S. iii. 13, adds each time seṭṭhā deva-manussānaṃ.
4 St anti.
5 Sd Bm abhnippattiyā; K abhinibbattiyā; K (note)
abhinipphattiyā ti vā pāṭho.
6 Sdt Bm -ānusayi; Sc -ānusaṃyi; K -ānupassatā.
7 Scd asammūḷhan. See SṆ. 593,779; M. i. 139 = A. iii. 84;
Vim. Vatthu 83. 9, 10.

[page 284]
284 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 7.
‘Abhijānāsi no tvaṃ devānam inda ime pañhe aññe
samaṇa-brāhmaṇe pucchittho ti?'1
"Abhijānām'; ahaṃ bhante ime pañhe aññe samaṇa-
brāhmaṇe pucchitā ti.'
‘Yathā-kathaṃ pana te2 devānam inda vyākaṃsu,3
sace te agaru, bhāsassūti.'
‘Na kho me bhante garu yatth'; assa Bhagavā nisinno
Bhagavanta-rūpā vā ti.'4
‘Tena hi devānam inda bhāsassūti.'
‘Ye sāhaṃ5 bhante maññāmi samaṇa-brāhmaṇe:6
"āraññakā panta7-senāsanā" ti8 tyāhaṃ upasaṃkamitvā
ime pañhe pucchāmi. Te mayā puṭṭhā na sampāyanti,
asampāyantā mamaṃ yeva paṭipucchanti: "Ko nāmo
āyasmā ti?" Tesāhaṃ puṭṭho vyākaromi: "Ahaṃ kho
mārisa Sakko devānam indo ti." Te mamaṃ yeva
uttariṃ paṭipucchanti: "Kim pan'; āyasmā devānam
indo9 kammaṃ katvā imaṃ ṭhānaṃ patto ti?" Te-
sāhaṃ yathā-sutaṃ yathā-pāriyattaṃ dhammaṃ desemi.
Te tāvaken'10 eva attamanā honti: "Sakko ca no devānam
indo diṭṭho, yañ ca no apucchimhā tañ ca no vyākāsīti."
Te aññadatthu mamaṃ yeva sāvakā sampajjanti, na
cāhaṃ tesaṃ, ahaṃ kho pana bhante Bhagavato sāvako,
sotāpanno avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyano
ti.'
‘Abhijānāsi no tvaṃ devānam inda ito pubbe evarūpaṃ
veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhan ti?'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc pucchittāti corrected to pucchitthāti; St Bm pucchitāti;
K pucchitoti. See D. i. 51; Sum 158.
2 Scd omit; St me. See Sum 159.
3 Sd vyākariṃsu; Bm byākaṃsu; K byākariṃsu. See D. i. 51.
4 Bm K -rūpo cāti.
5 St yesahaṃ; Sum yassāhaṃ (=sandhi for ye assu ahaṃ). See 9.
6 Bm K brāhmaṇā.
7 St Paṇṇa; Scd Pantha-; Bm santa-.
8 SS senāsanānīti.
9 Bm K inda.
10 Sc tāvyāken'; Bm K tāvataken'.

[page 285]
D. xxi. 2. 8.] THE JOY OF BATTLE. 285
‘Abhijānām'; ahaṃ bhante ito pubbe evarūpaṃ veda-
paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhan ti.'
‘Yathā-kathaṃ pana tvaṃ devānam inda abhijānāsi ito
pubbe evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhan
ti?'
‘Bhūtapubbaṃ bhante devāsura-saṃgāmo {samupab-
būḷho}1 ahosi. Tasmiṃ kho pana bhante saṃgāme devā
jiniṃsu, asurā parājiṃsu. Tassa mayhaṃ bhante taṃ
saṃgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā2 vijita-saṃgāmassa etad ahosi:
"Yā c'; eva dāni dibbā ojā,3 yā va4 asura-ojā,5 ubhayam6
etaṃ7 devā paribhuñjissantīti." Yo kho pana me bhante
veda-paṭilābho somanassa-paṭilābho sadaṇḍāvacaro sa-
satthāvacaro na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na
upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya
saṃvattati. Yo kho pana me ayaṃ bhante Bhagavato
dhammaṃ sutvā veda-paṭilābho somanassa-paṭilābho, so
adaṇḍāvacaro asatthāvacaro ekanta-nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya
{saṃvattatīti}.'
8. ‘Kim pana tvaṃ devānam inda atthavasaṃ sampas-
samāno8 evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilā-
bhaṃ pavedesīti?'
‘Cha kho ahaṃ bhante atthavase sampassamāno
evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ pave-
demi.
‘Idh'; eva tiṭṭhamānassa deva-bhūtassa me sato
Punar9 āyu ca10 me laddho evaṃ jānāhi mārisāti.
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante paṭhamaṃ atthavasaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So SS Sum; Bm K samūpabyuḷho; K (Sī) samūpabbuḷho.
But see M. 1. 253; S. i. 98.
2 Scd abhivijitvā.
3 Sc mijā; Sd jā.
4 Bm K ca.
5 Sc asurambajā; Sd K asurā ojā; Bm asūra ojā.
6 Sc ubhayacetaṃ.
7 Bm K ettha; K (Sī) etaṃ.
8 Scd vary, with samphass-.
9 K pun'; ev'.
10 St K va.

[page 286]
286 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 8.
sampassamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-
paṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.
‘Cutāhaṃ diviyā kāyā āyuṃ hitvā amanusaṃ,
Amūḷho1 gabbham issāmi2 yattha me3 ramatī4 mano ti.
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante dutiyaṃ atthavasaṃ sampas-
samāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ
pavedemi.
‘So 'haṃ5 amūḷha-pañh'; assu viharaṃ sāsane rato,
Ñāyena6 viharissāmi sampajāno paṭissato ti.
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante tatiyaṃ atthavasaṃ saṃ-
passamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilā-
bhaṃ pavedemi.
‘Ñāyena ca me carato7 sambodhi ce bhavissati,
Aññātā8 viharissāmi sveva9 anto bhavissatīti10.
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante catutthaṃ atthavasaṃ sam-
passamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilā-
bhaṃ pavedemi.
‘Cutāhaṃ mānusā11 kāyā āyuṃ hitvāna mānusaṃ,
Puna devo bhavissāmi deva-lokasmiṃ uttamo ti.
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante pañcamaṃ atthavasaṃ sam-
passamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilā-
bhaṃ pavedemi.
‘Te paṇītatarā12 devā Akaniṭṭhā yasassino,13
Antime vattamānamhi14 so nivāso bhavissatīti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc -ḷhe.
2 Bm K essāmi.
3 St omits.
4 SS K -tī; Bm -ti.
5 Sdt so ahaṃ; Bm K svāhaṃ.
6 SS kāyena (twice).
7 St caraṇo; K parato.
8 Scd aññatāvi; St aññatā.
9 SS seva; Bm svevam.
10 Bm bhavidassati.
11 Sc man-.
12 St -ro.
13 Sc -sano.
14 Sc vattha-.

[page 287]
D. xxi. 2. 9.] SAKKA'S SONG OF VICTORY. 287
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante chaṭṭhaṃ atthavasaṃ sam-
passamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilā-
bhaṃ pavedemi.
‘Ime kho ahaṃ bhante cha atthavase sampassamāno
evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ pave-
demi.
9. ‘Apariyosita1-saṃkappo vicikicchī2 kathaṃkathī,
Vicarī3 dīgham addhānaṃ anvesanto Tathāgataṃ.
Y'; assu4 maññāmi samaṇe5 pavivitta-vihārino
Sambuddho iti maññāno6 gacchāmi te7 upāsituṃ.8
Kathaṃ ārādhanā hoti kathaṃ hoti virādhanā,9
Iti puṭṭhā na sambhonti magge paṭipadāsu ca.
Tyāssu10 yadā maṃ jānanti Sakko devānam āgato,
Tyāssu11 mam eva pucchanti kiṃ katvā pāpuṇī12 idaṃ.13
Tesaṃ yathā sutaṃ dhammaṃ desayāmi14 jane sutaṃ,
Ten'; ass'; attamanā15 honti {diṭṭho} no Vāsavo ti ca.
Yadā ca Buddhaṃ16 addakkhiṃ17 vicikicchā18-vitā-
raṇaṃ,
So 'mhi vītabhayo ajja sambuddhaṃ {payirupāsiya}.19
Taṇhā-sallassa hantāraṃ Buddhaṃ appaṭipuggalaṃ,
Ahaṃ vande mahāvīraṃ {vandām'}20 ādicca-bandhunaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St aparisoyi.
2 Sc -aṃ; St -iṃ; Bm -ccho; K -cchā.
3 Bm vicari; K vicaraṃ.
4 All MSS. and K and Sum yassa (see page 284, note5).
5 Scd samaṇo.
6 St maññāne; K maññamāno.
7 K (Sī) no.
8 Bm upāsidatuṃ.
9 Sc -na; St naṃ.
10 Sd K tyassa; Bm (apparently) tūssu; and below.
11 Scd K tyassa.
12 Sc papuṇiṃ; Sd pāpunā; St pāpuṇaṃ; Bm pāpuṇi; K pāpuṇī.
13 So MSS and K.
14 Sd desissāmi; Bm desiyāmi.
15 Sd tenasantamanā; St tenassattamaṇā; Bm K tena attamanā.
16 K Sambuddhaṃ.
17 Sc Bm -khi.
18 SS vicikiccha.
19 So SS; Bm -sayi; K -sayiṃ.
20 Bm K Buddham.

[page 288]
288 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 9.
Yaṃ karomase1 {Brahmuno} samaṃ2 devehi mārisa
Tad ajja tuyhaṃ kassāma3 handa sāmaṃ karoma te4.
Tuvam ev'; asi5 sambuddho tuvaṃ satthā anuttaro,
Sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ n'; atthi te paṭipuggalo ti.'
10. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Pañcasikhaṃ gan-
dhabba-puttaṃ āmantesi:
‘Bahūpakāro kho me6 'si tvaṃ, tāta Pañcasikha, yaṃ
tvaṃ Bhagavantaṃ paṭhamaṃ pasādesi. Tayā tāta
paṭhamaṃ pasāditaṃ7 pacchā mayaṃ8 Bhagavantaṃ
dassanāya upasaṃkamimha9 arahantaṃ sammā-sambud-
dhaṃ. Pettike ṭhāne ṭhapayissāmi, Gandhabba-rājā
bhavissasi, Bhaddañ ca10 te Suriya11-vaccasaṃ12 dammi,
sā hi te abhipatthitā13 ti.'
Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pāṇinā paṭhaviṃ parā-
masitvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
‘Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa!
Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa!
Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammā-sambud-
dhassāti!'14
Imasmiñ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne Sak-
kassa devānam indassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhamma-
cakkhuṃ udapādi: ‘Yaṃ kiñci samudaya-dhammaṃ
sabban taṃ nirodha-dhamman'; ti, aññesañ ca asītiyā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS Bm karomasi.
2 SS sama.
3 Bm K dassāma.
4 Sd karomato; St kamate.
5 Bm tvamevapasi; K tvameva sivaṃ.
6 Sc omits.
7 Sd -tā; Bm -dikaṃ.
8 Bm K add taṃ.
9 K -imhā.
10 Sct add se; Sd adds ye.
11 Bm sūriya.
12 Bm K vacchasaṃ.
13 Sc abhippattā, omits ti; St abhipattito, corrected to -pattitā;
Bm -pattitā.
14 This third repetition omitted in SS.

[page 289]
D. xxi. 2. 10.] REASON OF THE NAME. 289
devatā-sahassānaṃ. Iti ha1 Sakkena devānam indena
ajjhittā2 pañhā puṭṭhā, te Bhagavatā vyākatā. Tasmā
imassa veyyākaraṇassa Sakka-pañho t'; eva3 adhivacanan
ti.
SAKKA-PAÑHA-SUTTANTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.4

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K add ye.
2 SS acchariya; Bm ajjhiṭṭhāyhā; K ajjhiṭṭha-.
3 Bm tve; K tveva.
4 Bm K suttaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

[page 290]
290
[xxii. Mahā-Satipaṭṭhāna Suttanta.]*
Evam me sutaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kurūsu viharati. Kam-
māssadhammaṃ1 nāma Kurūnaṃ nigamo. Tatra kho
Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi ‘Bhikkhavo'; ti. ‘Bhadante'2
ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etad
avoca:
3Ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā
soka-pariddavānaṃ4 samatikkamāya dukkha-domanas-
sānaṃ atthagamāya5 ñāyassa6 adhigamāya nibbānassa7
sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā.
Katame cattāro? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāy-
ānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke8
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ -- vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ
-- citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā,
vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ -- dhammesu dham-
mānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ9.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Edited at Colombo, 1883, by Baṭuwan Tuḍāwa,
with the old Sanna by Daramiṭipola = Col. Compare also
Trenckner's edition of the corresponding text in the
Majjhima (i. 55 foll.) = Mt.
1 Sd Col Kammāssad-; Sct Mt Kammāssadh-; Bm Kammāsadh-;
K Kammāsadam-. (See above, p. 55 and M. i. 532.)
2 Bm bhaddante.
3 Quoted Kathā Vatthu 158.
4 Bm K paridevānaṃ (and so K. V.) See M. i. 532.
5 K atthaṅg- (and so K. V.)
6 Bm ñay-.
7 Col nibbāṇ-.
8 Col prints ātāpīsampajāno satimāvineyyaloke.
9 Bm adds Uddeso niṭhito; K uddesa-vāra-kathā niṭṭhitā;
Col. Uddesa-vāram.

[page 291]
D. xxii. 2.] IN-BREATHING AND OUT-BREATHING. 291
2. Kathañ ca1 bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī
viharati?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu arañña-gato vā rukkha-mūla-
gato vā suññāgāra-gato vā nisīdati2 pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā3
ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.
So sato va assasati, sato4 passasati. Dīghaṃ vā assasanto
‘Dīghaṃ assasāmīti'; pajānāti, {dīghaṃ} vā passasanto
‘Dīghaṃ passasāmīti'; pajānāti. Rassaṃ vā assasanto
‘Rassaṃ assasāmīti'; pajānāti, rassaṃ vā passasanto
‘Rassaṃ passasāmīti'; pajānāti. ‘Sabba-kāya-paṭisaṃvedi
assasissāmīti'; sikkhati ‘Sabba-kāya-paṭisaṃvedī passasis-
sāmīti'; sikkhati. ‘Passambhayaṃ kāya-saṃkhāraṃ
assasissāmīti'; sikkhati, ‘passambhayaṃ kāya-saṃ-
khāraṃ passasissāmīti'; sikkhati5.
Seyyathā pi bhikkhave dakkho bhamakāro vā
bhamakārantevāsī vā dīghaṃ vā añchanto6 ‘Dīghaṃ
añchāmīti'; pajānāti, rassaṃ vā añchanto ‘Rassaṃ
{añchāmīti}'; pajānāti, evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
dīghaṃ vā assasanto ‘Dīghaṃ assasāmīti'; pajānāti, dīghaṃ
vā passasanto ‘Dīghaṃ passasāmīti'; pajānāti, rassaṃ vā
assasanto ‘Rassaṃ assasāmīti'; pajānāti, rassaṃ vā
passasanto ‘Rassaṃ passasāmīti'; pajānāti.7 ‘Sabba-
kāya-paṭisaṃvedī {assasissāmīti}'; sikkhati, ‘sabbakāya-
paṭisaṃvedī passasissāmīti'; sikkati. ‘Passambhayaṃ
kāya-saṃkhāraṃ assasissāmīti'; sikkati, ‘passambhayaṃ
kāya-saṃkhāraṃ passasissāmīti'; sikkhati.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm inserts pana.
2 From nisīdati down to rassaṃ passasāmīti pajāñati quoted Yog.
Man. p. 5.
3 Bm ābhuñjitvā.
4 Sc Bm Vin. iii. 70 add va.
5 Vin. iii. 71 adds thirteen similar clauses.
6 Sc Bm K Col Mt añch- throughout; K (note) añjanto ti pi acchanto
ti pi pāṭho; Sdt añj- (but comp. Jāt 1. 192 last lines).
The Sanna, p. 12, explains dīrgha mahat bhāṇḍayan liyana kala
dingu kirīmen dik koṭa adane.
7 Mt p. 56 has pe for the rest of this paragraph. So St here.
Scd Bm Col. K. have it in full.

[page 292]
292 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 2.
‘Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo'; ti vā pan'; assa sati paccu-
paṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya.1
Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
Evam pi2 bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viha-
rati3.
3. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu gacchanto vā
‘Gacchāmīti'; pajānāti, ṭhito vā ‘Ṭhito 'mhīti'; pajānāti,
nisinno vā ‘Nisinno 'mhīti'; pajānāti, sayāno vā ‘Sayā-
no 'mhīti'; pajānāti. Yathā yathā vā pan'; assa kāyo
paṇihito hoti, tathā tathā naṃ pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā
vā kāye {kāyānupassī} viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo'; ti vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito
ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi4 bhik-
khave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati5.
4. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu abhikkante
paṭikkante sampajāna-kārī hoti. Ālokite vilokite sampa-
jāna-kārī hoti. Sammiñjite6 pasārite sampajāna-kārī hoti.
Saṅghāṭi-patta-cīvara-dhāraṇe sampajāna-kārī hoti. Asite
pīte khāyite sāyite sampajāna-kārī hoti. Uccāra-passāva-
kamme sampajāna-kārī hoti. Gate ṭhite nisinne sutte
jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhī-bhāve sampajāna-kārī hoti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K paṭissati-; and onwards, 5-12.
2 Bm adds kho.
3 Bm K add Ānāpāna-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. Col has Ānāpāna-sati-kaṇḍaṃ.
4 Bm adds kho.
5 Bm K add Iriyāpatha-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ; Col Iriyāpatha-kaṇḍaṃ.
6 Bm samiñjite.

[page 293]
D. xxii. 5.] PARTS OF THE BODY. 293
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā1 kāye kāyānupassī viharati bahiddhā
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati, samudaya-vaya-{dhammānupassī} vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo'; ti vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito
ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave
bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati2.
5. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam eva kāyaṃ
uddhaṃ pādatalā3 adho kesa-matthakā taca-pariyantaṃ
pūraṃ4 nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati: ‘Atthi
imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ
nahārū aṭṭhī5 aṭṭhi-miñjā6 vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ
kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ anta-guṇaṃ
udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo
medo assu vasā kheḷo7 siṅghāṇikā8 lasikā muttan ti.'9
Seyyathā pi bhikkhave ubhato-mukhā mutoli10 pūrā
nānā-vihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathīdaṃ sālīnaṃ vīhīnaṃ
muggānaṃ māsānaṃ tilānaṃ taṇḍulānaṃ, tam enaṃ
cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā paccavekkheyya: ‘Ime sālī,
ime vīhī, ime muggā, ime māsā, ime tilā, ime taṇḍulā ti'
-- evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imam eva kāyaṃ
uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesa-matthakā taca-pariyantaṃ
pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati: ‘Atthi
imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā11 nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm omits the rest of the repetition and adds Sampajāna-pabbaṃ
niṭṭhitaṃ.
2 K adds sampajañña-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ; Col Catusampajañña-kaṇḍaṃ.
3 Col pāpādatalā.
4 K Mt pūran.
5 Bm aṭṭhi.
6 Bm K miñjaṃ, and below.
7 Col khelo, and below.
8 Col siṅghānikā, below siṅghāṇ-; Bm siṅghan-.
9 Khuddaka Pāṭha 3 adds matthake matthalungaṃ. This is not in
the quotation at S. iv. 111.
10 Bm Mt -oḷi-; Col K -olī-; K (note) pūtolī ti pi pāṭho.
11 Bm . . . pa . . . muttan ti.

[page 294]
294 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 5.
nahārū aṭṭhī aṭṭhi-miñjā vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilo-
makaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ anta-guṇaṃ udariyaṃ
karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu
vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan ti.'
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā1 kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati. ‘Atthi {kāyo} ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito
ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave
bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati2.
6. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam eva kāyaṃ
yathā-ṭhitaṃ yathā-paṇihitaṃ dhātuso3 paccavekkhati:
‘Atthi imasmiṃ kāye paṭhavī-dhātu āpo-dhātu tejo-dhātu
vāyo-dhātūti.'
Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dakkho {goghātako} vā goghātak-
antevāsī vā gāviṃ vadhitvā cātummahāpathe bilaso4 paṭi-
vibhajitvā5 nisinno assa, evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
imam eva kāyaṃ yathā-{ṭhitaṃ} yathā-paṇihitaṃ dhātuso
paccavekkhati: ‘Atthi imasmiṃ kāye paṭhavī-dhātu āpo-
dhātu tejo-dhātu vāyo-dhātūti.'
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā6 kāye kāyānupassī viharati,7 bahiddhā
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm omits from here as before, and adds Paṭikūlamanasikāra-pabbaṃ
niṭṭhitaṃ.
2 K adds Paṭikūla-manasikāra-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ;
Col Paṭikkula-manasikāra-kaṇḍaṃ.
3 So SS.
4 K vil-.
5 Sct paṭibhajitvā; Bm vibhajjitvā (sic).
6 K here inserts pe, down to viharati, and then adds Dhātu,
&c. as in Bm.
7 Bm closes the section here, Dhātu-manasikāra-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

[page 295]
D. xxii. 8.] THE CEMETERY. 295
viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccuṭṭhitā
hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito
ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave
bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati1.
7. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā pi pas-
seyya sarīraṃ sīvathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ ekāhamataṃ vā
dvīhamataṃ vā tīhamataṃ vā uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ
vipubbaka-jātaṃ, so imam eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati:
‘Ayam pi kho kāyo evaṃ-dhammo evaṃ-bhāvī etaṃ2
anatīto ti.'
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā3 kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito
ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave
bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati4.
8. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā pi
passeyya sarīraṃ sīvathikāya {chaḍḍitaṃ} kākehi vā khaj-
jamānaṃ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṃ gijjhehi vā khajja-
mānaṃ supāṇehi5 vā khajjamānaṃ sigālehi vā khajja-
mānaṃ vividhehi6 vā pāṇaka-jātehi khajjamānaṃ, so
imam eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘Ayam pi kho kāyo evaṃ-
dhammo evaṃ-bhāvī etaṃ anatīto ti.'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Col Dhātu-manasikāra-kaṇḍaṃ.
2 Sd (here only); Bm M. iii. 91 evam; Sc evam corrected to etaṃ.
3 Bm K omit the rest, but adds no title to the section.
4 Col adds Paṭhamaṃ sīvathikaṃ.
5 SS Col supānehi; Sky at M. iii. 91 supāṇehi; Bm kaṅkhehi;
K M. iii. 91 suvānehi.
6 Bm adds Sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṃ, byagghehi vā khajjamānaṃ,
dipīhi (sic) vā khajjamānaṃ. Comp. Yog. Man. 55.

[page 296]
296 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 8.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā1 kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo ti'; vā pan'; assa {sati paccupaṭṭhitā}
hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito
ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhik-
khave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
9. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā pi
passeyya sarīraṃ sīvathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhi-saṅkhali-
kaṃ2 sa-maṃsa-lohitaṃ nahāru3-{sambandhaṃ},4 . . . pe
. . . aṭṭhi-saṅkhalikaṃ nimmaṃsaṃ lohitamakkhitaṃ5
nahāru-sambandhaṃ,6 . . . pe . . . aṭṭhi-saṅkhalikaṃ7
apagata-maṃsa-lohitaṃ nahāru-sambandhaṃ8 . . . pe . . .
{aṭṭhikāni} apagata-sambandhāni9 disā-vidisāsu10 vikkhittāni
aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṃ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṃ11 aññena jaṅ-
ghaṭṭhikaṃ aññena ūraṭṭhikaṃ12 aññena kaṭaṭṭhikaṃ13

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm omits to close of section.
2 Sc Col K aṭṭhi-; so SS below; Scd (here only) Mt, M. iii. 91,
Bm aṭhika-.
3 Bm nhāru, and below.
4 Col completes "so imam," &c., and then has a fresh beginning and
close for each succeeding clause. Bm inserts pa; K pe.
5 All MSS. and editions nimmaṃsa-; Col lohitamakkhittam. Comp.
M. i. 364.
6 Bm inserts pa; K pe.
7 Bm Mt aṭṭhika-.
8 Bm inserts pa; K pe.
9 St sambandhanāni; K apagatanahārusambandhāni. K (Sī)
apagatasambandhāni, imasmiñ ca pabbe hatthaṭṭhikaṃ pādaṭṭhikaṃ
jaṅghaṭṭhikaṃ uraṭṭhikaṃ kaṭhaṭṭhikaṃ piṭṭhikaṇṭakanti evaṃ
pāṭhakkamo dissati.
10 So Sdt Col M. iii. 92; Sc vidisā corrected to vidisāsu;
K Mt vidisā.
11 Bm inserts aññena goppakaṭthikaṃ [? intended for gopphak-].
12 So SS Mt Col; Bm K ūruṭṭhikaṃ.
13 M. iii. 92 and Bm kaṭiṭṭhikam; Bm adds aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṃ;
K kaṭhaṭṭhikaṃ.

[page 297]
D. xxii. 1. 10] THE CEMETERY. 297
aññena piṭṭhi-kaṇṭakaṃ1 aññena sīsa-kaṭāhaṃ, so imam
eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘Ayam pi kho kāyo evaṃ-
dhammo evaṃ-bhāvī etaṃ2 anatīto ti.'
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā3 kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye
kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyas-
miṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī kāyasmiṃ viharati.
‘Atthi kāyo'; ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-{mattāya}. Anissito ca
viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave
bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
10. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā pi
passeyya sarīraṃ {sīvathikāya} chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni setāni
saṅkha-vaṇṇūpanibhāni,4 . . . pe . . . aṭṭhikāni puñja-
kitāni5 terovassikāni,6 . . . pe . . . aṭṭhikāni pūtīni7
cuṇṇaka-jātāni, so imam eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati:
‘Ayam pi kho kāyo evaṃ-dhammo evaṃ-bhāvī etaṃ
anatīto ti.'
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā
vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So St Col Mt Scd kaṇṭhakam; Bm piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṃ, and adds
aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṃ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṃ aññena
hanukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṃ; K piṭṭhaṭṭikaṃ,
and adds aññena kaṇṭakaṭṭhikaṃ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṃ
aññena uraṭṭhikaṃ aññena aṃsaṭṭhikaṃ aññena bāhuṭṭhikaṃ
aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṃ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṃ.
2 Sdt Col etaṃ, so Tr; Sc evaṃ corrected to etaṃ; Bm evaṃ.
3 Bm omits the rest.
4 Col vaṇṇūpaṇibhāni so imam, &c.; Bm vaṇṇapaṭibhāgāni . . . pa . . .;
K saṅkhavaṇṇasannikāni . . . pe . . .; K (Sī)-vaṇṇūpanibhāni;
K (Cy)= Bm.
5 So Col Mt Bm K; Scdt -katāni; M. iii. 92 -puñjakajātāni.
6 So Mt Bm K Sd, M. iii. 92, S. iv. 185; Sct Col S. iv. 161
therovassikāni.
7 Sdt pūtikāni.

[page 298]
298 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 10.
kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ
viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito
ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādayati. Evaṃ kho bhik-
khave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati1.
11. Kathañ ca2 bhikkhave bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanā-
nupassī viharati?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sukhaṃ3 vedanaṃ vediya-
māno4 ‘Sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti,
dukkhaṃ5 vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ
vediyāmīti'; pajānāti. {Adukkha-m-asukhaṃ}6 vedanaṃ
vediyamāno ‘{Adukkha-m-asukhaṃ} vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'
pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno
‘Sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti.
Nirāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Nirāmi-
saṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ
vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Sāmisaṃ dukkhaṃ
vedanaṃ vediyānīti'; pajānāti. Nirāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Nirāmisaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ
vediyāmīti'; pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā {adukkha-m-asukhaṃ}
vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Sāmisaṃ {adukkha-m-asukhaṃ
vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti. Nirāmisaṃ vā {aduk-
kha-m-asukhaṃ} vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Nirāmisaṃ
{adukkha-m-asukhaṃ} vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati,
bahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-
bahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati. Samu-
daya-dhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, vaya-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm adds Nava-sivathika-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. Cuddasa
kāyānupassanā niṭṭhitā. K adds Navasīvathikāpabbaṃ
niṭṭhitaṃ Kāyānupassanā niṭṭhitā. Col. Navamaṃ
sīvathikaṃ. Kāyānupassanā-satipaṭṭhānām.
2 Bm adds pana.
3 Bm K add vā.
4 Bm K vedayamāno, and so onwards.
5 Bm K add vā.
6 Bm K add vā.

[page 299]
D. xxii. 12.] SELF-KNOWLEDGE. 299
dhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, samudaya-vaya-
dhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati. ‘Atthi vedanā
ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñaṇa-
mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca
kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ1 kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati2.
12. Kathañ ca3 bhikkhave bhikkhu citte cittānupassī
viharati? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu4
sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sarāgaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
vītarāgaṃ5 vā cittaṃ ‘vītarāgaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sadosaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītadosaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
samohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samohaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītamohaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘saṃkhittaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vikkhittaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘mahaggataṃ cittan ti'
pajānāti,
amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘amahaggataṃ cittan ti'
pajānāti,
sa-uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sa-uttaraṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘anuttaraṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samāhitaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘asamāhitaṃ cittan ti'
pajānāti,
vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vimuttaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘avimuttaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā citte cittānupassī viharati, bahiddhā
vā citte cittānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā citte
cittānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā
cittasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā cittasmiṃ
viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā cittasmiṃ
viharati. ‘Atthi cittan ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm adds pi.
2 Bm K add Vedanānupassanā niṭṭhitā. Col. adds
Vedanānupassanā-satipaṭṭhānaṃ.
3 Bm adds pana.
4 See Vol. i. p. 80.
5 Bm vita-.

[page 300]
300 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 12.
hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito
ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ1 kho
bhikkhave bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati2.
13. Kathañ ca3 bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dham-
mānupassī viharati?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī
viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu.
Kathañ ca4 bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammā-
nupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāma-
cchandaṃ ‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando ti'; pajā-
nāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ ‘N'; atthi
me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando ti'; pajānāti. Yathā ca anup-
pannassa kāmacchandassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti,
yathā ca uppannassa kāmacchandassa pahānaṃ hoti tañ
ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa kāmacchandassa āyatiṃ
anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vyāpādaṃ5 ‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ
vyāpādo ti'; pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vyāpādaṃ
‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ vyāpādo ti'; pajānāti. Yathā ca
anuppannassa vyāpādassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti,
yathā ca uppannassa vyāpādassa pahānaṃ hoti tañ ca
pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa vyāpādassa āyatiṃ anuppādo
hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ thīna-middhaṃ ‘Atthi me
ajjhattaṃ thīna-middhan ti'; pajānāti, asantaṃ vā
ajjhattaṃ thīna-middham ‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ thīna-
middhan ti'; pajānāti. Yathā ca anuppannassa thīna-
middhassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppan-
nassa thīna-middhassa pahānaṃ hoti tañ ca pajānāti,
yathā ca pahīnassa thīna-middhassa āyatiṃ anuppādo
hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ uddhacca-kukkuccaṃ ‘Atthi me

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm adds pi.
2 Bm K add Cittānupassanā niṭṭhitā. Col adds
Cittānupassanā satipaṭṭhānaṃ.
3 Bm adds pana.
4 Bm adds pana.
5 Bm K Mt byāpādaṃ.

[page 301]
D. xxii. 14.] THE FIVE HINDRANCES. 301
ajjhattaṃ uddhacca-kukkuccan ti'; pajānāti, asantaṃ vā
ajjhattaṃ uddhacca-kukkuccaṃ ‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ
uddhacca-kukkuccan ti'; pajānāti. Yathā ca anuppan-
nassa uddhacca-kukkuccassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti,
yathā ca uppannassa uddhacca-kukkucassa pahānaṃ hoti
tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa uddhacca-kukkuccassa
āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vicikiccahaṃ ‘Atthi me ajjhat-
taṃ vicikicchā ti'; pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vici-
kicchaṃ ‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ vicikicchā ti'; pajānāti.
Yathā ca anuppannāya vicikicchāya uppādo hoti tañ ca
pajānāti, yathā ca uppannāya vicikicchāya pahānaṃ hoti
tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnāya vicikicchāya āyatiṃ
anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samu-
daya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vaya-dham-
mānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudaya-vaya-dham-
mānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. ‘Atthi1 dhammā ti'
vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-
mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca
kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ2 kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu3.
14. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati pañcas'4 upādānakkhandhesu.
Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānu-
passī viharati pañcas'; upādānakkhandhesu?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu ‘Iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa
samudayo, iti rūpassa atthagamo5 -- iti vedanā, iti veda-
nāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthagamo -- iti saññā, iti
saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthagamo -- iti saṃkhārā,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St ati.
2 Bm K add pi.
3 Bm adds Nivaraṇa-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. K adds Nīv-. pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
Col adds Nīvaraṇa-niddesaṃ.
4 So SS Mt Col throughout; Bm K pañcasu throughout.
5 Bm K atthaṅgamo throughout.

[page 302]
302 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 14
iti {saṃkhārānaṃ} samudayo, iti {saṃkhārānaṃ} atthagamo --
iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa
atthagamo ti,'1 Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dham-
mānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānu-
passī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā dhammesu dham-
mānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā
dhammesu viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu
viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu
viharati. ‘Atthi dhammā ti'; vā pan'; assa sati pac-
cupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-
mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
Evaṃ2 kho bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dham-
mānupassī viharati pañcas'; upādānakkhandhesu3.
15. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattika-bāhiresu
āyatanesu.
Kathañ ca4 bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dham-
mānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattika-bāhiresu āyatanesu?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhuñ ca pajānāti, rūpe ca
pajānāti, yañ ca tad ubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyoja-
naṃ5 tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyo-
janassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa
saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahī-
nassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajā-
nāti . . . sotañ ca pajānāti, sadde ca pajānāti . . .
pe6 . . . ghānañ7 ca pajānāti, gandhe ca pajānāti . . .
pe . . . jivhañ ca pajānāti, rase ca pajānāti . . . pe . . .
kāyañ ca pajānāti, phoṭṭhabbe ca pajānāti . . . pe . . .
manañ ca pajānāti, dhamme ca pajānāti, yañ ca tad

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sct Bm omit ti.
2 Sdt evam eva; Sc has the eva corrected to pi.
3 Bm K add khandha-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. Col khandhaniddesaṃ.
4 Bm adds pana.
5 K saññoj-, and onwards.
6 Scd Col Bm repeat yañ ca tad ubhayaṃ, &c.; and so on in succession.
Pe not in SS.
7 Col ghāṇañ.

[page 303]
D. xxii. 16.] SEVEN PARTS OF WISDOM. 303
ubhayaṃ {paṭicca} uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ tañ ca pajānāti,
yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti tañ ca
pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ
hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa
āyatim anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samu-
daya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vaya-dham-
mānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudaya-vaya-dham-
mānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. ‘Atthi dhammā ti'
vā pan'; assa sati {paccupaṭṭhitā} hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-
mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca
kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ajjhattika-bāhiresu
āyatanesu1.
16. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu.
Kathañ ca2 bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammā-
nupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ sati-
sambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ sati-sambojjhaṅgo
{ti} pajānāti. Asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ sati-sambojjhaṅgaṃ
‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ sati-sambojjhaṅgo ti'; pajānāti.
Yathā ca anuppannassa sati-sambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti
tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa sati-sambojjhaṅgassa
bhāvanāya3 pāripūrī hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ dhamma-vicaya-samboj-
jhaṅgaṃ . . . pe4 . . .
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ viriya-sambojjhaṅgaṃ . . .
pe . . .
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ pīti-sambojjhaṅgaṃ . . .
pe . . .

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K add Āyatana-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. Col adds Āyatana-niddesaṃ.
2 Bm adds pana.
3 K Mt bhāvanāpāripūri, and below.
4 Bm Col repeat the whole clause.

[page 304]
304 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 16.
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ passaddhi-sambojjhaṅ-
gaṃ . . . pe . . .
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ samādhi-sambojjhaṅ-
gaṃ . . . pe . . .
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ upekhā1-sambojjhaṅgaṃ
‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ upekhā-sambojjhaṅgo ti'; pajānāti.
Asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ upekhā-sambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘N'; atthi
me ajjhattaṃ upekhā-sambojjhaṅgo ti'; pajānāti. Yathā
ca anuppannassa upekhā-sambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti tañ
ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa upekhā-sambojjhaṅ-
gassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samu-
daya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vaya-dham-
mānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudaya-vaya-dham-
mānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. ‘Atthi dhammā ti'
vā pan'; assa sati {paccuppaṭṭhitā} hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-
mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca
kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ2 kho bhikkhave bhikkhu dham-
mesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu sambojjhaṅgesu3.
17. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati catusu4 ariya-saccesu.
Kathañ ca5 bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammā-
nupassī viharati catusu6 ariya-saccesu?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu ‘Idaṃ dukkhan ti'; yathā-
bhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘Ayaṃ dukkha-samudayo ti'; yathā-
bhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘Ayaṃ dukkha-nirodho ti'; yathābhū-
taṃ pajānāti, ‘Ayaṃ dukkha-nirodha-gāminī7 paṭipadā
ti'; yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti8.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K upekkhā.
2 Bm K evampi.
3 Bm K add Bojjhaṅga-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitam. K further adds Paṭhama-bhāṇavāro.
Col adds Bojjhaṅga-niddesaṃ. Paṭhamaka-bhānavāraṃ (sic).
4 Bm K catūsu.
5 Bm adds pana.
6 Bm catūsu.
7 SS often gāmini; Bm gāmiṇi.
8 Bm adds Paṭhama-Bhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

[page 305]
D. xxii. 18.] THE FOUR TRUTHS. 305
18. 1 Katamañ ca bhikkhave dukkhaṃ ariya-saccaṃ?
Jāti pi dukkhā, jarā pi dukkhā [vyādhi pi dukkhā],2
maraṇam pi dukkhaṃ, soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-
upāyāsā pi dukkhā,3 yam p'; icchaṃ na labhati tam pi
dukkhaṃ, saṃkhittena {pañcupādāna-kkhandhā} dukkhā4.
Katamā ca bhikkhave jāti? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ
tamhi tamhi satta-nikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti5 abhinib-
batti khandānaṃ pātu-bhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho, ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave jāti.
Katamā ca bhikkhave jarā? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ {sattā-
naṃ} tamhi tamhi satta-nikāye jarā jīraṇatā6 khaṇḍiccaṃ
pāliccaṃ valittacatā7 āyuno saṃhāni8 indriyānaṃ pari-
pāko, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave jarā.
Katamañ ca bhikkhave maraṇaṃ? Yam9 tesaṃ tesaṃ
sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā satta-nikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo
antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kāla-kiriyā khandhānaṃ
bhedo kaḷebarassa10 nikkhepo,11 idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
maraṇaṃ.
Katamo ca bhikkhave soko? Yo kho bhikkhave
aññataraññatarena vyasanena12 samannāgatassa aññatar-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The following sections are not in the Majjhima.
2 Bm K omit. It is also omitted in the questions below,
and in M. iii. 249. Perhaps inserted here, by mistake,
from the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta (S. v. 421).
3 Bm adds apiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho
(= S. v. 421). K adds appiyahi (sic) sampayogo pi dukkho,
piyehi vippayogo pi dukkho.
4 Sd Bm pi dukkhā; Sct Col K omit pi.
5 K adds nibbatti. So M. iii. 249.
6 Bm jir-.
7 K valitacatā. K (note) valittacatātipi pāṭho.
8 Sd saṃhānī. So M. iii. 249; Sct Col K -ni. So M. i. 49; S. ii. 2, 42;
Dh. S. 644.
9 K yā.
10 Scd kalebarassa; Bm K kaḷevarassa. See M. i. 49, iii. 1, 249;
A. ii.48 = S. i. 62; Jāt. ii. 437.
11 Bm adds jīvitindriyass'; upacchedo.
12 Bm K M iii. 149 byas- and below S.

[page 306]
306 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 18.
aññatarena dukkha-dhammena phuṭṭhassa soko socanā
socitattaṃ anto-soko anto-parisoko, ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave soko.
Katamo ca bhikkhave paridevo? Yo kho bhikkhave
aññataraññatarena vyasanena samannāgatassa aññatar-
aññatarena dukkha-dhammena phuṭṭhassa ādevo pari-
devo1 ādevanā paridevanā1 ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ,
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave paridevo.
Katamañ ca bhikkhave dukkhaṃ? Yaṃ kho bhik-
khave kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ kāyikaṃ asātaṃ kāya-sam-
phassajaṃ dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave dukkhaṃ.
Katamañ ca bhikkhave domanassaṃ? Yaṃ kho
bhikkhave cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ cetasikaṃ asātaṃ mano-
samphassajaṃ2 dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave domanassaṃ.
Katamo ca bhikkhave upāyāso? Yo kho bhikkhave
aññataraññatarena vyasanena samannāgatassa aññatar-
aññatarena dukkha-dhammena phuṭṭhassa āyāso upāyāso
āyāsitattaṃ upāyāsitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
upāyāso3.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1-1 Bm omits, and so Sky at M. iii. 250.
2 K (note) cetosamphassajanti vā pāṭho. M. (iii. 250)
omits these two words.
3 Bm K add katamo ca bhikkhave apiyehi1 sampayogo
dukkho? Idha yassa te honti aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā
rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā dhammā,2 ye vā pan'
assa te3 honti anattha-kāmā ahita-kāmā aphāsuka-kāmā
ayogakkhema-kāmā, yā tehi saddhiṃ saṅgati4
samāgamo samodhānaṃ missī-bhāvo, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
apiyehi sampayogo dukkho. Katamo ca bhikkhave
piyehi vippayogo dukkho? Idha yassa te honti iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā
dhammā,4 ye vā pan'; assa te4 honti attha-kāmā
hitakāmā phāsuka-kāmā yogakkhema-kāmā, mātā vā pitā vā
bhātā vā bhaginī vā 5kaniṭṭhā vā5 mittā vā amaccā vā
ñāti-sālohitā vā, 6yā tehi saddhiṃ6 asaṅgati asamāgamo
asamodhānaṃ amissī-bhāvo, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
piyehi vippayogo dukkho.
----------------------------------
1 K appiy-, and below.
2 K omits.
3 K omits.
4 K -kāmā tesaṃ saṅgati.
4-4 K omits.
5-5 K omits.
6-6 K tesaṃ.

[page 307]
D. xxii. 18.] THE FIVE SKANDHAS. 307
Katamañ ca bhikkhave yam p'; icchaṃ na labhati tam
pi dukkhaṃ? Jāti-dhammānaṃ bhikkhave sattānaṃ
evaṃ icchā uppajjati: ‘Aho vata mayaṃ na jāti1-dhammā
assāma, na ca vata no jāti āgaccheyyāti.'; Na kho pan'
etaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ. Idam pi yam p'; icchaṃ na
labhati tam pi dukkhaṃ. Jarā-dhammānaṃ bhikkhave
sattānaṃ . . . pe2 . . . vyādhi3-dhammānaṃ bhikkhave
sattānaṃ . . . pe . . . maraṇa-dhammānaṃ bhikkhave
sattānaṃ . . . pe . . . soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-
upāyāsa-dhammānaṃ4 bhikkhave sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā
uppajjati: ‘Aho vata mayaṃ na soka-parideva-dukkha-
domanassa-upāyāsa-dhammā5 assāma, na ca vata no
soka-parideva-dukkha-domanassa-upāyāsā āgaccheyyun
ti.'; Na kho pan'; etaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ. Idam pi
yam p'; icchaṃ na labhati tam pi dukkhaṃ.
Katame6 ca bhikkhave saṃkhittena {pañcupādāna-k-
khandhā}7 dukkhā? Seyyathīdaṃ {rūpūpādāna-kkhandho}8
{vedanūpādāna-kkhandho} {saññūpādāna-kkhandho} {saṃkhārū-
pādāna-kkhandho} {viññāṇūpādānakkhandho}, ime vuc-
canti bhikkhave saṃkhittena {pañcupādāna-kkhandhā}9
dukkhā. Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkhaṃ ariya-saccaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scd jānāti.
2 Not in SS or K; Col Bm repeat the whole; so below.
3 Bm K M. iii. 250 byādhi.
4 Col repeats the whole for each term, sokadhammānaṃ,
paridevadhammānaṃ, &c.
5 K M. iii. 250 read -domanassupāyāsa-; Bm and Col
repeat separately.
6 SS katamo; Bm K Col M. iii. 250 katame.
7 Bm adds pi.
8 St pañcūp-; Scd Bm K rūpūp-.
9 Bm adds pi.

[page 308]
308 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 19.
19. Katamañ ca bhikkhave dukkha-samudayaṃ1
ariya-saccaṃ?
Yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobhavikā2 nandi-rāga-sahagatā tatra
tatrābhinandinī, seyyathīdaṃ kāma-taṇhā bhava-taṇhā
vibhava-taṇhā.
Sā kho pan'; esā bhikkhave taṇhā kattha uppajjamānā
uppajjati, kattha nivisamānā3 nivisati3? Yaṃ4 loke
piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā
uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Kiñci5 loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ? Cakkhuṃ6 loke
piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā
uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Sotaṃ loke . . .
pe . . . Ghānaṃ7 loke . . . pe . . . Jivhā loke . . .
pe . . . Kāyo loke . . . pe . . . Mano loke piya-rūpaṃ
sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha
nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpā8 loke . . . pe9 . . . Saddā loke . . . pe . . .
Gandhā loke . . . pe . . . Rasā loke . . . pe . . .
Phoṭṭhabbā loke . . . pe . . . Dhammā loke piya-rūpaṃ
sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha
nivisamānā nivisati.
Cakkhu-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Sota-viññāṇaṃ loke
. . . pe . . . Ghāna-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Jivhā-viñ-
ñāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Kāya-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe
. . . Mano-viññāṇaṃ loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā
taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Cakkhu-samphasso loke . . . pe . . . Sota-samphasso
loke . . . pe . . . Ghāna-samphasso loke . . . pe . . .

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K -ayo, both here and at M. iii. 250.
2 Bm K; S. iv. 421; ponobbhavikā.
3 Scd nivīs-, and below.
4 Col omits; but reads yaṃ in 20.
5 K kiñca.
6 Bm cakkhu.
7 So Scd Bm K; St (here only) Col throughout ghāṇaṃ
8 SS Col rūpam.
9 Col adds piya-rūpaṃ . . . nivisati, and so after each successive
term, in this sentence and onwards.

[page 309]
D. xxii. 19.] THINGS DEAR TO ONE. 309
Jivhā-samphasso loke . . . pe . . . Kāya-samphasso
loke . . . pe . . . Mano-samphasso loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-
rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha
nivisamānā nivisati.
Cakkhu-samphassajā vedanā loke . . . pe . . . Sota-
samphassajā vedanā loke . . . pe . . . Ghāna-samphas-
sajā vedanā loke . . . pe . . . Jivhā-samphassajā vedanā
loke . . . pe . . . Kāya-samphassajā vedanā loke . . .
pe . . . Mano-samphassajā1 vedanā loke piya-rūpaṃ
sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha
nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpa-saññā loke, . . . pe . . . Sadda-saññā loke . . .
pe . . . Gandha-saññā loke, . . . pe . . . Rasa-saññā
loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-saññā loke . . . pe . . .
Dhamma-saññā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā
taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpa-sañcetanā loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-sañcetanā
loke . . . pe . . . Gandha-sañcetanā loke . . . pe . . .
Rasa-sañcetanā loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-sañcetanā
loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-sañcetanā loke piya-rūpaṃ
sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha
nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpa-taṇhā loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-taṇhā loke . . .
pe . . . Gandha-taṇhā loke . . . pe . . . Rasa-taṇhā
loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-taṇhā loke . . . pe . . .
Dhamma-taṇhā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā
taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpa-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-vitakko loke . . .
pe . . . Gandha-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Rasa-vitakko
loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-vitakko loke . . . pe . . .
Dhamma-vitakko loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā
taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpa-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-vitakko loke . . .
pe . . . Gandha-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Rasa-vicāro
loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-vicāro loke . . . pe . . .
Dhamma-vicāro loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc viññāṇa-.

[page 310]
310 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 19.
taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkha-samudayaṃ1 ariya-
saccaṃ.
20. Katamañ ca bhikkhave2 dukkha-nirodhaṃ3 ariya-
saccaṃ?
Yo tassā yeva taṇhāya asesa-virāga-nirodho cāgo
paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo.
Sā kho pan'; esā bhikkhave taṇhā kattha pahīyamānā
pahīyati, kattha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati? Yaṃ4 loke
piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā
pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Kiñci5 loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ6? Cakkhuṃ7
loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā
pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Sotaṃ loke . . .
pe . . . Ghānaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Jivhā loke . . .
pe . . . Kāyo loke . . . pe . . . Mano loke piya-rūpaṃ
sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha
nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpā8 loke . . . pe . . . Saddā loke . . . pe . . .
Gandhā loke . . . pe . . . Rasā loke . . . pe . . .
Phoṭṭhabbā loke . . . pe . . . Dhammā loke piya-rūpaṃ
sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha
nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Cakkhu-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Sota-viññāṇaṃ
loke . . . pe . . . Ghāna-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . .
Jivhā-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Kāya-viññāṇaṃ
loke . . . pe . . . Mano-viññāṇaṃ loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-
rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha
nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Cakkhu-samphasso loke . . . pe . . .9Mano-sam-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K -ayo.
2 Bm adds bhikkhu.
3 K nirodho. See S. v. 421.
4 So Col here. See ante 19.
5 K kiñca.
6 Col supplies in full; etth'; esā . . . nirujjhati.
7 Bm cakkhu.
8 SS Col rūpaṃ.
9 So SS. Col prints each clause in full, as before, and below also;
Bm K repeat the succession sota-samphasso loke, &c., and below.

[page 311]
D. xxii. 21.] THE END OF SORROW. 311
phasso loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā
pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Cakkhu-samphassajā vedanā loke . . . pe . . . Mano-
samphassajā vedanā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'
esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā
nirujjhati.
Rūpa-saññā loke . . . pe1 . . . Dhamma-saññā loke
piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā
pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpa-sañcetanā loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-sañcetanā
loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā
pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpa-taṇhā loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-taṇhā loke . . .
piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā
pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpa-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-vitakko
loke . . . pe . . . Gandha-vitakko loke . . . pe . . .
Rasa-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-vitakko
loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-vitakko loke piya-rūpaṃ
sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha
nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpa-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-vicāro loke . . .
pe . . . Gandha-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Rasa-vicāro
loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-vicāro loke . . . pe . . .
Dhamma-vicāro loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā
taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkha-nirodhaṃ2 ariya-saccaṃ.
21. Katamañ3 ca bhikkhave dukkha-nirodha-gāminī-
paṭipadā ariya-saccaṃ?
Ayam eva Ariyo {Aṭṭhaṅgiko} Maggo, seyyathīdaṃ
sammā-diṭṭhi sammā-saṃkappo sammā-vācā sammā-
kammanto sammā-ājīvo sammā-vāyāmo sammā-sati
sammā-samādhi.
4 ‘Katamā ca bhikkhave sammā-diṭṭhi?

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm sadda-saññā loke, &c.
2 K -dho.
3 Sc -mo corrected to mā; Sd -mañ; St -ma; Col Bm K M. iii. 251 -mañ.
4 See M. iii. 251; S. v. 8.

[page 312]
312 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 21.
Yaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhe ñāṇaṃ dukkha-samudaye
ñāṇaṃ dukkha-nirodhe ñāṇaṃ dukkha-nirodha-gāminiyā1
paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-diṭṭhi.
Katamo ca bhikkhave sammā-saṃkappo?
Nekkhamma-saṃkappo avyāpāda2-saṃkappo avihiṃsā-
saṃkappo, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-saṃkappo.
Katamā ca bhikkhave sammā-vācā?
Musā-vādā veramaṇī, pisuṇāya vecāya3 veramaṇī,
pharusāya vācāya4 veramaṇī, samphappalāpā veramaṇī,
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-vācā.
Katamo ca bhikkhave sammā-kammanto?
Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā verammaṇī, kāmesu
micchācārā veramaṇī, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-
kammanto.
Katamo ca bhikkhave sammā-ājīvo?
Idha bhikkhave ariya-sāvako micchā-ājīvaṃ pahāya
sammā-ājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
sammā-ājīvo.
Katamo ca bhikkhave sammā-vāyāmo?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ
akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti
vāyamati, viriyaṃ ārabhati, cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.5
Uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahā-
nāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati, viriyaṃ ārabhati, cittaṃ
paggaṇhāti padahati. Anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dham-
mānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati, viriyaṃ
ārabhati, cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Uppannānaṃ
kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyo-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So Sc K Col M. and S.; Sd -gaminī-; St Bm gamini-.
2 K M. abyāpāda.
3 K M. and S. pisunāya vācāya; Col pisunā-vācā;
Sc pisunāya vācāya corrected to pisunā vācā; Sdt pisuṇāya
vācāya; Bm pisuṇā-vācā; St Bm have ṇ. See D. i. 4, 63;
M. i. 179; K. V. 619, and below pp. 320, 323, 325.
4 So K M. and S.; SS Bm Col pharusā-vācā.
5 Sc here paj-, corrected to pad-, afterwards pad-;
Sdt paj (thrice). See S. v. 8.

[page 313]
D. xxii. 21.] SELF-POSSESSION AND ECSTACY. 313
bhāvāya1 vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti
vāyamati, viriyaṃ ārabhati, cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-vāyāmo.
Katamā ca bhikkhave sammā-sati?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati
ātāpī2 sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanas-
saṃ, vedanāsu . . . pe3 . . . citte . . . pe . . . dham-
mesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā
vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave sammā-sati.
Katamo ca bhikkhave sammā-samādhi?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vivicc'; eva kāmehi vivicca
akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ
pīti-sukhaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ4 upasampajja viharati. Vi-
takka-vicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ
cetaso ekodi-bhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ
pīti-sukhaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ5 upasampajja viharati. Pītiyā
ca virāgā6 upekhako7 viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañ
ca kāyena {paṭisaṃvedeti} yan taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti:
‘upekhako satimā sukha-vihārī ti'; {tatiya8jjhānaṃ}
upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā9 dukkhassa
ca pahānā pubb'; eva somanassa-domanassānaṃ attha-
gamā10 {adukkha-m-asukhaṃ} upekhā-sati-pārisuddhiṃ
catutthajjhānaṃ11 upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave sammā-samādhi.
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkha-nirodha-gāminī-
paṭipadā ariya-saccaṃ12.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So Bm K M. and S. Sd Col bhīyyo-; St bhiyo-.
2 SS -pi.
3 Bm Col in full.
4 Bm K paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ.
5 Bm K dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ; K adds pa, and continues tatiyaṃ jhāṇaṃ.
6 SS omit ca; Bm ca erased.
7 Bm K upekkhako ca.
8 Bm -yaṃ.
9 Scd Col pahāṇā (twice).
10 Bm K atthañgamā.
11 Bm K -aṃ jhānaṃ.
12 Col adds Magga-sacca-niddesaṃ.

[page 314]
314 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 21.
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samu-
daya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vaya-
dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudaya-vaya-
dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. "Atthi dhammā
ti" vā pan'; assa sati {paccuppaṭṭhitā} hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-
mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca
kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catusu1 ariya-
saccesu2.
22. 3 Yo hi koci bhikkhave ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne
evaṃ bhāveyya satta-vassāni, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ
aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ, diṭṭhe va dhamme aññā
sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. Tiṭṭhantu bhikkhave satta-
vassāni, yo hi koci bhikkhave ime {cattāro satipaṭṭhāne}
evaṃ bhāveyya cha vassāni . . . pe4 . . . pañca-
vassāni . . . cattāri vassāni . . . tīṇi vassāni . . . dve
vassāni . . . ekaṃ5 vassaṃ,6 tassa7 dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ
aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ, diṭṭhe va dhamme aññā
sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā.8 Tiṭṭhatu bhikkhave ekaṃ
vassaṃ, yo hi koci bhikkhave ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne
evaṃ bhāveyya satta-māsāni, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ
aññataraṃ phalaṃ {pāṭikaṅkhaṃ} diṭṭhe {va dhamme} aññā
sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. Tiṭṭhantu bhikkhave satta-
māsāni, yo hi koci bhikkhu ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ
bhāveyya cha-māsāni . . . pe9 . . . pañca-māsāni . . .
cattāri māsāni . . . tīṇi māsāni . . . dve māsāni . . .

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K catūsu.
2 K adds Saccapabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. Dhammānupassanā niṭṭhitā.
Col adds Dhammānupassanā-satipaṭṭhānaṃ.
3 22 = M. 1. 62.
4 Col repeats the whole clause with each number.
5 Bm eka.
6 Bm omits down to anāgāmitā.
7 K pa down to tiṭṭhatu.
8 Mt omits from tassa dvinnaṃ . . . anāgāmitā.
9 Col. repeats the whole clause with each number.

[page 315]
D. xxii. 22.] RESULTS OF SELF-POSSESSION. 315
ekaṃ māsaṃ . . . aḍḍha-māsaṃ,1 tassa2 dvinnaṃ
phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ, diṭṭhe va
dhamme aññā sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. Tiṭṭhatu
bhikkhave aḍḍha-māso, yo hi koci bhikkhave ime cattāro
satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya sattāhaṃ, tassa dvinnaṃ
phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ, diṭṭhe va
dhamme aññā sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā.3 ‘Ekāyano
ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā soka-
paridavānaṃ4 samatikkamāya dukkha-domanassānaṃ
atthagamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya5 nibbānassa sacchi-
kiriyāya yad idaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā ti'6 iti yan taṃ
vuttaṃ,7 idam etaṃ paṭicca vuttan ti.
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato
bhāsitaṃ abhinandun ti.
MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA-SUTTANTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.8

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K pa, down to tiṭṭhatu.
2 Bm omits as before.
3 Bm adds ti.
4 Bm K paridevānaṃ.
5 Bm ñayassādhig-.
6 Col omits ti.
7 Above 2.
8 K -suttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

[page 316]
316
[xxiii. Pāyāsi Suttanta.]
Evam me sutaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ1 {āyasmā} Kumāra-kassapo Kosalesu
cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ
pañca-mattehi bhikkhu-satehi yena Setavyā2 nāma Kosa-
lānaṃ nagaraṃ tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā
Kumāra-kassapo Setavyāyaṃ3 viharati uttarena Setavyā4
Siṃsapā-5vane. Tena kho pana samayena Pāyāsi
rājañño Setavyaṃ ajjhāvasati sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhod-
akaṃ sadhaññaṃ6 rāja-bhoggaṃ raññā Pasenadi-Kosa-
lena7 dinnaṃ rāja-dāyaṃ brahma-deyyaṃ.
2. Tena kho pana samayena Pāyāsi-rājaññassa8 eva-
rūpaṃ9 pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ uppannaṃ hoti: Iti pi
n'; atthi paraloko,10 n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukata-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 According to Dhammapāla (V. V. A. 297) this was just
after the Buddha's death.
2 St -yaṃ; Bm K Setabyā, and below.
3 Sct -vyayaṃ.
4 Sc -vya, corrected to -vyayaṃ; Sd -vyā; St -vyā, corrected to -vya,
and below; Bm K -byaṃ.
5 Bm Sisapā; K sīs-. See A. i. 136; V. V. A. 297.
6 K adds vā.
7 Bm K here Passenadinā, but at D. i. 87, Pasenadi- (see below,
p. 342; and compare Divy. p. 620).
8 K Pāyāsissa rājaññassa (so SS in 3, and Bm in 23).
9 Sc rūpakaṃ.
10 So SS. Bm K paro loko, and below. See above vol. i. pp. 27, 58
and M. i. 402, iii. 71.

[page 317]
D. xxiii. 3.] THE COMMOTION AT SETAVYĀ. 317
dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti. Assosuṃ
kho Setavyakā brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā: ‘Samaṇo khalu
bho Kumāra-kassapo samaṇassa Gotamassa Sāvako Kosa-
lesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena sad-
dhiṃ pañca-mattehi bhikkhu-satehi Setavyaṃ anuppatto
Setavyāyaṃ1 viharati uttarena Setavyā2 Siṃsapā-vane.
Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ3 Kumāra-kassapaṃ evaṃ
kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: "Paṇḍito vyatto4
medhāvībahussuto citta-kathī kalyāṇa-paṭibhāno vuḍḍho5
c'; eva arahā ca. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ
{dassanaṃ} hotīti."'; Atha kho Setavyakā {brāhmaṇa}-gaha-
patikā Setavyāya6 nikkhamitvā saṃghā7 saṃghī gaṇī-
bhūtā uttarena-mukhā gacchanti yena Siṃsapā-vanaṃ
ten'; upasaṃkamanti8.
3. Tena kho pana samayena Pāyāsi rājañño9 upari-
pāsāde divā10-seyyaṃ upagato hoti. Addasā kho Pāyāsi
rājañño Setavyake brāhmaṇa-gahapatike Setavyāya11
nikkhamitvā {saṃghā} saṃghī gaṇī-bhūte uttarena-mukhe12
gacchante 13yena Siṃsapā-vanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamante.13
Disvā khattaṃ āmantesi:
‘Kin nu kho bho khatte Setavyakā14 brāhmaṇa-gahapa-
tikā Setavyāya nikkhamitvā saṃghā saṃghī gaṇī-bhūtā
uttarena-mukhā gacchanti yena Siṃsapā-vanan ti'; ?

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So St, Sc -vyayaṃ; Sd -vyaṃ; Bm K -byāyaṃ.
2 Sc -yaṃ; Sd -yaṃ, corrected to -ya; St -vyā.
3 Scd bhagav-; St vabhantaṃ; Bm K -byaṃ.
4 Bm K byatto, and below.
5 Bm buddho (sic) and so in 3.
6 Sc -vyā; Sd -vya.
7 Bm K saṃgha-; K (Sī) saṃghā-. (See vol. i. pp. 112, 128.)
8 Bm K omit tenupasaṃkamanti; K (note) ito paraṃ
Sīhaḷa-poṭṭhake ‘tenupasaṃkamantīti'; dissati
9 SS rañño.
10 Scd divya-. See D. i. 112, 128.
11 Sc -vyayaṃ; Sd -vyāyaṃ; St -vyāyā.
12 SS mukho.
13-13 K omits; K (note) ito paraṃ Sīhaḷa-poṭṭhake ‘tenupasaṃkamanteti';
dissati.
14 K Setabyā.

[page 318]
318 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 3.
‘Atthi kho bho samaṇo Kumāra-kassapo samaṇassa
Gotamassa sāvako Kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā
bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ pañca-mattehi bhikkhu-
satehi Setavyaṃ anuppatto Setavyāyaṃ1 viharati uttarena
Setavyā2 Siṃsapā-vane. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ3
Kumāra-kassapaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:
"Paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī bahussuto citta-kathī kalyāṇa-
paṭibhāno vuḍḍho c'; eva arahā cāti."4 Tam enaṃ5
bhavantaṃ Kumāra-kassapaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkaman-
tīti.'6
‘Tena hi bho khatte yena Setavyakā brāhmaṇa-gaha-
patikā ten'; upasaṃkama, upasaṃkamitvā Setavyake
brāhmaṇa-gahapatike evaṃ vadehi: "Pāyāsi bho rājañño
evam āha: Āgamentu7 kira bhavanto, Pāyāsi8 rājañño
samaṇaṃ Kumāra-kassapaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamissa-
tīti." Purā samaṇo Kumāra-kassapo Setavyake brāhmaṇa-
gahapatike bāle avyatte9 saññāpeti:10 "Iti pi atthi para-
loko,11 atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ
kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti." N'; atthi hi bho khatte
paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukka-
ṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Evaṃ bho ti'; kho so khattā Pāyāsissa rājaññassa
paṭissutvā yena Setavyakā brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Setavyake brāhmaṇa-gaha-
patike etad avoca: ‘Pāyāsi bho rājāñño evam āha:
"Āgamentu kira bhavanto, Pāyāsi rājañño samaṇaṃ
Kumāra-kassapaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamissatīti."'
4. Atha kho Pāyāsi rājañño Setavyakehi brāhmaṇa-
gahapatikehi parivuto yena Siṃsapā-vanaṃ yen'; āyasmā
Kumāra-kassapo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
āyasmatā Kumāra-kassapena saddhiṃ sammodi sammod-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS Setavyāya.
2 SS -vyaṃ; Bm K -byaṃ.
3 Scd bhagav-.
4 K ca.
5 Sc tamono; Sdt tameno; Bm adds te; (K tam ete).
6 K upasaṅkamissantīti.
7 St āgamiṃtu.
8 Bm adds pi.
9 St Bm K bāle avyatte (Bm aby-).
10 SS -petīti.
11 Bm K paro loko, and below.

[page 319]
D. xxiii. 6.] THE MOON-GOD AND THE SUN-GOD. 319
anīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Setavyakā pi kho brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā {app ekacce}
āyasmantaṃ Kumāra-kassapaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdiṃsu, {app ekacce} āyasmatā Kumāra-kassapena
saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ
vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, {app ekacce} yen'; āyasmā
Kumāra-kassapo ten'; añjalim paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdiṃsu, {app ekacce} nāma-gottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdiṃsu, {app ekacce} tuṇhī-bhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
5. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Pāyāsi rājañño āyasmantaṃ
Kumāra-kassapam etad avoca:
‘Ahaṃ hi bho Kassapa evaṃ-vādī evaṃ-diṭṭhī: Iti pi n'
atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-
dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Nāhaṃ1 Rājañña evaṃ-vādiṃ evaṃ-diṭṭhiṃ2 adda-
saṃ vā assosiṃ vā. Kathaṃ hi nāma evaṃ vadeyya:
Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi
sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ {vipāko} ti. Tena
hi Rājañña taṃ yev'; ettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te
khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi
rājañña, ime candima-suriyā3 imasmiṃ4 loke parasmiṃ
vā, devā5 te manussā vā ti?'
‘Ime bho Kassapa candima-suriyā parasmiṃ loke na
imasmiṃ, devā te na manussā ti.'
‘Iminā6 kho te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi
atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭ-
ānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
6. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho evaṃ
me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā
opapātikā, n'; atthi sukatā-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ
vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo yena te pariyāyena evaṃ
hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SSm nāhaṃ; K sohaṃ.
2 So Bm; SS -vādi,-diṭṭhi.
3 Bm -sūriyā, and below.
4 K adds vā.
5 Bm adds vā; so also K, omitting te.
6 Bm adds pi.

[page 320]
320 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 6.
n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko
ti?'
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ
hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā,
n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya1 Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā pāṇā-
tipātī adinnādāyī kāmesu micchācārī musā-vādī pisuṇā-
vācā pharusā-vācā2 samphappalāpī abhijjhālū3 vyāpanna-4
cittā micchā-diṭṭhī. Te aparena samayena ābādhikā
honti dukkhitā bāḷha-gilānā. Yadā 'haṃ jānāmi: "Na
dān'; ime imamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhahissantīti" tyāhaṃ upas-
aṃkamitvā evaṃ {vadāmi}: "Santi kho bho eke samaṇa-
brāhmaṇā evaṃ-vādino evaṃ-diṭṭhino:-- Ye te pāṇātipātī
adinnādāyī kāmesu micchācārī musā-vādī pisuṇā-vācā
pharusā-vācā samphappalāpī {abhijjālu} vyāpanna-cittā
micchā-diṭṭhī, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjantīti.5 Bhavanto
kho pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesu {micchācārī} musā-vādī
pisuṇā-vācā pharusā-vācā samphappalāpī {abhijjālu} vyā-
panna-cittā micchā-diṭṭhī. Sace tesam bhavataṃ6 samaṇa-
brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ, bhavanto kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ
uppajjissanti. Sace bho kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjeyyātha, yena
me āgantvā āroceyyātha: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi
sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti. Bhavanto kho pana7 me saddāyikā
paccayikā, yaṃ bhavantehi diṭṭhaṃ8 yathā sāmaṃ8 diṭ-
ṭhaṃ, evam etaṃ bhavissatīti." Te me "Sādhūti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc kathañcidvaya; Sd katañcidvaya.
2 SS pisuṇā-, pharusā, twice; Bm pisuṇa-, pharusa-, twice;
K pisuṇā- but pharusa-, twice. See D. ii. 312.
3 SS Bm jhālu (apparently), and below.
4 K byā-.
5 Bm upapajjissantīti; K upapajjantīti; Bm K upap-. throughout.
6 K bhavati.
7 SS bho.
8-8 Sc yathāssamaṃ; Sd yathāssassamaṃ.

[page 321]
D. xxiii. 7.] THE CONDEMNED CRIMINAL. 321
paṭissutvā n'; eva āgantvā ārocenti, na pana dūtaṃ pahiṇ-
anti.1 Ayam pi kho bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me
pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi
sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
7. ‘Tena hi Rājañña taṃ yev'; ettha paṭipucchissāmi,
yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi. Taṃ kiṃ
maññasi Rājañña? Idha te purisā coraṃ āgu-cāriṃ
gahetvā dasseyyuṃ: "Ayan te bhante coro āgu-cārī,
imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti.2" Te tvaṃ3
evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ daḷhāya
rajjuyā pacchā-bāhaṃ gāḷha-bandhanaṃ bandhitvā, khura-
muṇḍaṃ karitvā,4 kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya
rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā,5 dak-
khiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā,6 dakkhiṇato nagarassa7
āghātane8 sīsaṃ chindathāti." Te "{Sādhūti}" paṭisu-
ṇitvā,9 taṃ purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchā-bāhaṃ gāḷha-
bandhanaṃ bandhitvā, khura-{muṇḍaṃ}10 karitvā, kharass-
arena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ {siṅghāṭakena} siṅghā-
takaṃ parinetvā, dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā,
dakkhiṇato nagarassa āghātane nisīdāpeyyuṃ. Labheyya
nu kho so11 coro cora-ghātesu: "Āgamentu tāva bhavanto
cora-ghātā, amukasmiṃ12 me gāme vā nigame vā mittā-
maccā ñāti-sālohitā, yāvāhaṃ tesaṃ uddassetvā13 āgac-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K pahinanti.
2 K vadehīti; K (Sī) paṇehīti. See pp. 332, 339.
3 Sc netaṃ; Sdt tetam; Bm K te tvaṃ.
4 Bm K kāretvā, and below; K (Sī) karitvā. See D. i. 98.
5 Here St paṭitvā; Scd here pariggahetva; SS below parinetvā.
6 Scd Bm K -khamitvā twice; St -khāmetvā. So Jāt. i. 326.
7 St naṅg-, and below.
8 All MSS. āghātena (twice).
9 Sd paṭiss-; Bm K paṭissutvā (and onwards).
10 Sc -akam.
11 K bho.
12 SS (here only) asukasmim (twice afterwards m).
13 SS dassetvā (thrice); Bm K uddisitvā (thrice); Sum uddassetvā.

[page 322]
322 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 7.
chāmīti?" Udāhu vippalapantass'; eva cora-ghātā sīsaṃ
chindeyyun ti?'
‘Na hi so bho Kassapa coro labheyya cora-ghātesu:
"Āgamentu tāva bhavanto cora-ghātā, amukasmiṃ me
gāme vā nigame vā mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā, yāvāhaṃ
tesaṃ uddassetvā āgacchāmīti." Atha kho naṃ {vippa-
lapantass'} eva cora-ghātā sīsaṃ chindeyyun ti.'
‘So hi nāma Rājañña coro manusso manussa-bhūtesu
cora-ghātesu na labhissati: "Āgamentu tāva bhavanto
cora-ghātā, amukasmiṃ me gāme vā nigame vā mittā-
maccā ñāti-sālohitā, yāvāhaṃ tesaṃ uddassetvā āgacchā-
mīti." Kiṃ pana te mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā pāṇātipātī
adinnādāyī kāmesu micchācārī musā-vādī {pisuṇā}-vācā
pharusā-vācā samphappalāpī abhijjhālū1 vyāpanna-cittā
micchā-diṭṭhī2 kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppannā labhissanti niraya-
pālesu: "Āgamentu tāva bhavanto niraya-pālā yāva
mayaṃ Pāyāsissa {Rājaññassa} gantvā ārocema: Iti pi atthi
paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ
kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti"? Iminā pi kho te Rā-
jañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi
sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
8. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho evam
me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapā-
tikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ
vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo yena te pariyāyena evaṃ
hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā,
n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti?'
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ
hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā,
n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā pāṇā-
tipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sdt -jhā.
2 Bm adds te.

[page 323]
D. xxiii. 8.] MESSAGE FROM THE DEAD. 323
cārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā {pisuṇāya} vācāyā paṭi-
viratā pharusāya vācāya1 paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭivi-
ratā anabhijjhālū avyāpanna-cittā sammā-diṭṭhī. Te
aparena samayena ābādhikā honti dukkhitā bāḷha-gilānā.
Yadāhaṃ jānāmi: "Na dān'; ime imamhā ābādhā vuṭṭha-
hissantīti," tyāhaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi: "Santi
kho bho eke samaṇa-brāhmaṇā {evaṃ-}vādino {evaṃ-}diṭṭhino
-- Ye te pāṇātipātā paṭivirātā adinnādānā paṭiviratā
kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā
pisuṇāya vācāya2 paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya3 paṭiviratā
samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū avyāpanna-cittā
sammā-diṭṭhī, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjantīti. Bhavanto kho pāṇātipātā
paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchācārā paṭi-
viratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā
pharusāya vācāya4 paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā
anabhijjhālū avyāpanna-cittā sammā-diṭṭhī. Sace tesam
bhavataṃ samaṇa-brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ,
bhavanto kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokaṃ uppajjissanti. Sace bho kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjeyyātha, yena me
āgantvā āroceyyātha: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā
opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ
vipāko ti. Bhavanto kho pana me saddhāyikā paccayikā,
yaṃ bhavantehi {diṭṭhaṃ}, yathā sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, evam
etaṃ bhavissatīti." Te me "{Sādhūti}" paṭisuṇitvā n'; eva
āgantvā ārocenti na pana dūtaṃ pahiṇanti. Ayam pi kho
bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS pisuṇā-vācā and pharusā-vacā; Bm pisuṇāya vācāya and
pharusāya vācāya; K pisunā-vācā and pharusavācā.
2 Sc pisunā-vācāya; Sdt K pisuṇā-vācā; Bm pisuṇāya vācāya.
3 Sd pharusā-vācā; Sc pharusā-vācāya,; St Bm pharusāya vācāyā;
K pharusavācā (and so onwards).
4 Sct Bm pharusāya vācāya; Sd pharusā-vācā.

[page 324]
324 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 8.
Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi
sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
9. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya1
pi idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.2
Seyyathā pi Rājañña puriso gūtha-kūpe sasīsako3 nimuggo
assa. Atha tvaṃ purise āṇāpeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho taṃ
purisaṃ tamhā gūtha-kūpā uddharathāti." Te4 "Sādhūti"
paṭissuṇitvā taṃ purisaṃ tamhā gūtha-kūpā uddhareyyuṃ.
Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho tassa purisassa
kāyā {veḷu}-pesikāhi gūthaṃ sunimmajjitaṃ nimmajja-
thāti." Te "Sādhūti" paṭissuṇitvā tassa purisassa kāyā
{veḷu}-pesikāhi gūthaṃ sunimmajjitaṃ nimmajjeyyuṃ. Te
tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho tassa purisassa
kāyaṃ paṇḍumattikāya5 tikkhattuṃ subbaṭṭitaṃ6 ub-
baṭṭethāti."7 Te8 tassa purisassa kāyaṃ paṇḍumatti-
kāya9 tikkhattuṃ subbaṭṭitaṃ10 ubbaṭṭeyyuṃ.11 Te tvaṃ
evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho taṃ purisaṃ telena
abbhañjitvā12 sukhumena cuṇṇena tikkhattuṃ suppa-
dhotaṃ karothāti." Te taṃ purisaṃ telena abbhañjitvā
sukhumena cuṇṇena tikkhattuṃ suppadhotaṃ kareyyuṃ.
Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho tassa purisassa
kesa-massuṃ kappethāti." Te tassa purisassa kesa-
massuṃ kappeyyuṃ. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena
hi bho13 tassa purisassa mahagghañ ca mālaṃ mahagghañ
ca vilepanaṃ mahagghāni ca vatthāni upaharathāti." Te
tassa purisassa mahagghañ ca mālaṃ mahagghañ ca

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B upamāyamidhekacce; K upamāyapidhekacce (and so both throughout).
2 SS usually ajānanti.
3 St sisako; Bm sasisakaṃ.
4 K te te, and below.
5 Sd pañcupattikāya; St paccumattikāya.
6 Sc sabbavaṭṭitaṃ; Sd sabbaṭṭitaṃ; St subaṭṭitam; Bm supp-;
K ubbaṭitaṃ (and below).
7 Bm uppaṭṭ- and so Bd at Jāt. v. 89; K ubbaṭethāti.
See Jāt. i. 238.
8 K adds te te sādhūti paṭi-.
9 St paccumattikāya; Sc paṇḍumattikā.
10 St subaṭṭ-; Bm supp-.
11 Bm upp-; K ubbaṭeyyuṃ.
12 See Pug. P. p. 56.
13 K omits.

[page 325]
D. xxiii. 9.] THE MAN IN THE DUNG-HEAP. 325
vilepanaṃ mahagghāni ca vatthāni upahareyyuṃ. Te
tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho taṃ purisaṃ
pāsādaṃ āropetvā, pañca kāma-guṇāni upaṭṭhapethāti."1
Te taṃ purisaṃ pāsādaṃ āropetvā pañca kāma-guṇāni
upaṭṭhapeyyuṃ. Taṃ {kiṃ} maññasi Rājañña? Api nu
tassa purisassa sunahātassa2 suvilittassa kappita3-kesa-
massussa āmutta-mālābharaṇassa4 odāta-vattha-vasa-
nassa upari-pāsāda-vara-gatassa pañcahi kāmaguṇehi
samappitassa samaṅgibhūtassa paricāriyamānassa5 punad
eva6 tasmiṃ gūtha-kūpe nimmujjitukāmatā7 assāti?'
‘No h'; idaṃ bho Kassapa.'
‘Taṃ kissa hetu?'
‘Asuci bho Kassapa gūtha-kūpo, asuci c'; eva8 asuci-
saṃkhāto ca duggandho ca duggandha-saṃkhāto ca je-
guccho ca jeguccha-saṃkhāto ca paṭikkūlo9 ca paṭikkūla-
saṃkhāto cāti.'
‘Evam eva kho Rājañña manussā devānam asucī c'; eva
asuci-saṃkhātā ca duggandhā ca duggandha-saṃkhātā ca
jegucchā ca jeguccha-saṃkhātā ca paṭikkūlā ca paṭikkūla-
saṃkhātā ca. Yojana-sataṃ kho Rājañña manussa-{gandho}
deve ubbāhati.10 Kim pana te mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā
pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu
micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya
vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya11 paṭiviratā sam-
phappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū avyāpanna-cittā
sammā-diṭṭhī kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokaṃ uppannā12 āgantvā ārocessanti: "Iti
pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm -ṭhāp-, twice.
2 Sd Bm K sunhātassa; K (note) sunahātassa.
3 Bm sukappita-.
4 K maṇikaraṇassa.
5 Bm K paricāraya-.
6 SS add tassa.
7 Bm -kamyatā; K -kāmyatā.
8 Scd asucimeva (twice).
9 K paṭikūl- (four times.)
10 Bm ubbādhati. See p. 347.
11 Sd K pisuṇāvācā . . . pharusāvācā.
12 Bm K upapannā te (cp. 7, p. 13, where Bm adds te, though in a
different place). K puts full stop at upapannā

[page 326]
326 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 9.
dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti?" Iminā pi
kho te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi
paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ
kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
10. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho
evam me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi
sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .'
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .'
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā pāṇā-
tipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchā-
cārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā surā-meraya-majja-
pamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā. Te aparena samayena ābādhikā
honti dukkhitā bāḷha-gilānā. Yadāhaṃ jānāmi: "Na
idān'; ime imamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhahissantīti," tyāhaṃ
upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi: "Santi kho bho eke
samaṇa-brāhmaṇā {evaṃ-}vādino {evaṃ-}{diṭṭhino} -- Ye te
pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu
micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā surā-meraya-
majja-pamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, te kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjanti devānaṃ
Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyatan ti. Bhavanto kho pāṇātipātā
paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchācārā
paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā surā-meraya-majja-
pamādaṭṭhānā pativiratā. Sace tesaṃ bhavataṃ1
samaṇa-brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ, bhavanto
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokaṃ
uppajjissanti devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ.
Sace2 bho kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjeyyātha devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ
sahavyataṃ, yena me āgantvā āroceyyātha -- Iti pi atthi
paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ
kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti. Bhavanto kho pana me
saddhāyikā paccayikā, yaṃ bhavantehi diṭṭhaṃ, yathā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sct bhavantānaṃ; K bhavati.
2 K inserts kho.

[page 327]
D. xxiii. 11.] TIME IN HEAVEN. 327
sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, evam etaṃ bhavissatīti." Te me
"Sādhūti" paṭisuṇitvā n'; eva āgantvā ārocenti na pana
dūtaṃ pahiṇanti. Ayam pi kho Kassapa pariyāyo yena
me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko n'; atthi
sattā opapātikā n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
11. ‘Tena hi Rājañña taṃ yev'; ettha paṭipucchissāmi,
yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi. Yaṃ kho1
Rājañña mānusakaṃ vassa-sataṃ, devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsā-
naṃ eso eko rattindivo.2 Tāya rattiyā tiṃsa rattiyo
māso, tena māsena dvādasa-māsiyo3 saṃvaccharo, tena
saṃvaccharena dibbaṃ vassa-sahassaṃ devānaṃ Tāva-
tiṃsānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ye te mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohi-
tā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā {kāmesu}
micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā surā-meraya-
majja-pamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, te4 kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppannā devānam Tāva-
tiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ. Sace pana tesaṃ evaṃ bhavissati:
"Yāva mayaṃ dve vā tīṇi vā rattindivāni dibbehi pañca-
kāma-guṇehi5 samappitā samaṅgibhūtā paricārema, atha
mayaṃ Pāyāsissa Rājaññassa gantvā ārocessāma6: Iti pi
atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-
dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti," api nu te7
āgantvā āroceyyuṃ8: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā
opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ
vipāko ti?'
‘No h'; idaṃ9 bho Kassapa. Api hi mayaṃ bho
Kassapa ciram kālakatā pi bhaveyyāma. Ko pan'; etaṃ
bhoto Kassapassa āroceti: "Atthi devā Tāvatiṃsā" ti vā,
"Evaṃ dīghāyukā devā Tāvatiṃsā" ti vā. Na mayaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K kho pana.
2 Bm rattidivo (twice).
3 So SS Bm K. (Compare māsikaṃ at Th. 1. 283 and D. 1. 166 = M. i. 238,
342; P. P. p. 55.)
4 So Bm. SS K omit.
5 K pañcahi k-.
6 So SS; Bm K āroceyyāma.
7 SS api te; Bm api na te; K nu te.
8 SS Bm ārocesuṃ.
9 Bm etaṃ; K hi taṃ.

[page 328]
328 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 11.
bhoto Kassapassa saddahāma "Atthi devā Tāvatiṃsā" ti
vā "Evaṃ {dīghāyukā} devā Tāvatiṃsā" ti vā.1
‘Seyyathā pi Rājañña jaccandho puriso yo2 na passeyya
kaṇha-sukkāni rūpāni, na passeyya nīlakāni rūpāni, na
passeyya pītakāni rūpānī, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni,
na passeyya mañjiṭṭhikāni3 rūpāni, na passeyya sama-
visamaṃ, na passeyya tāraka-{rūpāni}4 na passeyya
candima-suriye.5 So evaṃ vadeyya: "N'; atthi6 kaṇha-
sukkāni rūpāni, n'; atthi kaṇha-sukkānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī,
n'; atthi nīlakāni rūpāni, n'; atthi nīlakānaṃ rūpānaṃ
dassāvī, n'; atthi pītakāni rūpāni, n'; atthi pītakānaṃ
rūpānaṃ dassāvī, n'; atthi lohitakāni rūpāni, n'; atthi
lohitakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, n'; atthi mañjiṭṭhikāni
rūpāni, n'; atthi mañjiṭṭhikānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, n'; atthi
sama-visamaṃ, n'; atthi sama-visamassa dassāvī, n'; atthi
tāraka-{rūpāni}, n'; atthi tāraka-rūpānaṃ dassāvī, n'; atthi
candima-suriyā,7 n'; atthi candima-suriyānaṃ {dassāvī}.8
Aham etaṃ na jānāmi, aham etaṃ na passāmi, tasmā
taṃ n'; atthīti." Sammā nu kho so Rājañña vadamāno
vadeyyāti?'
‘No h'; idaṃ bho Kassapa. Atthi9 kaṇha-sukkāni rūpāni,
atthi kaṇha-sukkānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, atthi nīlakāni
rūpāni, atthi nīlakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī,10 atthi {pītakāni}
rūpāni, atthi pītakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, atthi lohita-
kāni rūpāni, atthi lohitakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, atthi
mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, atthi {mañjiṭṭhakānaṃ} rūpānaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS Bm K all omit ti; cp. p. 329.
2 Sc ye; Sd Bm K omit.
3 K mañjeṭṭhakāni (and below). See M. 1. 35, 529, and
Vimāna Vatthu xxxix. 1.
4 All MSS. tāraka-rūpāni thrice; K tārakāni rupāni thrice.
5 Bm -sūriye.
6 Scd tattha.
7 SSo -yānaṃ rūpāni.
8 SS insert n'; atthi.
9 SS tattha.
10 Bm pa; K pe, down to atthi sama-visamaṃ.

[page 329]
D. xxiii. 12.] HOW TO KNOW THE NEXT WORLD. 329
dassāvī, atthi sama-visamaṃ, atthi sama-visamassa
dassāvī, atthi tāraka-{rūpāni}, atthi tāraka-rūpānaṃ das-
sāvī, atthi candima-suriyā, atthi candima-suriyānaṃ
dassāvī.1 "Aham etaṃ na jānāmi, aham etaṃ na
passāmi, tasmā taṃ n'; atthīti," na hi so bho Kassapa
sammā vadamāno vadeyyāti.'
‘Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña jaccandhūpamo maññe
paṭibhāsi, yaṃ2 maṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadesi3: "Ko pan'
etaṃ4 bhoto Kassapassa āroceti: ‘Atthi devā Tāvatiṃsā'
ti vā, ‘Evaṃ dīghāyukā devā Tāvatiṃsā'; ti vā. Na
mayaṃ bhoto Kassapassa saddahāma: ‘Atthi devā
Tāvatiṃsā'; ti vā ‘Evaṃ dīghāyukā devā Tāvatiṃsā'
ti vā."
‘Na kho Rājañña evaṃ paraloko5 daṭṭhabbo yathā
tvaṃ maññasi iminā maṃsa-{cakkhunā}. Ye kho te Rājañña
samaṇa-brāhmaṇā araññe6 vanapatthāni7 pantāni
senāsanāni paṭisevanti 8appa-saddāni appa-nigghosāni,8
te tattha appamattā ātāpino pahitattā9 viharantā10
dibbaṃ11 cakkhuṃ visodhenti, te dibbena cakkhunā
visuddhena atikkamanta-mānusakena imam eva12 lokaṃ
passanti13 param eva,13 satte ca14 opapātike. Evaṃ15 kho
Rājañña para-loko daṭṭhabbo,16na tveva16 yathā tvaṃ17
maññasi iminā maṃsa-cakkhunā. Iminā pi kho te
Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko,
atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kam-
mānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
12. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS add atthi.
2 St omits; K yam etaṃ evaṃ vadesi.
3 Scd vadeyya.
4 Bm pana me taṃ.
5 K paro loko, and below.
6 Bm K arañña-.
7 Bm vanapattāni.
8-8 Bm K omit. K (Sī) ito paraṃ ‘appasaddāni appanigghosānīti'; dissati.
9 Sc pahīn-; Sd pahīt-.
10 Sc -taṃ.
11 K dibba-.
12 Bm K imañ c'; eva.
13-13 St purima; Bm K parañ ca.
14 All MSS. omit ca.
15 Bm adds ca.
16-16 Sc nattheva; St na tvevaṃ.
17 SS omit tvaṃ.

[page 330]
330 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 12.
evam me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi
sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .?
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idhāhaṃ bho Kassapa passāmi samaṇa-brāhmaṇe
sīlavante kalyāṇa-dhamme jīvitu-kāme amaritu-kāme
sukha-kāme dukkha-paṭikkūle.1 Tassa mayhaṃ bho
Kassapa evaṃ hoti: Sace kho ime bhonto samaṇa-
brāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇa-dhammā evaṃ jāneyyum:
"Ito no matānaṃ seyyo bhavissatīti," idān'; ime bhonto
samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇa-dhammā visaṃ vā
khādeyyuṃ, satthaṃ vā āhareyyuṃ, ubbandhitvā2 vā
kālaṃ kareyyuṃ, papāte vā papateyyuṃ. Yasmā ca
kho ime bhonto samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇa-
dhammā na evaṃ jānanti: "Ito no matānaṃ seyyo
bhavissatīti," tasmā ime bhonto samaṇa-brāhmaṇā
sīlavanto kalyāṇa-dhammā jīvitu-kāmā amaritu-kāmā
sukha-kāmā dukkha-paṭikkūlā.3 Ayam pi4 bho Kassapa
pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi
paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukka-
ṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
13. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya
idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa dve
pajāpatiyo ahesuṃ. Ekissā putto ahosi dasavassuddesiko
vā dvādasavassuddesiko vā, ekā gabbhinī upavijaññā, atha
kho so brāhmaṇo kālam akāsi. Atha kho so māṇavako
mātu-sapattiṃ5 etad avoca: "Yam idaṃ bhoti dhanaṃ
vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā sabban taṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K paṭikūle (and so below).
2 See Therī Gāthā 80; Jāt. i. 111, 345, 504.
3 Bm adds attānaṃ na mārenti.
4 K adds kho.
5 K mātusapatiṃ. (Note) mātusapattinti vā pāṭho.

[page 331]
D. xxiii. 13.] THE POSTHUMOUS SON. 331
mayhaṃ. N'; atthi tumh'; ettha kiñci, pitu me bhoti1
dāyajjaṃ {niyyātehīti}." Evaṃ vutte sā brāhmaṇī taṃ
māṇavakaṃ etad avoca: "{Āgamehi} tāva tāta yāva vijā-
yāmi. Sace kumārako bhavissati, tassa pi eka-deso
bhavissati; sace kumārikā bhavissati, sā pi te opabhoggā2
bhavissatīti."
‘Dutiyam pi kho māṇavako mātu-sapattiṃ etad avoca:
"Yam3 idaṃ bhoti dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā
jātarūpam vā sabban taṃ mayhaṃ. N'; atthi tumh'; ettha
kiñci, pitu me4 bhoti dāyajjaṃ {niyyātehīti}." Dutiyam
pi kho sā brāhmaṇī taṃ māṇavakaṃ etad avoca: "Āgame-
hi tāva tāta yāva vijāyāmi. Sace kumārako bhavissati
tassa pi eka-deso bhavissati; sace kumārikā bhavissati, sā5
pi te opabhoggā bhavissatīti."
‘Tatiyam pi kho so māṇavako mātu-sapattiṃ etad
avoca: "Yam idaṃ hoti dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā raja-
taṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā sabban taṃ mayhaṃ. N'; atthi
tumh'; ettha kiñci, pitu me bhoti dāyajjaṃ {niyyātehīti}."
Atha kho sā brāhmaṇī satthaṃ gahetvā ovarakaṃ pavi-
sitvā6 udaraṃ opādesi7: "Yāva jānāmi8 yadi vā kumā-
rako yadi vā kumārikā ti." Sā attānañ c'; eva 9jīvitaṃ
gabbhaṃ sāpateyyañ ca [vināsesi] 9 {yathā}10 taṃ bālā
avyattā anaya-vyasanaṃ āpannā, ayoniso dāyajjaṃ
gavesantī. Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña bālo avyatto
anaya-vyasanaṃ āpajjissasi ayoniso paralokaṃ gave-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm pitu me hoti; SS tumhetta kiñci pi tañ ca hoti dāyajjaṃ,
first time and second; but kiñci pitu me hoti (or bhoti)
dāyajjaṃ the third time; K tuyhettha kiñci pitu me santako
bhoti dāyajjaṃ with a note that santako is not found in
Ceylon MSS.
2 K upa-.
3 Bm K yam; SS yad.
4 St pime.
5 Bm K sā; SS sabbā.
6 Bm pavīsitvā.
7 K uppādesi.
8 So SS; Bm vijāyāmi; K vijānāmi.
9-9 SS K omit vināsesi; Bm jīvitañ ca sabbañ ca sāpateyyañ ca vināsesi;
K jīvitañ ca gabbhañ ca sāpateyyañ ca.
10 St nā; Scd omit.

[page 332]
332 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 13.
santo, seyyathā pi sā1 brāhmaṇī bālā avyattā anaya-
vyasanaṃ āpannā ayoniso dāyajjaṃ gavesantī.2 Na kho
Rājañña samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇa-dhammā
apakkaṃ paripācenti,3 api ca paripākaṃ4 āgamenti
paṇḍitā.5 Attho hi6 Rājañña samaṇa-brāhmaṇānaṃ
sīlavantānaṃ kalyāṇa-dhammānaṃ jīvitena. Yathā
yathā kho7 Rājañña samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇa-
dhammā ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti,8 tathā tathā9
bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti, bahujana-hitāya ca paṭipajjanti
bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya10 atthāya hitāya
sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Iminā pi kho te11 Rājañña
pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā
opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ
vipāko ti.'
14. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho
evam me ettha12 hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi
sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .?
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .
‘Kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho13 Kassapa purisā coraṃ āgu-cāriṃ
gahetvā dassenti: "Ayaṃ te bhante coro āgu cārī,
imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti."14 Tyāhaṃ
evaṃ vadāmi: "Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ jīvantaṃ
yeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṃ pidahitvā allena
cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṃ15

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K omits pi sā.
2 SS -ti.
3 SS pācenti.
4 St Bm K paripākaṃ; Scd -kā.
5 St pāsita; Bm paṇḍitānam (|| after āgamenti, so that paṇḍitānaṃ is
thrown into the next sentence).
6 K aññehi.
7 K omits yathā kho.
8 Scd diṭṭhanti.
9 K omits one tathā.
10 So SS. Bm K -pāya.
11 K omits.
12 Bm ettha me.
13 Scd Ime kho; St Idha me so.
14 K vadehīti; in next dehīti. See p. 321.
15 Bm K bahalavil- (twice); K (Sī) bahalāv-.

[page 333]
D. xxiii. 15.] WATCHING FOR THE ESCAPE OF THE SOUL. 333
karitvā1 uddhanaṃ āropetvā aggiṃ dethāti." Te me
"{sādhūti}" paṭisuṇitvā2 taṃ purisaṃ jīvantaṃ yeva
kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṃ pidahitvā allena cammena
onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṃ karitvā3
uddhanaṃ āropetvā aggiṃ denti. Yadā mayaṃ jānāma:
"Kālakato4 so puriso ti," atha naṃ5 kumbhiṃ oropetvā
ubbhinditvā6 mukhaṃ vivaritvā saṇikaṃ7 nillokema8:
"App eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passeyyāmāti."
N'; ev'; assa mayaṃ jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passāma. Ayam
pi kho bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ
hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātika,
n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
15. ‘Tena hi Rājañña taṃ yev'; ettha paṭipucchissāmi,
yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi. Abhijānāsi
no tvaṃ Rājañña divā-seyyaṃ upagato supinakaṃ pas-
sitvā ārāma-rāmaṇeyyakaṃ vana-rāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmi-
rāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇī-rāmaṇeyyakan ti?'9
‘Abhijānām'; ahaṃ bho Kassapa divā-seyyaṃ upagato
supinakaṃ passitvā ārāma-rāmaṇeyyakaṃ vana-rāma-
ṇeyyakan ti.'
‘Rakkhanti taṃ tamhi samaye khujjā pi vāmanikā10
pi velāmikā11 pi komārikā pīti?'
‘Evam pi12 bho Kassapa rakkhanti maṃ13 tamhi samaye
khujjā pi vāmanikā pi velāmikā14 pi komārikā pīti.'
‘Api nu tā tumhaṃ15 jīvaṃ passanti pavisantaṃ16 vā
nikkhamantaṃ vā ti?'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm kāretvā.
2 K paṭissutvā.
3 So Bm here.
4 Bm kālañkato.
5 Scd Bm naṃ; St K taṃ.
6 Bm ubbandhitvā.
7 Scd sunikaṃ; St sanikaṃ.
8 K vilokema.
9 Compare J. R. A. S. 1899, p. 77.
10 Bm K vāmanakā, and below. See M. 1. 178.
11 Sc velomikā; Sd celovikā; St velāvikā; Bm velāsikā; K celāvikā
(and below).
12 K omits.
13 Sd Bm omit.
14 So Sc, Sd velāmi (and omits pi); St velācakā (omits komārikā pi);
Bm velāsikā. See above, p. 198.
15 St tuyha; Bm K tuyhaṃ.
16 Bm pavīs-.

[page 334]
334 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 15.
‘No h'; idaṃ1 bho Kassapa.'
‘Tā hi nāma Rājañña tumhaṃ2 jīvantassa jīvantiyo
jīvaṃ na passissanti pavisantaṃ vā nikkhamantaṃ vā.
Kim pana tvaṃ3 kālakatassa4 jīvam passissanti pavi-
santaṃ vā nikkhamantaṃ vā? Iminā pi kho te Rājañña
pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā
opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ
vipāko ti.'
16. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho
evam me5 ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi
sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānam kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti?'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .?
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa purisā coraṃ āgu-cāriṃ gahetvā
dassenti: "Ayan te bhante coro āgū-cārī, imassa yaṃ
icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti."6 Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi:
"Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ jīvantaṃ yeva tulāya tuletvā
jiyāya anassāsakaṃ māretvā punad eva tulāya tulethāti."
Te me "Sādhūti" paṭisuṇitvā7 purisaṃ jīvantaṃ yeva
tulāya tuletvā jiyāya anassāsakaṃ māretvā punad eva
tulāya tulenti.8 Yadā so jīvati,9 tadā lahutaro ca hoti
mudutaro ca kammaññataro ca. Yadā pana so kālakato
hoti, tadā garutaro ca hoti patthīnataro10 ca akammañña-
taro ca. Ayam pi kho bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me
pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi
sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti."
17. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K etaṃ.
2 St Bm K tuyhaṃ.
3 So SS Bm.
4 Bm kālañk-.
5 Sd eva; Bm ettha me.
6 K dehīti.
7 K paṭissutvā.
8 Bm tulanti.
9 Scd jīvi.
10 Scd patthinatthiro; Bm pattinnataro; K patthinnataro (and so all
below). See ‘Vinaya Texts,'; p. ii. 206, and Asl. 307.

[page 335]
D. xxiii. 18.] HEAT MAKES THINGS LIGHT. 335
pi idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Seyyathā pi Rājañña puriso divasa1-santattaṃ ayo-guḷaṃ
ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ {sajoti-bhūtaṃ}2 tulāya toleyya,3 tam
enaṃ aparena samayena sītaṃ nibbutaṃ tulāya toleyya.
Kadā nu kho so ayo-guḷo lahutaro vā4 hoti mudutaro vā
kammaññataro vā? Yadā vā āditto sampajjalito sajoti-
bhūto, yadā vā sīto nibbuto ti?'
‘Yadā so bho Kassapa ayo-guḷo tejo-sahagato ca hoti
vāyo-sahagato āditto sampajjalito sajoti-bhūto, tadā
lahutaro ca hoti mudutaro ca kammaññataro ca. Yadā
pana so ayo-guḷo n'; eva tejo-sahagato hoti na vāyo-
sahagato sīto nibbuto, tadā garutaro ca hoti patthīnataro
ca akammaññataro cāti.'
‘Evam eva kho Rājañña yadā 'yaṃ5 kāyo āyu-
sahagato ca hoti usmā-sahagato ca viññāṇa-sahagato ca,
tadā lahutaro ca hoti mudutaro ca kammaññataro ca.6
Yadā panāyaṃ kāyo n'; eva āyu-sahagato ca hoti na usmā-
sahagato7 na viññāṇa-sahagato,8 tadā garutaro ca hoti
patthīnataro ca akammaññataro ca. Iminā pi kho te
Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi atthi paraloko,
atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
18. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapa evam āha, atha kho
evaṃ me ettha9 hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi
sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .?'
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .'
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa purisā coraṃ āgu-cāriṃ gahetvā
dassenti: "Ayan te bhante coro āgu-cārī, imassa yaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm -saṃ; K divasantattaṃ.
2 K sañjoti (twice).
3 So Sdt; Sc toleyyaṃ; Bm K tuleyya (and below).
4 Sc cā corrected to ca.
5 K ayaṃ.
6 See M. i. 295; Chānd. Up. vi. 8, 6; Tait. Br. ii., 2, 9, 1.
7 K adds ca.
8 K adds ca.
9 Sc evaṃ me'; v'; ettha; Sdt evameettha.

[page 336]
336 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 18.
icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti."1 Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi:
"Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ anupahacca chaviñ ca
cammañ ca maṃsañ ca nahāruñ2 ca aṭṭhiñ ca aṭṭhi-
miñjañ ca jīvitā voropethāti."3 Te me "Sādhūti"
paṭisuṇitvā taṃ purisaṃ anupahacca4 chaviñ ca5 cam-
mañ ca maṃsañ ca nahāruñ ca aṭṭhiñ ca aṭṭhi-
miñjañ ca jīvitā voropenti. Yadā so addhamato6 hoti,
tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: "Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ
uttānaṃ nipātetha, app eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ nikkha-
mantaṃ passeyyāmāti." Te taṃ purisaṃ uttānaṃ
nipātenti, n'; eva assa mayaṃ jīvaṃ nikkhamantam
passāma. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: "Tena hi bho imaṃ
purisaṃ avakujjaṃ7 nipātetha . . . pe . . . passena
nipātetha . . . dutiyena passena nipātetha . . . uddhaṃ
ṭhapetha . . . omuddhakaṃ ṭhapetha . . . pāṇinā
ākoṭetha . . . leḍḍunā8 ākoṭetha . . . daṇḍena ākoṭetha
. . . satthena ākoṭetha . . . {odhunātha} . . . sandhunātha
. . . niddhunātha,9 app eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ nikkha-
mantaṃ passeyyāmāti." Te taṃ purisaṃ odhunanti10
sandhunanti11 niddhunanti,12 n'; eva assa mayaṃ {jīvaṃ}
nikkhamantaṃ passāma.13 Tassa ca14 tad eva cakkhuṃ15
hoti te16 rūpā tañ c'; āyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti, tad eva
sotaṃ hoti te saddā tañ c'; āyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti,
tad eva ghānaṃ hoti te gandhā tañ c'; āyatanaṃ nappaṭi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K vadehīti.
2 Bm nhāruñ.
3 Bm K voropetha, app eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ nikkhamantuṃ passeyyāmāti.
4 Sd anap.
5 Bm pa, down to -miñjañ ca.
6 SS amato; Bm āmato.
7 SS, Bm K avakujja, but see below, p. 337, note11, and J. P. T. S.,
1886, p. 148; M. i. 80; S v. 89; Jāt. vi. 40.
8 K leṇḍunā; (note) leḍḍunātipi pāṭho.
9 Scd nibbunātha: see below.
10 Scd omunanti.
11 Sc samun-; Bm saṃdhūn-.
12 Sc nibbun-; Bm niddhūn- (but not above).
13 K passeyyāma.
14 Bm K omit.
15 Bm cakkhu; K cakkhaṃ.
16 St omits.

[page 337]
D. xxiii. 19.] THE VILLAGERS AND THE TRUMPET. 337
saṃvedeti, sā yeva1 jivhā hoti te rasā tañ c'; āyatanaṃ
nappaṭisaṃvedeti, so yeva2 kāyo hoti te phoṭṭhabbā tañ
c'; āyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti. Ayam pi kho bho Kassapa
pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi
paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭā-
naṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti."
19. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya
p'; idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña aññataro saṅkha-dhamo saṅkhaṃ
ādāya paccantimaṃ janapadaṃ agamāsi. So yen'
aññataro gāmo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
majjhe gāmassa ṭhito tikkhattuṃ saṅkhaṃ upaḷāsitvā3
saṅkhaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Atha kho Rājañña tesaṃ paccantajānaṃ4 manussā-
naṃ etad ahosi: "Kissa5 nu kho eso saddo evaṃ
rajanīyo evaṃ kamanīyo6 evaṃ madanīyo evaṃ
bandhanīyo evaṃ mucchanīyo7 ti?" Sannipatitvā taṃ
saṅkha-{dhammaṃ} etad avocuṃ: "Ambho kissa8 nu kho
eso saddo evaṃ rajanīyo evaṃ kamanīyo evaṃ madanīyo
evaṃ bandhanīyo evaṃ mucchanīyo ti?" "Eso kho
bho9 saṅkho nāma yass'; eso10 saddo evaṃ rajanīyo evaṃ
kamanīyo evaṃ madanīyo evaṃ bandhanīyo evaṃ muccha-
nīyo ti." Te taṃ saṅkhaṃ-uttānaṃ nipātesuṃ: "Vadehi
bho saṅkha, vadehi bho saṅkhāti." N'; eva so saṅkho
saddam akāsi. Te taṃ saṅkhaṃ avakujjaṃ11 nipātesuṃ
. . . passena nipātesuṃ . . . dutiyena passena nipātesuṃ
. . . uddhaṃ ṭhapesuṃ . . . omuddhakaṃ {ṭhapesum} . . .

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS omit yeva; Bm ca.
2 K so va.
3 SS upalāsitvā; Bm upaḷāpetvā; K upaḷāsetvā. See Mil. p. 21
(last line), Trenckner, ‘Pali Miscellany,'; p. 83.
4 Scd paccantarājānaṃ; Bm K paccanta-janapada-; K (Sī) paccantajānaṃ.
5 SS ambho kissa; Bm K ambho kassa.
6 So SS; Bm khamaniyo; and so onwards; K kammaniyo.
Bm and K throughout -niyo.
7 K muñcaniyo (three times).
8 Bm kassa.
9 Bm omits.
10 K yassa os.
11 So all MSS. and K.

[page 338]
338 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 19.
pāṇinā ākoṭesuṃ . . . leḍḍunā {ākotesum} . . . daṇḍena
ākoṭesuṃ . . . satthena ākoṭesuṃ . . . odhuniṃsu . . .
sandhuniṃsu . . . niddhuniṃsu: "Vadehi bho saṅkha,
vadehi bho saṅkhāti." N'; eva so saṅkho saddam akāsi.
Atha kho Rājañña tassa saṅkha-dhamassa etad ahosi:
"Yāva1 bālā ime paccantajā2 manussā! Kathaṃ hi
nāma ayoniso saṅkha-saddaṃ gavesissantīti!" Tesaṃ
pekkhamānānaṃ saṅkhaṃ gahetvā tikkhattuṃ saṅkhaṃ
upaḷāsitvā3 saṅkhaṃ ādāya pakkāmi.4 Atha kho
Rājañña tesaṃ paccantajānaṃ5 manussānaṃ etad ahosi:
"Yadā kira bho ayaṃ saṅkho nāma purisa-sahagato ca
hoti vāyāma-sahagato ca vāyo-sahagato6 ca, tadāyaṃ
saṅkho saddaṃ karoti. Yadā panāyaṃ saṅkho n'; eva
purisa-sahagato hoti na vāyāma-sahagato na vāyo-
sahagato, nāyaṃ saṅkho saddaṃ karotīti." Evam eva
kho Rājañña yadāyaṃ kāyo āyu-sahagato ca hoti usmā-
sahagato ca viññāṇa-sahagato ca, tadā abhikkamati pi7
paṭikkamati pi tiṭṭhati pi nisīdati pi seyyam pi kappeti,
cakkhunā pi rūpaṃ passati, sotena pi saddaṃ suṇāti,
ghānena pi gandhaṃ ghāyati, jivhāya pi rasaṃ sāyati,
kāyena pi {phoṭṭhabbaṃ} phusati, manasā pi dhammaṃ
vijānāti. Yadā panāyaṃ kāyo n'; eva āyu-sahagato ca
hoti, na usmā-sahagato ca, na viññāṇa-sahagato, tadā
n'; eva abhikkamati na paṭikkamati na tiṭṭhati na nisīdati
na seyyaṃ kappeti, cakkhunā pi rūpaṃ na passati, sotena
pi saddaṃ na suṇāti, ghānena pi gandhaṃ na ghāyati,
{jivhāya} pi rasaṃ na sāyati, kāyena pi phoṭṭhabbaṃ na
phusati, manasā pi dhammaṃ na vijānāti. Iminā pi kho
te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko,
atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammā-
naṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'8
20. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K add kho.
2 Bm paccanta-janapada-; K -padā.
3 SS upalāsitvā; Bm npaḷāpetvā; K upaḷasetvā.
4 Bm pakkami.
5 Bm K -janapadānaṃ.
6 Bm vāyu-, and below.
7 Scd omit.
8 K adds Paṭhama-bhāṇavāraṃ.

[page 339]
D. xxiii. 21.] THE SEARCH FOR THE SOUL. 339
evam me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā
opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ
phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .?'
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .'
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa purisā coraṃ āgu-cāriṃ
gahetvā dassenti: "Ayaṃ te bhante coro āgu-cārī,
imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti."1 Tyāhaṃ
evaṃ vadāmi: ‘Tena hi bho imassa purisassa chaviṃ
chindatha, app eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ passeyyāmāti." Te
tassa purisassa chaviṃ chindanti, n'; ev'; assa mayaṃ
jīvaṃ passāma. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: "Tena hi bho
imassa purisassa cammaṃ chindatha . . . maṃsaṃ
chindatha . . . nahāruṃ chindatha . . . aṭṭhiṃ chinda-
tha . . . aṭṭhi-miñjaṃ chindatha, app eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ
passeyyāmāti." Te tassa purisassa aṭṭhi-miñjaṃ
chindanti, n'; ev'; assa mayaṃ jīvaṃ passāma. Ayam pi
kho bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ
hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā,
n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko
ti.'
21. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya
pi idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña2 aggiko jaṭilo araññāyatane
paṇṇa-kuṭiyā3 vasati.4 Atha kho Rājañña aññataro
janapada-padeso5 vuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho so sattho6 tassa
aggikassa jaṭilassa assamassa sāmantā eka-rattiṃ vasitvā
pakkāmi.7 Atha kho Rājañña tassa aggikassa jaṭilassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K vadehīti. See p.321.
2 Bm K insert aññataro.
3 St paṭiyā.
4 Bm samati; K sammati; (Sī) vasati.
5 So SS K (Sī); Bm janapadesattho; K janapado satthavāso.
6 So St Bm; Sc satto; Sd tatta; K satthavāso.
7 Bm pakkami.

[page 340]
340 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 21.
etad ahosi: "Yan nūnāhaṃ yena so sattha-vāso1 ten'
upasaṃkameyyaṃ, app eva nām'; ettha kiñci upakaraṇaṃ2
adhigaccheyyan ti." Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo kālass'
eva vuṭṭhāya yena so sattha-vāso ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā addasa tasmiṃ satthavāse daharaṃ
kumāraṃ mandaṃ3 uttāna-seyyakaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvān'
assa4 etad ahosi: "Na kho me taṃ paṭirūpaṃ yam me
pekkhamānassa manussa-bhūto kālaṃ kareyya. Yan
nūnāhaṃ imaṃ dārakaṃ5 assamaṃ netvā6 āpādeyyaṃ
poseyyaṃ vaḍḍheyyan ti." Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo
taṃ dārakaṃ assamaṃ ānetvā7 āpādesi posesi vaḍḍhesi.
Yadā so dārako dasavassuddesiko vā hoti dvādasavass-
uddesiko vā, ath'; assa8 aggikassa jaṭilassa janapade
kiñcid eva karaṇīyaṃ uppajji.9 Atha kho so aggiko
jaṭilo taṃ dārakaṃ etad avoca: "Icchām'; ahaṃ tāta
janapadaṃ10 gantuṃ, aggiṃ11 paricareyyāsi, mā ca te
aggi nibbāyi. Sace va te aggi nibbāyeyya, ayaṃ vāsī,
imāni kaṭṭhāni, idaṃ araṇi12-sahitaṃ, aggiṃ nibbattetvā
aggiṃ paricareyyāsīti." Atha kho so aggiko {jaṭilo} taṃ
dārakaṃ evam anusāsitvā janapadaṃ agamāsi. Tassa
khiḍḍā-pasutassa aggi nibbāyi. Atha kho tassa dārakassa
etad ahosi: "Pitā kho maṃ evaṃ avaca: ‘Aggiṃ tāta
paricareyyāsi, mā ca te aggi nibbāyi. Sace va te aggi
nibbāyeyya ayaṃ vāsī imāni kaṭṭhāni idaṃ araṇi-
sahitaṃ, aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyāsīti.'; Yan
nūnāhaṃ aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyan ti."

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St here only, and Scd here and below -āvāso. SS in 17
(pp. 344, 345) sattha-vāso.
2 Scd -kannaṃ.
3 K maṇḍaṃ.
4 SS decidedly disvā tassa. See p. 347.
5 St idaṃ daharakaṃ.
6 Sc assaṃ mānetvā; Sdt Bm K assamaṃ netvā.
7 So SS Bm K netvā as before.
8 St atha tassa; Bm K atha kho tassa.
9 K kiñci deva-karanīyaṃ upapajji.
10 Bm nagaraṃ.
11 Bm K add tāta.
12 SS vary between i and ī; K always -ṇi; Bm always -ṇī.

[page 341]
D. xxiii. 21.] THE SEARCH FOR FIRE. 341
Atha kho so dārako araṇi-sahitaṃ vāsiyā1 tacchi: "App
eva nāma aggiṃ adhigaccheyyan ti." N'; eva so aggiṃ
adhigacchi. Araṇi-sahitaṃ dvidhā phālesi,2 tidhā
phālesi, catudhā phālesi, pañcadhā phālesi, dasadhā
phālesi, satadhā3 phālesi, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ akāsi,
sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā4 udukkhale koṭṭhesi,5
udukkhale koṭṭhetvā mahā-vāte opuni:6 "App eva nāma7
aggiṃ adhigaccheyyan ti." N'; eva so aggiṃ adhigacchi.
Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo janapade taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā,
yena sako assamo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ
dārakaṃ etad avoca: "Kacci te tāta aggi8 nibbuto ti?"
"Idha me tāta khiḍḍā-pasutassa aggi nibbāyi. Tassa me
etad ahosi: Pitā kho maṃ evaṃ avaca: ‘Aggiṃ tāta
paricareyyāsi, mā ca te9 aggi nibbāyi. Sace va te aggi
nibbāyeyya ayaṃ vāsī imāni kaṭṭhāni idaṃ araṇi-sahitaṃ,
aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyāsīti.'; Yan nūnāhaṃ
aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyan ti. Atha kho
ahaṃ tāta araṇi-sahitaṃ vāsiyā tacchiṃ: ‘App eva nāma
aggiṃ adhigaccheyyan ti.'; N'; evāhaṃ aggiṃ adhigacchiṃ.
Araṇi-sahitaṃ dvidhā phālesiṃ, tidhā phālesiṃ, catudhā
phālesiṃ, pañcadhā phālesiṃ, dasadhā phālesiṃ, satadhā
phālesim, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ akāsiṃ, sakalikaṃ saka-
likaṃ karitvā udukkhale koṭṭhesiṃ, udukkhale koṭṭhetvā
mahā-vāte opuniṃ: ‘App eva nāma aggiṃ adhigaccheyyan
ti.'; N'; evāhaṃ aggiṃ adhigacchin ti." Atha kho tassa
aggikassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: "Yāva bālo ayaṃ dārako
avyatto. Kathaṃ hi nāma ayoniso aggiṃ gavesissatīti?"
Tassa pekkhamānassa araṇi-sahitaṃ gahetvā aggiṃ
nibbattetvā taṃ dārakaṃ etad avoca: "Evaṃ kho tāta

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scd insert taṃ vāsiyā.
2 Scd phālesīti; Bm phāḷesi almost always. St l and ḷ; K always l.
3 K visatidhā; K (Sī) satadhā.
4 Bm karetvā.
5 Bm koṭṭesi and koṭṭetvā as Bd at Jāt. iv. 37 (comp. ii. 424);
K koṭesi and koṭetva.
6 K -phuni, and below.
7 SS omit.
8 Bm adds na.
9 Bm K add tāta.

[page 342]
342 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 21.
aggi nibbattetabbo, na tv eva yathā tvaṃ1 bālo avyatto
ayoniso aggiṃ gavesissasīti."2 Evam eva kho tvaṃ
Rājañña bālo avyatto ayoniso paralokaṃ gavesasi.3
Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ.
Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ. Mā
te ahosi dīgha-rattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti.'
22. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho
n'; evāhaṃ sayhāmi4 idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ paṭinissaj-
jituṃ. Rājā pi maṃ Pasenadi5-kosalo jānāti tiro-rājāno
pi: "Pāyāsi rājañño evaṃ-vādī evaṃ-diṭṭhī: Iti pi
n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-
dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti." ‘Sacāhaṃ
bho Kassapa imaṃ6 pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ {paṭinissajjis-
sāṃi}, bhavissanti me vattāro: "Yāva bālo Pāyāsi
rājañño avyatto duggahīta7-gāhī ti." Kopena pi naṃ
harissāmi, makkhena pi naṃ harissāmi, paḷāsena8 pi naṃ
harissāmīti.'
23. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya9
p'; idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña mahā sakaṭa-sattho sakaṭa-
sahassaṃ puratthimā janapadā pacchimaṃ janapadaṃ
agamāsi. So yena yena gacchati10 khippam eva
pariyādiyati tiṇa-kaṭṭhodakaṃ11 haritaka-vaṇṇam.12
Tasmiṃ kho pana satthe13 dve satthavāhā ahesuṃ, eko

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Scd taṃ.
2 Bm gavesīti.
3 Bm K gavesissasi.
4 Bm K sakkomi. See p. 346.
5 Bm Passenadī; K Passenadi, and so at 18. See p. 316.
6 K idaṃ (as above).
7 Sd Bm -gahita, and so Bm in 18.
8 Scd phalāsena; St Bm K paḷāsena. See M. i. 15, 527; A. i. 79
(last line); P. P. ii. 2; Mil. 289.
9 Bm upamāyam.
10 Sdt So yena yena gacchasīti; Sc So na gacchasīti.
Bm So yena gacchi; K So yeva gacchati.
11 Scd tina-; K tiṇaṃ.
12 K -paṇṇaṃ; K (Sī) -vantaṃ. See Sum in loc
13 Bm satte, but then satthavāhā.

[page 343]
D. xxiii. 23.] THE FOOLISH CARAVAN LEADER. 343
pañcannaṃ sakaṭa-satānaṃ eko pañcannaṃ sakaṭa-
satānaṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ satthavāhānaṃ etad ahosi:
"‘Ayaṃ kho pana1 mahā sakaṭa-sattho sakaṭa-sahassaṃ.
Te mayaṃ yena yena gacchāma khippam eva2 pariyā-
diyati3 tiṇa-kaṭṭhodakaṃ haritaka-vaṇṇaṃ. Yan nūna
mayaṃ imaṃ satthaṃ dvidhā vibhajeyyāma ekato
pañca {sakaṭa}-satāni."
‘Te taṃ satthaṃ dvidhā vibhajiṃsu4 ekato pañca
sakaṭa-satāni ekato pañca {sakaṭa-}satāni. Eko5 tāva6
satthavāho bahuṃ7 tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca udakañ ca
āropetvā satthaṃ pāyāpesi.8 Dvīha-tīha-pāyāto9 kho
pana so sattho addasa purisaṃ kāḷaṃ lohitakkhiṃ10
apanaddha-kalāpaṃ11 kumuda-māliṃ alla-vatthaṃ alla-
kesaṃ kaddama-makkhitehi cakkehi gadrabha-rathena12
paṭipathaṃ āgacchantaṃ. Disvā etad avoca: "Kuto
bho āgacchasīti?"
"‘Amukamhā janapadā ti."
"‘Kuhiṃ gamissasīti?"
"‘Amukaṃ nāma janapadan ti."
"‘Kacci bho purato kantāre mahā-megho abhippa-
vaṭṭo ti?"13
"‘Evaṃ kho14 bho purato kantāre mahā-megho
abhippavaṭṭo, āsittodakāni vaṭumāni, bahuṃ tiṇañ ca

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm K omit.
2 SS khippaṃ yeva, as Bm K above.
3 Sd -tī.
4 SS vibhajjiṃsu; Bm vibhajjesuṃ (sic).
5 Sc ekato; St eke.
6 Bm omits.
7 SS vary between bahu and bahuṃ; Bm K always bahuṃ.
8 SS almost always pā-.
9 Bm here dviha-tihaṃ payāto; Bm K always pa-.
10 St kāḷalohitakkhaṃ; Scd kāḷalohitakaṃ. Bm kaḷaṃ lohitakkham; comp.
Jāt. i. 102 rattanetto. See p. 344.
11 Bm asannaddhakalāpaṃ; K āsanu- and below.
12 Sd gaduha-; Sct gadūha- (SS below gadubha-); Bm bhaddena rathena;
K bhadrena rathena. See Jāt. i. 100.
13 K abhippavuṭṭho; Bm abhippavuṭho as Bd at Jāt. 5, 206. See M. ii. 117.
14 Bm omits.

[page 344]
344 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 23.
kaṭṭhañ ca udakañ ca, chaḍḍetha bho purāṇāni tiṇāni
kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi sīghaṃ sīghaṃ1
gacchatha, mā yoggāni kilamethāti."2
‘Atha kho so satthavāho satthike āmantesi: "Ayaṃ
bho puriso evam āha: Purato kantāre mahā-megho {abhip-
pavaṭṭo}, āsittodakāni vaṭumāni, bahuṃ3 tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ
ca udakañ ca, chaḍḍetha bho purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni
udakāni, lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gacchatha,
mā yoggāni kilamethāti -- chaḍḍetha bho purāṇāni tiṇāni
kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi satthaṃ pāyā-
pethāti."4
"Evam bho ti" kho te satthikā tassa satthavāhassa
paṭissutvā, chaḍḍetvā purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni
lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi satthaṃ pāyāpesuṃ.5 Te paṭhame
pi sattha-vāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ
vā, dutiye pi sattha-vāse . . . tatiye pi satthavāse . . .
catutthe pi sattha-vāse . . . pañcame pi sattha-vāse . . .
chaṭṭhe pi sattha-vāse . . . sattame pi sattha-vāse na
addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ vā, sabbe va
anaya-vyasanaṃ āpajjiṃsu. Ye ca6 tasmiṃ satthe
ahesuṃ manussā vā pasū7 vā sabbe8 so yakkho amanusso
bhakkhesi, aṭṭhikān'; eva sesesi9.
‘Yadā aññāsi dutiyo satthavāho: "Bahu-nikkhanto10
kho dāni so sattho ti," bahuṃ tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca udakañ
ca āropetvā satthaṃ pāyāpesi. Dvīha-tīha-pāyāto kho
pan'; eso sattho addasa purisaṃ kāḷaṃ lohitakkhiṃ11

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm siṅghaṃ siṅghaṃ, and below. SS have sīghasīghaṃ the last time,
and so Scd the time before. See Jāt. i. 103.
2 Sd kilamatthāti; Bm K kilamitthāti (and below).
3 See p. 343, note7.
4 Scd pāyethāti; St pāyāp-.
5 SS pay-.
6 Sc va; so K yeva (at end of previous sentence). See p. 346.
7 Sc phasu; Sdt Bm pasu.
8 K adds va.
9 Bm K sesāni; K (Sī) sesesi.
10 K bahunikkhantaro.
11 Sc kāḷa-lohitakkham corrected to -lohitaṃ; Sdt kālalohitakkham;
Bm kāḷaṃ lohitakkhaṃ. See p. 343, note10.

[page 345]
D. xxiii. 23.] THE WISE CARAVAN LEADER. 345
apanaddha-kalāpaṃ1 kumuda-māliṃ2 alla-vatthaṃ alla-
kesaṃ kaddama-makkhitehi cakkehi gadrabha-rathena3
paṭipathaṃ āgacchantaṃ. Disvā etad avoca: "Kuto
bho āgacchasīti?"
"‘Amukamhā janapadā ti."
"‘Kuhiṃ gamissasīti?"
"‘Amukaṃ nāma janapadan ti."
"‘Kacci bho purato kantāre mahā-megho abhippavaṭṭo4
ti?"
"‘Evaṃ bho purato kantāre mahā-megho abhippavaṭṭo,
āsittodakāni vaṭumāni, bahuṃ5 tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca
udakañ ca, chaḍḍetha bho purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni
udakāni, lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gacchatha,
mā yoggāni kilamethāti."6
‘Atha kho so satthavāho satthike āmantesi: "Ayaṃ
bho puriso evam āha -- Purato kantāre mahā-megho
abhippavaṭṭo, āsittodakāni vaṭumāni bahuṃ tiṇañ ca
kaṭṭhañ ca udakañ ca, chaḍḍetha bho purāṇāni tiṇāni
kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi sīgham sīghaṃ
gacchatha, mā yoggāni kilamethāti. Ayaṃ kho7 bho
puriso n'; ev'; amhākaṃ mitto na pi8 ñāti-sālohito, kathaṃ
mayaṃ imassa saddhāya9 gamissāma? Na kho10 chaḍḍe-
tabbāni purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, yathā-katena11
bhaṇḍena satthaṃ pāyāpetha, na vo12 purāṇaṃ chaḍḍes-
sāmāti."
"‘Evaṃ bho" ti kho te satthikā tassa satthavāhassa
paṭissutvā yathā-katena13 bhaṇḍena satthaṃ pāyāpesuṃ.
Te paṭhame pi sattha-vāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm asannaddha-.
2 K mālaṃ.
3 SS gadubha-rathehi; Bm bhaddena rathena; K bhadrena rathena.
4 St here and in next line -vaddho; Bm -vuṭho, and below; K -vuṭṭho.
5 See p. 343, note7.
6 Bm K kilamitthāti, and below.
7 Bm K omit.
8 Bm K omit.
9 Bm saddāya.
10 Bm te; K vo.
11 Scd kathena.
12 K no.
13 Sct Bm -kathena; Sd -kaṭena.

[page 346]
346 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 23.
kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ vā, dutiye pi satthavāse1 . . . tatiye
pi satthavāse . . . catutthe pi satthavāse . . . pañcame
pi satthavāse . . . chaṭṭhe pi satthavāse . . . sattame pi
satthavāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ
vā, tañ ca satthaṃ addasaṃsu2 anaya-vyasanaṃ āpannaṃ.
Ye va3 tasmiṃ satthe ahesuṃ manussā vā pasū vā, tesañ
ca aṭṭhikān'; eva addasaṃsu tena yakkhena amanussena
bhakkhitānaṃ4.
‘Atha kho so satthavāho satthike āmantesi: "Ayaṃ
kho bho5 so sattho anaya-vyasanaṃ āpanno yathā tam
tena bālena satthavāhena pariṇāyakena. Tena hi bho yān'
asmākaṃ6 satthe appa-sārāni paṇiyāni, tāni chaḍḍetvā,
yāni imasmiṃ satthe mahā-sārāni paṇiyāni tāni ādiya-
thāti." "Evaṃ bho ti" kho te satthikā tassa sattha-
vāhassa paṭissutvā yāni sakasmiṃ satthe appa-sārāni
paṇiyāni tāni chaḍḍetvā, yāni tasmiṃ satthe mahā-sārāni
paṇiyāni tāni ādiyitvā, sotthinā taṃ kantāraṃ nittha-
riṃsu yathā taṃ paṇḍitena satthavāhena pariṇāyakena.
Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña bālo avyatto anaya-
vyasanaṃ āpajjissasi ayoniso paralokaṃ gavesanto,
seyyathā pi so puriso7 satthavāho. Ye pi tava sotabbaṃ
saddahātabbaṃ maññissanti, te pi anaya-vyasanaṃ āpajjis-
santi, seyyathā pi te satthikā. Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña
pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ. Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpa-
kaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgha-rattaṃ ahitāya
dukkhāyāti.'
24. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho
n'; evāhaṃ sayhāmi8 idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ paṭinis-
sajjituṃ. Rājā pi maṃ Pasenadi-kosalo jānātīti tiro-
rājāno pi: "Pāyāsi Rājañño evaṃ-vādī evaṃ-diṭṭhī: Iti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Not in SS.
2 Sd -siṃsu.
3 So SS; Bm ca; K yeva at end of preceding sentence.
4 K bhakkhitā.
5 Scd omit.
6 Bm K amhākaṃ.
7 So SS; Bm purimo.
8 Bm K sakkomi (as above, p. 342).

[page 347]
D. xxiii. 25.] THE LOAD OF DRY DUNG. 347
pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi
sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti."
Sacāhaṃ bho Kassapa idaṃ1 pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ
paṭinissajjissāmi, bhavissanti me vattāro: "Yāva bālo
Pāyāsi Rājañño avyatto duggahīta-gāhī ti," kopena pi
naṃ harissāmi, makkhena pi naṃ harissāmi, paḷāsena
pi naṃ harissāmīti.'
25. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya
p'; idh'; ekacce viññū bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Bhūta-
pubbaṃ Rājañña aññataro sūkara-posako puriso sakamhā
gāmā aññaṃ gāmaṃ agamāsi. Tatth'; addasa pahūtaṃ
sukkha-gūthaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ.2 Disvān'; assa etad ahosi:
"Ayaṃ me3 bahuko4 sukkha-gūtho5 chaḍḍito6 mamañ
ca sūkara-bhattaṃ.7 Yan nūnāhaṃ ito sukkha-gūthaṃ
hareyyan ti." So uttarā-saṅgaṃ pattharitvā pahūtaṃ
sukkha-gūthaṃ āharitvā8 bhaṇḍikaṃ9 bandhitvā sīse
ubbāhetvā10 agamāsi. Tassa antarāmagge mahā akāla-
megho pāvassi. So uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ yāva
agga-nakhā gūthena makkhito gūtha-bhāraṃ ādāya
agamāsi. Tam enaṃ manussā disvā evam āhaṃsu:
"Kacci no tvaṃ bhaṇe ummatto, kacci veceto? 11
kathaṃ hi nāma uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ yāva agga-
nakhā gūthena makkhito gūtha-bhāraṃ harissasīti?"12
"Tumhe khvattha13 bhaṇe ummattā tumhe vecetā14

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K imaṃ.
2 Bm chaṭṭ-.
3 Bm K kho.
4 SS bahuno; K pahūto; Bm pahuko (sic).
5 Scd sukka.
6 Bm chaṭṭito.
7 St mama ca dasukara-ābhattā; Sd mamañ ca sūkarabhattā.
K mama sūkarānaṃ bhakko; K (Sī) mamañ ca sūkarabhatto.
8 Bm ākiritvā.
9 Sc khaṇḍikam; Sd khaṇḍikaṃ taṃ; St Caṇḍ-.
10 Bm uccāropetvā; K uccoropetvā. See p. 325.
11 Bm viceto; K nu viceto.
12 K hariyassatīti; (note) harissasītīti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ.
13 Bm K khvettha.
14 Bm K vicetā.

[page 348]
348 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 25.
tathā hi pana me sūkara-bhattan1 ti." Evam eva kho
tvaṃ Rājañña gūtha-hārikūpamo2 maññe paṭibhāsi.
Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ {Rājañña} pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ. Paṭinis-
sajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ. Mā te ahosi
dīgha-rattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti.'
26. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho n'; evā-
haṃ sayhāmi idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ paṭinissajjituṃ.
Rājā pi maṃ Pasenadi-kosalo jānātīti tiro-rājano pi:
‘Payāsi Rājañño evaṃ-vādī {evaṃ}-diṭṭhī: Iti pi n'; atthi
paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukka-
ṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti. Sacāhaṃ bho
Kassapa idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ patinissajjissāmi,
bhavissanti me vattāro: "Yāva bālo Pāyāsi Rājañño
avyatto duggahīta-gāhī ti." Kopena pi naṃ harissāmi,
makkhena pi naṃ harissāmi, paḷāsena pi naṃ haris-
sāmīti.'
27. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya
p'; idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña dve akkhadhuttā akkhehi dibbiṃsu.
Eko akkhadhutto āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ gilati.3 Addasā kho
dutiyo akkhadhutto taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ
gilantaṃ. Disvā4 akkhadhuttaṃ etad avoca: "Tvaṃ
kho samma ekantikena jināsi, dehi5 samma akkhe,
pajohissāmīti."6 "Evaṃ sammāti" kho so akkhadhutto
tassa akkhadhuttassa akkhe pādāsi.7 Atha kho so akkha-
dhutto akkhe visena paribhāvetvā taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ
etad avoca: "Ehi kho samma akkhehi dibbissāmāti."
"Evaṃ sammāti" kho so akkhadhutto tassa akkhadhut-
tassa paccassosi. Dutiyaṃ pi kho te akkhadhuttā
akkhehi dibbiṃsu, dutiyam pi kho so akkhadhutto

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS sukarābhattā.
2 K -bhārikūpamo.
3 Bm gīlati.
4 K adds taṃ.
5 Bm K add me.
6 Sc pajobhiss-; St pañjohiss-; Bm pajjohissāmi; K pajoharissāmi and
says that Sum. has the same, but the reading should be pajohissāmi.
Our MSS. of Sum. have pajohissāmi, and so has Sd here.
7 Scd padāsi.

[page 349]
D. xxiii. 29.] THE POISONED DICE. 349
āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ gilati. Addasā kho dutiyo1 akkhadhutto
taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ dutiyam pi āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ gilantaṃ.
Disvā taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ etad avoca:--
"Littaṃ paramena tejasā
gilam akkhaṃ puriso na bujjhati2
gila re gila pāpa-dhuttaka
pacchā te kaṭukaṃ3 bhavissatīti."4
‘Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña akkhadhuttūpamo5
maññe paṭibhāsi. Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ
diṭṭhi-gataṃ, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-
gataṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgha-rattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti.'
28. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho
n'; evāhaṃ sayhāmi idaṃ pāpakaṃ {diṭṭhi}-gataṃ paṭi-
nissajjituṃ. Rājā pi maṃ Pasenadi-kosalo jānāti,
tiro-rājāno pi: ‘Pāyāsi Rājañño evaṃ-vādī evaṃ-diṭṭhī:
Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; at-
thi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.
Sacāhaṃ bho Kassapa idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ
paṭinissajjissāmi, bhavissanti me vattāro: "Yāva bālo
Pāyāsi Rājañño avyatto duggahīta-gāhī ti." Kopena
pi naṃ harissāmi, makkhena pi naṃ harissāmi, paḷāsena
pi naṃ harissāmīti.'
29. ‘Tena hi Rājañña, upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya
pi idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña aññataro janapado vuṭṭhāsi. Atha
kho sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi: "Āyāma samma,
yena so janapado ten'; upasaṃkamissāma, app eva
nām'; ettha kiñci dhanaṃ adhigaccheyyāmāti." "Evaṃ
sammāti" kho sahāyako sahāyakassa paccassosi. Te
yena so janapado yen'; aññataraṃ gāma-paddhanaṃ6 ten'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS omit.
2 Sc bujjhita; Sd bhujjhita; St bujjhitaṃ; Bm bujjhyati.
3 Bm Gili re pāpa-dh- p. te kaṭukaṃ; K Gilare pāpadhuttā kapaṇā
te kaṭukaṃ.
4 Jāt. i. 380.
5 K -dhuttākūpamo.
6 Sd paṇḍanaṃ; St paccanaṃ; Bm paṭṭam; K pajjaṃ.

[page 350]
350 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 29.
upasaṃkamiṃsu. Tatth'; addasaṃsu pahūtaṃ sāṇaṃ
chaḍḍitaṃ.1 Disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi:
"Idaṃ kho samma pahūtaṃ sāṇaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, tena hi
samma tvañ ca sāṇa-bhāraṃ bandha,2 ahañ ca sāṇa-
bhāraṃ bandhissāmi,3 ubho sāṇa-bhāraṃ ādāya gamis-
sāmāti." "Evaṃ sammāti" kho sahāyako sahāyakassa
paṭissutvā sāṇa-bhāraṃ bandhi4.
‘Te ubho sāṇa-bhāraṃ ādāya yen'; aññataraṃ gāma-
paddhanaṃ5 ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. Tatth'; addasaṃsu
pahūtaṃ sāṇa-suttaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā sahāyako sahā-
yakaṃ āmantesī: "Yassa kho samma atthāya iccheyyāma
sāṇaṃ idaṃ pahūtaṃ sāṇa-suttaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Tena hi
samma tvañ ca sāṇa-bhāraṃ chaḍḍehi, ahañ ca sāṇa-
bhāraṃ chaḍḍessāmi, ubho sāṇa-sutta-bhāraṃ ādāya
gamissāmāti." "Ayaṃ kho me samma sāṇa-bhāro durā-
bhato6 ca susannaddho ca, alam me, tvaṃ7 pajānāhīti."
Atha kho so sahāyako sāṇa-bhāraṃ chaḍḍetvā sāṇa-sutta-
bhāraṃ ādiyi.
‘Te yen'; aññataraṃ gāma-paddhanaṃ8 ten'; upasaṃ-
kamiṃsu. Tatth'9 addasaṃsu pahūtā sāṇiyo chaḍḍitā.
Disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi: "Yassa kho samma
atthāya iccheyyāma sāṇaṃ vā sāṇa-suttaṃ vā, imā pahūtā
sāṇiyo chaḍḍitā. Tena hi samma tvañ ca sāṇa-bhāraṃ
chaḍḍehi, ahañ ca sāṇa-sutta-bhāraṃ chaḍḍessāmi, ubho
sāṇi-bhāraṃ ādāya gamissāmāti." "Ayaṃ kho me
samma sāṇa-bhāro durābhato ca susannaddho ca, alam
me, tvaṃ pajānāhīti." Atha kho so sahāyako sāṇa-sutta-
bhāraṃ chaḍḍetvā sāṇi-bhāraṃ10 ādiyi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm chaṭṭ- throughout.
2 Sc bandhanaṃ; Sd bandhaṃ; K bandhi.
3 Sd adds ti; Sct -mīti.
4 Bm bandhitvā.
5 Sc pabbataṃ; Sd (gām) aṇḍanaṃ; St paddhanāṃ; Bm paṭṭaṃ; K pajjaṃ;
(? originally paṭṭanaṃ).
6 St dūr- and below; K durāgato (thrice); Bm durāhato.
7 SS alametaṃ.
8 So SS; Bm paṭṭam; K pajjaṃ, and below.
9 For pe; Bm K read tatth'; addasaṃsu, q. l.
10 Bm sāṇa-

[page 351]
D. xxiii. 29.] GIVING UP GOOD FOR BETTER 351
Te yen'; aññataraṃ gāma-paddhanaṃ1 ten'; upakamiṃsu.
Tatth'; addasaṃsu pahūtaṃ khomaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā
. . . pahūtaṃ khoma-suttaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . .
pahūtaṃ khoma-dussaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . .
pahūtaṃ kappāsaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ
kappāsika-suttaṃ chaḍḍitam. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ kap-
pāsika-dussaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ ayaṃ2
chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ lohaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ.
Disvā . . .3 pahūtaṃ tipuṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . .
pahūtaṃ sīsaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ
sajjhuṃ4 chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ
chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi;
"Yassa kho samma atthāya iccheyyāma sāṇaṃ vā sāṇa-
suttaṃ vā sāṇiyo vā khomaṃ vā khoma-suttaṃ vā
khoma-dussaṃ vā kappāsaṃ vā kappāsika-suttaṃ vā
kappāsika-dussaṃ vā ayaṃ5 vā lohaṃ vā tipuṃ vā sīsaṃ
vā sajjhuṃ vā, idaṃ pahūtaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ.
Tena hi samma tvañ ca sāṇa-bhāraṃ chaḍḍehi, ahañ ca
sajjhu-bhāraṃ6 chaḍḍessāmi, ubho suvaṇṇa-bhāraṃ ādāya
gamissāmāti." "Ayaṃ kho me samma sāṇa-bhāro
durābhato ca susannaddho ca, alaṃ me, tvaṃ7 pajānāhīti."
Atha kho sahāyako sajjhu-bhāraṃ8 chaḍḍetvā suvaṇṇa-
bhāraṃ ādiyi.
‘Te yena sako gāmo ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. Tattha
yo so sahāyako sāṇa-bharaṃ ādāya agamāsi, tassa n'; eva
mātā-pitaro abhinandiṃsu, na putta-dārā abhinandiṃsu,
na mittāmaccā abhinandiṃsu, na ca tato-nidānaṃ sukhaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 Sc pabbataṃ; Sd paccataṃ.
2 Bm K ayasaṃ, and below.
3 Sc inserts pahūtaṃ lohaṃ tipuṃ chaḍḍitaṃ disvā; Sd inserts pahūtaṃ
lohanti tipuṃ chaḍḍitaṃ disvā.
4 Bm sajjhyaṃ, and below; K sajjhaṃ.
5 Bm K ayasaṃ.
6 St sajjhā-.
7 Sc alamebhavaṃ; Sd alamebhaṭaṃ; St alam me bhavaṃ.
8 SS here sajjhā; Bm sajjhya as before; K sajjhu.

[page 352]
352 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 29.
somanassaṃ adhigacchi. Yo pana so sahāyako suvaṇṇa-
bhāraṃ ādāya agamāsi, tassa mātā-pitaro abhinandiṃsu,
putta-dārā pi {abhinandiṃsu}, [mittāmaccā pi abhinan-
diṃsu],1 tato-nidānañ ca sukhaṃ2 somanassaṃ adhi-
gacchati.
‘Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña {sāṇa-bhārakūpamo} maññe
paṭibhāsi. Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-
gataṃ, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ.
Mā te ahosi dīgha-rattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti.'
30. ‘Purimen'; evāhaṃ3 opammena bhoto Kassapassa
attamano abhiraddho, api cāhaṃ imāni vicitrāni pañha-
paṭibhānāni4 sotu-kāmo, evāhaṃ bhavantaṃ Kassapaṃ
paccanīkātabbaṃ5 amaññissaṃ.6 Abhikkantaṃ bho Kas-
sapa, abhikkantaṃ bho Kassapa! Seyyathā pi bho
Kassapa nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā
vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andha-
kāre vā tela-pajjotaṃ dhāreyya: "cakkhumanto rūpāni
dakkhintīti"7 -- evam eva bhotā Kassapena aneka-pari-
yāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ bho Kassapa taṃ8
bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ
ca bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca. Upāsakam maṃ bhavaṃ
Kassapo dhāretu, ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ.
Icchāmi cāhaṃ bho Kassapa mahā-yaññaṃ yajitum.
Anusāsatu maṃ bhavaṃ Kassapo yaṃ mamaṃ9 assa
dīgha-rattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti.'
31. ‘Yathārūpe kho Rājañña yaññe gāvo vā haññanti,
ajeḷakā vā haññanti, kukkuṭa-sūkarā vā haññanti, vividhā
vā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ10 āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca honti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SS omit; Bm K insert.
2 SS omit.
3 K purimena cāhaṃ.
4 SS -paṭibhāgāni; Bm -paṭibhāṇāni; K pañhāpaṭibhāṇāni. See M. i. 378.
5 St paccaninikāt-; K paccanikaṃ kāt-.
6 SS amaññissa; Bm amaññissanti.
7 Bm dakkhantīti; K dakkhanti.
8 K omits.
9 Bm mam; K mama. See D. i. 136.
10 Sc panasaṃkhātaṃ; Sd pāṇasaṃkhātaṃ. See D. i. 141.

[page 353]
D. xxiii. 31.] RIGHT AND WRONG SACRIFICE. 353
micchā-diṭṭhī micchā-saṃkappā micchā-vācā micchā-kam-
mantā micchā-ājīvā micchā-vāyāmā micchā-satī micchā-
samādhī, evarūpo kho Rājañña yañño nāma na mahap-
phalo hoti na mahānisaṃso na mahā-jutiko na mahā-
vipphāro. Seyyathā pi Rājañña kassako bīja-{naṅgalaṃ}
ādāya vanaṃ paviseyya. So tattha dukkhatte dub-
bhūme1 avihata-khānuke2 bījāni patiṭṭhāpeyya khaṇḍāni
pūtīni {vātātapa-hatāni}3 asāradāni asukha-sayitāni,4 devo
ca na kālena kālaṃ sammā-dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya.5
Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjey-
yuṃ, kassako vā vipula6-phalaṃ adhigaccheyyāti?'
‘No h'; idaṃ7 bho Kassapa.'
‘Evam eva kho Rājañña yathārūpe yaññe gāvo vā
haññanti ajeḷakā vā haññanti kukkuṭa-sūkarā vā haññanti
vividhā vā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ8 āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca
honti micchā-diṭṭhī micchā-saṃkappā micchā-vācā micchā-
kammantā micchā-ājīvā micchā-vāyāmā micchā-satī mic-
chā-samādhī, evarūpo kho Rājañña yañño na mahapphalo
hoti na mahānisaṃso na mahā-jutiko na mahā-vipphāro.
Yathārūpe ca kho Rājañña yaññe n'; eva gāvo haññanti
na ajeḷakā haññanti na kukkuṭa-sūkarā haññanti na
vividhā pāṇā saṃghātam9 āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca honti
sammā-diṭṭhī sammā-saṃkappā sammā-vācā sammā-kam-
mantā sammā-ājīvā sammā-vāyāmā sammā-satī sammā-
samādhī, evarūpo kho Rājañña yañño mahapphalo hoti
mahānisaṃso mahā-jutiko mahā-vipphāro. Seyyathā pi
Rājañña kassako bīja-naṅgalaṃ ādāya vanaṃ paviseyya.
So tattha sukhatte10 subhūme11 suvihata-khānuke12 bījāni

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 St dumabbhūme; Bm K dubbhumme; K (note) dubbhūme ti vā pāṭho.
2 Bm K -khāṇukaṇḍake.
3 Scd hātāni; Bm vātātavapahātāni.
4 SS asukasasitāni. See S. iii. 54; v. 379.
5 Bm anupavacch-.
6 Bm K vipulaṃ.
7 Bm na evāṃ.
8 Sc panasaṃkhānaṃ.
9 Sc pana-saṃkhātaṃ, and below; Sd pāna-saṃkhātaṃ, and below.
10 St sukkh-.
11 Bm K subhumme.
12 Bm K khāṇukaṇḍake.

[page 354]
354 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 31.
patiṭṭhāpeyya akkhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapa-hatāni1 sāra-
dāni sukha-sayitāni,2 devo ca kālena kālaṃ sammā-
dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya.3 Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ
virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyuṃ, kassako vā vipula-4
phalaṃ adhigaccheyyāti?
‘Evaṃ bho Kassapa.'
‘Evam eva kho Rājañña yathārūpe yaññe n'; eva gāvo
haññanti na ajeḷakā haññanti na kukkuṭa-sūkarā haññanti
na vividhā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ āpajjanti,5 paṭiggāhakā
ca honti sammā-diṭṭhī sammā-{saṃkappā}6 sammā-vācā
sammā-kammantā sammā-ājīvā sammā-vāyāmā sammā-
satī sammā-samādhī, evarūpo kho Rājañña yañño mahap-
phalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahā-jutiko mahā-vipphāro ti.'
32. Atha kho Pāyāsi rājañño dānaṃ paṭṭhapesi samaṇa-
brāhmaṇa-kapaṇiddhika-vaṇibbaka-yācakānaṃ.7 Tasmiṃ
kho pana dāne evarūpaṃ bhojanaṃ diyyati8 kaṇājakaṃ9
bilaṅga-dutiyaṃ therakāni10 ca vatthāni guḷa-vālakāni.11
Tasmiṃ kho pana dāne Uttaro nāma māṇavo vyāvaṭo12
ahosi. So dānaṃ datvā evam anuddisati: ‘Iminā13
dānena Pāyāsi-rājaññam14 eva imasmiṃ loke samāgañ-
chiṃ15 mā parasmin ti.'; Assosi kho Pāyāsi rājañño:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sc hātāni.
2 Sc sukaṇḍāyitāni corrected to sukhasay-; K Sdt sukhaṇḍāyitāni;
S. v. 380 has -sahitāni.
3 Bm anuppavacch-.
4 Bm K vipulaṃ.
5 Sc āpajjeyyanti; St āpajjenti.
6 Sd omits this and several others; St -saṃkappo.
7 Bm K -kapaṇaddhika. See D. i. 137; Jāt. iv. 15.
8 Scd dīyyati; Bm diyati; K dīyati, and below.
9 K kāṇājikaṃ and below; (note) kanājakanti vā pāṭho. See S. i. 90;
Vin. ii. 77; Jāt. i. 228.
10 Scd thevakāni; Bm dhorakāni; K corakāni.
11 Bm guḷagāḷakāni.
12 Bm K vāvaṭo and below; K (Sī) vyāvaṭo. See D. ii. 141
(quoted Mil. 177); D. ii. 270; Jāt. i. 89.
13 Bm adds 'haṃ (three times).
14 Bm Pāyāsiṃ.
15 Bm K -gacch- and below.

[page 355]
D. xxiii. 32.] THE OFFERING OF THE STINGY. 355
‘Uttaro kira māṇavo dānaṃ datvā evam anuddisati:
Iminā dānena Pāyāsi-Rājaññam eva imasmiṃ loke
samāgañchiṃ mā parasmin ti.'; Atha kho Pāyāsi-rājañño
Uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ āmantāpetvā etad avoca: ‘Saccaṃ1
kira tvaṃ tāta Uttara dānaṃ datvā evam anuddisasi:
Iminā dānena Pāyāsi-rājaññaṃ eva imasmiṃ loke samā-
gañchiṃ mā parasmin ti'; ?'
‘Evaṃ bho ti.'2
‘Kissa pana3 tvaṃ tāta Uttara dānaṃ datvā evam
anuddisasi -- "Iminā dānena Pāyāsi-{rājaññam}4 eva imas-
miṃ loke samāgañchiṃ mā parasmin ti"? Na nu
mayaṃ tāta Uttara puññatthikā dānass'; eva phalaṃ5
pāṭikaṅkhino ti?'
‘Bhoto kho pana6 dāne evarūpaṃ bhojanaṃ diyyati7:
{kaṇājakaṃ}8 bilaṅga-dutiyaṃ yam9 bhavaṃ pādā pi na
iccheyya chupituṃ10, kuto bhuñjituṃ; therakāni11 ca
vatthāni guḷa-vālakāni yāni12 bhavaṃ pādā pi na iccheyya
samphusituṃ, kuto paridahituṃ. Bhavaṃ kho pan'
asmākaṃ13 piyo manāpo, kathaṃ mayaṃ piyaṃ14 manā-
paṃ amanāpena saṃyojemāti?'
‘Tena hi tvaṃ tāta Uttara yādisāhaṃ bhojanaṃ
bhuñjāmi tādisaṃ bhojanaṃ paṭṭhapehi, yādisāni cāhaṃ
vatthāni paridahāmi tādisāni ca vatthāni paṭṭhapehīti.'
‘Evaṃ bho ti'; kho Uttaro māṇavo Pāyāsi-rājaññassa15
paṭissutvā yādisaṃ bhojanaṃ Pāyāsi-rājañño bhuñjati
tādisaṃ bhojanaṃ paṭṭhapesi, yādisāni ca vatthāni Pāyāsi
rājañño paridahati tādisāni ca vatthāni paṭṭhapesi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 K sabbaṃ.
2 Sct hoti; Sd bho; Bm bho kassapa; K bho.
3 SS kissapana; Bm kassapana; K kasmā pana.
4 Bm here Pāyāsi.
5 SS dānaṃ devaphalaṃ.
6 Bm K omit.
7 Sc dīyyati; Sd dīyyāti; Bm diyati; K dīyati.
8 Sc kanāñjakaṃ; Sd kanakajaṃ; Bm kaṇāj-.
9 Bm K omit.
10 K samphusituṃ.
11 Bm dhorakāni; K corakāni.
12 K omits.
13 K amhākaṃ
14 Bm omits.
15 Bm Pāyāsissa.

[page 356]
356 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 32.
Atha kho Pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā
asahatthā1 dānaṃ datvā acittikataṃ2 dānaṃ datvā apa-
viddhaṃ3 dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
Cātummahārājikānaṃ4 devānaṃ sahavyataṃ5 uppajji6
suññaṃ Serīsakaṃ7 vimānaṃ. Yo pana tassa dāne
vyāvaṭo ahosi Uttaro nāma māṇavo so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ
datvā sahatthā dānaṃ datvā citti-katvā dānaṃ datvā
anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajji8 devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ
sahavyataṃ.
33. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Gavampati9
abhikkhaṇaṃ suññaṃ Serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ divā-vihāraṃ
gacchati. Atha kho Pāyāsi-devaputto yen'; {āyasmā}
Gavampati ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasman-
taṃ Gavampatiṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Eka-
mantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Pāyāsi-devaputtaṃ10 āyasmā Gavam-
pati etad avoca: ‘Ko 'si tvaṃ āvuso ti?'
‘Ahaṃ bhante Pāyāsi-rājañño ti.'
‘Na nu tvaṃ āvuso evaṃ-diṭṭhiko ahosi -- Iti pi n'; atthi
paraloko,11 n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭā-
naṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti?'
‘Svāhaṃ bhante evaṃ-diṭṭhiko ahosiṃ:12 Iti pi n'
atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-
dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti. Api cāhaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm -hatthena.
2 SS acitti-katvā here and below.
3 K apaviṭṭhaṃ and below; K (Sī) apaviddham.
4 Bm cātumahā-; K catummahā-.
5 Bm K sahabya-, and below.
6 Bm K upapajji.
7 St suññaṃ Serissakaṃ; Scd here suñña-Serissakaṃ, but suññaṃ below;
Bm suññaṃ Serissaka; but -kaṃ below; K suññaṃ Serīsaka-,
and below. See V. V. A. 331; Āṭānātiya Suttanta, at the end;
and Divyāvadāna, 399.
8 Bm K upapajji; (Sc uppajjati).
9 See Thera Gāthā 38; S. v. 436 = K. V. 220; Vin. i. 19.
10 Bm Pāyāsiṃ d-.
11 Bm K as before, paroloko.
12 Sct -si.

[page 357]
D. xxiii. 34.] PĀYĀSI AS GOD. 357
ayyena Kumāra-kassapena etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhi-gatā
vivecito ti.'
‘Yo pana te āvuso dāne vyāvaṭo ahosi Uttaro nāma
māṇavo, so kuhiṃ uppanno1 ti?'
‘Yo me bhante dāne vyāvaṭo ahosi Uttaro nāma
māṇavo, so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā sahatthā dānaṃ
datvā citti-kataṃ dānaṃ datvā anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ
datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokaṃ uppanno devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ.
Ahaṃ pana2 asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā asahatthā dānaṃ
datvā acittikataṃ dānaṃ datvā apaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Cātummahārājikānaṃ
devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppanno suññaṃ Serīsakaṃ vimā-
naṃ. Tena hi bhante Gavampati manussa-lokaṃ gantvā
evam ārocehi: "Sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ detha, sahatthā
dānaṃ detha, citti-kataṃ dānaṃ detha, anapaviddhaṃ
dānaṃ detha. Pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā
asahatthā dānaṃ datvā {acittikataṃ} dānaṃ datvā apavid-
dhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Cātum-
mahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppanno suññaṃ
Serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ. Yo pana tassa dāne vyāvaṭo ahosi
Uttaro nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā sa-
hatthā dānaṃ datvā citti-kataṃ dānaṃ datvā anapaviddhaṃ
dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokaṃ uppanno Devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ saha-
vyatan ti."'
34. Atha kho āyasmā Gavampati manussa-lokaṃ {āgantvā}
evam ārocesi: ‘Sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ detha, sahatthā dānaṃ
detha, citti-kataṃ dānaṃ detha, anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ
detha. Pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā asa-
hatthā dānaṃ datvā acitti-dānaṃ datvā apaviddhaṃ
dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Cātum-
mahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppanno suññaṃ
Serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ. Yo pana tassa dāne vyāvaṭo ahosi,
Uttaro nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā sa-
hatthā dānaṃ datvā citti-kataṃ dānaṃ datvā anapa-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm upapanno, and below.
2 Bm K add bhante.

[page 358]
358 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 34.
viddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
sugatim saggaṃ lokaṃ uppanno devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ
sahavyatan ti.'
PĀYĀSI-SUTTANTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.1
MAHĀ-VAGGO.2
Apadānaṃ Nidānañ ca Nibbānañ ca Sudassanaṃ3
Janavasabha-Govindaṃ Samayaṃ Sakkam eva ca4
Satipaṭṭhāna-Pāyāsi Mahāvaggassa saṅgaho.5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Bm dasamaṃ; K Pāyāsi-Rājañña-Suttaṃ dasamaṃ.
(See V. V. A. 297.)
2 Bm K omit.
3 Bm Mahāpadāna-Nidānaṃ Nibbānañ ca Sudassanaṃ.
4 Bm K Sakkapañhakaṃ; K (Sī) Sakkameva ca.
5 K Mahāvaggoti vuccatīti; K (Sī) Mahāvaggassa saṅgaho;
Bm Mahāsatipaṭhānañ (sic) ca Pāyāsi dasamam bhave.